The URL can be used to link to this page

Home My WebLink AboutConstruction Specs Grand River Health – Clinic West X-Ray Remodel Construction Documents Construction Documents Architecture/ Mechanical Engineering / Electrical Engineering / Structural Engineering 201 Sipprelle Dr. Parachute, CO 81635 Davis Partnership: 22459.00 09/09/2022 1 1 09/09/2022 Mark Jason Harrington 09-09-2022 Divisions 21,22,23 Division 26 Divisions 00-02,07-10 OWNER GRAND RIVER HEALTH 501 Airport Road Rifle, CO 81650 P. 970.625.6557 Contact Name Connie Wilmot CWilmot@grhd.org ARCHITECT DAVIS PARTNERSHIP ARCHITECTS 2901 Blake St., Suite 100 Denver, Colorado 80205 P. 303.861.8555 Contact Name Ann Adams Ann.Adams@DavisPartnership.com MECHANICAL ENGINEER BIG HORN CONSULTING ENGINERS 386 Indian Road Grand Junction, CO 81501 P. 970.241.8709 Contact Name Mark Harrington Mark@BigHornEng.com INTERIOR DESIGN DAVIS PARTNERSHIP ARCHITECTS 2901 Blake St., Suite 100 Denver, Colorado 80205 P. 303.861.8555 Contact Name Jennifer Henry Jennifer.Henry@davispartnership.com ELECTRICAL ENGINEER BIG HORN CONSULTING ENGINERS 386 Indian Road Grand Junction, CO 81501 P. 970.241.8709 Contact Name Mark Harrington Mark@BigHornEng.com STRUCTURAL ENGINEER JVA CONSULTING ENGINEERS 1512 Larimer St. Suite 710 Denver, CO 80202 P. 303.444.1951 Contact Name Paul Hause PHause@jvajva.com Grand River Health – Clinic West X-R ay Remodel Construction Documents Grand River Hospital District - X-Ray Remodel Parachute, Colorado 81635 Project #: DPA 22459.00 Construction Documents 09/09/2022 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division / Section #Specification Section Title 09/09/2022 Construction Documents Div 00 Procurement and Contracting Requirements Div 00 00 4900 X-Ray Shielding Analysis ∙ 00 9000 Vizient GPA Construction Purchasing ∙ Div 01 General Conditions Div 01 01 1000 Summary ∙ 01 2500 Substitution Procedures ∙ 01 2600 Contract Modification Procedures ∙ 01 2900 Payment Procedures ∙ 01 3100 Project Management and Coordination ∙ 01 3200 Construction Progress Documentation ∙ 01 3233 Photographic Documentation ∙ 01 3300 Submittal Procedures ∙ 01 4000 Quality Requirements ∙ 01 4200 References ∙ 01 5000 Temporary Facilities and Controls ∙ 01 6000 Product Requirements ∙ 01 7300 Execution ∙ 01 7329 Cutting and Patching ∙ 01 7419 Construction Waste Management and Disposal ∙ 01 7700 Closeout Procedures ∙ 01 7823 Operation and Maintenance Data ∙ 01 7839 Project Record Documents ∙ 01 7900 Demonstration and Training ∙ 01 9100 General Commissioning ∙ Div 02 Existing Conditions Div 02 02 4119 Selective Demolition ∙ Div 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Div 07 07 9200 Joint Sealants ∙ 07 9219 Acoustical Joint Sealants ∙ Div 09 Finishes Div 09 TABLE OF CONTENTS TOC - 1 09/09/2022 Divisions 00-02,07-10 Grand River Hospital District - X-Ray Remodel Parachute, Colorado 81635 Project #: DPA 22459.00 Construction Documents 09/09/2022 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division / Section #Specification Section Title 09/09/2022 Construction Documents 09 2216 Non-Structural Metal Framing ∙ 09 2900 Gypsum Board ∙ 09 5113 Acoustical Panel Ceilings ∙ 09 6513 Resilient Base and Accessories ∙ 09 6516 Resilient Sheet Flooring ∙ 09 9123 Interior Painting ∙ Div 10 Specialties Div 10 10 2600 Wall and Door Protection ∙ Div 21 Fire Suppression Div 21 21 0548 Vibration and Seismic Controls for Fire-Suppression Piping and Equipment ∙ 21 1300 Fire Suppression Sprinkler Systems ∙ Div 22 Plumbing Div 22 22 0800 Commissioning of Plumbing ∙ Div 23 Heating Ventilating and Air Conditioning Div 23 23 0130.51 HVAC Air-Distribution System Cleaning ∙ 23 0548 Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC ∙ 23 0593 Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC ∙ 23 0713 Duct Insulation ∙ 23 0800 Commissioning of HVAC ∙ 23 3100 HVAC Ducts and Casings ∙ 23 3300 Air Duct Accessories ∙ 23 3700 Air Outlets and Inlets ∙ Div 26 Electrical Div 26 26 0519 Low Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables ∙ 26 0526 Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems ∙ 26 0529 Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems ∙ 26 0533.13 Conduit for Electrical Systems ∙ 26 0533.16 Boxes for Electrical Systems ∙ 26 0548 Vibration and Seismic Controls for Electrical Systems ∙ 26 0553 Identification for Electical Systems ∙ TABLE OF CONTENTS TOC - 2 09/09/2022 Mark Jason Harrington 09-09-2022 Divisions 21,22,23 Division 26 Grand River Hospital District - X-Ray Remodel Parachute, Colorado 81635 Project #: DPA 22459.00 Construction Documents 09/09/2022 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division / Section #Specification Section Title 09/09/2022 Construction Documents 26 0573 Power System Studies ∙ 26 0583 Wiring Connections ∙ 26 0800 Commissioning of Electrical Systems ∙ 26 0923 Lighting Control Devices ∙ 26 2200 Low-Voltage Transformers ∙ 26 2413 Switchboards ∙ 26 2416 Panelboards ∙ 26 2726 Wiring Devices ∙ 26 2813 Fuses ∙ 26 2816.13 Enclosed Circuit Breakers ∙ 26 2816.16 Enclosed Switches ∙ 26 4300 Surge Protective Devices ∙ 26 5100 Interior Lighting ∙ 26 5140 Luminaires ∙ End of Table of Contents TABLE OF CONTENTS TOC - 3 Division 26 Attached, please find the shielding requirements for the Radiographic Room listed above. This analysis includes a review of the workload, occupancy rates, use factors, and attenuation materials affecting the scatter or primary x-ray dose reduction. These requirements are based upon diagrams, measurements, and workload information submitted by the facility listed above. The shielding specifications on the attached forms are minimum thickness requirements. The thicknesses called for in the diagrams are commercially available pre- laminated leaded sheet rock products that may be used to meet the minimum required shielding specifications. Standard wall construction incorporating 2 thicknesses of 5/8” gypsum wallboard is assumed. All shielding must extend from the finished floor of the adjacent occupied space to a height of 7 feet. All receptacles, fixtures, junction and breaker boxes, etc. that penetrate the shielding must themselves be shielded such no direct line-of-sight exists between the exam table and x-ray tube into any protected area. Also, sufficient overlap should be designed into door jambs to prevent leakage of radiation from the room (again, no line-of-sight). Door jambs and window frames must also be lead- lined with lead values listed below. Lead caps on sheet rock screws are not necessary. The viewing panels for control area barriers and doors must be composed of materials equivalent to values of lead listed below. The viewing panels should be situated in the barriers such that the edges of the windows are at least 12 inches from the end of the barrier. Related References and calculations are based on: NCRP Reports #116, #147 Radiographic Shielding Report ROOM: TO:Alexandria Ryan FACILITY:GRH Medical Clinic at Battlement Mesa 201 Sipprelle Drive Parachute, CO 81635 DATE:September 07, 2022 PERFORMED BY: Eric A. Berns, PhD GRH Medical Clinic at Battlement Mesa Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 X-RAY SHIELDING ANALYSIS 00 4900 - 1 Shielding Design: Floor Plan and Initial Conditions X-ray Room X-RAY SHIELDING ANALYSIS 00 4900 - 2 Shielding Design: Specifications X-RAY SHIELDING ANALYSIS 00 4900 - 3 Shielding Design: Specifications Wall Label Adjacent Area Occupancy Factor Area Type (Controlled vs. Uncontrolled) Required Minimum Thickness of Lead (Inches)Comments A Tech Work Area 1.0 Controlled 1/32 inch Pb B Outdoor 2nd Floor 0.0 Uncontrolled No Lead C Work Area 1.0 Uncontrolled 1/16 inch Pb D Work Area 1.0 Uncontrolled 1/32 inch Pb Door 1 Waiting Room 0.5 Uncontrolled 1/32 inch Pb Console Window Tech Area 1.0 Controlled 1/32 inch Pb Ceiling Floor above 1.0 Uncontrolled No Pb Required Assuming 2.5” of concrete or more Floor Floor Below 1.0 Uncontrolled No Pb Required Assuming 2.5” of concrete or more NOTE: 1.Tech console window must be at least 1ft2. but recommended to be MUCH larger. Assumptions X-ray Unit GE Definium Tempo Pro Patient Workload ~50 Patients/Week Personnel Badge Monitoring:Yes Wall D = 1/32” Pb Console Window = 1/32” Pb Wall A = 1/32” Pb Wall C = 1/16” Pb Door 1 = 1/32” Pb Wall B = No Pb X-RAY SHIELDING ANALYSIS 00 4900 - 4 Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 VIZIENT GPO CONSTRUCTION PURCHASING 00 9000 - 1 SECTION 00 9000 VIZIENT GPO CONSTRUCTION PURCHASING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including the General and Supplementary Conditions, Division 01 Specifications, and Specifications Sections 02-41, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: Vizient Group Purchasing Utilization; Vizient Product and Supplier Matrix; Vizient Specification Summary 009000.A. Grand River Hospital District. 1. Requirements: a. Grand River Hospital District is a member of the Vizient group purchasing organization (GPO). Grand River Hospital District gains its best pricing, quality, and service on equipment and materials through Vizient product and supplier agreements. Vizient negotiates with manufacturers and suppliers on behalf of their 3,400 member hospitals, aggregating volume across multiple projects. b. Vizient product and supplier agreements do NOT affect subcontractor mark-up or subcontractor labor except where the subcontractor is under an applicable Vizient agreement. Vizient is focused on gaining the best product pricing for Grand River Hospital District. By combining the Vizient buying power with Contractor's, Contractor will jointly deliver the most cost-effective solution for Grand River Hospital District. c. It is the intent of Grand River Hospital District that the project plans and specifications include Vizient contracted products and suppliers. GRHD will provide a listing of all Vizient contracted products and suppliers which have been included in the project documents. All competitive bidding for products and services should include applicable Vizient contracted products and suppliers. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 VIZIENT GPO CONSTRUCTION PURCHASING 00 9000 - 2 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 Several products selected for this project are from the Vizient contracted list. Refer to Vizient Construction Program Vendor List. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 The Drawings and Specifications have been developed to use Vizient products and suppliers, and/or GRHD Standards. The Vizient Specification Summary is the Architect's Listing of all selected Vizient products specified to be used or considered acceptable in this project. (00 90 00.A) 3.2 Structure of Documents A. Specification sections Divisions 02-41 containing Vizient products can be categorized as follows: 1. Vizient contracted product or supplier; No equal. 2. Vizient contracted products and suppliers; Multiple Vizient product/ suppliers. 3. Vizient contracted products and suppliers; including other product/ suppliers. 4. GRHD Standards or other non-Vizient suppliers or products. B. Contractor shall review contract documents for compliance with Grand River Hospital District's product/ supplier choices and resolve inconsistencies in keeping with the direction of Architect and Owner's representative. 3.3 Bidding Phase A. Contractor shall execute the following: 1. Notify selected Vizient suppliers to request "Grand River Hospital District Vizient Pricing." 2. Provide Vizient with a list and contact information for invited bidders. 3. Ensure and document Subcontractors participate in the GPO program by receipt of the Material Price Data form. Submit this form to Vizient. B. The Vizient representative assigned to this project will provide support, access and information to the contractor and subcontractors to facilitate and document the use of Vizient products and suppliers. 3.4 Post Bid A. Owner and Vizient Representative shall conduct post-bid meeting(s) with contractor to confirm: 1. If and when a Vizient contracted product has been included. 2. If and when non-Vizient substitutions have been made. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 VIZIENT GPO CONSTRUCTION PURCHASING 00 9000 - 3 B. If non-Vizient pricing was used, confirm that product and supplier selections are based on best value and that applicable Vizient contracted product or supplier pricing was obtained. C. Owner will give preference to bidders that best demonstrate understanding and use of Vizient Procurement methods and pricing. END OF SECTION 00 9000 Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 SUMMARY 01 1000 - 1 SECTION 01 1000 - SUMMARY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, Specification Section 00 9000 "Vizient GPO Construction Purchasing", and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Project information. 2. Work covered by Contract Documents. 3. Phased construction. 4. Work by Owner. 5. Owner-furnished products. 6. Contractor-furnished, Owner-installed products. 7. Access to site. 8. Coordination with occupants. 9. Work restrictions. 10. Specification and Drawing conventions. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 01 5000 "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for limitations and procedures governing temporary use of Owner's facilities. 1.3 PROJECT INFORMATION A. Project Identification: Grand River Health – X-ray Remodel. Architect's Project Number: 22459.00 1. Project Location: 201 Sipprelle Dr., Parachute, CO 81635. B. Owner: Grand River Hospital District. 1. Owner's Representative: Constance Wilmot; Cwilmot@grhd.org; 970-625-6557. C. Architect: Ann Adams; ann.adams@davispartnership.com; 303-308-2549. D. Architect's Consultants: Architect has retained the following design professionals who have prepared designated portions of the Contract Documents: 1. Mechanical/Plumbing: Bighorn Consulting Engineers; 970-241-8709. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 SUMMARY 01 1000 - 2 2. Electrical: Bighorn Consulting Engineers; 970-241-8709. 3. Structural: JVA, Incorporated; 720-975-1441. 4. Interior Design: Davis Partnership Architects; 303-861-8555. E. Contractor: FCI Constructors, Inc. has been engaged as Contractor for this Project. F. Web-Based Project Software: Project software administered by Architect will be used for purposes of managing communication and documents during the construction stage. 1. See Section 01 3100 "Project Management and Coordination." for requirements for administering and using web-based Project software. 1.4 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A. The Work of Project is defined by the Contract Documents and consists of the following: 1. The X-ray Remodel project consists of 445 square feet of renovation. The existing x-ray equipment is being replaced by a new ceiling mounted unit. A storage room, adjacent to the X-ray room, will be used to expand the size of the space to make room for the larger equipment footprint. B. Type of Contract: 1. Project will be constructed under a single prime contract. 1.5 WORK BY OWNER A. General: Cooperate fully with Owner so work may be carried out smoothly, without interfering with or delaying work under this Contract or work by Owner. Coordinate the Work of this Contract with work performed by Owner. 1.6 OWNER-FURNISHED PRODUCTS A. Owner will furnish products indicated. The Work includes receiving, unloading, handling, storing, protecting, and installing Owner-furnished products and making building services connections. B. Owner-Furnished Products: 1. As indicated in the drawings, X-ray machine and associated equipment. 1.7 CONTRACTOR-FURNISHED, OWNER-INSTALLED PRODUCTS A. Contractor shall furnish products indicated. The Work includes unloading, handling, storing, and protecting Contractor-furnished products as directed and turning them over to Owner at Project closeout. B. Contractor-Furnished, Owner-Installed Products: Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 SUMMARY 01 1000 - 3 1. As indicated in the drawings. 1.8 ACCESS TO SITE A. General: Contractor shall have limited use of Project site for construction operations as indicated on Drawings by the Contract limits and as indicated by requirements of this Section. B. Use of Site: Limit use of Project site to areas within the Contract limits indicated. Do not disturb portions of Project site beyond areas in which the Work is indicated. 1. Driveways, Walkways and Entrances: Keep driveways loading areas, and entrances serving premises clear and available to Owner, Owner's employees, and emergency vehicles at all times. Do not use these areas for parking or for storage of materials. a. Schedule deliveries to minimize use of driveways and entrances by construction operations. b. Schedule deliveries to minimize space and time requirements for storage of materials and equipment on-site. C. Condition of Existing Building: Maintain portions of existing building affected by construction operations in a weathertight condition throughout construction period. Repair damage caused by construction operations. D. Condition of Existing Grounds: Maintain portions of existing grounds, landscaping, and hardscaping affected by construction operations throughout construction period. Repair damage caused by construction operations. 1.9 COORDINATION WITH OCCUPANTS A. Partial Owner Occupancy: Owner will occupy the premises during entire construction period, with the exception of areas under construction. Cooperate with Owner during construction operations to minimize conflicts and facilitate Owner usage. Perform the Work so as not to interfere with Owner's operations. Maintain existing exits unless otherwise indicated. 1. Maintain access to existing walkways, corridors, and other adjacent occupied or used facilities. Do not close or obstruct walkways, corridors, or other occupied or used facilities without written permission from Owner and authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Provide not less than 72 hours' notice to Owner of activities that will affect Owner's operations. 1.10 WORK RESTRICTIONS A. Work Restrictions, General: Comply with restrictions on construction operations. 1. Comply with limitations on use of public streets and with other requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. B. On-Site Work Hours: Limit work in the existing building to normal business working hours of 8 a.m. to 5 p.m., Monday through Friday, unless otherwise indicated. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 SUMMARY 01 1000 - 4 1. Weekend Hours: as agreed to in advance by Owner. 2. Early Morning Hours: as agreed to in advance by Owner. Verify regulations with authorities having jurisdiction for restrictions on noisy work. 3. Hours for Utility Shutdowns: as agreed to in advance by Owner. 4. Hours for Core Drilling/Noisy Activity: as agreed to in advance by Owner. C. Existing Utility Interruptions: Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after providing temporary utility services according to requirements indicated: 1. Notify Owner not less than two days in advance of proposed utility interruptions. 2. Obtain Owner's written permission before proceeding with utility interruptions. D. Noise, Vibration, and Odors: Coordinate operations that may result in high levels of noise and vibration, odors, or other disruption to Owner occupancy with Owner. 1. Notify Owner not less than two days in advance of proposed disruptive operations. 2. Obtain Owner's written permission before proceeding with disruptive operations. E. Nonsmoking Campus: Smoking is not permitted on Grand River Health property or within 25 feet of entrances, operable windows, or outdoor-air intakes. F. Restricted Substances: Use of tobacco products and other controlled substances within the existing building is not permitted. G. Employee Identification: Provide identification tags for Contractor personnel working on Project site. Require personnel to use identification tags at all times. H. Employee Screening: Comply with Owner's requirements for drug and background screening of Contractor personnel working on Project site. 1. Maintain list of approved screened personnel with Owner's representative. 1.11 SPECIFICATION AND DRAWING CONVENTIONS A. Specification Content: The Specifications use certain conventions for the style of language and the intended meaning of certain terms, words, and phrases when used in particular situations. These conventions are as follows: 1. Imperative mood and streamlined language are generally used in the Specifications. The words "shall," "shall be," or "shall comply with," depending on the context, are implied where a colon (:) is used within a sentence or phrase. 2. Specification requirements are to be performed by Contractor unless specifically stated otherwise. B. Division 01 General Requirements: Requirements of Sections in Division 01 apply to the Work of all Sections in the Specifications. C. Drawing Coordination: Requirements for materials and products identified on Drawings are described in detail in the Specifications. One or more of the following are used on Drawings to identify materials and products: Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 SUMMARY 01 1000 - 5 1. Terminology: Materials and products are identified by the typical generic terms used in the individual Specifications Sections. 2. Abbreviations: Materials and products are identified by abbreviations published as part of the U.S. National CAD Standard and scheduled on Drawings. 3. Keynoting: Materials and products are identified by reference keynotes referencing Specification Section numbers found in this Project Manual. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01 1000 Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 01 2500 - 1 SECTION 01 2500 - SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, Specification Section 00 9000 "Vizient GPO Construction Purchasing", and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for substitutions. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 01 2300 "Alternates" for products selected under an alternate. 2. Section 01 6000 "Product Requirements" for requirements for submitting comparable product submittals for products by listed manufacturers. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Substitutions: Changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction from those required by the Contract Documents and proposed by Contractor. 1. Substitutions for Cause: Changes proposed by Contractor that are required due to changed Project conditions, such as unavailability of product, regulatory changes, or unavailability of required warranty terms. 2. Substitutions for Convenience: Changes proposed by Contractor or Owner that are not required in order to meet other Project requirements but may offer advantage to Contractor or Owner. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Substitution Requests: Submit three copies of each request for consideration. Identify product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Include Specification Section number and title and Drawing numbers and titles. 1. Substitution Request Form: Use facsimile of form provided in Project Manual. 2. Documentation: Show compliance with requirements for substitutions and the following, as applicable: a. Statement indicating why specified product or fabrication, or installation method cannot be provided, if applicable. b. Coordination of information, including a list of changes or revisions needed to other parts of the Work and to construction performed by Owner and separate contractors that will be necessary to accommodate proposed substitution. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 01 2500 - 2 c. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed substitutions with those of the Work specified. Include annotated copy of applicable Specification Section. Significant qualities may include attributes, such as performance, weight, size, durability, visual effect, sustainable design characteristics, warranties, and specific features and requirements indicated. Indicate deviations, if any, from the Work specified. d. Product Data, including drawings and descriptions of products and fabrication and installation procedures. e. Samples, where applicable or requested. f. Certificates and qualification data, where applicable or requested. g. List of similar installations for completed projects, with project names and addresses as well as names and addresses of architects and owners. h. Material test reports from a qualified testing agency, indicating and interpreting test results for compliance with requirements indicated. i. Research reports evidencing compliance with building code in effect for Project, from ICC-ES. j. Detailed comparison of Contractor's construction schedule using proposed substitutions with products specified for the Work, including effect on the overall Contract Time. If specified product or method of construction cannot be provided within the Contract Time, include letter from manufacturer, on manufacturer's letterhead, stating date of receipt of purchase order, lack of availability, or delays in delivery. k. Cost information, including a proposal of change, if any, in the Contract Sum. l. Contractor's certification that proposed substitution complies with requirements in the Contract Documents, except as indicated in substitution request, is compatible with related materials and is appropriate for applications indicated. m. Contractor's waiver of rights to additional payment or time that may subsequently become necessary because of failure of proposed substitution to produce indicated results. 3. Architect's Action: If necessary, Architect will request additional information or documentation for evaluation within seven days of receipt of a request for substitution. Architect will notify Contractor of acceptance or rejection of proposed substitution within 15 days of receipt of request, or seven days of receipt of additional information or documentation, whichever is later. a. Forms of Acceptance: Change Order, Construction Change Directive, or Architect's Supplemental Instructions for minor changes in the Work. b. Use product specified if Architect does not issue a decision on use of a proposed substitution within time allocated. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Compatibility of Substitutions: Investigate and document compatibility of proposed substitution with related products and materials. Engage a qualified testing agency to perform compatibility tests recommended by manufacturers. 1.6 PROCEDURES A. Coordination: Revise or adjust affected work as necessary to integrate work of the approved substitutions. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 01 2500 - 3 1.7 SUBSTITUTIONS A. Substitutions for Cause: Submit requests for substitution immediately on discovery of need for change, but not later than 15 days prior to time required for preparation and review of related submittals. 1. Conditions: Architect will consider Contractor's request for substitution when the following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Architect will return requests without action, except to record noncompliance with these requirements: a. Requested substitution is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce indicated results. b. Substitution request is fully documented and properly submitted. c. Requested substitution will not adversely affect Contractor's construction schedule. d. Requested substitution has received necessary approvals of authorities having jurisdiction. e. Requested substitution is compatible with other portions of the Work. f. Requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work. g. Requested substitution provides specified warranty. h. If requested substitution involves more than one contractor, requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work, is uniform and consistent, is compatible with other products, and is acceptable to all contractors involved. B. Substitutions for Convenience: Architect will consider requests for substitution if received within 60 days after commencement of the Work. Requests received after that time may be considered or rejected at discretion of Architect. 1. Conditions: Architect will consider Contractor's request for substitution when the following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Architect will return requests without action, except to record noncompliance with these requirements: a. Requested substitution offers Owner a substantial advantage in cost, time, energy conservation, or other considerations, after deducting additional responsibilities Owner must assume. Owner's additional responsibilities may include compensation to Architect for redesign and evaluation services, increased cost of other construction by Owner, and similar considerations. b. Requested substitution does not require extensive revisions to the Contract Documents. c. Requested substitution is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce indicated results. d. Substitution request is fully documented and properly submitted. e. Requested substitution will not adversely affect Contractor's construction schedule. f. Requested substitution has received necessary approvals of authorities having jurisdiction. g. Requested substitution is compatible with other portions of the Work. h. Requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work. i. Requested substitution provides specified warranty. j. If requested substitution involves more than one contractor, requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work, is uniform and consistent, is compatible with other products, and is acceptable to all contractors involved. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 01 2500 - 4 PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01 2500 Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 01 2600 - 1 SECTION 01 2600 - CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, Specification Section 00 9000 "Vizient GPO Construction Purchasing", and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for handling and processing Contract modifications. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 01 2500 "Substitution Procedures" for administrative procedures for handling requests for substitutions made after the Contract award. 1.3 MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK A. Architect will issue supplemental instructions authorizing minor changes in the Work, not involving adjustment to the Contract Sum or the Contract Time, on AIA Document G710. 1.4 PROPOSAL REQUESTS A. Owner-Initiated Proposal Requests: Architect will issue a detailed description of proposed changes in the Work that may require adjustment to the Contract Sum or the Contract Time. If necessary, the description will include supplemental or revised Drawings and Specifications. 1. Work Change Proposal Requests issued by Architect are not instructions either to stop work in progress or to execute the proposed change. 2. Within time specified in Proposal Request or 20 days, when not otherwise specified, after receipt of Proposal Request, submit a quotation estimating cost adjustments to the Contract Sum and the Contract Time necessary to execute the change. a. Include a list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs, with total amount of purchases and credits to be made. If requested, furnish survey data to substantiate quantities. b. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade discounts. c. Include costs of labor and supervision directly attributable to the change. d. Include an updated Contractor's construction schedule that indicates the effect of the change, including, but not limited to, changes in activity duration, start and finish times, and activity relationship. Use available total float before requesting an extension of the Contract Time. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 01 2600 - 2 e. Quotation Form: Use forms acceptable to Architect. B. Contractor-Initiated Proposals: If latent or changed conditions require modifications to the Contract, Contractor may initiate a claim by submitting a request for a change to Architect. 1. Include a statement outlining reasons for the change and the effect of the change on the Work. Provide a complete description of the proposed change. Indicate the effect of the proposed change on the Contract Sum and the Contract Time. 2. Include a list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs, with total amount of purchases and credits to be made. If requested, furnish survey data to substantiate quantities. 3. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade discounts. 4. Include costs of labor and supervision directly attributable to the change. 5. Include an updated Contractor's construction schedule that indicates the effect of the change, including, but not limited to, changes in activity duration, start and finish times, and activity relationship. Use available total float before requesting an extension of the Contract Time. 6. Comply with requirements in Section 01 2500 "Substitution Procedures" if the proposed change requires substitution of one product or system for product or system specified. 7. Proposal Request Form: Use form acceptable to Architect. 1.5 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES A. On Owner's approval of a Work Change Proposal Request, Architect will issue a Change Order for signatures of Owner and Contractor on AIA Document G701. 1.6 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVE A. Construction Change Directive: Architect may issue a Construction Change Directive on AIA Document G714. Construction Change Directive instructs Contractor to proceed with a change in the Work, for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order. 1. Construction Change Directive contains a complete description of change in the Work. It also designates method to be followed to determine change in the Contract Sum or the Contract Time. B. Documentation: Maintain detailed records on a time and material basis of work required by the Construction Change Directive. 1. After completion of change, submit an itemized account and supporting data necessary to substantiate cost and time adjustments to the Contract. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01 2600 Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01 2900 - 1 SECTION 01 2900 - PAYMENT PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, Specification Section 00 9000 "Vizient GPO Construction Purchasing", and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements necessary to prepare and process Applications for Payment. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 01 2600 "Contract Modification Procedures" for administrative procedures for handling changes to the Contract. 2. Section 01 3200 "Construction Progress Documentation" for administrative requirements governing the preparation and submittal of the Contractor's construction schedule. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Schedule of Values: A statement furnished by Contractor allocating portions of the Contract Sum to various portions of the Work and used as the basis for reviewing Contractor's Applications for Payment. 1.4 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. Coordination: Coordinate preparation of the schedule of values with preparation of Contractor's construction schedule. Cost-loaded Critical Path Method Schedule may serve to satisfy requirements for the schedule of values. 1. Coordinate line items in the schedule of values with items required to be indicated as separate activities in Contractor's construction schedule. 2. Submit the schedule of values to Architect at earliest possible date, but no later than seven days before the date scheduled for submittal of initial Applications for Payment. 3. Sub-schedules for Phased Work: Where the Work is separated into phases requiring separately phased payments, provide sub-schedules showing values coordinated with each phase of payment. B. Format and Content: Use Project Manual table of contents as a guide to establish line items for the schedule of values. Provide at least one line item for each Specification Section. 1. Identification: Include the following Project identification on the schedule of values: Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01 2900 - 2 a. Project name and location. b. Name of Architect. c. Architect's Project number. d. Contractor's name and address. e. Date of submittal. 2. Arrange schedule of values consistent with format of AIA Document G703. 3. Provide a breakdown of the Contract Sum in enough detail to facilitate continued evaluation of Applications for Payment and progress reports. Provide multiple line items for principal subcontract amounts in excess of five percent of the Contract Sum. 4. Provide a separate line item in the schedule of values for each part of the Work where Applications for Payment may include materials or equipment purchased or fabricated and stored, but not yet installed. a. Differentiate between items stored on-site and items stored off-site. 5. Overhead Costs: Include total cost and proportionate share of general overhead and profit for each line item. 6. Schedule of Values Revisions: Revise the schedule of values when Change Orders or Construction Change Directives result in a change in the Contract Sum. Include at least one separate line item for each Change Order and Construction Change Directive. 1.5 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT A. Each Application for Payment following the initial Application for Payment shall be consistent with previous applications and payments as certified by Architect and paid for by Owner. B. Payment Application Times: The date for each progress payment is indicated in the Agreement between Owner and Contractor. The period of construction work covered by each Application for Payment is the period indicated in the Agreement. C. Application for Payment Forms: Use AIA Document G702 and AIA Document G703 as form for Applications for Payment. 1. Other Application for Payment forms proposed by the Contractor shall be acceptable to Architect and Owner. Submit forms for approval with initial submittal of schedule of values. D. Application Preparation: Complete every entry on form. Notarize and execute by a person authorized to sign legal documents on behalf of Contractor. Architect will return incomplete applications without action. 1. Entries shall match data on the schedule of values and Contractor's construction schedule. Use updated schedules if revisions were made. 2. Include amounts for work completed following previous Application for Payment, whether or not payment has been received. Include only amounts for work completed at time of Application for Payment. 3. Include amounts of Change Orders and Construction Change Directives issued before last day of construction period covered by application. 4. Indicate separate amounts for work being carried out under Owner-requested project acceleration. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01 2900 - 3 E. Stored Materials: Include in Application for Payment amounts applied for materials or equipment purchased or fabricated and stored, but not yet installed. Differentiate between items stored on-site and items stored off-site. 1. Provide certificate of insurance, evidence of transfer of title to Owner, and consent of surety to payment for stored materials. 2. Provide supporting documentation that verifies amount requested, such as paid invoices. Match amount requested with amounts indicated on documentation; do not include overhead and profit on stored materials. 3. Provide summary documentation for stored materials indicating the following: a. Value of materials previously stored and remaining stored as of date of previous Applications for Payment. b. Value of previously stored materials put in place after date of previous Application for Payment and on or before date of current Application for Payment. c. Value of materials stored since date of previous Application for Payment and remaining stored as of date of current Application for Payment. F. Transmittal: Submit three signed and notarized original copies of each Application for Payment to Architect by a method ensuring receipt within 24 hours. One copy shall include waivers of lien and similar attachments if required. 1. Transmit each copy with a transmittal form listing attachments and recording appropriate information about application. G. Waivers of Mechanic's Lien: With each Application for Payment, submit waivers of mechanic's lien from entities lawfully entitled to file a mechanic's lien arising out of the Contract and related to the Work covered by the payment. 1. Submit partial waivers on each item for amount requested in previous application, after deduction for retainage, on each item. 2. When an application shows completion of an item, submit conditional final or full waivers. 3. Owner reserves the right to designate which entities involved in the Work must submit waivers. 4. Submit final Application for Payment with or preceded by conditional final waivers from every entity involved with performance of the Work covered by the application who is lawfully entitled to a lien. 5. Waiver Forms: Submit executed waivers of lien on forms acceptable to Owner. H. Initial Application for Payment: Administrative actions and submittals that must precede or coincide with submittal of first Application for Payment include the following: 1. List of subcontractors. 2. Schedule of values. 3. Contractor's construction schedule (preliminary if not final). 4. Products list (preliminary if not final). 5. Sustainable design action plans, including preliminary project materials cost data. 6. Schedule of unit prices. 7. Submittal schedule (preliminary if not final). 8. List of Contractor's staff assignments. 9. List of Contractor's principal consultants. 10. Copies of building permits. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01 2900 - 4 11. Copies of authorizations and licenses from authorities having jurisdiction for performance of the Work. 12. Initial progress report. 13. Report of preconstruction conference. 14. Certificates of insurance and insurance policies. 15. Performance and payment bonds. 16. Data needed to acquire Owner's insurance. I. Application for Payment at Substantial Completion: After Architect issues the Certificate of Substantial Completion, submit an Application for Payment showing 100 percent completion for portion of the Work claimed as substantially complete. 1. Include documentation supporting claim that the Work is substantially complete and a statement showing an accounting of changes to the Contract Sum. 2. This application shall reflect Certificate(s) of Substantial Completion issued previously for Owner occupancy of designated portions of the Work. J. Final Payment Application: After completing Project closeout requirements, submit final Application for Payment with releases and supporting documentation not previously submitted and accepted, including, but not limited, to the following: 1. Evidence of completion of Project closeout requirements. 2. Insurance certificates for products and completed operations where required and proof that taxes, fees, and similar obligations were paid. 3. Updated final statement, accounting for final changes to the Contract Sum. 4. AIA Document G706. 5. AIA Document G706A. 6. AIA Document G707. 7. Evidence that claims have been settled. 8. Final meter readings for utilities, a measured record of stored fuel, and similar data as of date of Substantial Completion or when Owner took possession of and assumed responsibility for corresponding elements of the Work. 9. Final liquidated damages settlement statement. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01 2900 Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01 3100 - 1 SECTION 01 3100 - PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, Specification Section 00 9000 "Vizient GPO Construction Purchasing", and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative provisions for coordinating construction operations on Project including, but not limited to, the following: 1. General coordination procedures. 2. Coordination drawings. 3. RFIs. 4. Digital project management procedures. 5. Project meetings. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 01 3200 "Construction Progress Documentation" for preparing and submitting Contractor's construction schedule. 2. Section 01 7300 "Execution" for procedures for coordinating general installation and field-engineering services, including establishment of benchmarks and control points. 3. Section 01 7700 "Closeout Procedures" for coordinating closeout of the Contract. 4. Section 01 9113 "General Commissioning Requirements" for coordinating the Work with Owner's Commissioning Authority. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. BIM: Building Information Modeling. B. RFI: Request for Information. Request from Owner, Architect, or Contractor seeking information required by or clarifications of the Contract Documents. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Subcontract List: Prepare a written summary identifying individuals or firms proposed for each portion of the Work, including those who are to furnish products or equipment fabricated to a special design. Include the following information in tabular form: 1. Name, address, telephone number, and email address of entity performing subcontract or supplying products. 2. Number and title of related Specification Section(s) covered by subcontract. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01 3100 - 2 3. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate, covered by subcontract. B. Key Personnel Names: Within 15 days of starting construction operations, submit a list of key personnel assignments, including superintendent and other personnel in attendance at Project site. Identify individuals and their duties and responsibiplities; list addresses and cellular telephone numbers and e-mail addresses. Provide names, addresses, and telephone numbers of individuals assigned as alternates in the absence of individuals assigned to Project. 1. Post copies of list in project meeting room, in temporary field office, in web-based Project software directory, and in prominent location in built facility. Keep list current at all times. 1.5 GENERAL COORDINATION PROCEDURES A. Coordination: Coordinate construction operations included in different Sections of the Specifications to ensure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the Work. Coordinate construction operations included in different Sections that depend on each other for proper installation, connection, and operation. 1. Schedule construction operations in sequence required to obtain the best results where installation of one part of the Work depends on installation of other components, before or after its own installation. 2. Coordinate installation of different components to ensure maximum performance and accessibility for required maintenance, service, and repair. 3. Make adequate provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation. B. Prepare memoranda for distribution to each party involved, outlining special procedures required for coordination. Include such items as required notices, reports, and list of attendees at meetings. 1. Prepare similar memoranda for Owner and separate contractors if coordination of their Work is required. C. Administrative Procedures: Coordinate scheduling and timing of required administrative procedures with other construction activities to avoid conflicts and to ensure orderly progress of the Work. Such administrative activities include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Preparation of Contractor's construction schedule. 2. Preparation of the schedule of values. 3. Installation and removal of temporary facilities and controls. 4. Delivery and processing of submittals. 5. Progress meetings. 6. Preinstallation conferences. 7. Project closeout activities. 8. Startup and adjustment of systems. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01 3100 - 3 1.6 COORDINATION DRAWINGS A. Coordination Drawings, General: Prepare coordination drawings according to requirements in individual Sections, and additionally where installation is not completely indicated on Shop Drawings, where limited space availability necessitates coordination, or if coordination is required to facilitate integration of products and materials fabricated or installed by more than one entity. 1. Content: Project-specific information, drawn accurately to a scale large enough to indicate and resolve conflicts. Do not base coordination drawings on standard printed data. Include the following information, as applicable: a. Use applicable Drawings as a basis for preparation of coordination drawings. Prepare sections, elevations, and details as needed to describe relationship of various systems and components. b. Indicate functional and spatial relationships of components of architectural, structural, civil, mechanical, and electrical systems. c. Indicate space requirements for routine maintenance and for anticipated replacement of components during the life of the installation. d. Show location and size of access doors required for access to concealed dampers, valves, and other controls. e. Indicate required installation sequences. f. Indicate dimensions shown on Drawings. Specifically note dimensions that appear to be in conflict with submitted equipment and minimum clearance requirements. Provide alternative sketches to Architect indicating proposed resolution of such conflicts. Minor dimension changes and difficult installations will not be considered changes to the Contract. B. Coordination Drawing Organization: Organize coordination drawings as follows: 1. Floor Plans and Reflected Ceiling Plans: Show architectural and structural elements, and mechanical, plumbing, fire-protection, fire-alarm, and electrical Work. Show locations of visible ceiling-mounted devices relative to acoustical ceiling grid. Supplement plan drawings with section drawings where required to adequately represent the Work. 2. Plenum Space: Indicate subframing for support of ceiling and wall systems, mechanical and electrical equipment, and related Work. Locate components within plenums to accommodate layout of light fixtures and other components indicated on Drawings. Indicate areas of conflict between light fixtures and other components. 3. Mechanical Rooms: Provide coordination drawings for mechanical rooms showing plans and elevations of mechanical, plumbing, fire-protection, fire-alarm, and electrical equipment. 4. Structural Penetrations: Indicate penetrations and openings required for all disciplines. 5. Slab Edge and Embedded Items: Indicate slab edge locations and sizes and locations of embedded items for metal fabrications, sleeves, anchor bolts, bearing plates, angles, door floor closers, slab depressions for floor finishes, curbs and housekeeping pads, and similar items. 6. Mechanical and Plumbing Work: Show the following: a. Sizes and bottom elevations of ductwork, piping, and conduit runs, including insulation, bracing, flanges, and support systems. b. Dimensions of major components, such as dampers, valves, diffusers, access doors, cleanouts and electrical distribution equipment. c. Fire-rated enclosures around ductwork. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01 3100 - 4 7. Electrical Work: Show the following: a. Runs of vertical and horizontal conduit 1-1/4 inches in diameter and larger. b. Light fixture, exit light, emergency battery pack, smoke detector, and other fire-alarm locations. c. Panel board, switch board, switchgear, transformer, busway, generator, and motor-control center locations. d. Location of pull boxes and junction boxes, dimensioned from column center lines. 8. Fire-Protection System: Show the following: a. Locations of standpipes, mains piping, branch lines, pipe drops, and sprinkler heads. 9. Review: Architect will review coordination drawings to confirm that in general the Work is being coordinated, but not for the details of the coordination, which are Contractor's responsibility. If Architect determines that coordination drawings are not being prepared in sufficient scope or detail, or are otherwise deficient, Architect will so inform Contractor, who shall make suitable modifications and resubmit. C. Coordination Digital Data Files: Prepare coordination digital data files according to the following requirements: 1. File Preparation Format: Same digital data software program, version, and operating system as original Drawings. 2. File Preparation Format: BIM Revit model/DWG, Version 2018, operating in Microsoft Windows operating system. 3. File Submittal Format: Submit or post coordination drawing files using PDF format. 4. Architect will furnish Contractor one set of digital data files of Drawings for use in preparing coordination digital data files. a. Architect makes no representations as to the accuracy or completeness of digital data files as they relate to Drawings. b. Digital Data Software Program: Drawings are available in BIM Revit model/AutoCAD DWG. c. Contractor shall execute a data licensing agreement in the form of Agreement form acceptable to Owner and Architect. 1.7 REQUEST FOR INFORMATION (RFI) A. General: Immediately on discovery of the need for additional information, clarification, or interpretation of the Contract Documents, Contractor shall prepare and submit an RFI in the form specified. 1. Architect will return without response those RFIs submitted to Architect by other entities controlled by Contractor. 2. Coordinate and submit RFIs in a prompt manner so as to avoid delays in Contractor's work or work of subcontractors. B. Content of the RFI: Include a detailed, legible description of item needing information or interpretation and the following: Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01 3100 - 5 1. Project name. 2. Project number. 3. Date. 4. Name of Contractor. 5. Name of Architect. 6. RFI number, numbered sequentially. 7. RFI subject. 8. Specification Section number and title and related paragraphs, as appropriate. 9. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. 10. Field dimensions and conditions, as appropriate. 11. Contractor's suggested resolution. If Contractor's suggested resolution impacts the Contract Time or the Contract Sum, Contractor shall state impact in the RFI. 12. Contractor's signature. 13. Attachments: Include sketches, descriptions, measurements, photos, Product Data, Shop Drawings, coordination drawings, and other information necessary to fully describe items needing interpretation. a. Include dimensions, thicknesses, structural grid references, and details of affected materials, assemblies, and attachments on attached sketches. C. RFI Forms: Software-generated form with substantially the same content as indicated above, acceptable to Architect. 1. Attachments shall be electronic files in PDF format. D. Architect's Action: Architect will review each RFI, determine action required, and respond. Allow seven working days for Architect's response for each RFI. RFIs received by Architect after 1:00 p.m. will be considered as received the following working day. 1. The following Contractor-generated RFIs will be returned without action: a. Requests for approval of submittals. b. Requests for approval of substitutions. c. Requests for approval of Contractor's means and methods. d. Requests for coordination information already indicated in the Contract Documents. e. Requests for adjustments in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum. f. Requests for interpretation of Architect's actions on submittals. g. Incomplete RFIs or inaccurately prepared RFIs. 2. Architect's action may include a request for additional information, in which case Architect's time for response will date from time of receipt by Architect of additional information. 3. Architect's action on RFIs that may result in a change to the Contract Time or the Contract Sum may be eligible for Contractor to submit Change Proposal according to Section 01 2600 "Contract Modification Procedures." a. If Contractor believes the RFI response warrants change in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum, notify Architect in writing within 10 calendar days of receipt of the RFI response. E. RFI Log: Prepare, maintain, and submit a tabular log of RFIs organized by the RFI number. Submit log weekly. Include the following: Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01 3100 - 6 1. Project name. 2. Name and address of Contractor. 3. Name and address of Architect. 4. RFI number including RFIs that were returned without action or withdrawn. 5. RFI description. 6. Date the RFI was submitted. 7. Date Architect's response was received. 8. Identification of related Minor Change in the Work, Construction Change Directive, and Proposal Request, as appropriate. F. On receipt of Architect's action, update the RFI log and immediately distribute the RFI response to affected parties. Review response and notify Architect within seven days if Contractor disagrees with response. 1.8 DIGITAL PROJECT MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES A. Use of Architect's Digital Data Files: Digital data files of Architect's BIM model/AutoCAD drawings will be provided by Architect for Contractor's use during construction. 1. Digital data files may be used by Contractor in preparing coordination drawings, Shop Drawings, and Project record Drawings. 2. Architect makes no representations as to the accuracy or completeness of digital data files as they relate to Contract Drawings. 3. Digital Drawing Software Program: Contract Drawings are available in BIM model/AutoCAD drawings. 4. Contractor shall execute a data licensing agreement in the form of AIA Document C106 Digital Data Licensing Agreement. a. Subcontractors, and other parties granted access by Contractor to Architect's digital data files shall execute a data licensing agreement in the form of AIA Document C 106. 5. The following digital data files will be furnished for each appropriate discipline: a. Floor plans. b. Reflected ceiling plans. B. Web-Based Project Software: Use Architect's web-based Project software site for purposes of hosting and managing Project communication and documentation until Final Completion. 1. Web-based Project software site includes, at a minimum, the following features: a. Compilation of Project data, including Contractor, subcontractors, Architect, architect's consultants, Owner, and other entities involved in Project. Include names of individuals and contact information. b. Access control for each entity for each workflow process, to determine entity's digital rights to create, modify, view, and print documents. c. Document workflow planning, allowing customization of workflow between project entities. d. Creation, logging, tracking, and notification for Project communications required in other Specification Sections, including, but not limited to, RFIs, submittals, Minor Changes in the Work, Construction Change Directives, and Change Orders. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01 3100 - 7 e. Track status of each Project communication in real time, and log time and date when responses are provided. f. Procedures for handling PDFs or similar file formats, allowing markups by each entity. Provide security features to lock markups against changes once submitted. g. Processing and tracking of payment applications. h. Processing and tracking of contract modifications. i. Creating and distributing meeting minutes. j. Document management for Drawings, Specifications, and coordination drawings, including revision control. 2. At completion of Project, provide digital archive in format that is readable by common desktop software applications in format acceptable to Architect. Provide data in locked format to prevent further changes. C. PDF Document Preparation: Where PDFs are required to be submitted to Architect, prepare as follows: 1. Assemble complete submittal package into a single indexed file incorporating submittal requirements of a single Specification Section and transmittal form with links enabling navigation to each item. 2. Name file with submittal number or other unique identifier, including revision identifier. 3. Certifications: Where digitally submitted certificates and certifications are required, provide a digital signature with digital certificate on where indicated. 1.9 PROJECT MEETINGS A. General: Schedule and conduct meetings and conferences at Project site unless otherwise indicated. 1. Attendees: Inform participants and others involved, and individuals whose presence is required, of date and time of each meeting. Notify Owner and Architect of scheduled meeting dates and times a minimum of 10 working days prior to meeting. 2. Agenda: Prepare the meeting agenda. Distribute the agenda to all invited attendees. 3. Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting meeting will record significant discussions and agreements achieved. Distribute the meeting minutes to everyone concerned, including Owner and Architect, within three days of the meeting. B. Preconstruction Conference: Schedule and conduct a preconstruction conference before starting construction, at a time convenient to Owner and Architect, but no later than 15 days after execution of the Agreement. 1. Attendees: Authorized representatives of Owner, Architect, and their consultants; Contractor and its superintendent; major subcontractors; suppliers; and other concerned parties shall attend the conference. Participants at the conference shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work. 2. Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect progress, including the following: a. Responsibilities and personnel assignments. b. Tentative construction schedule. c. Phasing. d. Critical work sequencing and long lead items. e. Designation of key personnel and their duties. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01 3100 - 8 f. Lines of communications. g. Use of web-based Project software. h. Procedures for processing field decisions and Change Orders. i. Procedures for RFIs. j. Procedures for testing and inspecting. k. Procedures for processing Applications for Payment. l. Distribution of the Contract Documents. m. Submittal procedures. n. Preparation of Record Documents. o. Use of the premises. p. Work restrictions. q. Working hours. r. Owner's occupancy requirements. s. Responsibility for temporary facilities and controls. t. Procedures for moisture and mold control. u. Procedures for disruptions and shutdowns. v. Construction waste management and recycling. w. Parking availability. x. Office, work, and storage areas. y. Equipment deliveries and priorities. z. First aid. aa. Security. bb. Progress cleaning. 3. Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting meeting will record and distribute meeting minutes. C. Preinstallation Conferences: Conduct a preinstallation conference at Project site before each construction activity when required by other sections and when required for coordination with other construction. 1. Attendees: Installer and representatives of manufacturers and fabricators involved in or affected by the installation and its coordination or integration with other materials and installations that have preceded or will follow, shall attend the meeting. Advise Architect and Owner's Representative of scheduled meeting dates. 2. Agenda: Review progress of other construction activities and preparations for the particular activity under consideration, including requirements for the following: a. Contract Documents. b. Options. c. Related RFIs. d. Related Change Orders. e. Purchases. f. Deliveries. g. Submittals. h. Review of mockups. i. Possible conflicts. j. Compatibility requirements. k. Time schedules. l. Weather limitations. m. Manufacturer's written instructions. n. Warranty requirements. o. Compatibility of materials. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01 3100 - 9 p. Acceptability of substrates. q. Temporary facilities and controls. r. Space and access limitations. s. Regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. t. Testing and inspecting requirements. u. Installation procedures. v. Coordination with other work. w. Required performance results. x. Protection of adjacent work. y. Protection of construction and personnel. 3. Record significant conference discussions, agreements, and disagreements, including required corrective measures and actions. 4. Reporting: Distribute minutes of the meeting to each party present and to other parties requiring information. 5. Do not proceed with installation if the conference cannot be successfully concluded. Initiate whatever actions are necessary to resolve impediments to performance of the Work and reconvene the conference at earliest feasible date. D. Project Closeout Conference: Schedule and conduct a project closeout conference, at a time convenient to Owner and Architect, but no later than 90 days prior to the scheduled date of Substantial Completion. 1. Conduct the conference to review requirements and responsibilities related to Project closeout. 2. Attendees: Authorized representatives of Owner, Owner's Commissioning Authority, Architect, and their consultants; Contractor and its superintendent; major subcontractors; suppliers; and other concerned parties shall attend the meeting. Participants at the meeting shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work. 3. Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect or delay Project closeout, including the following: a. Preparation of Record Documents. b. Procedures required prior to inspection for Substantial Completion and for final inspection for acceptance. c. Procedures for completing and archiving web-based Project software site data files. d. Submittal of written warranties. e. Requirements for preparing operations and maintenance data. f. Requirements for delivery of material samples, attic stock, and spare parts. g. Requirements for demonstration and training. h. Preparation of Contractor's punch list. i. Procedures for processing Applications for Payment at Substantial Completion and for final payment. j. Submittal procedures. k. Coordination of separate contracts. l. Owner's partial occupancy requirements. m. Installation of Owner's furniture, fixtures, and equipment. n. Responsibility for removing temporary facilities and controls. 4. Minutes: Entity conducting meeting will record and distribute meeting minutes. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01 3100 - 10 E. Progress Meetings: Conduct progress meetings at weekly intervals. 1. Coordinate dates of meetings with preparation of payment requests. 2. Attendees: In addition to representatives of Owner and Architect, each contractor, subcontractor, supplier, and other entity concerned with current progress or involved in planning, coordination, or performance of future activities shall be represented at these meetings. All participants at the meeting shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work. 3. Agenda: Review and correct or approve minutes of previous progress meeting. Review other items of significance that could affect progress. Include topics for discussion as appropriate to status of Project. a. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Review progress since the last meeting. Determine whether each activity is on time, ahead of schedule, or behind schedule, in relation to Contractor's construction schedule. Determine how construction behind schedule will be expedited; secure commitments from parties involved to do so. Discuss whether schedule revisions are required to ensure that current and subsequent activities will be completed within the Contract Time. 1) Review schedule for next period. b. Review present and future needs of each entity present, including the following: 1) Interface requirements. 2) Sequence of operations. 3) Resolution of BIM component conflicts. 4) Status of submittals. 5) Deliveries. 6) Off-site fabrication. 7) Access. 8) Site use. 9) Temporary facilities and controls. 10) Progress cleaning. 11) Quality and work standards. 12) Status of correction of deficient items. 13) Field observations. 14) Status of RFIs. 15) Status of Proposal Requests. 16) Pending changes. 17) Status of Change Orders. 18) Pending claims and disputes. 19) Documentation of information for payment requests. 4. Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting the meeting will record and distribute the meeting minutes to each party present and to parties requiring information. a. Schedule Updating: Revise Contractor's construction schedule after each progress meeting where revisions to the schedule have been made or recognized. Issue revised schedule concurrently with the report of each meeting. F. Coordination Meetings: Conduct Project coordination meetings at regular intervals. Project coordination meetings are in addition to specific meetings held for other purposes, such as progress meetings and preinstallation conferences. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01 3100 - 11 1. Attendees: In addition to representatives of Owner and Architect, each contractor, subcontractor, supplier, and other entity concerned with current progress or involved in planning, coordination, or performance of future activities shall be represented at these meetings. All participants at the meetings shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work. 2. Agenda: Review and correct or approve minutes of the previous coordination meeting. Review other items of significance that could affect progress. Include topics for discussion as appropriate to status of Project. a. Combined Contractor's Construction Schedule: Review progress since the last coordination meeting. Determine whether each contract is on time, ahead of schedule, or behind schedule, in relation to combined Contractor's construction schedule. Determine how construction behind schedule will be expedited; secure commitments from parties involved to do so. Discuss whether schedule revisions are required to ensure that current and subsequent activities will be completed within the Contract Time. b. Schedule Updating: Revise combined Contractor's construction schedule after each coordination meeting where revisions to the schedule have been made or recognized. Issue revised schedule concurrently with report of each meeting. c. Review present and future needs of each contractor present, including the following: 1) Interface requirements. 2) Sequence of operations. 3) Resolution of BIM component conflicts. 4) Status of submittals. 5) Deliveries. 6) Off-site fabrication. 7) Access. 8) Site use. 9) Temporary facilities and controls. 10) Work hours. 11) Hazards and risks. 12) Progress cleaning. 13) Quality and work standards. 14) Status of RFIs. 15) Proposal Requests. 16) Change Orders. 17) Pending changes. 3. Reporting: Record meeting results and distribute copies to everyone in attendance and to others affected by decisions or actions resulting from each meeting. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01 3100 Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 CONSTRUCTION PROGRES DOCUMENTATION 01 3200 - 1 SECTION 01 3200 - CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, Specification Section 00 9000 "Vizient GPO Construction Purchasing", and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for documenting the progress of construction during performance of the Work, including the following: 1. Startup construction schedule. 2. Contractor's Construction Schedule. 3. Construction schedule updating reports. 4. Daily construction reports. 5. Material location reports. 6. Site condition reports. 7. Unusual event reports. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Activity: A discrete part of a project that can be identified for planning, scheduling, monitoring, and controlling the construction Project. Activities included in a construction schedule consume time and resources. 1. Critical Activity: An activity on the critical path that must start and finish on the planned early start and finish times. 2. Predecessor Activity: An activity that precedes another activity in the network. 3. Successor Activity: An activity that follows another activity in the network. B. Cost Loading: The allocation of the schedule of values for completing an activity as scheduled. The sum of costs for all activities must equal the total Contract Sum. C. CPM: Critical path method, which is a method of planning and scheduling a construction project where activities are arranged based on activity relationships. Network calculations determine when activities can be performed and the critical path of Project. D. Critical Path: The longest connected chain of interdependent activities through the network schedule that establishes the minimum overall Project duration and contains no float. E. Event: The starting or ending point of an activity. F. Float: The measure of leeway in starting and completing an activity. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 CONSTRUCTION PROGRES DOCUMENTATION 01 3200 - 2 1. Float time is not for the exclusive use or benefit of either Owner or Contractor, but is a jointly owned, expiring Project resource available to both parties as needed to meet schedule milestones and Contract completion date. 2. Free float is the amount of time an activity can be delayed without adversely affecting the early start of the successor activity. 3. Total float is the measure of leeway in starting or completing an activity without adversely affecting the planned Project completion date. G. Resource Loading: The allocation of manpower and equipment necessary for completing an activity as scheduled. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Format for Submittals: Submit required submittals in the following format: 1. Working electronic copy of schedule file, where indicated. 2. PDF file. B. Startup construction schedule. 1. Submittal of cost-loaded, startup construction schedule will not constitute approval of schedule of values for cost-loaded activities. C. Startup Network Diagram: Of size required to display entire network for entire construction period. Show logic ties for activities. D. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Initial schedule, of size required to display entire schedule for entire construction period. E. CPM Reports: Concurrent with CPM schedule, submit each of the following reports. Format for each activity in reports shall contain activity number, activity description, cost and resource loading, original duration, remaining duration, early start date, early finish date, late start date, late finish date, and total float in calendar days. 1. Activity Report: List of activities sorted by activity number and then early start date, or actual start date if known. 2. Logic Report: List of preceding and succeeding activities for each activity, sorted in ascending order by activity number and then by early start date, or actual start date if known. 3. Total Float Report: List of activities sorted in ascending order of total float. 4. Earnings Report: Compilation of Contractor's total earnings from commencement of the Workuntil most recent Application for Payment. F. Construction Schedule Updating Reports: Submit with Applications for Payment. G. Daily Construction Reports: Submit at weeklyintervals. H. Material Location Reports: Submit at weeklyintervals. I. Site Condition Reports: Submit at time of discovery of differing conditions. J. Unusual Event Reports: Submit at time of unusual event. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 CONSTRUCTION PROGRES DOCUMENTATION 01 3200 - 3 K. Qualification Data: For scheduling consultant. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Scheduling Consultant Qualifications: An experienced specialist in CPM scheduling and reporting, with capability of producing CPM reports and diagrams within 24 hours of Architect's request. B. Prescheduling Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Section 01 3100 "Project Management and Coordination." Review methods and procedures related to the preliminary construction schedule and Contractor's Construction Schedule, including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Review software limitations and content and format for reports. 2. Verify availability of qualified personnel needed to develop and update schedule. 3. Discuss constraints, including phasing area separations and partial Owner occupancy. 4. Review delivery dates for Owner-furnished products. 5. Review schedule for work of Owner's separate contracts. 6. Review submittal requirements and procedures. 7. Review time required for review of submittals and resubmittals. 8. Review requirements for tests and inspections by independent testing and inspecting agencies. 9. Review time required for Project closeout and Owner startup procedures, including commissioning activities. 10. Review and finalize list of construction activities to be included in schedule. 11. Review procedures for updating schedule. 1.6 COORDINATION A. Coordinate Contractor's Construction Schedule with the schedule of values, list of subcontracts, submittal schedule, progress reports, payment requests, and other required schedules and reports. 1. Secure time commitments for performing critical elements of the Work from entities involved. 2. Coordinate each construction activity in the network with other activities and schedule them in proper sequence. 1.7 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE, GENERAL A. Computer Scheduling Software: Prepare schedules using current version of a program that has been developed specifically to manage construction schedules. B. Time Frame: Extend schedule from date established for commencement of the Work to date of final completion. 1. Contract completion date shall not be changed by submission of a schedule that shows an early completion date, unless specifically authorized by Change Order. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 CONSTRUCTION PROGRES DOCUMENTATION 01 3200 - 4 C. Activities: Treat each floor or separate area as a separate numbered activity for each main element of the Work. Comply with the following: 1. Activity Duration: Define activities so no activity is longer than 20 days, unless specifically allowed by Architect. 2. Procurement Activities: Include procurement process activities for the following long lead items and major items, requiring a cycle of more than 60 days, as separate activities in schedule. Procurement cycle activities include, but are not limited to, submittals, approvals, purchasing, fabrication, and delivery. a. Contractor to identify long lead items and coordinate with owner equipment purchase schedule. 3. Submittal Review Time: Include review and resubmittal times indicated in Section 01 3300 "Submittal Procedures" in schedule. Coordinate submittal review times in Contractor's Construction Schedule with submittal schedule. 4. Startup and Testing Time: Include no fewer than 15 days for startup and testing. 5. Commissioning Time: Include no fewer than 15 days for commissioning. 6. Substantial Completion: Indicate completion in advance of date established for Substantial Completion, and allow time for Architect's administrative procedures necessary for certification of Substantial Completion. 7. Punch List and Final Completion: Include not more than 30 days for completion of punch list items and final completion. D. Constraints: Include constraints and work restrictions indicated in the Contract Documents and as follows in schedule, and show how the sequence of the Work is affected. 1. Phasing: Arrange list of activities on schedule by phase. 2. Work by Owner: Include a separate activity for each portion of the Work performed by Owner. 3. Products Ordered in Advance: Include a separate activity for each product. Include delivery date indicated in Section 01 1000 "Summary." Delivery dates indicated stipulate the earliest possible delivery date. 4. Owner-Furnished Products: Include a separate activity for each product. Include delivery date indicated in Section 01 1000 "Summary." Delivery dates indicated stipulate the earliest possible delivery date. 5. Work Restrictions: Show the effect of the following items on the schedule: a. Coordination with existing construction. b. Limitations of continued occupancies. c. Uninterruptible services. d. Partial occupancy before Substantial Completion. e. Use-of-premises restrictions. f. Provisions for future construction. g. Seasonal variations. h. Environmental control. 6. Work Stages: Indicate important stages of construction for each major portion of the Work, including, but not limited to, the following: a. Subcontract awards. b. Submittals. c. Purchases. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 CONSTRUCTION PROGRES DOCUMENTATION 01 3200 - 5 d. Mockups. e. Fabrication. f. Sample testing. g. Deliveries. h. Installation. i. Tests and inspections. j. Adjusting. k. Curing. l. Startup and placement into final use and operation. m. Commissioning. 7. Construction Areas: Identify each major area of construction for each major portion of the Work. Indicate where each construction activity within a major area must be sequenced or integrated with other construction activities to provide for the following: a. Structural completion. b. Temporary enclosure and space conditioning. c. Permanent space enclosure. d. Completion of mechanical installation. e. Completion of electrical installation. f. Substantial Completion. E. Milestones: Include milestones indicated in the Contract Documents in schedule, including, but not limited to, the Notice to Proceed, Substantial Completion, and final completion. F. Cost Correlation: Superimpose a cost correlation timeline, indicating planned and actual costs. On the line, show planned and actual dollar volume of the Work performed as of planned and actual dates used for preparation of payment requests. 1. See Section 01 2900 "Payment Procedures" for cost reporting and payment procedures. G. Upcoming Work Summary: Prepare summary report indicating activities scheduled to occur or commence prior to submittal of next schedule update. Summarize the following issues: 1. Unresolved issues. 2. Unanswered Requests for Information. 3. Rejected or unreturned submittals. 4. Notations on returned submittals. 5. Pending modifications affecting the Work and the Contract Time. H. Contractor's Construction Schedule Updating: At monthly intervals, update schedule to reflect actual construction progress and activities. Issue schedule one week before each regularly scheduled progress meeting. 1. Revise schedule immediately after each meeting or other activity where revisions have been recognized or made. Issue updated schedule concurrently with the report of each such meeting. 2. Include a report with updated schedule that indicates every change, including, but not limited to, changes in logic, durations, actual starts and finishes, and activity durations. 3. As the Work progresses, indicate final completion percentage for each activity. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 CONSTRUCTION PROGRES DOCUMENTATION 01 3200 - 6 I. Recovery Schedule: When periodic update indicates the Work is 14 or more calendar days behind the current approved schedule, submit a separate recovery schedule indicating means by which Contractor intends to regain compliance with the schedule. Indicate changes to working hours, working days, crew sizes, equipment required to achieve compliance, and date by which recovery will be accomplished. J. Distribution: Distribute copies of approved schedule to Architect Owner, separate contractors, testing and inspecting agencies, and other parties identified by Contractor with a need-to-know schedule responsibility. 1. Post copies in Project meeting rooms and temporary field offices. 2. When revisions are made, distribute updated schedules to the same parties and post in the same locations. Delete parties from distribution when they have completed their assigned portion of the Work and are no longer involved in performance of construction activities. 1.8 STARTUP CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE A. Gantt-Chart Schedule: Submit startup, horizontal, Gantt-chart-type construction schedule within seven days of date established for commencement of the Work. B. Preparation: Indicate each significant construction activity separately. Identify first workday of each week with a continuous vertical line. Outline significant construction activities for first 90 days of construction. Include skeleton diagram for the remainder of the Work and a cash requirement prediction based on indicated activities. 1.9 GANTT-CHART SCHEDULE REQUIREMENTS A. Gantt-Chart Schedule: Submit a comprehensive, fully developed, horizontal, Gantt-chart-type, Contractor's Construction Schedule within 30 days of date established for commencement of the Work. 1. Base schedule on the startup construction schedule and additional information received since the start of Project. B. Preparation: Indicate each significant construction activity separately. Identify first workday of each week with a continuous vertical line. 1. For construction activities that require three months or longer to complete, indicate an estimated completion percentage in 10 percent increments within time bar. 1.10 REPORTS A. Daily Construction Reports: Prepare a daily construction report recording the following information concerning events at Project site: 1. List of subcontractors at Project site. 2. List of separate contractors at Project site. 3. Approximate count of personnel at Project site. 4. Equipment at Project site. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 CONSTRUCTION PROGRES DOCUMENTATION 01 3200 - 7 5. Material deliveries. 6. High and low temperatures and general weather conditions, including presence of rain or snow. 7. Testing and inspection. 8. Accidents. 9. Meetings and significant decisions. 10. Unusual events. 11. Stoppages, delays, shortages, and losses. 12. Meter readings and similar recordings. 13. Emergency procedures. 14. Orders and requests of authorities having jurisdiction. 15. Change Orders received and implemented. 16. Construction Change Directives received and implemented. 17. Services connected and disconnected. 18. Equipment or system tests and startups. 19. Partial completions and occupancies. 20. Substantial Completions authorized. B. Material Location Reports: At monthly intervals, prepare and submit a comprehensive list of materials delivered to and stored at Project site. List shall be cumulative, showing materials previously reported plus items recently delivered. Include with list a statement of progress on and delivery dates for materials or items of equipment fabricated or stored away from Project site. Indicate the following categories for stored materials: 1. Material stored prior to previous report and remaining in storage. 2. Material stored prior to previous report and since removed from storage and installed. 3. Material stored following previous report and remaining in storage. C. Site Condition Reports: Immediately on discovery of a difference between site conditions and the Contract Documents, prepare and submit a detailed report. Submit with a Request for Information. Include a detailed description of the differing conditions, together with recommendations for changing the Contract Documents. D. Unusual Event Reports: When an event of an unusual and significant nature occurs at Project site, whether or not related directly to the Work, prepare and submit a special report. List chain of events, persons participating, responses by Contractor's personnel, evaluation of results or effects, and similar pertinent information. Advise Owner in advance when these events are known or predictable. 1. Submit unusual event reports directly to Owner within one day(s) of an occurrence. Distribute copies of report to parties affected by the occurrence. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01 3200 Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION 01 3233 - 1 SECTION 01 3233 - PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, Specification Section 00 9000 "Vizient GPO Construction Purchasing", and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for the following: 1. Preconstruction photographs. 2. Periodic construction photographs. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 01 7700 "Closeout Procedures" for submitting photographic documentation as Project Record Documents at Project closeout. 2. Section 01 7900 "Demonstration and Training" for submitting video recordings of demonstration of equipment and training of Owner's personnel. 3. Section 02 4116 "Structure Demolition" for photographic documentation before building demolition operations commence. 4. Section 02 4119 "Selective Demolition" for photographic documentation before selective demolition operations commence. 5. Section 31 1000 "Site Clearing" for photographic documentation before site clearing operations commence. 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Key Plan: Submit key plan of Project site and building with notation of vantage points marked for location and direction of each photograph. Indicate elevation or story of construction. Include same information as corresponding photographic documentation. B. Digital Photographs: Submit image files within three days of taking photographs. 1. Submit photos by uploading to web-based project software site. Include copy of key plan indicating each photograph's location and direction. 2. Identification: Provide the following information with each image description in web-based project software site: a. Name of Project. b. Name and contact information for photographer. c. Name of Architect. d. Name of Contractor. e. Date photograph was taken. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION 01 3233 - 2 f. Description of location, vantage point, and direction. g. Unique sequential identifier keyed to accompanying key plan. 1.4 FORMATS AND MEDIA A. Digital Photographs: Provide color images in JPG format, produced by a digital camera with minimum sensor size of 12 megapixels, and at an image resolution of not less than 3200 by 2400 pixels. Use flash in low light levels or backlit conditions. B. Digital Video Recordings: Provide high-resolution, digital video in MPEG format, produced by a digital camera with minimum sensor resolution of 12 megapixels and capable of recording in full high-definition mode with vibration-reduction technology. Provide supplemental lighting in low light levels or backlit conditions. C. Digital Images: Submit digital media as originally recorded in the digital camera, without alteration, manipulation, editing, or modifications using image-editing software. D. Metadata: Record accurate date and time from camera. E. File Names: Name media files with date and sequential numbering suffix. 1.5 CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS A. Photographer: Engage a qualified photographer to take construction photographs. B. General: Take photographs with maximum depth of field and in focus. 1. Maintain key plan with each set of construction photographs that identifies each photographic location. C. Preconstruction Photographs: Before commencement of excavation and commencement of demolition, take photographs of Project site and surrounding properties, including existing items to remain during construction, from different vantage points, as directed by Architect. 1. Flag excavation areas and construction limits before taking construction photographs. 2. Take 20 photographs to show existing conditions adjacent to property before starting the Work. 3. Take 20 photographs of existing buildings either on or adjoining property to accurately record physical conditions at start of construction. 4. Take additional photographs as required to record settlement or cracking of adjacent structures, pavements, and improvements. D. Periodic Construction Photographs: Take 20 photographs weekly. Select vantage points to show status of construction and progress since last photographs were taken. 1. Take photographs of work to be concealed prior to concealment. E. Additional Photographs: Architect may request photographs in addition to periodic photographs specified. 1. Three days' notice will be given, where feasible. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION 01 3233 - 3 2. In emergency situations, take additional photographs within 24 hours of request. 3. Circumstances that could require additional photographs include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Special events planned at Project site. b. Immediate follow-up when on-site events result in construction damage or losses. c. Photographs to be taken at fabrication locations away from Project site. These photographs are not subject to unit prices or unit-cost allowances. d. Substantial Completion of a major phase or component of the Work. e. Extra record photographs at time of final acceptance. f. Owner's request for special publicity photographs. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01 3233 Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 3300 - 1 SECTION 01 3300 - SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, Specification Section 00 9000 "Vizient GPO Construction Purchasing", and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Submittal schedule requirements. 2. Administrative and procedural requirements for submittals. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 01 2900 "Payment Procedures" for submitting Applications for Payment and the schedule of values. 2. Section 01 3100 "Project Management and Coordination" for submitting coordination drawings and subcontract list and for requirements for web-based Project software. 3. Section 01 3200 "Construction Progress Documentation" for submitting schedules and reports, including Contractor's construction schedule. 4. Section 01 3233 "Photographic Documentation" for submitting preconstruction photographs, periodic construction photographs, and final completion construction photographs. 5. Section 01 4000 "Quality Requirements" for submitting test and inspection reports, and schedule of tests and inspections. 6. Section 01 7700 "Closeout Procedures" for submitting closeout submittals and maintenance material submittals. 7. Section 01 7823 "Operation and Maintenance Data" for submitting operation and maintenance manuals. 8. Section 01 7839 "Project Record Documents" for submitting record Drawings, record Specifications, and record Product Data. 9. Section 01 7900 "Demonstration and Training" for submitting video recordings of demonstration of equipment and training of Owner's personnel. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Action Submittals: Written and graphic information and physical samples that require Architect's responsive action. Action submittals are those submittals indicated in individual Specification Sections as "action submittals." Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 3300 - 2 B. Informational Submittals: Written and graphic information and physical samples that do not require Architect's responsive action. Submittals may be rejected for not complying with requirements. Informational submittals are those submittals indicated in individual Specification Sections as "informational submittals." 1.4 SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE A. Submittal Schedule: Submit, as an action submittal, a list of submittals, arranged in chronological order by dates required by construction schedule. Include time required for review, ordering, manufacturing, fabrication, and delivery when establishing dates. Include additional time required for making corrections or revisions to submittals noted by Architect and additional time for handling and reviewing submittals required by those corrections. 1. Coordinate submittal schedule with list of subcontracts, the schedule of values, and Contractor's construction schedule. 2. Initial Submittal: Submit concurrently with startup construction schedule. Include submittals required during the first 60 days of construction. List those submittals required to maintain orderly progress of the Work and those required early because of long lead time for manufacture or fabrication. 3. Final Submittal: Submit concurrently with the first complete submittal of Contractor's construction schedule. a. Submit revised submittal schedule to reflect changes in current status and timing for submittals. 4. Format: Arrange the following information in a tabular format: a. Scheduled date for first submittal. b. Specification Section number and title. c. Submittal Category: Action; informational. d. Name of subcontractor. e. Description of the Work covered. f. Scheduled date for Architect's final release or approval. g. Scheduled dates for purchasing. h. Scheduled date of fabrication. i. Scheduled dates for installation. j. Activity or event number. 1.5 SUBMITTAL FORMATS A. Submittal Information: Include the following information in each submittal: 1. Project name. 2. Date. 3. Name of Architect. 4. Name of Contractor. 5. Name of firm or entity that prepared submittal. 6. Names of subcontractor, manufacturer, and supplier. 7. Unique submittal number, including revision identifier. Include Specification Section number with sequential alphanumeric identifier; and alphanumeric suffix for resubmittals. 8. Category and type of submittal. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 3300 - 3 9. Submittal purpose and description. 10. Number and title of Specification Section, with paragraph number and generic name for each of multiple items. 11. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. 12. Indication of full or partial submittal. 13. Location(s) where product is to be installed, as appropriate. 14. Other necessary identification. 15. Remarks. 16. Signature of transmitter. B. Options: Identify options requiring selection by Architect. C. Deviations and Additional Information: On each submittal, clearly indicate deviations from requirements in the Contract Documents, including minor variations and limitations; include relevant additional information and revisions, other than those requested by Architect on previous submittals. Indicate by highlighting on each submittal or noting on attached separate sheet. D. Submittals for Web-Based Project Software: Prepare submittals as PDF files, or other format indicated by Project software website. 1.6 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. Prepare and submit submittals required by individual Specification Sections. Types of submittals are indicated in individual Specification Sections. 1. Web-Based Project Software: Prepare submittals in PDF form, and upload to web-based Project software website. Enter required data in web-based software site to fully identify submittal. B. Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of construction activities. 1. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other submittals, and related activities that require sequential activity. 2. Submit all submittal items required for each Specification Section concurrently unless partial submittals for portions of the Work are indicated on approved submittal schedule. 3. Submit action submittals and informational submittals required by the same Specification Section as separate packages under separate transmittals. 4. Coordinate transmittal of submittals for related parts of the Work specified in different Sections so processing will not be delayed because of need to review submittals concurrently for coordination. a. Architect reserves the right to withhold action on a submittal requiring coordination with other submittals until related submittals are received. C. Processing Time: Allow time for submittal review, including time for resubmittals, as follows. Time for review shall commence on Architect's receipt of submittal. No extension of the Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit submittals enough in advance of the Work to permit processing, including resubmittals. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 3300 - 4 1. Initial Review: Allow 15 calendar days for initial review of each submittal. Allow additional time if coordination with subsequent submittals is required. Architect will advise Contractor when a submittal being processed must be delayed for coordination. 2. Intermediate Review: If intermediate submittal is necessary, process it in same manner as initial submittal. 3. Resubmittal Review: Allow 15 calendar days for review of each resubmittal. 4. Sequential Review: Where sequential review of submittals by Architect's consultants, Owner, or other parties is indicated, allow 21 calendar days for initial review of each submittal. D. Resubmittals: Make resubmittals in same form and number of copies as initial submittal. 1. Note date and content of previous submittal. 2. Note date and content of revision in label or title block and clearly indicate extent of revision. 3. Resubmit submittals until they are marked with approval notation from Architect's action stamp. E. Distribution: Furnish copies of final submittals to manufacturers, subcontractors, suppliers, fabricators, installers, authorities having jurisdiction, and others as necessary for performance of construction activities. Show distribution on transmittal forms. F. Use for Construction: Retain complete copies of submittals on Project site. Use only final action submittals that are marked with approval notation from Architect's action stamp. 1.7 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Product Data: Collect information into a single submittal for each element of construction and type of product or equipment. 1. If information must be specially prepared for submittal because standard published data are unsuitable for use, submit as Shop Drawings, not as Product Data. 2. Mark each copy of each submittal to show which products and options are applicable. 3. Include the following information, as applicable: a. Manufacturer's catalog cuts. b. Manufacturer's product specifications. c. Standard color charts. d. Statement of compliance with specified referenced standards. e. Testing by recognized testing agency. f. Application of testing agency labels and seals. g. Notation of coordination requirements. h. Availability and delivery time information. 4. For equipment, include the following in addition to the above, as applicable: a. Wiring diagrams that show factory-installed wiring. b. Printed performance curves. c. Operational range diagrams. d. Clearances required to other construction, if not indicated on accompanying Shop Drawings. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 3300 - 5 5. Submit Product Data before Shop Drawings, and before or concurrent with Samples. B. Shop Drawings: Prepare Project-specific information, drawn accurately to scale. Do not base Shop Drawings on reproductions of the Contract Documents or standard printed data. 1. Preparation: Fully illustrate requirements in the Contract Documents. Include the following information, as applicable: a. Identification of products. b. Schedules. c. Compliance with specified standards. d. Notation of coordination requirements. e. Notation of dimensions established by field measurement. f. Relationship and attachment to adjoining construction clearly indicated. g. Seal and signature of professional engineer if specified. C. Samples: Submit Samples for review of kind, color, pattern, and texture for a check of these characteristics with other materials. 1. Transmit Samples that contain multiple, related components such as accessories together in one submittal package. 2. Identification: Permanently attach label on unexposed side of Samples that includes the following: a. Project name and submittal number. b. Generic description of Sample. c. Product name and name of manufacturer. d. Sample source. e. Number and title of applicable Specification Section. f. Specification paragraph number and generic name of each item. 3. Web-Based Project Software: Prepare submittals in PDF form, and upload to web-based Project software website. Enter required data in web-based software site to fully identify submittal. 4. Paper Transmittal: Include paper transmittal including complete submittal information indicated. 5. Disposition: Maintain sets of approved Samples at Project site, available for quality-control comparisons throughout the course of construction activity. Sample sets may be used to determine final acceptance of construction associated with each set. a. Samples that may be incorporated into the Work are indicated in individual Specification Sections. Such Samples must be in an undamaged condition at time of use. b. Samples not incorporated into the Work, or otherwise designated as Owner's property, are the property of Contractor. 6. Samples for Initial Selection: Submit manufacturer's color charts consisting of units or sections of units showing the full range of colors, textures, and patterns available. a. Number of Samples: Submit one full set(s) of available choices where color, pattern, texture, or similar characteristics are required to be selected from manufacturer's product line. Architect will return submittal with options selected. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 3300 - 6 7. Samples for Verification: Submit full-size units or Samples of size indicated, prepared from same material to be used for the Work, cured and finished in manner specified, and physically identical with material or product proposed for use, and that show full range of color and texture variations expected. Samples include, but are not limited to, the following: partial sections of manufactured or fabricated components; small cuts or containers of materials; complete units of repetitively used materials; swatches showing color, texture, and pattern; color range sets; and components used for independent testing and inspection. a. Number of Samples: Submit three sets of Samples. Architect will retain two Sample sets; remainder will be returned. Mark up and retain one returned Sample set as a project record Sample. 1) Submit a single Sample where assembly details, workmanship, fabrication techniques, connections, operation, and other similar characteristics are to be demonstrated. 2) If variation in color, pattern, texture, or other characteristic is inherent in material or product represented by a Sample, submit at least three sets of paired units that show approximate limits of variations. D. Product Schedule: As required in individual Specification Sections, prepare a written summary indicating types of products required for the Work and their intended location. Include the following information in tabular form: 1. Type of product. Include unique identifier for each product indicated in the Contract Documents or assigned by Contractor if none is indicated. 2. Manufacturer and product name, and model number if applicable. 3. Number and name of room or space. 4. Location within room or space. E. Qualification Data: Prepare written information that demonstrates capabilities and experience of firm or person. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, contact information of architects and owners, and other information specified. F. Design Data: Prepare and submit written and graphic information indicating compliance with indicated performance and design criteria in individual Specification Sections. Include list of assumptions and summary of loads. Include load diagrams if applicable. Provide name and version of software, if any, used for calculations. Number each page of submittal. G. Certificates: 1. Certificates and Certifications Submittals: Submit a statement that includes signature of entity responsible for preparing certification. Certificates and certifications shall be signed by an officer or other individual authorized to sign documents on behalf of that entity. Provide a notarized signature where indicated. 2. Installer Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that Installer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents and, where required, is authorized by manufacturer for this specific Project. 3. Manufacturer Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that manufacturer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. Include evidence of manufacturing experience where required. 4. Material Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that material complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 3300 - 7 5. Product Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that product complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. 6. Welding Certificates: Prepare written certification that welding procedures and personnel comply with requirements in the Contract Documents. Submit record of Welding Procedure Specification and Procedure Qualification Record on AWS forms. Include names of firms and personnel certified. H. Test and Research Reports: 1. Compatibility Test Reports: Submit reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of compatibility tests performed before installation of product. Include written recommendations for primers and substrate preparation needed for adhesion. 2. Field Test Reports: Submit written reports indicating and interpreting results of field tests performed either during installation of product or after product is installed in its final location, for compliance with requirements in the Contract Documents. 3. Material Test Reports: Submit reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting test results of material for compliance with requirements in the Contract Documents. 4. Preconstruction Test Reports: Submit reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of tests performed before installation of product, for compliance with performance requirements in the Contract Documents. 5. Product Test Reports: Submit written reports indicating that current product produced by manufacturer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. Base reports on evaluation of tests performed by manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified testing agency, or on comprehensive tests performed by a qualified testing agency. 6. Research Reports: Submit written evidence, from a model code organization acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, that product complies with building code in effect for Project. Include the following information: a. Name of evaluation organization. b. Date of evaluation. c. Time period when report is in effect. d. Product and manufacturers' names. e. Description of product. f. Test procedures and results. g. Limitations of use. 1.8 DELEGATED-DESIGN SERVICES A. Performance and Design Criteria: Where professional design services or certifications by a design professional are specifically required of Contractor by the Contract Documents, provide products and systems complying with specific performance and design criteria indicated. 1. If criteria indicated are insufficient to perform services or certification required, submit a written request for additional information to Architect. B. Delegated-Design Services Certification: In addition to Shop Drawings, Product Data, and other required submittals, submit digitally signed PDF file paper copies of certificate, signed and sealed by the responsible design professional, for each product and system specifically assigned to Contractor to be designed or certified by a design professional. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 3300 - 8 1. Indicate that products and systems comply with performance and design criteria in the Contract Documents. Include list of codes, loads, and other factors used in performing these services. 1.9 CONTRACTOR'S REVIEW A. Action Submittals and Informational Submittals: Review each submittal and check for coordination with other Work of the Contract and for compliance with the Contract Documents. Note corrections and field dimensions. Mark with approval stamp before submitting to Architect. B. Contractor's Approval: Indicate Contractor's approval for each submittal with a uniform approval stamp. Include name of reviewer, date of Contractor's approval, and statement certifying that submittal has been reviewed, checked, and approved for compliance with the Contract Documents. 1. Architect will not review submittals received from Contractor that do not have Contractor's review and approval. 2. Architect will not review submittals or disparate parts, that are incomplete, or missing the related components that comprise a complete assembly. 1.10 ARCHITECT'S REVIEW A. Action Submittals: Architect will review each submittal, indicate corrections or revisions required, and return it. 1. Submittals by Web-Based Project Software: Architect will indicate, via markup on each submittal PDF file and on Project software website, the appropriate action, as follows: a. Approved. b. Approved as Noted c. No Action Required. d. Disapproved, Resubmit. B. Informational Submittals: Architect will review each submittal and will not return it, or will return it if it does not comply with requirements. Architect will forward each submittal to appropriate party. C. Partial submittals prepared for a portion of the Work will be reviewed when use of partial submittals has received prior approval from Architect. D. Incomplete submittals are unacceptable, will be considered nonresponsive, and will be returned for resubmittal without review. E. Architect will return without review submittals received from sources other than Contractor. F. Submittals not required by the Contract Documents will be returned by Architect without action. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 3300 - 9 PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01 3300 Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 4000 - 1 SECTION 01 4000 - QUALITY REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, Specification Section 00 9000 "Vizient GPO Construction Purchasing", and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for quality assurance and quality control. B. Testing and inspection services are required to verify compliance with requirements specified or indicated. These services do not relieve Contractor of responsibility for compliance with the Contract Document requirements. 1. Specific quality-assurance and quality-control requirements for individual work results are specified in their respective Specification Sections. Requirements in individual Sections may also cover production of standard products. 2. Specified tests, inspections, and related actions do not limit Contractor's other quality-assurance and quality-control procedures that facilitate compliance with the Contract Document requirements. 3. Requirements for Contractor to provide quality-assurance and quality-control services required by Architect, Owner, Commissioning Authority, or authorities having jurisdiction are not limited by provisions of this Section. 4. Specific test and inspection requirements are not specified in this Section. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Experienced: When used with an entity or individual, "experienced" unless otherwise further described means having successfully completed a minimum of five previous projects similar in nature, size, and extent to this Project; being familiar with special requirements indicated; and having complied with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. B. Field Quality-Control Tests: Tests and inspections that are performed on-site for installation of the Work and for completed Work. C. Installer/Applicator/Erector: Contractor or another entity engaged by Contractor as an employee, Subcontractor, or Sub-subcontractor, to perform a particular construction operation, including installation, erection, application, assembly, and similar operations. 1. Use of trade-specific terminology in referring to a trade or entity does not require that certain construction activities be performed by accredited or unionized individuals, or that requirements specified apply exclusively to specific trade(s). Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 4000 - 2 D. Mockups: Full-size physical assemblies that are constructed on-site as freestanding temporary built elements. Mockups are constructed to verify selections made under Sample submittals; to demonstrate aesthetic effects and qualities of materials and execution; to review coordination, testing, or operation; to show interface between dissimilar materials; and to demonstrate compliance with specified installation tolerances. Mockups are not Samples. Unless otherwise indicated, approved mockups establish the standard by which the Work will be judged. 1. Integrated Exterior Mockups: Mockups of the exterior envelope constructed on-site as freestanding temporary built elements, consisting of multiple products, assemblies, and subassemblies. E. Preconstruction Testing: Tests and inspections performed specifically for Project before products and materials are incorporated into the Work, to verify performance or compliance with specified criteria. F. Product Tests: Tests and inspections that are performed by a nationally recognized testing laboratory (NRTL) according to 29 CFR 1910.7, by a testing agency accredited according to NIST's National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program (NVLAP), or by a testing agency qualified to conduct product testing and acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, to establish product performance and compliance with specified requirements. G. Source Quality-Control Tests: Tests and inspections that are performed at the source; for example, plant, mill, factory, or shop. H. Testing Agency: An entity engaged to perform specific tests, inspections, or both. Testing laboratory shall mean the same as testing agency. I. Quality-Assurance Services: Activities, actions, and procedures performed before and during execution of the Work to guard against defects and deficiencies and substantiate that proposed construction will comply with requirements. J. Quality-Control Services: Tests, inspections, procedures, and related actions during and after execution of the Work to evaluate that actual products incorporated into the Work and completed construction comply with requirements. Contractor's quality-control services do not include contract administration activities performed by Architect. 1.4 DELEGATED-DESIGN SERVICES A. Performance and Design Criteria: Where professional design services or certifications by a design professional are specifically required of Contractor by the Contract Documents, provide products and systems complying with specific performance and design criteria indicated. 1. If criteria indicated are not sufficient to perform services or certification required, submit a written request for additional information to Architect. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 4000 - 3 1.5 CONFLICTING REQUIREMENTS A. Conflicting Standards and Other Requirements: If compliance with two or more standards or requirements are specified and the standards or requirements establish different or conflicting requirements for minimum quantities or quality levels, comply with the most stringent requirement. Refer conflicting requirements that are different, but apparently equal, to Architect for direction before proceeding. B. Minimum Quantity or Quality Levels: The quantity or quality level shown or specified shall be the minimum provided or performed. The actual installation may comply exactly with the minimum quantity or quality specified, or it may exceed the minimum within reasonable limits. To comply with these requirements, indicated numeric values are minimum or maximum, as appropriate, for the context of requirements. Refer uncertainties to Architect for a decision before proceeding. 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Delegated-Design Services Submittal: In addition to Shop Drawings, Product Data, and other required submittals, submit a statement signed and sealed by the responsible design professional, for each product and system specifically assigned to Contractor to be designed or certified by a design professional, indicating that the products and systems are in compliance with performance and design criteria indicated. Include list of codes, loads, and other factors used in performing these services. 1.7 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Contractor's Quality-Control Plan: For quality-assurance and quality-control activities and responsibilities. B. Qualification Data: For Contractor's quality-control personnel. C. Testing Agency Qualifications: For testing agencies specified in "Quality Assurance" Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include proof of qualifications in the form of a recent report on the inspection of the testing agency by a recognized authority. D. Reports: Prepare and submit certified written reports and documents as specified. E. Permits, Licenses, and Certificates: For Owner's record, submit copies of permits, licenses, certifications, inspection reports, releases, jurisdictional settlements, notices, receipts for fee payments, judgments, correspondence, records, and similar documents established for compliance with standards and regulations bearing on performance of the Work. 1.8 CONTRACTOR'S QUALITY-CONTROL PLAN A. Quality-Control Plan, General: Submit quality-control plan within 10 days of Notice to Proceed, and not less than five days prior to preconstruction conference. Submit in format acceptable to Architect. Identify personnel, procedures, controls, instructions, tests, records, and forms to be used to carry out Contractor's quality-assurance and quality-control responsibilities. Coordinate with Contractor's Construction Schedule. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 4000 - 4 B. Quality-Control Personnel Qualifications: Engage qualified personnel trained and experienced in managing and executing quality-assurance and quality-control procedures similar in nature and extent to those required for Project. 1. Project quality-control manager may also serve as Project superintendent. C. Submittal Procedure: Describe procedures for ensuring compliance with requirements through review and management of submittal process. Indicate qualifications of personnel responsible for submittal review. D. Testing and Inspection: In quality-control plan, include a comprehensive schedule of Work requiring testing or inspection, including the following: 1. Contractor-performed tests and inspections including Subcontractor-performed tests and inspections. Include required tests and inspections and Contractor-elected tests and inspections. Distinguish source quality-control tests and inspections from field quality-control tests and inspections. 2. Special inspections required by authorities having jurisdiction and indicated on the Statement of Special Inspections. 3. Owner-performed tests and inspections indicated in the Contract Documents, including tests and inspections indicated to be performed by Commissioning Authority. E. Continuous Inspection of Workmanship: Describe process for continuous inspection during construction to identify and correct deficiencies in workmanship in addition to testing and inspection specified. Indicate types of corrective actions to be required to bring work into compliance with standards of workmanship established by Contract requirements and approved mockups. F. Monitoring and Documentation: Maintain testing and inspection reports including log of approved and rejected results. Include work Architect has indicated as nonconforming or defective. Indicate corrective actions taken to bring nonconforming work into compliance with requirements. Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 1.9 REPORTS AND DOCUMENTS A. Test and Inspection Reports: Prepare and submit certified written reports specified in other Sections. Include the following: 1. Date of issue. 2. Project title and number. 3. Name, address, telephone number, and email address of testing agency. 4. Dates and locations of samples and tests or inspections. 5. Names of individuals making tests and inspections. 6. Description of the Work and test and inspection method. 7. Identification of product and Specification Section. 8. Complete test or inspection data. 9. Test and inspection results and an interpretation of test results. 10. Record of temperature and weather conditions at time of sample taking and testing and inspection. 11. Comments or professional opinion on whether tested or inspected Work complies with the Contract Document requirements. 12. Name and signature of laboratory inspector. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 4000 - 5 13. Recommendations on retesting and reinspecting. B. Manufacturer's Technical Representative's Field Reports: Prepare written information documenting manufacturer's technical representative's tests and inspections specified in other Sections. Include the following: 1. Name, address, telephone number, and email address of technical representative making report. 2. Statement on condition of substrates and their acceptability for installation of product. 3. Statement that products at Project site comply with requirements. 4. Summary of installation procedures being followed, whether they comply with requirements and, if not, what corrective action was taken. 5. Results of operational and other tests and a statement of whether observed performance complies with requirements. 6. Statement whether conditions, products, and installation will affect warranty. 7. Other required items indicated in individual Specification Sections. C. Factory-Authorized Service Representative's Reports: Prepare written information documenting manufacturer's factory-authorized service representative's tests and inspections specified in other Sections. Include the following: 1. Name, address, telephone number, and email address of factory-authorized service representative making report. 2. Statement that equipment complies with requirements. 3. Results of operational and other tests and a statement of whether observed performance complies with requirements. 4. Statement whether conditions, products, and installation will affect warranty. 5. Other required items indicated in individual Specification Sections. 1.10 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. General: Qualifications paragraphs in this article establish the minimum qualification levels required; individual Specification Sections specify additional requirements. B. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing products or systems similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units. As applicable, procure products from manufacturers able to meet qualification requirements, warranty requirements, and technical or factory-authorized service representative requirements. C. Fabricator Qualifications: A firm experienced in producing products similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units. D. Installer Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in installing, erecting, applying, or assembling work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project, whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 4000 - 6 E. Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally qualified to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing engineering services of the kind indicated. Engineering services are defined as those performed for installations of the system, assembly, or product that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project. F. Specialists: Certain Specification Sections require that specific construction activities shall be performed by entities who are recognized experts in those operations. Specialists shall satisfy qualification requirements indicated and shall be engaged for the activities indicated. 1. Requirements of authorities having jurisdiction shall supersede requirements for specialists. G. Testing Agency Qualifications: An NRTL, an NVLAP, or an independent agency with the experience and capability to conduct testing and inspection indicated, as documented according to ASTM E 329; and with additional qualifications specified in individual Sections; and, where required by authorities having jurisdiction, that is acceptable to authorities. H. Manufacturer's Technical Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative of manufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to observe and inspect installation of manufacturer's products that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project. I. Factory-Authorized Service Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative of manufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to inspect installation of manufacturer's products that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project. J. Mockups: Before installing portions of the Work requiring mockups, build mockups for each form of construction and finish required to comply with the following requirements, using materials indicated for the completed Work: 1. Build mockups of size indicated. 2. Build mockups in location indicated or, if not indicated, as directed by Architect. 3. Notify Architect seven days in advance of dates and times when mockups will be constructed. 4. Employ supervisory personnel who will oversee mockup construction. Employ workers that will be employed to perform same tasks during the construction at Project. 5. Demonstrate the proposed range of aesthetic effects and workmanship. 6. Obtain Architect's approval of mockups before starting corresponding work, fabrication, or construction. a. Allow seven days for initial review and each re-review of each mockup. 7. Maintain mockups during construction in an undisturbed condition as a standard for judging the completed Work. 8. Demolish and remove mockups when directed unless otherwise indicated. 1.11 QUALITY CONTROL A. Owner Responsibilities: Where quality-control services are indicated as Owner's responsibility, Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform these services. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 4000 - 7 1. Owner will furnish Contractor with names, addresses, and telephone numbers of testing agencies engaged and a description of types of testing and inspection they are engaged to perform. 2. Payment for these services will be made from testing and inspection allowances, as authorized by Change Orders. 3. Costs for retesting and reinspecting construction that replaces or is necessitated by work that failed to comply with the Contract Documents will be charged to Contractor. B. Contractor Responsibilities: Tests and inspections not explicitly assigned to Owner are Contractor's responsibility. Perform additional quality-control activities, whether specified or not, to verify and document that the Work complies with requirements. 1. Unless otherwise indicated, provide quality-control services specified and those required by authorities having jurisdiction. Perform quality-control services required of Contractor by authorities having jurisdiction, whether specified or not. 2. Engage a qualified testing agency to perform quality-control services. a. Contractor shall not employ same entity engaged by Owner, unless agreed to in writing by Owner. 3. Notify testing agencies at least 24 hours in advance of time when Work that requires testing or inspection will be performed. 4. Where quality-control services are indicated as Contractor's responsibility, submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each quality-control service. 5. Testing and inspection requested by Contractor and not required by the Contract Documents are Contractor's responsibility. 6. Submit additional copies of each written report directly to authorities having jurisdiction, when they so direct. C. Retesting/Reinspecting: Regardless of whether original tests or inspections were Contractor's responsibility, provide quality-control services, including retesting and reinspecting, for construction that replaced Work that failed to comply with the Contract Documents. D. Testing Agency Responsibilities: Cooperate with Architect, Commissioning Authority and Contractor in performance of duties. Provide qualified personnel to perform required tests and inspections. 1. Notify Architect, Commissioning Authority, and Contractor promptly of irregularities or deficiencies observed in the Work during performance of its services. 2. Determine the locations from which test samples will be taken and in which in-situ tests are conducted. 3. Conduct and interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from requirements. 4. Submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each test, inspection, and similar quality-control service through Contractor. 5. Do not release, revoke, alter, or increase the Contract Document requirements or approve or accept any portion of the Work. 6. Do not perform duties of Contractor. E. Manufacturer's Field Services: Where indicated, engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect field-assembled components and equipment installation, including service connections. Report results in writing as specified in Section 01 3300 "Submittal Procedures." Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 4000 - 8 F. Manufacturer's Technical Services: Where indicated, engage a manufacturer's technical representative to observe and inspect the Work. Manufacturer's technical representative's services include participation in preinstallation conferences, examination of substrates and conditions, verification of materials, observation of Installer activities, inspection of completed portions of the Work, and submittal of written reports. G. Associated Contractor Services: Cooperate with agencies and representatives performing required tests, inspections, and similar quality-control services, and provide reasonable auxiliary services as requested. Notify agency sufficiently in advance of operations to permit assignment of personnel. Provide the following: 1. Access to the Work. 2. Incidental labor and facilities necessary to facilitate tests and inspections. 3. Adequate quantities of representative samples of materials that require testing and inspection. Assist agency in obtaining samples. 4. Facilities for storage and field curing of test samples. 5. Preliminary design mix proposed for use for material mixes that require control by testing agency. 6. Security and protection for samples and for testing and inspection equipment at Project site. H. Coordination: Coordinate sequence of activities to accommodate required quality-assurance and quality-control services with a minimum of delay and to avoid necessity of removing and replacing construction to accommodate testing and inspection. 1. Schedule times for tests, inspections, obtaining samples, and similar activities. I. Schedule of Tests and Inspections: Prepare a schedule of tests, inspections, and similar quality-control services required by the Contract Documents as a component of Contractor's quality-control plan. Coordinate and submit concurrently with Contractor's Construction Schedule. Update as the Work progresses. 1. Distribution: Distribute schedule to Owner, Architect, Commissioning Authority, testing agencies, and each party involved in performance of portions of the Work where tests and inspections are required. 1.12 SPECIAL TESTS AND INSPECTIONS A. Special Tests and Inspections: Conducted by a qualified testing agency as required by authorities having jurisdiction, as indicated in individual Specification Sections, and as follows: 1. Verifying that manufacturer maintains detailed fabrication and quality-control procedures and reviewing the completeness and adequacy of those procedures to perform the Work. 2. Notifying Architect, Commissioning Authority, and Contractor promptly of irregularities and deficiencies observed in the Work during performance of its services. 3. Submitting a certified written report of each test, inspection, and similar quality-control service to Architect and Commissioning Authority with copy to Contractor and to authorities having jurisdiction. 4. Submitting a final report of special tests and inspections at Substantial Completion, which includes a list of unresolved deficiencies. 5. Interpreting tests and inspections and stating in each report whether tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from the Contract Documents. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 4000 - 9 6. Retesting and reinspecting corrected work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 TEST AND INSPECTION LOG A. Test and Inspection Log: Prepare a record of tests and inspections. Include the following: 1. Date test or inspection was conducted. 2. Description of the Work tested or inspected. 3. Date test or inspection results were transmitted to Architect. 4. Identification of testing agency or special inspector conducting test or inspection. B. Maintain log at Project site. Post changes and revisions as they occur. Provide access to test and inspection log for Architect's, Commissioning Authority's, reference during normal working hours. 1. Submit log at Project closeout as part of Project Record Documents. 3.2 REPAIR AND PROTECTION A. General: On completion of testing, inspection, sample taking, and similar services, repair damaged construction and restore substrates and finishes. 1. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Specification Sections or matching existing substrates and finishes. Restore patched areas and extend restoration into adjoining areas with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Comply with the Contract Document requirements for cutting and patching in Section 01 7300 "Execution." B. Protect construction exposed by or for quality-control service activities. C. Repair and protection are Contractor's responsibility, regardless of the assignment of responsibility for quality-control services. END OF SECTION 01 4000 Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 REFERENCES 01 4200 - 1 SECTION 01 4200 - REFERENCES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, Specification Section 00 9000 "Vizient GPO Construction Purchasing", and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. General: Basic Contract definitions are included in the Conditions of the Contract. B. "Approved": When used to convey Architect's action on Contractor's submittals, applications, and requests, "approved" is limited to Architect's duties and responsibilities as stated in the Conditions of the Contract. C. "Directed": A command or instruction by Architect. Other terms including "requested," "authorized," "selected," "required," and "permitted" have the same meaning as "directed." D. "Indicated": Requirements expressed by graphic representations or in written form on Drawings, in Specifications, and in other Contract Documents. Other terms including "shown," "noted," "scheduled," and "specified" have the same meaning as "indicated." E. "Regulations": Laws, ordinances, statutes, and lawful orders issued by authorities having jurisdiction, and rules, conventions, and agreements within the construction industry that control performance of the Work. F. "Furnish": Supply and deliver to Project site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly, installation, and similar operations. G. "Install": Unload, temporarily store, unpack, assemble, erect, place, anchor, apply, work to dimension, finish, cure, protect, clean, and similar operations at Project site. H. "Provide": Furnish and install, complete and ready for the intended use. I. "Project Site": Space available for performing construction activities. The extent of Project site is shown on Drawings and may or may not be identical with the description of the land on which Project is to be built. 1.3 INDUSTRY STANDARDS A. Applicability of Standards: Unless the Contract Documents include more stringent requirements, applicable construction industry standards have the same force and effect as if bound or copied directly into the Contract Documents to the extent referenced. Such standards are made a part of the Contract Documents by reference. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 REFERENCES 01 4200 - 2 B. Publication Dates: Comply with standards in effect as of date of the Contract Documents unless otherwise indicated. C. Copies of Standards: Each entity engaged in construction on Project should be familiar with industry standards applicable to its construction activity. Copies of applicable standards are not bound with the Contract Documents. 1. Where copies of standards are needed to perform a required construction activity, obtain copies directly from publication source. 1.4 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS A. Industry Organizations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities indicated in Gale's "Encyclopedia of Associations: National Organizations of the U.S." or in Columbia Books' "National Trade & Professional Associations of the United States." B. Industry Organizations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. [Abbreviations and acronyms not included in this list shall mean the recognized name of the entities indicated in Gale's "Encyclopedia of Associations: National Organizations of the U.S." or in Columbia Books' "National Trade & Professional Associations of the United States." ] The information in this list is subject to change and is believed to be accurate as of the date of the Contract Documents. 1. AABC - Associated Air Balance Council; www.aabc.com. 2. AAMA - American Architectural Manufacturers Association; www.aamanet.org. 3. AAPFCO - Association of American Plant Food Control Officials; www.aapfco.org. 4. AASHTO - American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials; www.transportation.org. 5. AATCC - American Association of Textile Chemists and Colorists; www.aatcc.org. 6. ABMA - American Bearing Manufacturers Association; www.americanbearings.org. 7. ABMA - American Boiler Manufacturers Association; www.abma.com. 8. ACI - American Concrete Institute; (Formerly: ACI International); www.concrete.org. 9. ACPA - American Concrete Pipe Association; www.concrete-pipe.org. 10. AEIC - Association of Edison Illuminating Companies, Inc. (The); www.aeic.org. 11. AF&PA - American Forest & Paper Association; www.afandpa.org. 12. AGA - American Gas Association; www.aga.org. 13. AHAM - Association of Home Appliance Manufacturers; www.aham.org. 14. AHRI - Air-Conditioning, Heating, and Refrigeration Institute (The); www.ahrinet.org. 15. AI - Asphalt Institute; www.asphaltinstitute.org. 16. AIA - American Institute of Architects (The); www.aia.org. 17. AISC - American Institute of Steel Construction; www.aisc.org. 18. AISI - American Iron and Steel Institute; www.steel.org. 19. AITC - American Institute of Timber Construction; www.aitc-glulam.org. 20. AMCA - Air Movement and Control Association International, Inc.; www.amca.org. 21. ANSI - American National Standards Institute; www.ansi.org. 22. AOSA - Association of Official Seed Analysts, Inc.; www.aosaseed.com. 23. APA - APA - The Engineered Wood Association; www.apawood.org. 24. APA - Architectural Precast Association; www.archprecast.org. 25. API - American Petroleum Institute; www.api.org. 26. ARI - Air-Conditioning & Refrigeration Institute; (See AHRI). Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 REFERENCES 01 4200 - 3 27. ARI - American Refrigeration Institute; (See AHRI). 28. ARMA - Asphalt Roofing Manufacturers Association; www.asphaltroofing.org. 29. ASCE - American Society of Civil Engineers; www.asce.org. 30. ASCE/SEI - American Society of Civil Engineers/Structural Engineering Institute; (See ASCE). 31. ASHRAE - American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers; www.ashrae.org. 32. ASME - ASME International; (American Society of Mechanical Engineers); www.asme.org. 33. ASSE - American Society of Safety Engineers (The); www.asse.org. 34. ASSE - American Society of Sanitary Engineering; www.asse-plumbing.org. 35. ASTM - ASTM International; www.astm.org. 36. ATIS - Alliance for Telecommunications Industry Solutions; www.atis.org. 37. AWEA - American Wind Energy Association; www.awea.org. 38. AWI - Architectural Woodwork Institute; www.awinet.org. 39. AWMAC - Architectural Woodwork Manufacturers Association of Canada; www.awmac.com. 40. AWPA - American Wood Protection Association; www.awpa.com. 41. AWS - American Welding Society; www.aws.org. 42. AWWA - American Water Works Association; www.awwa.org. 43. BHMA - Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association; www.buildershardware.com. 44. BIA - Brick Industry Association (The); www.gobrick.com. 45. BICSI - BICSI, Inc.; www.bicsi.org. 46. BIFMA - BIFMA International; (Business and Institutional Furniture Manufacturer's Association); www.bifma.org. 47. BISSC - Baking Industry Sanitation Standards Committee; www.bissc.org. 48. BWF - Badminton World Federation; (Formerly: International Badminton Federation); www.bissc.org. 49. CDA - Copper Development Association; www.copper.org. 50. CE - Conformite Europeenne; http://ec.europa.eu/growth/single-market/ce-marking/. 51. CEA - Canadian Electricity Association; www.electricity.ca. 52. CEA - Consumer Electronics Association; www.ce.org. 53. CFFA - Chemical Fabrics and Film Association, Inc.; www.chemicalfabricsandfilm.com. 54. CFSEI - Cold-Formed Steel Engineers Institute; www.cfsei.org. 55. CGA - Compressed Gas Association; www.cganet.com. 56. CIMA - Cellulose Insulation Manufacturers Association; www.cellulose.org. 57. CISCA - Ceilings & Interior Systems Construction Association; www.cisca.org. 58. CISPI - Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute; www.cispi.org. 59. CLFMI - Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute; www.chainlinkinfo.org. 60. CPA - Composite Panel Association; www.pbmdf.com. 61. CRI - Carpet and Rug Institute (The); www.carpet-rug.org. 62. CRRC - Cool Roof Rating Council; www.coolroofs.org. 63. CRSI - Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute; www.crsi.org. 64. CSA - CSA Group; www.csagroup.com. 65. CSA - CSA International; (Formerly: IAS - International Approval Services); www.csa-international.org. 66. CSI - Construction Specifications Institute (The); www.csinet.org. 67. CSSB - Cedar Shake & Shingle Bureau; www.cedarbureau.org. 68. CTI - Cooling Technology Institute; (Formerly: Cooling Tower Institute); www.cti.org. 69. CWC - Composite Wood Council; (See CPA). 70. DASMA - Door and Access Systems Manufacturers Association; www.dasma.com. 71. DHI - Door and Hardware Institute; www.dhi.org. 72. ECA - Electronic Components Association; (See ECIA). Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 REFERENCES 01 4200 - 4 73. ECAMA - Electronic Components Assemblies & Materials Association; (See ECIA). 74. ECIA - Electronic Components Industry Association; www.eciaonline.org. 75. EIA - Electronic Industries Alliance; (See TIA). 76. EIMA - EIFS Industry Members Association; www.eima.com. 77. EJMA - Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association, Inc.; www.ejma.org. 78. ESD - ESD Association; (Electrostatic Discharge Association); www.esda.org. 79. ESTA - Entertainment Services and Technology Association; (See PLASA). 80. ETL - Intertek (See Intertek); www.intertek.com. 81. EVO - Efficiency Valuation Organization; www.evo-world.org. 82. FCI - Fluid Controls Institute; www.fluidcontrolsinstitute.org. 83. FIBA - Federation Internationale de Basketball; (The International Basketball Federation); www.fiba.com. 84. FIVB - Federation Internationale de Volleyball; (The International Volleyball Federation); www.fivb.org. 85. FM Approvals - FM Approvals LLC; www.fmglobal.com. 86. FM Global - FM Global; (Formerly: FMG - FM Global); www.fmglobal.com. 87. FRSA - Florida Roofing, Sheet Metal & Air Conditioning Contractors Association, Inc.; www.floridaroof.com. 88. FSA - Fluid Sealing Association; www.fluidsealing.com. 89. FSC - Forest Stewardship Council U.S.; www.fscus.org. 90. GA - Gypsum Association; www.gypsum.org. 91. GANA - Glass Association of North America; www.glasswebsite.com. 92. GS - Green Seal; www.greenseal.org. 93. HI - Hydraulic Institute; www.pumps.org. 94. HI/GAMA - Hydronics Institute/Gas Appliance Manufacturers Association; (See AHRI). 95. HMMA - Hollow Metal Manufacturers Association; (See NAAMM). 96. HPVA - Hardwood Plywood & Veneer Association; www.hpva.org. 97. HPW - H. P. White Laboratory, Inc.; www.hpwhite.com. 98. IAPSC - International Association of Professional Security Consultants; www.iapsc.org. 99. IAS - International Accreditation Service; www.iasonline.org. 100. IAS - International Approval Services; (See CSA). 101. ICBO - International Conference of Building Officials; (See ICC). 102. ICC - International Code Council; www.iccsafe.org. 103. ICEA - Insulated Cable Engineers Association, Inc.; www.icea.net. 104. ICPA - International Cast Polymer Alliance; www.icpa-hq.org. 105. ICRI - International Concrete Repair Institute, Inc.; www.icri.org. 106. IEC - International Electrotechnical Commission; www.iec.ch. 107. IEEE - Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. (The); www.ieee.org. 108. IES - Illuminating Engineering Society; (Formerly: Illuminating Engineering Society of North America); www.ies.org. 109. IESNA - Illuminating Engineering Society of North America; (See IES). 110. IEST - Institute of Environmental Sciences and Technology; www.iest.org. 111. IGMA - Insulating Glass Manufacturers Alliance; www.igmaonline.org. 112. IGSHPA - International Ground Source Heat Pump Association; www.igshpa.okstate.edu. 113. ILI - Indiana Limestone Institute of America, Inc.; www.iliai.com. 114. Intertek - Intertek Group; (Formerly: ETL SEMCO; Intertek Testing Service NA); www.intertek.com. 115. ISA - International Society of Automation (The); (Formerly: Instrumentation, Systems, and Automation Society); www.isa.org. 116. ISAS - Instrumentation, Systems, and Automation Society (The); (See ISA). 117. ISFA - International Surface Fabricators Association; (Formerly: International Solid Surface Fabricators Association); www.isfanow.org. 118. ISO - International Organization for Standardization; www.iso.org. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 REFERENCES 01 4200 - 5 119. ISSFA - International Solid Surface Fabricators Association; (See ISFA). 120. ITU - International Telecommunication Union; www.itu.int/home. 121. KCMA - Kitchen Cabinet Manufacturers Association; www.kcma.org. 122. LMA - Laminating Materials Association; (See CPA). 123. LPI - Lightning Protection Institute; www.lightning.org. 124. MBMA - Metal Building Manufacturers Association; www.mbma.com. 125. MCA - Metal Construction Association; www.metalconstruction.org. 126. MFMA - Maple Flooring Manufacturers Association, Inc.; www.maplefloor.org. 127. MFMA - Metal Framing Manufacturers Association, Inc.; www.metalframingmfg.org. 128. MHIA - Material Handling Industry of America; www.mhia.org. 129. MIA - Marble Institute of America; www.marble-institute.com. 130. MMPA - Moulding & Millwork Producers Association; www.wmmpa.com. 131. MPI - Master Painters Institute; www.paintinfo.com. 132. MSS - Manufacturers Standardization Society of The Valve and Fittings Industry Inc.; www.mss-hq.org. 133. NAAMM - National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers; www.naamm.org. 134. NACE - NACE International; (National Association of Corrosion Engineers International); www.nace.org. 135. NADCA - National Air Duct Cleaners Association; www.nadca.com. 136. NAIMA - North American Insulation Manufacturers Association; www.naima.org. 137. NBGQA - National Building Granite Quarries Association, Inc.; www.nbgqa.com. 138. NBI - New Buildings Institute; www.newbuildings.org. 139. NCAA - National Collegiate Athletic Association (The); www.ncaa.org. 140. NCMA - National Concrete Masonry Association; www.ncma.org. 141. NEBB - National Environmental Balancing Bureau; www.nebb.org. 142. NECA - National Electrical Contractors Association; www.necanet.org. 143. NeLMA - Northeastern Lumber Manufacturers Association; www.nelma.org. 144. NEMA - National Electrical Manufacturers Association; www.nema.org. 145. NETA - InterNational Electrical Testing Association; www.netaworld.org. 146. NFHS - National Federation of State High School Associations; www.nfhs.org. 147. NFPA - National Fire Protection Association; www.nfpa.org. 148. NFPA - NFPA International; (See NFPA). 149. NFRC - National Fenestration Rating Council; www.nfrc.org. 150. NHLA - National Hardwood Lumber Association; www.nhla.com. 151. NLGA - National Lumber Grades Authority; www.nlga.org. 152. NOFMA - National Oak Flooring Manufacturers Association; (See NWFA). 153. NOMMA - National Ornamental & Miscellaneous Metals Association; www.nomma.org. 154. NRCA - National Roofing Contractors Association; www.nrca.net. 155. NRMCA - National Ready Mixed Concrete Association; www.nrmca.org. 156. NSF - NSF International; www.nsf.org. 157. NSPE - National Society of Professional Engineers; www.nspe.org. 158. NSSGA - National Stone, Sand & Gravel Association; www.nssga.org. 159. NTMA - National Terrazzo & Mosaic Association, Inc. (The); www.ntma.com. 160. NWFA - National Wood Flooring Association; www.nwfa.org. 161. PCI - Precast/Prestressed Concrete Institute; www.pci.org. 162. PDI - Plumbing & Drainage Institute; www.pdionline.org. 163. PLASA - PLASA; (Formerly: ESTA - Entertainment Services and Technology Association); www.plasa.org. 164. RCSC - Research Council on Structural Connections; www.boltcouncil.org. 165. RFCI - Resilient Floor Covering Institute; www.rfci.com. 166. RIS - Redwood Inspection Service; www.redwoodinspection.com. 167. SAE - SAE International; www.sae.org. 168. SCTE - Society of Cable Telecommunications Engineers; www.scte.org. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 REFERENCES 01 4200 - 6 169. SDI - Steel Deck Institute; www.sdi.org. 170. SDI - Steel Door Institute; www.steeldoor.org. 171. SEFA - Scientific Equipment and Furniture Association (The); www.sefalabs.com. 172. SEI/ASCE - Structural Engineering Institute/American Society of Civil Engineers; (See ASCE). 173. SIA - Security Industry Association; www.siaonline.org. 174. SJI - Steel Joist Institute; www.steeljoist.org. 175. SMA - Screen Manufacturers Association; www.smainfo.org. 176. SMACNA - Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association; www.smacna.org. 177. SMPTE - Society of Motion Picture and Television Engineers; www.smpte.org. 178. SPFA - Spray Polyurethane Foam Alliance; www.sprayfoam.org. 179. SPIB - Southern Pine Inspection Bureau; www.spib.org. 180. SPRI - Single Ply Roofing Industry; www.spri.org. 181. SRCC - Solar Rating & Certification Corporation; www.solar-rating.org. 182. SSINA - Specialty Steel Industry of North America; www.ssina.com. 183. SSPC - SSPC: The Society for Protective Coatings; www.sspc.org. 184. STI - Steel Tank Institute; www.steeltank.com. 185. SWI - Steel Window Institute; www.steelwindows.com. 186. SWPA - Submersible Wastewater Pump Association; www.swpa.org. 187. TCA - Tilt-Up Concrete Association; www.tilt-up.org. 188. TCNA - Tile Council of North America, Inc.; www.tileusa.com. 189. TEMA - Tubular Exchanger Manufacturers Association, Inc.; www.tema.org. 190. TIA - Telecommunications Industry Association (The); (Formerly: TIA/EIA - Telecommunications Industry Association/Electronic Industries Alliance); www.tiaonline.org. 191. TIA/EIA - Telecommunications Industry Association/Electronic Industries Alliance; (See TIA). 192. TMS - The Masonry Society; www.masonrysociety.org. 193. TPI - Truss Plate Institute; www.tpinst.org. 194. TPI - Turfgrass Producers International; www.turfgrasssod.org. 195. TRI - Tile Roofing Institute; www.tileroofing.org. 196. UL - Underwriters Laboratories Inc.; www.ul.com. 197. UNI - Uni-Bell PVC Pipe Association; www.uni-bell.org. 198. USAV - USA Volleyball; www.usavolleyball.org. 199. USGBC - U.S. Green Building Council; www.usgbc.org. 200. USITT - United States Institute for Theatre Technology, Inc.; www.usitt.org. 201. WA - Wallcoverings Association; www.wallcoverings.org. 202. WASTEC - Waste Equipment Technology Association; www.wastec.org. 203. WCLIB - West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau; www.wclib.org. 204. WCMA - Window Covering Manufacturers Association; www.wcmanet.org. 205. WDMA - Window & Door Manufacturers Association; www.wdma.com. 206. WI - Woodwork Institute; www.wicnet.org. 207. WSRCA - Western States Roofing Contractors Association; www.wsrca.com. 208. WWPA - Western Wood Products Association; www.wwpa.org. C. Code Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. This information is believed to be accurate as of the date of the Contract Documents. 1. DIN - Deutsches Institut fur Normung e.V.; www.din.de. 2. IAPMO - International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials; www.iapmo.org. 3. ICC - International Code Council; www.iccsafe.org. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 REFERENCES 01 4200 - 7 4. ICC-ES - ICC Evaluation Service, LLC; www.icc-es.org. D. Federal Government Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. Information is subject to change and is up to date as of the date of the Contract Documents. 1. COE - Army Corps of Engineers; www.usace.army.mil. 2. CPSC - Consumer Product Safety Commission; www.cpsc.gov. 3. DOC - Department of Commerce; National Institute of Standards and Technology; www.nist.gov. 4. DOD - Department of Defense; www.quicksearch.dla.mil. 5. DOE - Department of Energy; www.energy.gov. 6. EPA - Environmental Protection Agency; www.epa.gov. 7. FAA - Federal Aviation Administration; www.faa.gov. 8. FG - Federal Government Publications; www.gpo.gov/fdsys. 9. GSA - General Services Administration; www.gsa.gov. 10. HUD - Department of Housing and Urban Development; www.hud.gov. 11. LBL - Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory; Environmental Energy Technologies Division; www.eetd.lbl.gov. 12. OSHA - Occupational Safety & Health Administration; www.osha.gov. 13. SD - Department of State; www.state.gov. 14. TRB - Transportation Research Board; National Cooperative Highway Research Program; The National Academies; www.trb.org. 15. USDA - Department of Agriculture; Agriculture Research Service; U.S. Salinity Laboratory; www.ars.usda.gov. 16. USDA - Department of Agriculture; Rural Utilities Service; www.usda.gov. 17. USDOJ - Department of Justice; Office of Justice Programs; National Institute of Justice; www.ojp.usdoj.gov. 18. USP - U.S. Pharmacopeial Convention; www.usp.org. 19. USPS - United States Postal Service; www.usps.com. E. Standards and Regulations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the standards and regulations in the following list. This information is subject to change and is believed to be accurate as of the date of the Contract Documents. 1. CFR - Code of Federal Regulations; Available from Government Printing Office; www.gpo.gov/fdsys. 2. DOD - Department of Defense; Military Specifications and Standards; Available from DLA Document Services; www.quicksearch.dla.mil. 3. DSCC - Defense Supply Center Columbus; (See FS). 4. FED-STD - Federal Standard; (See FS). 5. FS - Federal Specification; Available from DLA Document Services; www.quicksearch.dla.mil. a. Available from Defense Standardization Program; www.dsp.dla.mil. b. Available from General Services Administration; www.gsa.gov. c. Available from National Institute of Building Sciences/Whole Building Design Guide; www.wbdg.org. 6. MILSPEC - Military Specification and Standards; (See DOD). 7. USAB - United States Access Board; www.access-board.gov. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 REFERENCES 01 4200 - 8 8. USATBCB - U.S. Architectural & Transportation Barriers Compliance Board; (See USAB). F. State Government Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. This information is subject to change and is believed to be accurate as of the date of the Contract Documents. 1. CBHF; State of California; Department of Consumer Affairs; Bureau of Electronic and Appliance Repair, Home Furnishings and Thermal Insulation; www.bearhfti.ca.gov. 2. CCR; California Code of Regulations; Office of Administrative Law; California Title 24 Energy Code; www.calregs.com. 3. CDHS; California Department of Health Services; (See CDPH). 4. CDPH; California Department of Public Health; Indoor Air Quality Program; www.cal-iaq.org. 5. CPUC; California Public Utilities Commission; www.cpuc.ca.gov. 6. SCAQMD; South Coast Air Quality Management District; www.aqmd.gov. 7. TFS; Texas A&M Forest Service; Sustainable Forestry and Economic Development; www.txforestservice.tamu.edu. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01 4200 Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 5000 - 1 SECTION 01 5000 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, Specification Section 00 9000 "Vizient GPO Construction Purchasing", and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes requirements for temporary utilities, support facilities, and security and protection facilities. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 01 1000 "Summary" for work restrictions and limitations on utility interruptions. 1.3 USE CHARGES A. General: Installation and removal of and use charges for temporary facilities shall be included in the Contract Sum unless otherwise indicated. Allow other entities engaged in the Project to use temporary services and facilities without cost, including, but not limited to, Owner's construction forces, Architect, occupants of Project, testing agencies, and authorities having jurisdiction. B. Sewer Service: Pay sewer-service use charges for sewer usage by all entities for construction operations. C. Water Service: Pay water-service use charges for water used by all entities for construction operations. D. Electric Power Service: Pay electric-power-service use charges for electricity used by all entities for construction operations. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Site Utilization Plan: Show temporary facilities, temporary utility lines and connections, staging areas, construction site entrances, vehicle circulation, and parking areas for construction personnel. B. Implementation and Termination Schedule: Within 15 days of date established for commencement of the Work, submit schedule indicating implementation and termination dates of each temporary utility. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 5000 - 2 C. Project Identification and Temporary Signs: Show fabrication and installation details, including plans, elevations, details, layouts, typestyles, graphic elements, and message content. D. Erosion- and Sedimentation-Control Plan: Show compliance with requirements of EPA Construction General Permit or authorities having jurisdiction, whichever is more stringent. E. Fire-Safety Program: Show compliance with requirements of NFPA 241 and authorities having jurisdiction. Indicate Contractor personnel responsible for management of fire-prevention program. F. Moisture- and Mold-Protection Plan: Describe procedures and controls for protecting materials and construction from water absorption and damage and mold. G. Dust- and HVAC-Control Plan: Submit coordination drawing and narrative that indicates the dust- and HVAC-control measures proposed for use, proposed locations, and proposed time frame for their operation. Include the following: 1. Locations of dust-control partitions at each phase of work. 2. HVAC system isolation schematic drawing. 3. Location of proposed air-filtration system discharge. 4. Waste-handling procedures. 5. Other dust-control measures. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electric Service: Comply with NECA, NEMA, and UL standards and regulations for temporary electric service. Install service to comply with NFPA 70. B. Tests and Inspections: Arrange for authorities having jurisdiction to test and inspect each temporary utility before use. Obtain required certifications and permits. C. Accessible Temporary Egress: Comply with applicable provisions in the United States Access Board's ADA-ABA Accessibility Guidelines and ICC/ANSI A117.1. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Temporary Use of Permanent Facilities: Engage Installer of each permanent service to assume responsibility for operation, maintenance, and protection of each permanent service during its use as a construction facility before Owner's acceptance, regardless of previously assigned responsibilities. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Chain-Link Fencing: Minimum 2-inch, 0.148-inch- thick, galvanized-steel, chain-link fabric fencing; minimum 6 feet high with galvanized-steel pipe posts; minimum 2-3/8-inch- OD line posts and 2-7/8-inch- OD corner and pull posts, with 1-5/8-inch- OD top rails. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 5000 - 3 B. Portable Chain-Link Fencing: Minimum 2-inch, 0.148-inch- thick, galvanized-steel, chain-link fabric fencing; minimum 6 feet high with galvanized-steel pipe posts; minimum 2-3/8-inch- OD line posts and 2-7/8-inch- OD corner and pull posts, with 1-5/8-inch- OD top and bottom rails. Provide galvanized-steel bases for supporting posts. C. Polyethylene Sheet: Reinforced, fire-resistive sheet, 10-mil minimum thickness, with flame-spread rating of 15 or less per ASTM E 84 and passing NFPA 701 Test Method 2. 2.2 TEMPORARY FACILITIES A. Field Offices, General: Prefabricated or mobile units with serviceable finishes, temperature controls, and foundations adequate for normal loading. B. Storage and Fabrication Sheds: Provide sheds sized, furnished, and equipped to accommodate materials and equipment for construction operations. 1. Store combustible materials apart from building. 2.3 EQUIPMENT A. Fire Extinguishers: Portable, UL rated; with class and extinguishing agent as required by locations and classes of fire exposures. B. HVAC Equipment: Unless Owner authorizes use of permanent HVAC system, provide vented, self-contained, liquid-propane-gas or fuel-oil heaters with individual space thermostatic control. 1. Use of gasoline-burning space heaters, open-flame heaters, or salamander-type heating units is prohibited. 2. Heating Units: Listed and labeled for type of fuel being consumed, by a qualified testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended location and application. 3. Permanent HVAC System: If Owner authorizes use of permanent HVAC system for temporary use during construction, provide filter with MERV of 8 at each return-air grille in system and remove at end of construction\ and clean HVAC system as required in Section 01 7700 "Closeout Procedures." C. Air-Filtration Units: Primary and secondary HEPA-filter-equipped portable units with four-stage filtration. Provide single switch for emergency shutoff. Configure to run continuously. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 TEMPORARY FACILITIES, GENERAL A. Conservation: Coordinate construction and use of temporary facilities with consideration given to conservation of energy, water, and materials. Coordinate use of temporary utilities to minimize waste. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 5000 - 4 1. Salvage materials and equipment involved in performance of, but not actually incorporated into, the Work. See other Sections for disposition of salvaged materials that are designated as Owner's property. 3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Locate facilities where they will serve Project adequately and result in minimum interference with performance of the Work. Relocate and modify facilities as required by progress of the Work. 1. Locate facilities to limit site disturbance as specified in Section 01 1000 "Summary." B. Provide each facility ready for use when needed to avoid delay. Do not remove until facilities are no longer needed or are replaced by authorized use of completed permanent facilities. 3.3 TEMPORARY UTILITY INSTALLATION A. General: Install temporary service or connect to existing service. 1. Arrange with utility company, Owner, and existing users for time when service can be interrupted, if necessary, to make connections for temporary services. B. Sewers and Drainage: Provide temporary utilities to remove effluent lawfully. 1. Connect temporary sewers to municipal system as directed by authorities having jurisdiction. C. Water Service: Install water service and distribution piping in sizes and pressures adequate for construction. D. Water Service: Connect to Owner's existing water service facilities. Clean and maintain water service facilities in a condition acceptable to Owner. At Substantial Completion, restore these facilities to condition existing before initial use. E. Sanitary Facilities: Provide temporary toilets, wash facilities, and drinking water for use of construction personnel. Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction for type, number, location, operation, and maintenance of fixtures and facilities. F. Temporary Heating and Cooling: Provide temporary heating and cooling required by construction activities for curing or drying of completed installations or for protecting installed construction from adverse effects of low temperatures or high humidity. Select equipment that will not have a harmful effect on completed installations or elements being installed. 1. Provide temporary dehumidification systems when required to reduce ambient and substrate moisture levels to level required to allow installation or application of finishes and their proper curing or drying. G. Isolation of Work Areas in Occupied Facilities: Prevent dust, fumes, and odors from entering occupied areas. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 5000 - 5 1. Prior to commencing work, isolate the HVAC system in area where work is to be performed. a. Disconnect supply and return ductwork in work area from HVAC systems servicing occupied areas. b. Maintain negative air pressure within work area using HEPA-equipped air-filtration units, starting with commencement of temporary partition construction, and continuing until removal of temporary partitions is complete. 2. Maintain dust partitions during the Work. Use vacuum collection attachments on dust-producing equipment. Isolate limited work within occupied areas using portable dust-containment devices. 3. Perform daily construction cleanup and final cleanup using approved, HEPA-filter-equipped vacuum equipment. H. Electric Power Service: Provide electric power service and distribution system of sufficient size, capacity, and power characteristics required for construction operations. 1. Install electric power service underground unless otherwise indicated. I. Lighting: Provide temporary lighting with local switching that provides adequate illumination for construction operations, observations, inspections, and traffic conditions. 1. Install and operate temporary lighting that fulfills security and protection requirements without operating entire system. J. Telephone Service: Provide temporary telephone service in common-use facilities for use by all construction personnel. Install WiFi cell phone access equipment and one land-based telephone line(s) for each field office. 1. At each telephone, post a list of important telephone numbers. a. Police and fire departments. b. Ambulance service. c. Contractor's emergency after-hours telephone number. d. Architect's office. e. Engineers' offices. f. Owner's office. g. Principal subcontractors' field and home offices. 3.4 SUPPORT FACILITIES INSTALLATION A. General: Comply with the following: 1. Provide construction for temporary offices, shops, and sheds located within construction area or within 30 feet of building lines that is noncombustible according to ASTM E 136. Comply with NFPA 241. 2. Maintain support facilities until Architect schedules Substantial Completion inspection. Remove before Substantial Completion. Personnel remaining after Substantial Completion will be permitted to use permanent facilities, under conditions acceptable to Owner. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 5000 - 6 B. Temporary Roads and Paved Areas: Construct and maintain temporary roads and paved areas adequate for construction operations. Locate temporary roads and paved areas within construction limits indicated on Drawings. 1. Provide dust-control treatment that is nonpolluting and nontracking. Reapply treatment as required to minimize dust. C. Temporary Use of Planned Permanent Roads and Paved Areas: Locate temporary roads and paved areas in same location as permanent roads and paved areas. Construct and maintain temporary roads and paved areas adequate for construction operations. Extend temporary roads and paved areas, within construction limits indicated, as necessary for construction operations. 1. Coordinate elevations of temporary roads and paved areas with permanent roads and paved areas. 2. Prepare subgrade and install subbase and base for temporary roads and paved areas according to Section 31 2000 "Earth Moving." 3. Recondition base after temporary use, including removing contaminated material, regrading, proofrolling, compacting, and testing. 4. Delay installation of final course of permanent hot-mix asphalt pavement until immediately before Substantial Completion. Repair hot-mix asphalt base-course pavement before installation of final course according to Section 32 1216 "Asphalt Paving." D. Traffic Controls: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Protect existing site improvements to remain including curbs, pavement, and utilities. 2. Maintain access for fire-fighting equipment and access to fire hydrants. E. Parking: Provide temporary parking areas for construction personnel. F. Dewatering Facilities and Drains: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. Maintain Project site, excavations, and construction free of water. 1. Dispose of rainwater in a lawful manner that will not result in flooding Project or adjoining properties or endanger permanent Work or temporary facilities. 2. Remove snow and ice as required to minimize accumulations. G. Project Signs: Provide Project signs as indicated. Unauthorized signs are not permitted. 1. Identification Signs: Provide Project identification signs as indicated on Drawings. 2. Temporary Signs: Provide other signs as indicated and as required to inform public and individuals seeking entrance to Project. a. Provide temporary, directional signs for construction personnel and visitors. 3. Maintain and touch up signs so they are legible at all times. H. Waste Disposal Facilities: Comply with requirements specified in Section 01 7419 "Construction Waste Management and Disposal." Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 5000 - 7 I. Waste Disposal Facilities: Provide waste-collection containers in sizes adequate to handle waste from construction operations. Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. Comply with progress cleaning requirements in Section 01 7300 "Execution." J. Lifts and Hoists: Provide facilities necessary for hoisting materials and personnel. 1. Truck cranes and similar devices used for hoisting materials are considered "tools and equipment" and not temporary facilities. K. Temporary Elevator Use: See Section 14 2400 "Hydraulic Elevators" for temporary use of new elevators. L. Temporary Stairs: Until permanent stairs are available, provide temporary stairs where ladders are not adequate. M. Temporary Use of Permanent Stairs: Use of new stairs for construction traffic will be permitted, provided stairs are protected and finishes restored to new condition at time of Substantial Completion. 3.5 SECURITY AND PROTECTION FACILITIES INSTALLATION A. Protection of Existing Facilities: Protect existing vegetation, equipment, structures, utilities, and other improvements at Project site and on adjacent properties, except those indicated to be removed or altered. Repair damage to existing facilities. 1. Where access to adjacent properties is required in order to affect protection of existing facilities, obtain written permission from adjacent property owner to access property for that purpose. B. Environmental Protection: Provide protection, operate temporary facilities, and conduct construction as required to comply with environmental regulations and that minimize possible air, waterway, and subsoil contamination or pollution or other undesirable effects. 1. Comply with work restrictions specified in Section 01 1000 "Summary." C. Temporary Erosion and Sedimentation Control: Comply with requirements of EPA Construction General Permit or authorities having jurisdiction, whichever is more stringent and requirements specified in Section 31 1000 "Site Clearing." D. Temporary Erosion and Sedimentation Control: Provide measures to prevent soil erosion and discharge of soil-bearing water runoff and airborne dust to undisturbed areas and to adjacent properties and walkways, according to requirements of EPA Construction General Permit or authorities having jurisdiction, whichever is more stringent. E. Stormwater Control: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. Provide barriers in and around excavations and subgrade construction to prevent flooding by runoff of stormwater from heavy rains. F. Tree and Plant Protection: Install temporary fencing located as indicated or outside the drip line of trees to protect vegetation from damage from construction operations. Protect tree root systems from damage, flooding, and erosion. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 5000 - 8 G. Pest Control: Engage pest-control service to recommend practices to minimize attraction and harboring of rodents, roaches, and other pests and to perform extermination and control procedures at regular intervals so Project will be free of pests and their residues at Substantial Completion. Perform control operations lawfully, using materials approved by authorities having jurisdiction. H. Site Enclosure Fence: Prior to commencing earthwork, furnish and install site enclosure fence in a manner that will prevent people from easily entering site except by entrance gates. 1. Extent of Fence: As required to enclose entire Project site or portion determined sufficient to accommodate construction operations. 2. Maintain security by limiting number of keys and restricting distribution to authorized personnel. Furnish one set of keys to Owner. I. Security Enclosure and Lockup: Install temporary enclosure around partially completed areas of construction. Provide lockable entrances to prevent unauthorized entrance, vandalism, theft, and similar violations of security. Lock entrances at end of each workday. J. Barricades, Warning Signs, and Lights: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction for erecting structurally adequate barricades, including warning signs and lighting. K. Temporary Egress: Maintain temporary egress from existing occupied facilities as indicated and as required by authorities having jurisdiction. L. Temporary Enclosures: Provide temporary enclosures for protection of construction, in progress and completed, from exposure, foul weather, other construction operations, and similar activities. Provide temporary weathertight enclosure for building exterior. 1. Where heating or cooling is needed and permanent enclosure is incomplete, insulate temporary enclosures. M. Temporary Partitions: Provide floor-to-ceiling dustproof partitions to limit dust and dirt migration and to separate areas occupied by Owner and tenants from fumes and noise. 1. Construct dustproof partitions with gypsum wallboard with joints taped on occupied side, and fire-retardant-treated plywood on construction operations side. 2. Construct dustproof partitions with two layers of 6-mil polyethylene sheet on each side. Cover floor with two layers of 6-mil polyethylene sheet, extending sheets 18 inches up the sidewalls. Overlap and tape full length of joints. Cover floor with fire-retardant-treated plywood. a. Construct vestibule and airlock at each entrance through temporary partition with not less than 48 inches between doors. Maintain water-dampened foot mats in vestibule. 3. Where fire-resistance-rated temporary partitions are indicated or are required by authorities having jurisdiction, construct partitions according to the rated assemblies. 4. Insulate partitions to control noise transmission to occupied areas. 5. Seal joints and perimeter. Equip partitions with gasketed dustproof doors and security locks where openings are required. 6. Protect air-handling equipment. 7. Provide walk-off mats at each entrance through temporary partition. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 5000 - 9 N. Temporary Fire Protection: Install and maintain temporary fire-protection facilities of types needed to protect against reasonably predictable and controllable fire losses. Comply with NFPA 241; manage fire-prevention program. 1. Prohibit smoking in construction areas. Comply with additional limits on smoking specified in other Sections. 2. Supervise welding operations, combustion-type temporary heating units, and similar sources of fire ignition according to requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Develop and supervise an overall fire-prevention and -protection program for personnel at Project site. Review needs with local fire department and establish procedures to be followed. Instruct personnel in methods and procedures. Post warnings and information. 4. Provide temporary standpipes and hoses for fire protection. Hang hoses with a warning sign stating that hoses are for fire-protection purposes only and are not to be removed. Match hose size with outlet size and equip with suitable nozzles. 3.6 MOISTURE AND MOLD CONTROL A. Contractor's Moisture-Protection Plan: Describe delivery, handling, storage, installation, and protection provisions for materials subject to water absorption or water damage. 1. Indicate procedures for discarding water-damaged materials, protocols for mitigating water intrusion into completed Work, and replacing water-damaged Work. 2. Indicate sequencing of work that requires water, such as sprayed fire-resistive materials, plastering, and terrazzo grinding, and describe plans for dealing with water from these operations. Show procedures for verifying that wet construction has dried sufficiently to permit installation of finish materials. 3. Indicate methods to be used to avoid trapping water in finished work. B. Exposed Construction Period: Before installation of weather barriers, when materials are subject to wetting and exposure and to airborne mold spores, protect as follows: 1. Protect porous materials from water damage. 2. Protect stored and installed material from flowing or standing water. 3. Keep porous and organic materials from coming into prolonged contact with concrete. 4. Remove standing water from decks. 5. Keep deck openings covered or dammed. C. Partially Enclosed Construction Period: After installation of weather barriers but before full enclosure and conditioning of building, when installed materials are still subject to infiltration of moisture and ambient mold spores, protect as follows: 1. Do not load or install drywall or other porous materials or components, or items with high organic content, into partially enclosed building. 2. Keep interior spaces reasonably clean and protected from water damage. 3. Periodically collect and remove waste containing cellulose or other organic matter. 4. Discard or replace water-damaged material. 5. Do not install material that is wet. 6. Discard and replace stored or installed material that begins to grow mold. 7. Perform work in a sequence that allows wet materials adequate time to dry before enclosing the material in gypsum board or other interior finishes. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 5000 - 10 D. Controlled Construction Period: After completing and sealing of the building enclosure but prior to the full operation of permanent HVAC systems, maintain as follows: 1. Control moisture and humidity inside building by maintaining effective dry-in conditions. 2. Use temporary or permanent HVAC system to control humidity within ranges specified for installed and stored materials. 3. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for temperature, relative humidity, and exposure to water limits. a. Hygroscopic materials that may support mold growth, including wood and gypsum-based products, that become wet during the course of construction and remain wet for 48 hours are considered defective and require replacing. b. Measure moisture content of materials that have been exposed to moisture during construction operations or after installation. Record readings beginning at time of exposure and continuing daily for 48 hours. Identify materials containing moisture levels higher than allowed. Report findings in writing to Architect. c. Remove and replace materials that cannot be completely restored to their manufactured moisture level within 48 hours. 3.7 OPERATION, TERMINATION, AND REMOVAL A. Supervision: Enforce strict discipline in use of temporary facilities. To minimize waste and abuse, limit availability of temporary facilities to essential and intended uses. B. Maintenance: Maintain facilities in good operating condition until removal. 1. Maintain operation of temporary enclosures, heating, cooling, humidity control, ventilation, and similar facilities on a 24-hour basis where required to achieve indicated results and to avoid possibility of damage. C. Temporary Facility Changeover: Do not change over from using temporary security and protection facilities to permanent facilities until Substantial Completion. D. Termination and Removal: Remove each temporary facility when need for its service has ended, when it has been replaced by authorized use of a permanent facility, or no later than Substantial Completion. Complete or, if necessary, restore permanent construction that may have been delayed because of interference with temporary facility. Repair damaged Work, clean exposed surfaces, and replace construction that cannot be satisfactorily repaired. 1. Materials and facilities that constitute temporary facilities are property of Contractor. Owner reserves right to take possession of Project identification signs. 2. Remove temporary roads and paved areas not intended for or acceptable for integration into permanent construction. Where area is intended for landscape development, remove soil and aggregate fill that do not comply with requirements for fill or subsoil. Remove materials contaminated with road oil, asphalt and other petrochemical compounds, and other substances that might impair growth of plant materials or lawns. Repair or replace street paving, curbs, and sidewalks at temporary entrances, as required by authorities having jurisdiction. 3. At Substantial Completion, repair, renovate, and clean permanent facilities used during construction period. Comply with final cleaning requirements specified in Section 01 7700 "Closeout Procedures." Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 5000 - 11 END OF SECTION 01 5000 Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 6000 - 1 SECTION 01 6000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, Specification Section 00 9000 "Vizient GPO Construction Purchasing", and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for selection of products for use in Project; product delivery, storage, and handling; manufacturers' standard warranties on products; special warranties; and comparable products. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 01 2300 "Alternates" for products selected under an alternate. 2. Section 01 2500 "Substitution Procedures" for requests for substitutions. 3. Section 01 4200 "References" for applicable industry standards for products specified. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Products: Items obtained for incorporating into the Work, whether purchased for Project or taken from previously purchased stock. The term "product" includes the terms "material," "equipment," "system," and terms of similar intent. 1. Named Products: Items identified by manufacturer's product name, including make or model number or other designation shown or listed in manufacturer's published product literature that is current as of date of the Contract Documents. 2. New Products: Items that have not previously been incorporated into another project or facility. Products salvaged or recycled from other projects are not considered new products. 3. Comparable Product: Product that is demonstrated and approved by Architect through submittal process to have the indicated qualities related to type, function, dimension, in-service performance, physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics that equal or exceed those of specified product. B. Basis-of-Design Product Specification: A specification in which a single manufacturer's product is named and accompanied by the words "basis-of-design product," including make or model number or other designation. In addition to the basis-of-design product description, product attributes and characteristics may be listed to establish the significant qualities related to type, function, in-service performance and physical properties, weight, dimension, durability, visual characteristics, and other special features and requirements for purposes of evaluating comparable products of additional manufacturers named in the specification. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 6000 - 2 C. Subject to Compliance with Requirements: Where the phrase "Subject to compliance with requirements" introduces a product selection procedure in an individual Specification Section, provide products qualified under the specified product procedure. In the event that a named product or product by a named manufacturer does not meet the other requirements of the specifications, select another named product or product from another named manufacturer that does meet the requirements of the specifications. Submit a comparable product request, if applicable. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Comparable Product Request Submittal: Submit request for consideration of each comparable product. Identify basis-of-design product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Include Specification Section number and title and Drawing numbers and titles. 1. Include data to indicate compliance with the requirements specified in "Comparable Products" Article. 2. Architect's Action: If necessary, Architect will request additional information or documentation for evaluation within seven days of receipt of a comparable product request. Architect will notify Contractor of approval or rejection of proposed comparable product request within 15 days of receipt of request, or seven days of receipt of additional information or documentation, whichever is later. a. Form of Architect's Approval of Submittal: As specified in Section 01 3300 "Submittal Procedures." b. Use product specified if Architect does not issue a decision on use of a comparable product request within time allocated. B. Basis-of-Design Product Specification Submittal: Comply with requirements in Section 01 3300 "Submittal Procedures." Show compliance with requirements. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Compatibility of Options: If Contractor is given option of selecting between two or more products for use on Project, select product compatible with products previously selected, even if previously selected products were also options. B. Identification of Products: Except for required labels and operating data, do not attach or imprint manufacturer or product names or trademarks on exposed surfaces of products or equipment that will be exposed to view in occupied spaces or on the exterior. 1. Labels: Locate required product labels and stamps on a concealed surface, or, where required for observation following installation, on a visually accessible surface that is not conspicuous. 2. Equipment Nameplates: Provide a permanent nameplate on each item of service-connected or power-operated equipment. Locate on a visually accessible but inconspicuous surface. Include information essential for operation, including the following: a. Name of product and manufacturer. b. Model and serial number. c. Capacity. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 6000 - 3 d. Speed. e. Ratings. 3. See individual identification sections in Divisions 21, 22, 23, and 26 for additional identification requirements. 1.6 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store, and handle products using means and methods that will prevent damage, deterioration, and loss, including theft and vandalism. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. B. Delivery and Handling: 1. Schedule delivery to minimize long-term storage at Project site and to prevent overcrowding of construction spaces. 2. Coordinate delivery with installation time to ensure minimum holding time for items that are flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to deterioration, theft, and other losses. 3. Deliver products to Project site in an undamaged condition in manufacturer's original sealed container or other packaging system, complete with labels and instructions for handling, storing, unpacking, protecting, and installing. 4. Inspect products on delivery to determine compliance with the Contract Documents and to determine that products are undamaged and properly protected. C. Storage: 1. Store products to allow for inspection and measurement of quantity or counting of units. 2. Store materials in a manner that will not endanger Project structure. 3. Store products that are subject to damage by the elements, under cover in a weathertight enclosure above ground, with ventilation adequate to prevent condensation. 4. Protect foam plastic from exposure to sunlight, except to extent necessary for period of installation and concealment. 5. Comply with product manufacturer's written instructions for temperature, humidity, ventilation, and weather-protection requirements for storage. 6. Protect stored products from damage and liquids from freezing. 7. Provide a secure location and enclosure at Project site for storage of materials and equipment by Owner's construction forces. Coordinate location with Owner. 1.7 PRODUCT WARRANTIES A. Warranties specified in other Sections shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties required by the Contract Documents. Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations on product warranties do not relieve Contractor of obligations under requirements of the Contract Documents. 1. Manufacturer's Warranty: Written warranty furnished by individual manufacturer for a particular product and specifically endorsed by manufacturer to Owner. 2. Special Warranty: Written warranty required by the Contract Documents to provide specific rights for Owner. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 6000 - 4 B. Special Warranties: Prepare a written document that contains appropriate terms and identification, ready for execution. 1. Manufacturer's Standard Form: Modified to include Project-specific information and properly executed. 2. Specified Form: When specified forms are included with the Specifications, prepare a written document using indicated form properly executed. 3. See other Sections for specific content requirements and particular requirements for submitting special warranties. C. Submittal Time: Comply with requirements in Section 01 7700 "Closeout Procedures." PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PRODUCT SELECTION PROCEDURES A. General Product Requirements: Provide products that comply with the Contract Documents, are undamaged and, unless otherwise indicated, are new at time of installation. 1. Provide products complete with accessories, trim, finish, fasteners, and other items needed for a complete installation and indicated use and effect. 2. Standard Products: If available, and unless custom products or nonstandard options are specified, provide standard products of types that have been produced and used successfully in similar situations on other projects. 3. Owner reserves the right to limit selection to products with warranties meeting requirements of the Contract Documents. 4. Where products are accompanied by the term "as selected," Architect will make selection. 5. Descriptive, performance, and reference standard requirements in the Specifications establish salient characteristics of products. 6. Or Equal: For products specified by name and accompanied by the term "or equal," or "or approved equal," or "or approved," comply with requirements in "Comparable Products" Article to obtain approval for use of an unnamed product. a. Submit additional documentation required by Architect in order to establish equivalency of proposed products. Evaluation of "or equal" product status is by the Architect, whose determination is final. B. Product Selection Procedures: 1. Sole Product: Where Specifications name a single manufacturer and product, provide the named product that complies with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience will not be considered. a. Sole product may be indicated by the phrase: "Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: …¦¦" 2. Sole Manufacturer/Source: Where Specifications name a single manufacturer or source, provide a product by the named manufacturer or source that complies with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience will not be considered. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 6000 - 5 a. Sole manufacturer/source may be indicated by the phrase: "Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following: …¦" 3. Limited List of Products: Where Specifications include a list of names of both manufacturers and products, provide one of the products listed that complies with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience will be considered unless otherwise indicated. a. Limited list of products may be indicated by the phrase: "Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: …¦" 4. Non-Limited List of Products: Where Specifications include a list of names of both available manufacturers and products, provide one of the products listed, or an unnamed product, which complies with requirements. a. Non-limited list of products is indicated by the phrase: "Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: …¦" 5. Limited List of Manufacturers: Where Specifications include a list of manufacturers' names, provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed that complies with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience will be considered unless otherwise indicated. a. Limited list of manufacturers is indicated by the phrase: "Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: …¦" 6. Non-Limited List of Manufacturers: Where Specifications include a list of available manufacturers, provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed, or a product by an unnamed manufacturer, which complies with requirements. a. Non-limited list of manufacturers is indicated by the phrase: "Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers whose products may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: …¦" 7. Basis-of-Design Product: Where Specifications name a product, or refer to a product indicated on Drawings, and include a list of manufacturers, provide the specified or indicated product or a comparable product by one of the other named manufacturers. Drawings and Specifications indicate sizes, profiles, dimensions, and other characteristics that are based on the product named. Comply with requirements in "Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an unnamed product by one of the other named manufacturers. a. For approval of products by unnamed manufacturers, comply with requirements in Section 01 2500 "Substitution Procedures" for substitutions for convenience. C. Visual Matching Specification: Where Specifications require "match Architect's sample," provide a product that complies with requirements and matches Architect's sample. Architect's decision will be final on whether a proposed product matches. 1. If no product available within specified category matches and complies with other specified requirements, comply with requirements in Section 01 2500 "Substitution Procedures" for proposal of product. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 6000 - 6 D. Visual Selection Specification: Where Specifications include the phrase "as selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range" or similar phrase, select a product that complies with requirements. Architect will select color, gloss, pattern, density, or texture from manufacturer's product line that includes both standard and premium items. 2.2 COMPARABLE PRODUCTS A. Conditions for Consideration of Comparable Products: Architect will consider Contractor's request for comparable product when the following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Architect may return requests without action, except to record noncompliance with these requirements: 1. Evidence that proposed product does not require revisions to the Contract Documents, is consistent with the Contract Documents, will produce the indicated results, and is compatible with other portions of the Work. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed product with those named in the Specifications. Significant product qualities include attributes such as type, function, in-service performance and physical properties, weight, dimension, durability, visual characteristics, and other specific features and requirements. 2. Evidence that proposed product provides specified warranty. 3. List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and addresses and names and addresses of architects and owners, if requested. 4. Samples, if requested. B. Submittal Requirements: Approval by the Architect of Contractor's request for use of comparable product is not intended to satisfy other submittal requirements. Comply with specified submittal requirements. PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01 6000 Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 EXECUTION 01 7300 - 1 SECTION 01 7300 - EXECUTION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, Specification Section 00 9000 "Vizient GPO Construction Purchasing", and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes general administrative and procedural requirements governing execution of the Work including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Construction layout. 2. Field engineering and surveying. 3. Installation of the Work. 4. Coordination of Owner-installed products. 5. Progress cleaning. 6. Starting and adjusting. 7. Protection of installed construction. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 01 1000 "Summary" for limits on use of Project site. 2. Section 01 3300 "Submittal Procedures" for submitting surveys. 3. Section 01 7700 "Closeout Procedures" for submitting final property survey with Project Record Documents, recording of Owner-accepted deviations from indicated lines and levels, replacing defective work, and final cleaning. 4. Section 02 4119 "Selective Demolition" for demolition and removal of selected portions of the building. 5. Section 07 8413 "Penetration Firestopping" for patching penetrations in fire-rated construction. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Cutting: Removal of in-place construction necessary to permit installation or performance of subsequent work. B. Patching: Fitting and repair work required to restore construction to original conditions after installation of subsequent work. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For land surveyor. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 EXECUTION 01 7300 - 2 B. Certificates: Submit certificate signed by land surveyor certifying that location and elevation of improvements comply with requirements. C. Landfill Receipts: Submit copy of receipts issued by a landfill facility, licensed to accept hazardous materials, for hazardous waste disposal. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Cutting and Patching: Comply with requirements for and limitations on cutting and patching of construction elements. B. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Obtain and maintain on-site manufacturer's written recommendations and instructions for installation of products and equipment. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. General: Comply with requirements specified in other Sections. B. In-Place Materials: Use materials for patching identical to in-place materials. For exposed surfaces, use materials that visually match in-place adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible. 1. If identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used, use materials that, when installed, will provide a match acceptable to Architect for the visual and functional performance of in-place materials. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Existing Conditions: The existence and location of underground and other utilities and construction indicated as existing are not guaranteed. Before beginning subgrade work, investigate and verify the existence and location of underground utilities, and other construction affecting the Work. 1. Before construction, verify the location and invert elevation at points of connection of sanitary sewer, storm sewer, and water-service piping; underground electrical services; and other utilities. 2. Furnish location data for work related to Project that must be performed by public utilities serving Project site. B. Examination and Acceptance of Conditions: Before proceeding with each component of the Work, examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer or Applicator present where indicated, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance. Record observations. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 EXECUTION 01 7300 - 3 1. Examine roughing-in for mechanical and electrical systems to verify actual locations of connections before equipment and fixture installation. 2. Examine walls, floors, and roofs for suitable conditions where products and systems are to be installed. 3. Verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility with existing finishes or primers. C. Written Report: Where a written report listing conditions detrimental to performance of the Work is required by other Sections, include the following: 1. Description of the Work. 2. List of detrimental conditions, including substrates. 3. List of unacceptable installation tolerances. 4. Recommended corrections. D. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Proceeding with the Work indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Existing Utility Information: Furnish information to Owner that is necessary to adjust, move, or relocate existing utility structures, utility poles, lines, services, or other utility appurtenances located in or affected by construction. Coordinate with authorities having jurisdiction. B. Field Measurements: Take field measurements as required to fit the Work properly. Recheck measurements before installing each product. Where portions of the Work are indicated to fit to other construction, verify dimensions of other construction by field measurements before fabrication. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work. C. Space Requirements: Verify space requirements and dimensions of items shown diagrammatically on Drawings. D. Review of Contract Documents and Field Conditions: Immediately on discovery of the need for clarification of the Contract Documents caused by differing field conditions outside the control of Contractor, submit a request for information to Architect according to requirements in Section 01 3100 "Project Management and Coordination." 3.3 CONSTRUCTION LAYOUT A. Verification: Before proceeding to lay out the Work, verify layout information shown on Drawings, in relation to the property survey and existing benchmarks. If discrepancies are discovered, notify Architect promptly. B. General: Engage a land surveyor to lay out the Work using accepted surveying practices. 1. Establish benchmarks and control points to set lines and levels at each story of construction and elsewhere as needed to locate each element of Project. 2. Establish limits on use of Project site. 3. Establish dimensions within tolerances indicated. Do not scale Drawings to obtain required dimensions. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 EXECUTION 01 7300 - 4 4. Inform installers of lines and levels to which they must comply. 5. Check the location, level and plumb, of every major element as the Work progresses. 6. Notify Architect when deviations from required lines and levels exceed allowable tolerances. 7. Close site surveys with an error of closure equal to or less than the standard established by authorities having jurisdiction. C. Site Improvements: Locate and lay out site improvements, including pavements, grading, fill and topsoil placement, utility slopes, and rim and invert elevations. D. Building Lines and Levels: Locate and lay out control lines and levels for structures, building foundations, column grids, and floor levels, including those required for mechanical and electrical work. Transfer survey markings and elevations for use with control lines and levels. Level foundations and piers from two or more locations. E. Record Log: Maintain a log of layout control work. Record deviations from required lines and levels. Include beginning and ending dates and times of surveys, weather conditions, name and duty of each survey party member, and types of instruments and tapes used. Make the log available for reference by Architect. 3.4 FIELD ENGINEERING A. Identification: Owner will identify existing benchmarks, control points, and property corners. B. Reference Points: Locate existing permanent benchmarks, control points, and similar reference points before beginning the Work. Preserve and protect permanent benchmarks and control points during construction operations. 1. Do not change or relocate existing benchmarks or control points without prior written approval of Architect. Report lost or destroyed permanent benchmarks or control points promptly. Report the need to relocate permanent benchmarks or control points to Architect before proceeding. 2. Replace lost or destroyed permanent benchmarks and control points promptly. Base replacements on the original survey control points. C. Benchmarks: Establish and maintain a minimum of two permanent benchmarks on Project site, referenced to data established by survey control points. Comply with authorities having jurisdiction for type and size of benchmark. 1. Record benchmark locations, with horizontal and vertical data, on Project Record Documents. 2. Where the actual location or elevation of layout points cannot be marked, provide temporary reference points sufficient to locate the Work. 3. Remove temporary reference points when no longer needed. Restore marked construction to its original condition. 3.5 INSTALLATION A. General: Locate the Work and components of the Work accurately, in correct alignment and elevation, as indicated. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 EXECUTION 01 7300 - 5 1. Make vertical work plumb and make horizontal work level. 2. Where space is limited, install components to maximize space available for maintenance and ease of removal for replacement. 3. Conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring in finished areas unless otherwise indicated. 4. Maintain minimum headroom clearance of 96 inches in occupied spaces and 90 inches in unoccupied spaces. B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations for installing products in applications indicated. C. Install products at the time and under conditions that will ensure the best possible results. Maintain conditions required for product performance until Substantial Completion. D. Conduct construction operations so no part of the Work is subjected to damaging operations or loading in excess of that expected during normal conditions of occupancy. E. Sequence the Work and allow adequate clearances to accommodate movement of construction items on site and placement in permanent locations. F. Tools and Equipment: Where possible, select tools or equipment that minimize production of excessive noise levels. G. Templates: Obtain and distribute to the parties involved templates for work specified to be factory prepared and field installed. Check Shop Drawings of other portions of the Work to confirm that adequate provisions are made for locating and installing products to comply with indicated requirements. H. Attachment: Provide blocking and attachment plates and anchors and fasteners of adequate size and number to securely anchor each component in place, accurately located and aligned with other portions of the Work. Where size and type of attachments are not indicated, verify size and type required for load conditions. 1. Mounting Heights: Where mounting heights are not indicated, mount components at heights directed by Architect. 2. Allow for building movement, including thermal expansion and contraction. 3. Coordinate installation of anchorages. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation. I. Joints: Make joints of uniform width. Where joint locations in exposed work are not indicated, arrange joints for the best visual effect. Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints. J. Repair or remove and replace damaged, defective, or nonconforming Work. 1. Comply with Section 01 7700 "Closeout Procedures" for repairing or removing and replacing defective Work. 3.6 OWNER-INSTALLED PRODUCTS A. Site Access: Provide access to Project site for Owner's construction personnel. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 EXECUTION 01 7300 - 6 B. Coordination: Coordinate construction and operations of the Work with work performed by Owner's construction personnel. 1. Construction Schedule: Inform Owner of Contractor's preferred construction schedule for Owner's portion of the Work. Adjust construction schedule based on a mutually agreeable timetable. Notify Owner if changes to schedule are required due to differences in actual construction progress. 2. Preinstallation Conferences: Include Owner's construction personnel at preinstallation conferences covering portions of the Work that are to receive Owner's work. Attend preinstallation conferences conducted by Owner's construction personnel if portions of the Work depend on Owner's construction. 3.7 PROGRESS CLEANING A. General: Clean Project site and work areas daily, including common areas. Enforce requirements strictly. Dispose of materials lawfully. 1. Comply with requirements in NFPA 241 for removal of combustible waste materials and debris. 2. Do not hold waste materials more than seven days during normal weather or three days if the temperature is expected to rise above 80 deg F. 3. Containerize hazardous and unsanitary waste materials separately from other waste. Mark containers appropriately and dispose of legally, according to regulations. a. Use containers intended for holding waste materials of type to be stored. 4. Coordinate progress cleaning for joint-use areas where Contractor and other contractors are working concurrently. B. Site: Maintain Project site free of waste materials and debris. C. Work Areas: Clean areas where work is in progress to the level of cleanliness necessary for proper execution of the Work. 1. Remove liquid spills promptly. 2. Where dust would impair proper execution of the Work, broom-clean or vacuum the entire work area, as appropriate. D. Installed Work: Keep installed work clean. Clean installed surfaces according to written instructions of manufacturer or fabricator of product installed, using only cleaning materials specifically recommended. If specific cleaning materials are not recommended, use cleaning materials that are not hazardous to health or property and that will not damage exposed surfaces. E. Concealed Spaces: Remove debris from concealed spaces before enclosing the space. F. Exposed Surfaces in Finished Areas: Clean exposed surfaces and protect as necessary to ensure freedom from damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. G. Waste Disposal: Do not bury or burn waste materials on-site. Do not wash waste materials down sewers or into waterways. Comply with waste disposal requirements in Section 01 7419 "Construction Waste Management and Disposal." Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 EXECUTION 01 7300 - 7 H. During handling and installation, clean and protect construction in progress and adjoining materials already in place. Apply protective covering where required to ensure protection from damage or deterioration at Substantial Completion. I. Clean and provide maintenance on completed construction as frequently as necessary through the remainder of the construction period. Adjust and lubricate operable components to ensure operability without damaging effects. J. Limiting Exposures: Supervise construction operations to ensure that no part of the construction, completed or in progress, is subject to harmful, dangerous, damaging, or otherwise deleterious exposure during the construction period. 3.8 STARTING AND ADJUSTING A. Coordinate startup and adjusting of equipment and operating components with requirements in Section 01 9113 "General Commissioning Requirements." B. Start equipment and operating components to confirm proper operation. Remove malfunctioning units, replace with new units, and retest. C. Adjust equipment for proper operation. Adjust operating components for proper operation without binding. D. Test each piece of equipment to verify proper operation. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. E. Manufacturer's Field Service: Comply with qualification requirements in Section 01 4000 "Quality Requirements." 3.9 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure installed Work is without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. B. Protection of Existing Items: Provide protection and ensure that existing items to remain undisturbed by construction are maintained in condition that existed at commencement of the Work. C. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for temperature and relative humidity. END OF SECTION 01 7300 Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 CUTTING AND PATCHING 01 7329 - 1 SECTION 01 7329 - CUTTING AND PATCHING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, Specification Section 00 9000 "Vizient GPO Construction Purchasing", and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes procedural requirements for cutting and patching. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 7 Section "Through-Penetration Firestop Systems" for patching fire-rated construction. 2. Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific requirements and limitations applicable to cutting and patching individual parts of the Work. a. Requirements in this Section apply to mechanical and electrical installations. Refer to Divisions 15 and 16 Sections for other requirements and limitations applicable to cutting and patching mechanical and electrical installations. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Cutting: Removal of existing construction necessary to permit installation or performance of other Work. B. Patching: Fitting and repair work required to restore surfaces to original conditions after installation of other Work. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Structural Elements: Do not cut and patch structural elements in a manner that could change their load-carrying capacity or load-deflection ratio. B. Operational Elements: Do not cut and patch operating elements and related components in a manner that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety. C. Miscellaneous Elements: Do not cut and patch the following elements or related components in a manner that could change their load-carrying capacity, that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended, or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 CUTTING AND PATCHING 01 7329 - 2 1. Water, moisture, or vapor barriers. 2. Membranes and flashings. 3. Equipment supports. 4. Piping, ductwork, vessels, and equipment. 5. Noise- and vibration-control elements and systems. D. Visual Requirements: Do not cut and patch construction in a manner that results in visual evidence of cutting and patching. Do not cut and patch construction exposed on the exterior or in occupied spaces in a manner that would, in Owner's opinion, reduce the building's aesthetic qualities. Remove and replace construction that has been cut and patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner. 1. If possible, retain original Installer or fabricator to cut and patch exposed Work listed below. If it is impossible to engage original Installer or fabricator, engage another recognized, experienced, and specialized firm. a. Stonework and stone masonry. b. Ornamental metal. c. Preformed metal panels. d. Roofing. e. Firestopping. f. Window wall system. g. Wall covering. h. HVAC enclosures, cabinets, or covers. E. Cutting and Patching Conference: Before proceeding, meet at Project site with parties involved in cutting and patching, including mechanical and electrical trades. Review areas of potential interference and conflict. Coordinate procedures and resolve potential conflicts before proceeding. 1.5 WARRANTY A. Existing Warranties: Remove, replace, patch, and repair materials and surfaces cut or damaged during cutting and patching operations, by methods and with materials so as not to void existing warranties. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. General: Comply with requirements specified in other Sections of these Specifications. B. Existing Materials: Use materials identical to existing materials. For exposed surfaces, use materials that visually match existing adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible. 1. If identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used, use materials that, when installed, will match the visual and functional performance of existing materials. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 CUTTING AND PATCHING 01 7329 - 3 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine surfaces to be cut and patched and conditions under which cutting and patching are to be performed. 1. Compatibility: Before patching, verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility with existing finishes or primers. 2. Proceed with installation only after unsafe or unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Temporary Support: Provide temporary support of Work to be cut. B. Protection: Protect existing construction during cutting and patching to prevent damage. Provide protection from adverse weather conditions for portions of Project that might be exposed during cutting and patching operations. C. Adjoining Areas: Avoid interference with use of adjoining areas or interruption of free passage to adjoining areas D. Existing Services: Where existing services are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, bypass such services before cutting to avoid interruption of services to occupied areas. 3.3 PERFORMANCE A. General: Employ skilled workers to perform cutting and patching. Proceed with cutting and patching at the earliest feasible time, and complete without delay. 1. Cut existing construction to provide for installation of other components or performance of other construction, and subsequently patch as required to restore surfaces to their original condition. 2. For core drilling, contractor provided Hilti core drills shall be used. Hammer drills or other types of core drilling will be allowed only with prior written approval by Exempla Saint Joseph Hospital Facilities Management before commencing core drill work. B. Cutting: Cut existing construction by sawing, drilling, breaking, chipping, grinding, and similar operations, including excavation, using methods least likely to damage elements retained or adjoining construction. If possible, review proposed procedures with original Installer; comply with original Installer's written recommendations. 1. In general, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing and grinding, not hammering and chopping. Cut holes and slots as small as possible, neatly to size required, and with minimum disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings when not in use. 2. Existing Finished Surfaces: Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 CUTTING AND PATCHING 01 7329 - 4 3. Concrete/Masonry: Cut using a cutting machine, such as an abrasive saw or a diamond- core drill. 4. Excavating and Backfilling: Comply with requirements in applicable Division 2 Sections where required by cutting and patching operations. 5. Proceed with patching after construction operations requiring cutting are complete. 6. Patching: Patch construction by filling, repairing, refinishing, closing up, and similar operations following performance of other Work. Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Sections of these Specifications. 7. Inspection: Where feasible, test and inspect patched areas after completion to demonstrate integrity of installation. 8. Exposed Finishes: Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into retained adjoining construction in a manner that will eliminate evidence of patching and refinishing. 9. Floors and Walls: Where walls or partitions that are removed extend one finished area into another, patch and repair floor and wall surfaces in the new space. Provide an even surface of uniform finish, color, texture, and appearance. Remove existing floor and wall coverings and replace with new materials, if necessary, to achieve uniform color and appearance. a. Where patching occurs in a painted surface, apply primer and intermediate paint coats over the patch and apply final paint coat over entire unbroken surface containing the patch. Provide additional coats until patch blends with adjacent surfaces. 10. Ceilings: Patch, repair, or rehang existing ceilings as necessary to provide an even- plane surface of uniform appearance. END OF SECTION 01 7329 Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 01 7419 - 1 SECTION 01 7419 - CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, Specification Section 00 9000 "Vizient GPO Construction Purchasing", and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for the following: 1. Salvaging nonhazardous demolition and construction waste. 2. Recycling nonhazardous demolition and construction waste. 3. Disposing of nonhazardous demolition and construction waste. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 04 2000 "Unit Masonry" for disposal requirements for masonry waste. 2. Section 04 4313.13 "Anchored Stone Masonry Veneer" for disposal requirements for excess stone and stone waste. 3. Section 31 1000 "Site Clearing" for disposition of waste resulting from site clearing and removal of above- and below-grade improvements. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Construction Waste: Building, structure, and site improvement materials and other solid waste resulting from construction, remodeling, renovation, or repair operations. Construction waste includes packaging. B. Demolition Waste: Building, structure, and site improvement materials resulting from demolition operations. C. Disposal: Removal of demolition or construction waste and subsequent salvage, sale, recycling, or deposit in landfill, incinerator acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, or designated spoil areas on Owner’s property. D. Recycle: Recovery of demolition or construction waste for subsequent processing in preparation for reuse. E. Salvage: Recovery of demolition or construction waste and subsequent sale or reuse in another facility. F. Salvage and Reuse: Recovery of demolition or construction waste and subsequent incorporation into the Work. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 01 7419 - 2 1.4 MATERIALS OWNERSHIP A. Unless otherwise indicated, demolition and construction waste becomes property of Contractor. B. Historic items, relics, antiques, and similar objects including, but not limited to, cornerstones and their contents, commemorative plaques and tablets, and other items of interest or value to Owner that may be uncovered during demolition remain the property of Owner. 1. Carefully salvage in a manner to prevent damage and promptly return to Owner. 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Waste Management Plan: Submit plan within 30 days of date established for the Notice to Proceed. 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Waste Reduction Progress Reports: Concurrent with each Application for Payment, submit report. Use Form CWM-7 for construction waste and Form CWM-8 for demolition waste. Include the following information: 1. Material category. 2. Generation point of waste. 3. Total quantity of waste in tons. 4. Quantity of waste salvaged, both estimated and actual in tons. 5. Quantity of waste recycled, both estimated and actual in tons. 6. Total quantity of waste recovered (salvaged plus recycled) in tons. 7. Total quantity of waste recovered (salvaged plus recycled) as a percentage of total waste. B. Waste Reduction Calculations: Before request for Substantial Completion, submit calculated end-of-Project rates for salvage, recycling, and disposal as a percentage of total waste generated by the Work. C. Records of Donations: Indicate receipt and acceptance of salvageable waste donated to individuals and organizations. Indicate whether organization is tax exempt. D. Records of Sales: Indicate receipt and acceptance of salvageable waste sold to individuals and organizations. Indicate whether organization is tax exempt. E. Recycling and Processing Facility Records: Indicate receipt and acceptance of recyclable waste by recycling and processing facilities licensed to accept them. Include manifests, weight tickets, receipts, and invoices. F. Landfill and Incinerator Disposal Records: Indicate receipt and acceptance of waste by landfills and incinerator facilities licensed to accept them. Include manifests, weight tickets, receipts, and invoices. G. Qualification Data: For waste management coordinator and refrigerant recovery technician. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 01 7419 - 3 H. Statement of Refrigerant Recovery: Signed by refrigerant recovery technician responsible for recovering refrigerant, stating that all refrigerant that was present was recovered and that recovery was performed according to EPA regulations. Include name and address of technician and date refrigerant was recovered. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Waste Management Coordinator Qualifications: Experienced firm, or individual employed and assigned by General Contractor, with a record of successful waste management coordination of projects with similar requirements. Superintendent may serve as Waste Management Coordinator. B. Refrigerant Recovery Technician Qualifications: certified by EPA-approved certification program. C. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with transportation and disposal regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. D. Waste Management Conference(s): Conduct conference(s) at Project site to comply with requirements in Section 01 3100 "Project Management and Coordination." Review methods and procedures related to waste management including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Review and discuss waste management plan including responsibilities of each contractor and waste management coordinator. 2. Review requirements for documenting quantities of each type of waste and its disposition. 3. Review and finalize procedures for materials separation and verify availability of containers and bins needed to avoid delays. 4. Review procedures for periodic waste collection and transportation to recycling and disposal facilities. 5. Review waste management requirements for each trade. 1.8 WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN A. General: Develop a waste management plan according to requirements in this Section. Plan shall consist of waste identification, waste reduction work plan, and cost/revenue analysis. Distinguish between demolition and construction waste. Indicate quantities by weight or volume, but use same units of measure throughout waste management plan. B. Waste Identification: Indicate anticipated types and quantities of demolition, site-clearing, and construction waste generated by the Work. Include estimated quantities and assumptions for estimates. C. Waste Reduction Work Plan: List each type of waste and whether it will be salvaged, recycled, or disposed of in landfill or incinerator. Include points of waste generation, total quantity of each type of waste, quantity for each means of recovery, and handling and transportation procedures. 1. Salvaged Materials for Reuse: For materials that will be salvaged and reused in this Project, describe methods for preparing salvaged materials before incorporation into the Work. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 01 7419 - 4 2. Salvaged Materials for Sale: For materials that will be sold to individuals and organizations, include list of their names, addresses, and telephone numbers. 3. Salvaged Materials for Donation: For materials that will be donated to individuals and organizations, include list of their names, addresses, and telephone numbers. 4. Recycled Materials: Include list of local receivers and processors and type of recycled materials each will accept. Include names, addresses, and telephone numbers. 5. Disposed Materials: Indicate how and where materials will be disposed of. Include name, address, and telephone number of each landfill and incinerator facility. 6. Handling and Transportation Procedures: Include method that will be used for separating recyclable waste including sizes of containers, container labeling, and designated location where materials separation will be performed. D. Cost/Revenue Analysis: Indicate total cost of waste disposal as if there were no waste management plan and net additional cost or net savings resulting from implementing waste management plan.. Include the following: 1. Total quantity of waste. 2. Estimated cost of disposal (cost per unit). Include transportation and tipping fees and cost of collection containers and handling for each type of waste. 3. Total cost of disposal (with no waste management). 4. Revenue from salvaged materials. 5. Revenue from recycled materials. 6. Savings in transportation and tipping fees by donating materials. 7. Savings in transportation and tipping fees that are avoided. 8. Handling and transportation costs. Include cost of collection containers for each type of waste. 9. Net additional cost or net savings from waste management plan. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General: Practice efficient waste management in the use of materials in the course of the Work. Use all reasonable means to divert construction and demolition waste from landfills and incinerators. Facilitate recycling and salvage of materials, including the following: 1. Demolition Waste: a. Asphalt paving. b. Concrete. c. Concrete reinforcing steel. d. Brick. e. Concrete masonry units. f. Wood studs. g. Wood joists. h. Plywood and oriented strand board. i. Wood paneling. j. Wood trim. k. Structural and miscellaneous steel. l. Rough hardware. m. Roofing. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 01 7419 - 5 n. Insulation. o. Doors and frames. p. Door hardware. q. Windows. r. Glazing. s. Metal studs. t. Gypsum board. u. Acoustical tile and panels. v. Carpet. w. Carpet pad. x. Demountable partitions. y. Equipment. z. Cabinets. aa. Plumbing fixtures. bb. Piping. cc. Supports and hangers. dd. Valves. ee. Sprinklers. ff. Mechanical equipment. gg. Refrigerants. hh. Electrical conduit. ii. Copper wiring. jj. Lighting fixtures. kk. Lamps. ll. Ballasts. mm. Electrical devices. nn. Switchgear and panelboards. oo. Transformers. 2. Construction Waste: a. Masonry and CMU. b. Lumber. c. Wood sheet materials. d. Wood trim. e. Metals. f. Roofing. g. Insulation. h. Carpet and pad. i. Gypsum board. j. Piping. k. Electrical conduit. l. Packaging: Regardless of salvage/recycle goal indicated in "General" Paragraph above, salvage or recycle 100 percent of the following uncontaminated packaging materials: 1) Paper. 2) Cardboard. 3) Boxes. 4) Plastic sheet and film. 5) Polystyrene packaging. 6) Wood crates. 7) Wood pallets. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 01 7419 - 6 8) Plastic pails. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PLAN IMPLEMENTATION A. General: Implement approved waste management plan. Provide handling, containers, storage, signage, transportation, and other items as required to implement waste management plan during the entire duration of the Contract. 1. Comply with operation, termination, and removal requirements in Section 01 5000 "Temporary Facilities and Controls." B. Waste Management Coordinator: Engage a waste management coordinator to be responsible for implementing, monitoring, and reporting status of waste management work plan. Coordinator shall be present at Project site full time for duration of Project. C. Training: Train workers, subcontractors, and suppliers on proper waste management procedures, as appropriate for the Work. 1. Distribute waste management plan to everyone concerned within three days of submittal return. 2. Distribute waste management plan to entities when they first begin work on-site. Review plan procedures and locations established for salvage, recycling, and disposal. D. Site Access and Temporary Controls: Conduct waste management operations to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, walkways, and other adjacent occupied and used facilities. 1. Designate and label specific areas on Project site necessary for separating materials that are to be salvaged and recycled. 2. Comply with Section 01 5000 "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for controlling dust and dirt, environmental protection, and noise control. 3.2 SALVAGING DEMOLITION WASTE A. Salvaged Items for Reuse in the Work: Salvage items for reuse and handle as follows: 1. Clean salvaged items. 2. Pack or crate items after cleaning. Identify contents of containers with label indicating elements, date of removal, quantity, and location where removed. 3. Store items in a secure area until installation. 4. Protect items from damage during transport and storage. 5. Install salvaged items to comply with installation requirements for new materials and equipment. Provide connections, supports, and miscellaneous materials necessary to make items functional for use indicated. B. Salvaged Items for Owner's Use: Salvage items for Owner's use and handle as follows: 1. Clean salvaged items. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 01 7419 - 7 2. Pack or crate items after cleaning. Identify contents of containers with label indicating elements, date of removal, quantity, and location where removed. 3. Store items in a secure area until delivery to Owner. 4. Transport items to Owner's storage area on-site. 5. Protect items from damage during transport and storage. C. Doors and Hardware: Brace open end of door frames. Except for removing door closers, leave door hardware attached to doors. D. Equipment: Drain tanks, piping, and fixtures. Seal openings with caps or plugs. Protect equipment from exposure to weather. E. Plumbing Fixtures: Separate by type and size. F. Lighting Fixtures: Separate lamps by type and protect from breakage. G. Electrical Devices: Separate switches, receptacles, switchgear, transformers, meters, panelboards, circuit breakers, and other devices by type. 3.3 RECYCLING DEMOLITION AND CONSTRUCTION WASTE, GENERAL A. General: Recycle paper and beverage containers used by on-site workers. B. Recycling Incentives: Revenues, savings, rebates, tax credits, and other incentives received for recycling waste materials shall be shared equally by Owner and Contractor. C. Preparation of Waste: Prepare and maintain recyclable waste materials according to recycling or reuse facility requirements. Maintain materials free of dirt, adhesives, solvents, petroleum contamination, and other substances deleterious to the recycling process. D. Procedures: Separate recyclable waste from other waste materials, trash, and debris. Separate recyclable waste by type at Project site to the maximum extent practical according to approved construction waste management plan. 1. Provide appropriately marked containers or bins for controlling recyclable waste until removed from Project site. Include list of acceptable and unacceptable materials at each container and bin. a. Inspect containers and bins for contamination and remove contaminated materials if found. 2. Stockpile processed materials on-site without intermixing with other materials. Place, grade, and shape stockpiles to drain surface water. Cover to prevent windblown dust. 3. Stockpile materials away from construction area. Do not store within drip line of remaining trees. 4. Store components off the ground and protect from the weather. 5. Remove recyclable waste from Owner's property and transport to recycling receiver or processor as often as required to prevent overfilling bins. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 01 7419 - 8 3.4 RECYCLING DEMOLITION WASTE A. Concrete: Remove reinforcement and other metals from concrete and sort with other metals. 1. Pulverize concrete to maximum 1-1/2-inch size. 2. Crush concrete and screen to comply with requirements in Section 31 2000 "Earth Moving" for use as satisfactory soil for fill or subbase. B. Wood Materials: Sort and stack members according to size, type, and length. Separate lumber, engineered wood products, panel products, and treated wood materials. C. Metals: Separate metals by type. 1. Structural Steel: Stack members according to size, type of member, and length. 2. Remove and dispose of bolts, nuts, washers, and other rough hardware. D. Gypsum Board: Stack large clean pieces on wood pallets or in container and store in a dry location. Remove edge trim and sort with other metals. Remove and dispose of fasteners. E. Acoustical Ceiling Panels and Tile: Stack large clean pieces on wood pallets and store in a dry location. F. Metal Suspension System: Separate metal members, including trim and other metals from acoustical panels and tile, and sort with other metals. G. Carpet and Pad: Roll large pieces tightly after removing debris, trash, adhesive, and tack strips. 1. Store clean, dry carpet and pad in a closed container or trailer provided by carpet reclamation agency or carpet recycler. H. Carpet Tile: Remove debris, trash, and adhesive. 1. Stack tile on pallet and store clean, dry carpet in a closed container or trailer provided by carpet reclamation agency or carpet recycler. I. Piping: Reduce piping to straight lengths and store by material and size. Separate supports, hangers, valves, sprinklers, and other components by material and size. J. Conduit: Reduce conduit to straight lengths and store by material and size. K. Lamps: Separate lamps by type and store according to requirements in 40 CFR 273. 3.5 RECYCLING CONSTRUCTION WASTE A. Packaging: 1. Cardboard and Boxes: Break down packaging into flat sheets. Bundle and store in a dry location. 2. Polystyrene Packaging: Separate and bag materials. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 01 7419 - 9 3. Pallets: As much as possible, require deliveries using pallets to remove pallets from Project site. For pallets that remain on-site, break down pallets into component wood pieces and comply with requirements for recycling wood. 4. Crates: Break down crates into component wood pieces and comply with requirements for recycling wood. B. Wood Materials: 1. Clean Cut-Offs of Lumber: Grind or chip into small pieces. 2. Clean Sawdust: Bag sawdust that does not contain painted or treated wood. a. Comply with requirements in Section 32 9300 "Plants" for use of clean sawdust as organic mulch. C. Gypsum Board: Stack large clean pieces on wood pallets or in container and store in a dry location. 1. Clean Gypsum Board: Grind scraps of clean gypsum board using small mobile chipper or hammer mill. Screen out paper after grinding. D. Paint: Seal containers and store by type. 3.6 DISPOSAL OF WASTE A. General: Except for items or materials to be salvaged or recycled, remove waste materials from Project site and legally dispose of them in a landfill or incinerator acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Except as otherwise specified, do not allow waste materials that are to be disposed of accumulate on-site. 2. Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces and areas. B. Burning: Do not burn waste materials. END OF SECTION 01 7419 Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01 7700 - 1 SECTION 01 7700 - CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, Specification Section 00 9000 "Vizient GPO Construction Purchasing", and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for contract closeout, including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Substantial Completion procedures. 2. Final completion procedures. 3. Warranties. 4. Final cleaning. 5. Repair of the Work. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 01 3233 "Photographic Documentation" for submitting final completion construction photographic documentation. 2. Section 01 7823 "Operation and Maintenance Data" for additional operation and maintenance manual requirements. 3. Section 01 7839 "Project Record Documents" for submitting Record Drawings, Record Specifications, and Record Product Data. 4. Section 01 7900 "Demonstration and Training" for requirements to train the Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain products, equipment, and systems. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of cleaning agent. B. Contractor's List of Incomplete Items: Initial submittal at Substantial Completion. C. Certified List of Incomplete Items: Final submittal at final completion. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Certificates of Release: From authorities having jurisdiction. B. Certificate of Insurance: For continuing coverage. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01 7700 - 2 C. Field Report: For pest control inspection. 1.5 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Schedule of Maintenance Material Items: For maintenance material submittal items specified in other Sections. 1.6 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION PROCEDURES A. Contractor's List of Incomplete Items: Prepare and submit a list of items to be completed and corrected (Contractor's punch list), indicating the value of each item on the list and reasons why the Work is incomplete. B. Submittals Prior to Substantial Completion: Complete the following a minimum of 10 days prior to requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial Completion. List items below that are incomplete at time of request. 1. Certificates of Release: Obtain and submit releases from authorities having jurisdiction permitting Owner unrestricted use of the Work and access to services and utilities. Include occupancy permits, operating certificates, and similar releases. 2. Submit closeout submittals specified in other Division 01 Sections, including project record documents, operation and maintenance manuals, damage or settlement surveys, property surveys, and similar final record information. 3. Submit closeout submittals specified in individual Sections, including specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance service agreements, final certifications, and similar documents. 4. Submit maintenance material submittals specified in individual Sections, including tools, spare parts, extra materials, and similar items, and deliver to location designated by Architect. Label with manufacturer's name and model number. a. Schedule of Maintenance Material Items: Prepare and submit schedule of maintenance material submittal items, including name and quantity of each item and name and number of related Specification Section. Obtain Owner's signature for receipt of submittals. 5. Submit testing, adjusting, and balancing records. 6. Submit sustainable design submittals not previously submitted. 7. Submit changeover information related to Owner's occupancy, use, operation, and maintenance. C. Procedures Prior to Substantial Completion: Complete the following a minimum of 10 days prior to requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial Completion. List items below that are incomplete at time of request. 1. Advise Owner of pending insurance changeover requirements. 2. Make final changeover of permanent locks and deliver keys to Owner. Advise Owner's personnel of changeover in security provisions. 3. Complete startup and testing of systems and equipment. 4. Perform preventive maintenance on equipment used prior to Substantial Completion. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01 7700 - 3 5. Instruct Owner's personnel in operation, adjustment, and maintenance of products, equipment, and systems. Submit demonstration and training video recordings specified in Section 01 7900 "Demonstration and Training." 6. Advise Owner of changeover in utility services. 7. Participate with Owner in conducting inspection and walkthrough with local emergency responders. 8. Terminate and remove temporary facilities from Project site, along with mockups, construction tools, and similar elements. 9. Complete final cleaning requirements. 10. Touch up paint and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes to eliminate visual defects. D. Inspection: Submit a written request for inspection to determine Substantial Completion a minimum of 10 days prior to date the Work will be completed and ready for final inspection and tests. On receipt of request, Architect will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Architect will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion after inspection or will notify Contractor of items, either on Contractor's list or additional items identified by Architect, that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued. 1. Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected. 2. Results of completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for final completion. 1.7 FINAL COMPLETION PROCEDURES A. Submittals Prior to Final Completion: Before requesting final inspection for determining final completion, complete the following: 1. Submit a final Application for Payment according to Section 01 2900 "Payment Procedures." 2. Certified List of Incomplete Items: Submit certified copy of Architect's Substantial Completion inspection list of items to be completed or corrected (punch list), endorsed and dated by Architect. Certified copy of the list shall state that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance. 3. Certificate of Insurance: Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with insurance requirements. 4. Submit pest-control final inspection report. 5. Submit final completion photographic documentation. B. Inspection: Submit a written request for final inspection to determine acceptance a minimum of 10 days prior to date the work will be completed and ready for final inspection and tests. On receipt of request, Architect will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Architect will prepare a final Certificate for Payment after inspection or will notify Contractor of construction that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued. 1. Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01 7700 - 4 1.8 LIST OF INCOMPLETE ITEMS (PUNCH LIST) A. Organization of List: Include name and identification of each space and area affected by construction operations for incomplete items and items needing correction including, if necessary, areas disturbed by Contractor that are outside the limits of construction. 1. Organize list of spaces in sequential order, starting with exterior areas first and proceeding from lowest floor to highest floor. 2. Organize items applying to each space by major element, including categories for ceiling, individual walls, floors, equipment, and building systems. 3. Include the following information at the top of each page: a. Project name. b. Date. c. Name of Architect. d. Name of Contractor. e. Page number. 4. Submit list of incomplete items in the following format with related imagery: a. MS Excel electronic file. Architect will return annotated file. b. PDF electronic file. Architect will return annotated file. 1.9 SUBMITTAL OF PROJECT WARRANTIES A. Time of Submittal: Submit written warranties on request of Architect for designated portions of the Work where warranties are indicated to commence on dates other than date of Substantial Completion, or when delay in submittal of warranties might limit Owner's rights under warranty. B. Partial Occupancy: Submit properly executed warranties within 15 days of completion of designated portions of the Work that are completed and occupied or used by Owner during construction period by separate agreement with Contractor. C. Organize warranty documents into an orderly sequence based on the table of contents of Project Manual. D. Warranty Electronic File: Provide warranties and bonds in PDF format. Assemble complete warranty and bond submittal package into a single electronic PDF file with bookmarks enabling navigation to each item. Provide bookmarked table of contents at beginning of document. 1. Submit by uploading to web-based project software site or by email to Architect. E. Warranties in Paper Form: 1. Bind warranties and bonds in heavy-duty, three-ring, vinyl-covered, loose-leaf binders, thickness as necessary to accommodate contents, and sized to receive 8-1/2-by-11-inch paper. 2. Provide heavy paper dividers with plastic-covered tabs for each separate warranty. Mark tab to identify the product or installation. Provide a typed description of the product or installation, including the name of the product and the name, address, and telephone number of Installer. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01 7700 - 5 3. Identify each binder on the front and spine with the typed or printed title "WARRANTIES," Project name, and name of Contractor. F. Provide additional copies of each warranty to include in operation and maintenance manuals. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Cleaning Agents: Use cleaning materials and agents recommended by manufacturer or fabricator of the surface to be cleaned. Do not use cleaning agents that are potentially hazardous to health or property or that might damage finished surfaces. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 FINAL CLEANING A. General: Perform final cleaning. Conduct cleaning and waste-removal operations to comply with local laws and ordinances and Federal and local environmental and antipollution regulations. B. Cleaning: Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning. Clean each surface or unit to condition expected in an average commercial building cleaning and maintenance program. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for certification of Substantial Completion for entire Project or for a designated portion of Project: a. Clean Project site, yard, and grounds, in areas disturbed by construction activities, including landscape development areas, of rubbish, waste material, litter, and other foreign substances. b. Sweep paved areas broom clean. Remove petrochemical spills, stains, and other foreign deposits. c. Rake grounds that are not planted, mulched, or paved to a smooth, even-textured surface. d. Remove tools, construction equipment, machinery, and surplus material from Project site. e. Remove snow and ice to provide safe access to building. f. Clean exposed exterior and interior hard-surfaced finishes to a dirt-free condition, free of stains, films, and similar foreign substances. Avoid disturbing natural weathering of exterior surfaces. Restore reflective surfaces to their original condition. g. Remove debris and surface dust from limited access spaces, including roofs, plenums, shafts, trenches, equipment vaults, manholes, attics, and similar spaces. h. Sweep concrete floors broom clean in unoccupied spaces. i. Vacuum carpet and similar soft surfaces, removing debris and excess nap; clean according to manufacturer's recommendations if visible soil or stains remain. j. Clean transparent materials, including mirrors and glass in doors and windows. Remove glazing compounds and other noticeable, vision-obscuring materials. Polish mirrors and glass, taking care not to scratch surfaces. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01 7700 - 6 k. Remove labels that are not permanent. l. Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment, elevator equipment, and similar equipment. Remove excess lubrication, paint and mortar droppings, and other foreign substances. m. Clean plumbing fixtures to a sanitary condition, free of stains, including stains resulting from water exposure. n. Replace disposable air filters and clean permanent air filters. Clean exposed surfaces of diffusers, registers, and grills. o. Clean ducts, blowers, and coils if units were operated without filters during construction or that display contamination with particulate matter on inspection. 1) Clean HVAC system in compliance with NADCA ACR. Provide written report on completion of cleaning. p. Clean luminaires, lamps, globes, and reflectors to function with full efficiency. q. Leave Project clean and ready for occupancy. C. Pest Control: Comply with pest control requirements in Section 01 5000 "Temporary Facilities and Controls." Prepare written report. D. Construction Waste Disposal: Comply with waste disposal requirements in Section 01 7419 "Construction Waste Management and Disposal." 3.2 REPAIR OF THE WORK A. Complete repair and restoration operations before requesting inspection for determination of Substantial Completion. B. Repair, or remove and replace, defective construction. Repairing includes replacing defective parts, refinishing damaged surfaces, touching up with matching materials, and properly adjusting operating equipment. Where damaged or worn items cannot be repaired or restored, provide replacements. Remove and replace operating components that cannot be repaired. Restore damaged construction and permanent facilities used during construction to specified condition. 1. Remove and replace chipped, scratched, and broken glass, reflective surfaces, and other damaged transparent materials. 2. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred or exposed finishes and surfaces. Replace finishes and surfaces that that already show evidence of repair or restoration. a. Do not paint over "UL" and other required labels and identification, including mechanical and electrical nameplates. Remove paint applied to required labels and identification. 3. Replace parts subject to operating conditions during construction that may impede operation or reduce longevity. 4. Replace burned-out bulbs, bulbs noticeably dimmed by hours of use, and defective and noisy starters in fluorescent and mercury vapor fixtures to comply with requirements for new fixtures. END OF SECTION 01 7700 Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 7823 - 1 SECTION 01 7823 - OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, Specification Section 00 9000 "Vizient GPO Construction Purchasing", and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for preparing operation and maintenance manuals, including the following: 1. Operation and maintenance documentation directory manuals. 2. Emergency manuals. 3. Systems and equipment operation manuals. 4. Systems and equipment maintenance manuals. 5. Product maintenance manuals. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 01 3300 "Submittal Procedures" for submitting copies of submittals for operation and maintenance manuals. 2. Section 01 9113 "General Commissioning Requirements" for verification and compilation of data into operation and maintenance manuals. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. System: An organized collection of parts, equipment, or subsystems united by regular interaction. B. Subsystem: A portion of a system with characteristics similar to a system. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Submit operation and maintenance manuals indicated. Provide content for each manual as specified in individual Specification Sections, and as reviewed and approved at the time of Section submittals. Submit reviewed manual content formatted and organized as required by this Section. 1. Architect and Commissioning Authority will comment on whether content of operation and maintenance submittals is acceptable. 2. Where applicable, clarify and update reviewed manual content to correspond to revisions and field conditions. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 7823 - 2 B. Format: Submit operation and maintenance manuals in the following format: 1. Submit by uploading to web-based project software site. Enable reviewer comments on draft submittals. C. Initial Manual Submittal: Submit draft copy of each manual at least 30 days before commencing demonstration and training. Architect and Commissioning Authority will comment on whether general scope and content of manual are acceptable. D. Final Manual Submittal: Submit each manual in final form prior to requesting inspection for Substantial Completion and at least 15 days before commencing demonstration and training. Architect and Commissioning Authority will return copy with comments. 1. Correct or revise each manual to comply with Architect's and Commissioning Authority's comments. Submit copies of each corrected manual within 15 days of receipt of Architect's and Commissioning Authority's comments and prior to commencing demonstration and training. E. Comply with Section 01 7700 "Closeout Procedures" for schedule for submitting operation and maintenance documentation. 1.5 FORMAT OF OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Manuals, Electronic Files: Submit manuals in the form of a multiple file composite electronic PDF file for each manual type required. 1. Electronic Files: Use electronic files prepared by manufacturer where available. Where scanning of paper documents is required, configure scanned file for minimum readable file size. 2. File Names and Bookmarks: Bookmark individual documents based on file names. Name document files to correspond to system, subsystem, and equipment names used in manual directory and table of contents. Group documents for each system and subsystem into individual composite bookmarked files, then create composite manual, so that resulting bookmarks reflect the system, subsystem, and equipment names in a readily navigated file tree. Configure electronic manual to display bookmark panel on opening file. B. Manuals, Hard Copy: In addition to electronic files, provide one (2) copies of all required manuals in printed format, bound and protected in a single or series of three ring binders with table of contents and tabs separating each section. Each binder should contain a flash drive or CD with a copy of the full electronic submission. Table of contents should include all sections in all binders, along with identification on which sections are included in which binder. 1. Binders: Heavy-duty, three-ring, vinyl-covered, loose-leaf binders, in thickness necessary to accommodate contents, sized to hold 8-1/2-by-11-inch paper; with clear plastic sleeve on spine to hold label describing contents and with pockets inside covers to hold folded oversize sheets. a. If two or more binders are necessary to accommodate data of a system, organize data in each binder into groupings by subsystem and related components. Cross-reference other binders if necessary to provide essential information for proper operation or maintenance of equipment or system. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 7823 - 3 b. Identify each binder on front and spine, with printed title "OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL," Project title or name, and subject matter of contents, and indicate Specification Section number on bottom of spine. Indicate volume number for multiple-volume sets. 2. Dividers: Heavy-paper dividers with plastic-covered tabs for each section of the manual. Mark each tab to indicate contents. Include typed list of products and major components of equipment included in the section on each divider, cross-referenced to Specification Section number and title of Project Manual. 3. Protective Plastic Sleeves: Transparent plastic sleeves designed to enclose diagnostic software storage media for computerized electronic equipment. Enclose title pages and directories in clear plastic sleeves. 4. Supplementary Text: Prepared on 8-1/2-by-11-inch white bond paper. 5. Drawings: Attach reinforced, punched binder tabs on drawings and bind with text. a. If oversize drawings are necessary, fold drawings to same size as text pages and use as foldouts. b. If drawings are too large to be used as foldouts, fold and place drawings in labeled envelopes and bind envelopes in rear of manual. At appropriate locations in manual, insert typewritten pages indicating drawing titles, descriptions of contents, and drawing locations. 1.6 REQUIREMENTS FOR EMERGENCY, OPERATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Organization of Manuals: Unless otherwise indicated, organize each manual into a separate section for each system and subsystem, and a separate section for each piece of equipment not part of a system. Each manual shall contain the following materials, in the order listed: 1. Title page. 2. Table of contents. 3. Manual contents. B. Title Page: Include the following information: 1. Subject matter included in manual. 2. Name and address of Project. 3. Name and address of Owner. 4. Date of submittal. 5. Name and contact information for Contractor. 6. Name and contact information for Construction Manager. 7. Name and contact information for Architect. 8. Name and contact information for Commissioning Authority. 9. Names and contact information for major consultants to the Architect that designed the systems contained in the manuals. 10. Cross-reference to related systems in other operation and maintenance manuals. C. Table of Contents: List each product included in manual, identified by product name, indexed to the content of the volume, and cross-referenced to Specification Section number in Project Manual. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 7823 - 4 1. If operation or maintenance documentation requires more than one volume to accommodate data, include comprehensive table of contents for all volumes in each volume of the set. D. Manual Contents: Organize into sets of manageable size. Arrange contents alphabetically by system, subsystem, and equipment. If possible, assemble instructions for subsystems, equipment, and components of one system into a single binder. E. Identification: In the documentation directory and in each operation and maintenance manual, identify each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment with same designation used in the Contract Documents. If no designation exists, assign a designation according to ASHRAE Guideline 4, "Preparation of Operating and Maintenance Documentation for Building Systems." 1.7 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DOCUMENTATION DIRECTORY MANUAL A. Operation and Maintenance Documentation Directory: Prepare a separate manual that provides an organized reference to emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. List items and their location to facilitate ready access to desired information. Include the following: 1. List of Systems and Subsystems: List systems alphabetically. Include references to operation and maintenance manuals that contain information about each system. 2. List of Equipment: List equipment for each system, organized alphabetically by system. For pieces of equipment not part of system, list alphabetically in separate list. 3. Tables of Contents: Include a table of contents for each emergency, operation, and maintenance manual. 1.8 EMERGENCY MANUALS A. Emergency Manual: Assemble a complete set of emergency information indicating procedures for use by emergency personnel and by Owner's operating personnel for types of emergencies indicated. B. Content: Organize manual into a separate section for each of the following: 1. Type of emergency. 2. Emergency instructions. 3. Emergency procedures. C. Type of Emergency: Where applicable for each type of emergency indicated below, include instructions and procedures for each system, subsystem, piece of equipment, and component: 1. Fire. 2. Flood. 3. Gas leak. 4. Water leak. 5. Power failure. 6. Water outage. 7. System, subsystem, or equipment failure. 8. Chemical release or spill. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 7823 - 5 D. Emergency Instructions: Describe and explain warnings, trouble indications, error messages, and similar codes and signals. Include responsibilities of Owner's operating personnel for notification of Installer, supplier, and manufacturer to maintain warranties. E. Emergency Procedures: Include the following, as applicable: 1. Instructions on stopping. 2. Shutdown instructions for each type of emergency. 3. Operating instructions for conditions outside normal operating limits. 4. Required sequences for electric or electronic systems. 5. Special operating instructions and procedures. 1.9 SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT OPERATION MANUALS A. Systems and Equipment Operation Manual: Assemble a complete set of data indicating operation of each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system. Include information required for daily operation and management, operating standards, and routine and special operating procedures. 1. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to assemble and prepare information for each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system. 2. Prepare a separate manual for each system and subsystem, in the form of an instructional manual for use by Owner's operating personnel. B. Content: In addition to requirements in this Section, include operation data required in individual Specification Sections and the following information: 1. System, subsystem, and equipment descriptions. Use designations for systems and equipment indicated on Contract Documents. 2. Performance and design criteria if Contractor has delegated design responsibility. 3. Operating standards. 4. Operating procedures. 5. Operating logs. 6. Wiring diagrams. 7. Control diagrams. 8. Piped system diagrams. 9. Precautions against improper use. 10. License requirements including inspection and renewal dates. C. Descriptions: Include the following: 1. Product name and model number. Use designations for products indicated on Contract Documents. 2. Manufacturer's name. 3. Equipment identification with serial number of each component. 4. Equipment function. 5. Operating characteristics. 6. Limiting conditions. 7. Performance curves. 8. Engineering data and tests. 9. Complete nomenclature and number of replacement parts. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 7823 - 6 D. Operating Procedures: Include the following, as applicable: 1. Startup procedures. 2. Equipment or system break-in procedures. 3. Routine and normal operating instructions. 4. Regulation and control procedures. 5. Instructions on stopping. 6. Normal shutdown instructions. 7. Seasonal and weekend operating instructions. 8. Required sequences for electric or electronic systems. 9. Special operating instructions and procedures. E. Systems and Equipment Controls: Describe the sequence of operation, and diagram controls as installed. F. Piped Systems: Diagram piping as installed, and identify color coding where required for identification. 1.10 SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Systems and Equipment Maintenance Manuals: Assemble a complete set of data indicating maintenance of each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system. Include manufacturers' maintenance documentation, preventive maintenance procedures and frequency, repair procedures, wiring and systems diagrams, lists of spare parts, and warranty information. 1. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to assemble and prepare information for each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system. 2. Prepare a separate manual for each system and subsystem, in the form of an instructional manual for use by Owner's operating personnel. B. Content: For each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system, include source information, manufacturers' maintenance documentation, maintenance procedures, maintenance and service schedules, spare parts list and source information, maintenance service contracts, and warranties and bonds as described below. C. Source Information: List each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment included in manual, identified by product name and arranged to match manual's table of contents. For each product, list name, address, and telephone number of Installer or supplier and maintenance service agent, and cross-reference Specification Section number and title in Project Manual and drawing or schedule designation or identifier where applicable. D. Manufacturers' Maintenance Documentation: Include the following information for each component part or piece of equipment: 1. Standard maintenance instructions and bulletins; include only sheets pertinent to product or component installed. Mark each sheet to identify each product or component incorporated into the Work. If data include more than one item in a tabular format, identify each item using appropriate references from the Contract Documents. Identify data applicable to the Work and delete references to information not applicable. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 7823 - 7 a. Prepare supplementary text if manufacturers' standard printed data are not available and where the information is necessary for proper operation and maintenance of equipment or systems. 2. Drawings, diagrams, and instructions required for maintenance, including disassembly and component removal, replacement, and assembly. 3. Identification and nomenclature of parts and components. 4. List of items recommended to be stocked as spare parts. E. Maintenance Procedures: Include the following information and items that detail essential maintenance procedures: 1. Test and inspection instructions. 2. Troubleshooting guide. 3. Precautions against improper maintenance. 4. Disassembly; component removal, repair, and replacement; and reassembly instructions. 5. Aligning, adjusting, and checking instructions. 6. Demonstration and training video recording, if available. F. Maintenance and Service Schedules: Include service and lubrication requirements, list of required lubricants for equipment, and separate schedules for preventive and routine maintenance and service with standard time allotment. 1. Scheduled Maintenance and Service: Tabulate actions for daily, weekly, monthly, quarterly, semiannual, and annual frequencies. 2. Maintenance and Service Record: Include manufacturers' forms for recording maintenance. G. Spare Parts List and Source Information: Include lists of replacement and repair parts, with parts identified and cross-referenced to manufacturers' maintenance documentation and local sources of maintenance materials and related services. H. Maintenance Service Contracts: Include copies of maintenance agreements with name and telephone number of service agent. I. Warranties and Bonds: Include copies of warranties and bonds and lists of circumstances and conditions that would affect validity of warranties or bonds. 1. Include procedures to follow and required notifications for warranty claims. J. Drawings: Prepare drawings supplementing manufacturers' printed data to illustrate the relationship of component parts of equipment and systems and to illustrate control sequence and flow diagrams. Coordinate these drawings with information contained in record Drawings to ensure correct illustration of completed installation. 1. Do not use original project record documents as part of maintenance manuals. 1.11 PRODUCT MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Product Maintenance Manual: Assemble a complete set of maintenance data indicating care and maintenance of each product, material, and finish incorporated into the Work. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 7823 - 8 B. Content: Organize manual into a separate section for each product, material, and finish. Include source information, product information, maintenance procedures, repair materials and sources, and warranties and bonds, as described below. C. Source Information: List each product included in manual, identified by product name and arranged to match manual's table of contents. For each product, list name, address, and telephone number of Installer or supplier and maintenance service agent, and cross-reference Specification Section number and title in Project Manual and drawing or schedule designation or identifier where applicable. D. Product Information: Include the following, as applicable: 1. Product name and model number. 2. Manufacturer's name. 3. Color, pattern, and texture. 4. Material and chemical composition. 5. Reordering information for specially manufactured products. E. Maintenance Procedures: Include manufacturer's written recommendations and the following: 1. Inspection procedures. 2. Types of cleaning agents to be used and methods of cleaning. 3. List of cleaning agents and methods of cleaning detrimental to product. 4. Schedule for routine cleaning and maintenance. 5. Repair instructions. F. Repair Materials and Sources: Include lists of materials and local sources of materials and related services. G. Warranties and Bonds: Include copies of warranties and bonds and lists of circumstances and conditions that would affect validity of warranties or bonds. 1. Include procedures to follow and required notifications for warranty claims. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01 7823 Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01 7839 - 1 SECTION 01 7839 - PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, Specification Section 00 9000 "Vizient GPO Construction Purchasing", and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for project record documents, including the following: 1. Record Drawings. 2. Record Specifications. 3. Record Product Data. 4. Miscellaneous record submittals. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 01 7300 "Execution" for final property survey. 2. Section 01 7700 "Closeout Procedures" for general closeout procedures. 3. Section 01 7823 "Operation and Maintenance Data" for operation and maintenance manual requirements. 1.3 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Record Drawings: Comply with the following: 1. Number of Copies: Submit one set(s) of marked-up record prints. Submission shall include one hard-copy and one PDF scanned copy. 2. Number of Copies: Submit copies of record Drawings as follows: a. Initial Submittal: 1) Submit PDF electronic files of scanned record prints. 2) Architect will indicate whether general scope of changes, additional information recorded, and quality of drafting are acceptable. b. Final Submittal: 1) Submit one full-size hard-copy and one half-size hard-copy of drawings to the owner. 2) Submit PDF electronic files of scanned record prints. 3) Print each drawing, whether or not changes and additional information were recorded. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01 7839 - 2 B. Record Specifications: Submit annotated PDF electronic files of Project's Specifications, including addenda and contract modifications. C. Record Product Data: Submit annotated PDF electronic files and directories of each submittal. 1. Where record Product Data are required as part of operation and maintenance manuals, submit duplicate marked-up Product Data as a component of manual. D. Miscellaneous Record Submittals: See other Specification Sections for miscellaneous record-keeping requirements and submittals in connection with various construction activities. Submit annotated PDF electronic files and directories of each submittal. 1.4 RECORD DRAWINGS A. Record Prints: Maintain one set of marked-up paper and electronic copies of the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings, incorporating new and revised drawings as modifications are issued. 1. Preparation: Mark record prints/files to show the actual installation where installation varies from that shown originally. Require individual or entity who obtained record data, whether individual or entity is Installer, subcontractor, or similar entity, to provide information for preparation of corresponding marked-up record prints. a. Give particular attention to information on concealed elements that would be difficult to identify or measure and record later. b. Accurately record information in an acceptable drawing technique. c. Record data as soon as possible after obtaining it. d. Record and check the markup before enclosing concealed installations. e. Cross-reference record prints to corresponding photographic documentation. 2. Content: Types of items requiring marking include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Dimensional changes to Drawings. b. Revisions to details shown on Drawings. c. Depths of foundations. d. Locations and depths of underground utilities. e. Revisions to routing of piping and conduits. f. Revisions to electrical circuitry. g. Actual equipment locations. h. Duct size and routing. i. Locations of concealed internal utilities. j. Changes made by Change Order or Construction Change Directive. k. Changes made following Architect's written orders. l. Details not on the original Contract Drawings. m. Field records for variable and concealed conditions. n. Record information on the Work that is shown only schematically. 3. Mark the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings completely and accurately. Use personnel proficient at recording graphic information in production of marked-up record prints. 4. Mark record sets in red. Use other colors to distinguish between changes for different categories of the Work at same location. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01 7839 - 3 5. Mark important additional information that was either shown schematically or omitted from original Drawings. 6. Note Construction Change Directive numbers, alternate numbers, Change Order numbers, and similar identification, where applicable. B. Record Digital Data Files: Immediately before inspection for Certificate of Substantial Completion, review marked-up record prints with Architect. When authorized, prepare a full set of corrected digital data files of the Contract Drawings, as follows: 1. Format: Annotated PDF electronic file with comment function enabled. 2. Incorporate changes and additional information previously marked on record prints. Delete, redraw, and add details and notations where applicable. 3. Refer instances of uncertainty to Architect for resolution. 4. Architect will furnish Contractor with one set of digital data files of the Contract Drawings for use in recording information. a. See Section 01 3100 "Project Management and Coordination" for requirements related to use of Architect's digital data files. b. Architect will provide data file layer information. Record markups in separate layers. C. Format: Identify and date each record Drawing; include the designation "PROJECT RECORD DRAWING" in a prominent location. 1. Record Prints: Organize record prints into manageable sets. Bind each set with durable paper cover sheets. Include identification on cover sheets. 2. Format: Annotated PDF electronic file with comment function enabled. 3. Record Digital Data Files: Organize digital data information into separate electronic files that correspond to each sheet of the Contract Drawings. Name each file with the sheet identification. Include identification in each digital data file. 4. Identification: As follows: a. Project name. b. Date. c. Designation "PROJECT RECORD DRAWINGS." d. Name of Architect. e. Name of Contractor. 1.5 RECORD SPECIFICATIONS A. Preparation: Mark Specifications to indicate the actual product installation where installation varies from that indicated in Specifications, addenda, and contract modifications. 1. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that cannot be readily identified and recorded later. 2. Mark copy with the proprietary name and model number of products, materials, and equipment furnished, including substitutions and product options selected. 3. Record the name of manufacturer, supplier, Installer, and other information necessary to provide a record of selections made. 4. For each principal product, indicate whether record Product Data has been submitted in operation and maintenance manuals instead of submitted as record Product Data. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01 7839 - 4 5. Note related Change Orders, record Product Data, and record Drawings where applicable. B. Format: Submit record Specifications as annotated PDF electronic file . 1.6 RECORD PRODUCT DATA A. Recording: Maintain one copy of each submittal during the construction period for project record document purposes. Post changes and revisions to project record documents as they occur; do not wait until end of Project. B. Preparation: Mark Product Data to indicate the actual product installation where installation varies substantially from that indicated in Product Data submittal. 1. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that cannot be readily identified and recorded later. 2. Include significant changes in the product delivered to Project site and changes in manufacturer's written instructions for installation. 3. Note related Change Orders, record Specifications, and record Drawings where applicable. C. Format: Submit record Product Data as annotated PDF electronic file . 1. Include record Product Data directory organized by Specification Section number and title, electronically linked to each item of record Product Data. 1.7 MISCELLANEOUS RECORD SUBMITTALS A. Assemble miscellaneous records required by other Specification Sections for miscellaneous record keeping and submittal in connection with actual performance of the Work. Bind or file miscellaneous records and identify each, ready for continued use and reference. B. Format: Submit miscellaneous record submittals as PDF electronic file . 1. Include miscellaneous record submittals directory organized by Specification Section number and title, electronically linked to each item of miscellaneous record submittals. 1.8 MAINTENANCE OF RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Maintenance of Record Documents: Store record documents in the field office apart from the Contract Documents used for construction. Do not use project record documents for construction purposes. Maintain record documents in good order and in a clean, dry, legible condition, protected from deterioration and loss. Provide access to project record documents for Architect's reference during normal working hours. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01 7839 - 5 PART 2 - PRODUCTS PART 3 - EXECUTION END OF SECTION 01 7839 Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 01 7900 - 1 SECTION 01 7900 - DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, Specification Section 00 9000 "Vizient GPO Construction Purchasing", and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for instructing Owner's personnel, including the following: 1. Instruction in operation and maintenance of systems, subsystems, and equipment. 2. Demonstration and training video recordings. B. Unit Price for Instruction Time: Length of instruction time will be measured by actual time spent performing demonstration and training in required location. No payment will be made for time spent assembling educational materials, setting up, or cleaning up. See requirements in Section 01 2200 "Unit Prices." 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Instruction Program: Submit outline of instructional program for demonstration and training, including a list of training modules and a schedule of proposed dates, times, length of instruction time, and instructors' names for each training module. Include learning objective and outline for each training module. 1. Indicate proposed training modules using manufacturer-produced demonstration and training video recordings for systems, equipment, and products in lieu of video recording of live instructional module. B. Qualification Data: For instructor. C. Attendance Record: For each training module, submit list of participants and length of instruction time. D. Evaluations: For each participant and for each training module, submit results and documentation of performance-based test. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Demonstration and Training Video Recordings: Submit two copies within seven days of end of each training module. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 01 7900 - 2 1. Identification: On each copy, provide an applied label with the following information: a. Name of Project. b. Name and address of videographer. c. Name of Architect. d. Name of Construction Manager. e. Name of Contractor. f. Date of video recording. 2. Transcript: Prepared and bound in format matching operation and maintenance manuals. Mark appropriate identification on front and spine of each binder. Include a cover sheet with same label information as the corresponding video recording. Include name of Project and date of video recording on each page. 3. Transcript: Prepared in PDF electronic format. Include a cover sheet with same label information as the corresponding video recording and a table of contents with links to corresponding training components. Include name of Project and date of video recording on each page. 4. At completion of training, submit complete training manual(s) for Owner's use prepared in same PDF file format required for operation and maintenance manuals specified in Section 01 7823 "Operation and Maintenance Data." 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Facilitator Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in training or educating maintenance personnel in a training program similar in content and extent to that indicated for this Project, and whose work has resulted in training or education with a record of successful learning performance. B. Instructor Qualifications: A factory-authorized service representative, complying with requirements in Section 01 4000 "Quality Requirements," experienced in operation and maintenance procedures and training. C. Videographer Qualifications: A professional videographer who is experienced photographing demonstration and training events similar to those required. D. Preinstruction Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Section 01 3100 "Project Management and Coordination." Review methods and procedures related to demonstration and training including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Inspect and discuss locations and other facilities required for instruction. 2. Review and finalize instruction schedule and verify availability of educational materials, instructors' personnel, audiovisual equipment, and facilities needed to avoid delays. 3. Review required content of instruction. 4. For instruction that must occur outside, review weather and forecasted weather conditions and procedures to follow if conditions are unfavorable. 1.6 COORDINATION A. Coordinate instruction schedule with Owner's operations. Adjust schedule as required to minimize disrupting Owner's operations and to ensure availability of Owner's personnel. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 01 7900 - 3 B. Coordinate instructors, including providing notification of dates, times, length of instruction time, and course content. C. Coordinate content of training modules with content of approved emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. Do not submit instruction program until operation and maintenance data have been reviewed and approved by Architect. 1.7 INSTRUCTION PROGRAM A. Program Structure: Develop an instruction program that includes individual training modules for each system and for equipment not part of a system, as required by individual Specification Sections. B. Training Modules: Develop a learning objective and teaching outline for each module. Include a description of specific skills and knowledge that participant is expected to master. For each module, include instruction for the following as applicable to the system, equipment, or component: 1. Basis of System Design, Operational Requirements, and Criteria: Include the following: a. System, subsystem, and equipment descriptions. b. Performance and design criteria if Contractor is delegated design responsibility. c. Operating standards. d. Regulatory requirements. e. Equipment function. f. Operating characteristics. g. Limiting conditions. h. Performance curves. 2. Documentation: Review the following items in detail: a. Emergency manuals. b. Systems and equipment operation manuals. c. Systems and equipment maintenance manuals. d. Product maintenance manuals. e. Project Record Documents. f. Identification systems. g. Warranties and bonds. h. Maintenance service agreements and similar continuing commitments. 3. Emergencies: Include the following, as applicable: a. Instructions on meaning of warnings, trouble indications, and error messages. b. Instructions on stopping. c. Shutdown instructions for each type of emergency. d. Operating instructions for conditions outside of normal operating limits. e. Sequences for electric or electronic systems. f. Special operating instructions and procedures. 4. Operations: Include the following, as applicable: a. Startup procedures. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 01 7900 - 4 b. Equipment or system break-in procedures. c. Routine and normal operating instructions. d. Regulation and control procedures. e. Control sequences. f. Safety procedures. g. Instructions on stopping. h. Normal shutdown instructions. i. Operating procedures for emergencies. j. Operating procedures for system, subsystem, or equipment failure. k. Seasonal and weekend operating instructions. l. Required sequences for electric or electronic systems. m. Special operating instructions and procedures. 5. Adjustments: Include the following: a. Alignments. b. Checking adjustments. c. Noise and vibration adjustments. d. Economy and efficiency adjustments. 6. Troubleshooting: Include the following: a. Diagnostic instructions. b. Test and inspection procedures. 7. Maintenance: Include the following: a. Inspection procedures. b. Types of cleaning agents to be used and methods of cleaning. c. List of cleaning agents and methods of cleaning detrimental to product. d. Procedures for routine cleaning. e. Procedures for preventive maintenance. f. Procedures for routine maintenance. g. Instruction on use of special tools. 8. Repairs: Include the following: a. Diagnosis instructions. b. Repair instructions. c. Disassembly; component removal, repair, and replacement; and reassembly instructions. d. Instructions for identifying parts and components. e. Review of spare parts needed for operation and maintenance. 1.8 PREPARATION A. Assemble educational materials necessary for instruction, including documentation and training module. Assemble training modules into a training manual organized in coordination with requirements in Section 01 7823 "Operation and Maintenance Data." B. Set up instructional equipment at instruction location. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 01 7900 - 5 1.9 INSTRUCTION A. Facilitator: Engage a qualified facilitator to prepare instruction program and training modules, to coordinate instructors, and to coordinate between Contractor and Owner for number of participants, instruction times, and location. B. Engage qualified instructors to instruct Owner's personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain systems, subsystems, and equipment not part of a system. 1. Architect will furnish an instructor to describe basis of system design, operational requirements, criteria, and regulatory requirements. 2. Owner will furnish an instructor to describe Owner's operational philosophy. 3. Owner will furnish Contractor with names and positions of participants. C. Scheduling: Provide instruction at mutually agreed-on times. For equipment that requires seasonal operation, provide similar instruction at start of each season. 1. Schedule training with Owner with at least seven days' advance notice. D. Training Location and Reference Material: Conduct training on-site in the completed and fully operational facility using the actual equipment in-place. Conduct training using final operation and maintenance data submittals. E. Evaluation: At conclusion of each training module, assess and document each participant's mastery of module by use of a written or a demonstration performance-based test. F. Cleanup: Collect used and leftover educational materials and give to Owner. Remove instructional equipment. Restore systems and equipment to condition existing before initial training use. 1.10 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING VIDEO RECORDINGS A. General: Engage a qualified commercial videographer to record demonstration and training video recordings. Record each training module separately. Include classroom instructions and demonstrations, board diagrams, and other visual aids, but not student practice. 1. At beginning of each training module, record each chart containing learning objective and lesson outline. B. Digital Video Recordings: Provide high-resolution, digital video in MPEG format, produced by a digital camera with minimum sensor resolution of 12 megapixels and capable of recording in full HD modewith vibration reduction technology. 1. Submit video recordings on CD-ROM or thumb drive and by uploading to web-based Project software site. 2. File Hierarchy: Organize folder structure and file locations according to Project Manual table of contents. Provide complete screen-based menu. 3. File Names: Utilize file names based on name of equipment generally described in video segment, as identified in Project specifications. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 01 7900 - 6 4. Contractor and Installer Contact File: Using appropriate software, create a file for inclusion on the equipment demonstration and training recording that describes the following for each Contractor involved on the Project, arranged according to Project Manual table of contents: a. Name of Contractor/Installer. b. Business address. c. Business phone number. d. Point of contact. e. Email address. C. Recording: Mount camera on tripod before starting recording, unless otherwise necessary to adequately cover area of demonstration and training. Display continuous running time. 1. Film training session(s) in segments not to exceed 15 minutes. a. Produce segments to present a single significant piece of equipment per segment. b. Organize segments with multiple pieces of equipment to follow order of Project Manual table of contents. c. Where a training session on a particular piece of equipment exceeds 15 minutes, stop filming and pause training session. Begin training session again upon commencement of new filming segment. D. Light Levels: Verify light levels are adequate to properly light equipment. Verify equipment markings are clearly visible prior to recording. 1. Furnish additional portable lighting as required. E. Narration: Describe scenes on video recording by audio narration by microphone while video recording is recorded. Include description of items being viewed. F. Transcript: Provide a transcript of the narration. Display images and running time captured from videotape opposite the corresponding narration segment. G. Preproduced Video Recordings: Provide video recordings used as a component of training modules in same format as recordings of live training. PART 2 - PRODUCTS PART 3 - EXECUTION END OF SECTION 01 7900 Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 General Commissioning 019100-1 SECTION 019100 - GENERAL COMMISSIONING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Project programming document(s). C. Owner’s Project Requirements (OPR). D. Basis of Design (BOD) document(s). E. Related Sections may include the following: 1. Division 01 Sections: a. Section 01 10 00 “Summary of Work” for Commissioning Authority Responsibilities. b. Section 01 22 00 “Unit Prices” for commissioning list of unit prices when actual labor hours are computed at the end of the commissioning process. c. Section 01 31 00 “Project Management and Coordination” for communication and meeting requirements using web-based Project software. d. Section 01 33 00 “Submittal Procedures” for submittal procedure requirements supporting the commissioning process. e. Section 01 77 00 “Closeout Procedures” for Certificate of Construction- Phase Commissioning Process Completion submittal requirements. f. Section 01 78 23 “Operation and Maintenance Data” for preliminary operation and maintenance data submittal requirements. 2. Division 22 Sections: a. Section 22 08 00 "Commissioning of Plumbing (Potable & Service Water- Heating) Commissioning" for commissioning process activities for commissioning domestic hot water systems, equipment and components. and strategies. 3. Division 23 Section a. Section 23 08 00 "Commissioning of HVAC (Mechanical & Comfort) HVAC Mechanical Commissioning" for commissioning process activities for commissioning mechanical systems serving building heating, cooling, or ventilation needs, heating, ventilating, air-conditioning, and refrigeration systems, equipment, controls and components. 4. Division 26 Section: a. Section 26 08 00 "Commissioning of Electrical (Power & Lighting) Systems" for commissioning process activities for commissioning normal and emergency power generation, power distribution, and lighting/daylighting control systems and strategies. 5. [Insert additional (Master format) division sections based for add services:] Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 General Commissioning 019100-2 1.02 SUMMARY A. This Section includes general commissioning requirements that apply to the implementation of the commissioning process into a project without regard to specific systems, assemblies, and components. B. B. General commissioning work is intended to ensure that equipment and systems have been completely and properly installed, function together correctly to meet the design intent, and document system performance and deficiencies C. Project Information: [edit to reflect project information] 1. Project Name: 2. Project Location: 3. Project Description: 4. Owner/Owner Representative: 5. Architect: 6. Construction Manager/General Contractor: D. Work Covered by Contract Documents 1. The commissioning scope of work is defined by the Contract Documents and consists of the following: a. Temperature control automation and management systems. b. Mechanical & comfort (HVAC) systems and equipment. c. Potable & service water-heating systems and equipment. d. Power (normal & emergency) generation and distribution systems and equipment. e. Lighting and daylighting systems and controls. f. [Renewable energy systems and equipment] g. [add/edit for services, systems subject to commissioning via International Energy Conservation Code] 1.03 ALLOWANCES A. Labor and management costs are as described within the agreed upon signed Proposal (Compensation for Basic Services section), Purchase Order, or other binding agreement for the performance of the commissioning process. B. The following are excluded from the basic commissioning service allowance: 1. Commissioning equipment and systems installations, startups, and field quality- control testing beyond the agreed upon binding contract. 2. Scope of work beyond coordinating the commissioning process. 3. Scope of work changes to correct commissioning issues/findings. 4. Scope of work to repeat commissioning testing (beyond 1 retest), when equipment and systems fail the acceptance criteria. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 General Commissioning 019100-3 1.04 DEFINITIONS A. Acceptance Criteria: Threshold of acceptable work quality or performance specified for a commissioning activity, including, construction checklists, functional performance testing, etc. B. Architect, Engineer, Architect/Engineer (A/E): A term used to designate the person or entity designated to provide the Architectural and Engineering services for the project. The A/E is a separate contractor and not an agent of the Owner. The term often includes any associates or consultants employed by the A/E to assist in providing A/E services. C. Basis of Design (BOD): A document, prepared by the Engineers after the Owner’s Project Requirements (OPR), that records concepts, calculations, decisions, and product selections used to meet the OPR and to satisfy applicable regulatory requirements, standards, and guidelines. The document shall include both narrative descriptions and lists of individual items that support the design process (based on the OPR). D. Building Automation System (BAS/BMS): A term used to designate a building control system that integrates multiple functions of the building including equipment supervision and control, alarm management, energy management, and historical data collection. BAS includes stand-alone network communication controllers, application specific controllers, portable operator’s terminal, etc. E. Commissioning (Cx): The process of verifying and documenting that a building and all of its systems and assemblies are planned, designed, installed, tested, operated, and maintained to meet the owner’s project requirements. F. Commissioning Authority (CxA): An entity often identified by the Owner who leads, plans, schedules, and coordinates the commissioning team to implement the commissioning process. Owner shall engage the Commissioning Authority under a separate Contract. G. Commissioning Plan (CxP): A document, prepared by the Commissioning Authority that outlines the organization, schedule, allocation of resources, and documentation requirements of the commissioning process. H. Construction Checklist: A form used by the contractor to verify that appropriate components are onsite, ready for installation, correctly installed, and functional. I. Contractor: A general term used to designate the person or entity identified as such in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number. The term “Contractor” means the Contractor or the Contractor’s authorized representative, often referring to the CM, GC, subcontractors, or venders as inferred by its usage. J. Functional Performance Tests (FPT): Tests written by the CxA that define the step-by- step procedures to be used to evaluate the performance of a piece of equipment, or system, under the full range of available operating conditions. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 General Commissioning 019100-4 K. LEED®, or Leadership in Energy & Environmental Design: Is an ecology-oriented building certification program run under the auspices of the U.S. Green Building Council (USGBC). L. Operation and Maintenance (O&M) Plan, or Current Facility Requirements and Operation and Maintenance (CFR and O&M) Plan: A plan that specifies major system operating parameters and limits, preventative maintenance procedures and schedules, and documentation methods necessary to demonstrate proper operation and maintenance of an approved emissions control device or system. M. Owner: A term used to designate the person or entity identified as such in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number. The term “Owner” means the Owner or the Owner’s authorized representative. N. Owner's Project Requirements (OPR): A document, prepared by Owner with the assistance of the Commissioning Authority CxA that details the functional requirements, training, maintenance, operation, etc. of the project and expectations of how the facility will be used and operated. This document includes project goals, measurable performance criteria, cost considerations, benchmarks, success criteria, and supporting information. O. Owner’s Witness: Commissioning Authority CxA, Owner’s Project Manager, or Architect-designated witness whom is authorized to authenticate test demonstration data and to sign completed test data forms. P. Systems Manual: A document that provides information needed to understand, operate, and maintain the systems and assemblies within a building. It expands the scope of traditional operating and maintenance documentation and is compiled of multiple documents developed during the commissioning process, such as the owner’s project requirements, installation, operation and maintenance manuals (IOMs), and sequences of operation. Q. Systems, Subsystems, Assemblies, Equipment, and Components: Where these terms are used together or separately, they shall mean “as-built” systems, subsystems, assemblies, equipment, and components. 1.05 COMMISSIONING AUTHORITY (CXA) QUALIFICATIONS A. The following CxA Qualifications shall be met: 1. Documented experience commissioning systems of similar complexity to those contained in these documents on at least three (3) projects of similar scope. 2. Certification of commissioning-process expertise. The following certifications are acceptable. Owner reserves the right to accept or reject certifications as evidence of qualification. a. Certified Building Commissioning Professional (CBCP), by the Association of Energy Engineers. b. Certified Commissioning Professional (CCP), by the Building Commissioning Association. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 General Commissioning 019100-5 c. Building Commissioning Professional (BCxP), by the American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers. d. Commissioning Process Management Professional (CPMP), by the American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers. e. Qualified Commissioning Process Provider (QCxP), by the University of Wisconsin. f. Accredited Commissioning Process Authority Professional (CAP), by the University of Wisconsin. g. Accredited Commissioning Process Manager (CxM), by the University of Wisconsin. h. Accredited Green Commissioning Process Provider (GCP), by the University of Wisconsin. 1.06 COMMISSIONING TEAM A. Members Appointed by Contractor(s): 1. Construction Managers, Contractors, MEP Coordinator, etc. Individuals, each having authority to act on behalf of the entity they represent, explicitly organized to implement the commissioning process through coordinated actions. Additional commissioning team members may consist of, but not be limited to, representatives of each Contractor, including Project Superintendent and Subcontractors, Installers, Suppliers, and specialists deemed appropriate for a particular portion of the commissioning process by the CxA. B. Members Appointed by Owner: 1. CxA(s) under separate contract. 2. Representatives of the facility user, as well as operation and maintenance personnel. 3. Architect and Engineering design professionals. 1.07 RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE OWNER A. Support the CxP and Cx activities. B. Provide the OPR documentation to the CxA and each Contractor for information and use. This shall include the most current objectives (LEED version scorecard, Energy Star score, etc.) for the project. C. Identify operating staff and occupant personnel, and schedule them to participate in meetings, training sessions and inspections. D. Develop training requirements for operating staff and occupant personnel. E. Develop the scope and format for the Commissioning Systems Manual. F. Provide any utilities required for the commissioning process. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 General Commissioning 019100-6 1.08 RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER A. Support the CxP and Cx activities. B. Complete the mechanical, HVAC, domestic potable/service hot -water, and electrical power & lighting systems Basis of Design (BOD) document(s), as requested. C. Complete system operational narratives, as requested. D. Provide approved submittals, as requested. E. Provide the most current LEED version scorecard for the project, as requested. 1.09 RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR A. Support the CxP and Cx activities. B. Assist the CxA in preparing the construction checklists for all commissioned components, equipment and systems as required. C. Provide all documentation necessary to complete the commissioning process. Including but not limited to: Prefunctional checklists, startup reports, record drawings and sequences, system narratives, settings and schedules, BAS screenshots, system component and performance data, and preventative maintenance schedules and procedures. D. Provide measuring instruments and logging devices to record test data, and provide data acquisition equipment to record data for the complete range of testing for the required test period. E. Attend construction phase meetings. F. Verify equipment, systems, instrumentation, wiring and components are shown correctly on record drawings. Preliminary or in-use as-built drawings must be made available to the Commissioning Team for use prior to the start of functional performance testing. Changes, resulting from functional testing, must be created by the contractor and incorporated into the final record drawings and/or sequences. G. Demonstration and Training: Contractor shall provide orientation, demonstration, and training as required by the specifications. A complete training plan and schedule must be submitted by the Contractor to the CxA four (4) weeks prior to any training. A training agenda and all supporting documentation for each training session must be submitted to the CxA one (1) week prior to the training session. H. Notify the CxA of known systems and equipment deficiencies, in written format. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 General Commissioning 019100-7 1.10 RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE COMMISSIONING AUTHORITY (CXA) A. Prepare the CxP required as part of the commissioning process. Incorporate monitoring-based commissioning (MBCx), and/or current facilities requirements and operations maintenance plan (CFR & O&M Plan), when required. B. Develop the Cx Specifications. C. Develop the Cx Schedule. D. Review and/or document the OPR. E. Review the Engineering BOD documents. F. Review the design documents at mid-level construction (~50% CD). G. Review the design documents for building envelope requirements. H. Prepare and maintain a commissioning Issues & Benefits Log to document issues and resolutions as related to the commissioning process. I. Conduct periodic observations of work in progress to ensure that all systems and equipment are installed according to OPR, approved BOD, and current plans & Specifications. J. Conduct a Commissioning Kick-Off Meeting. K. Perform a submittal review for equipment and systems within the commissioning scope of work, when required. Review all submittals for equipment and systems in the commissioning scope of work, when required. L. Review preliminary Operation & Maintenance (Systems) Manual submittals. M. Develop and/or review material/equipment installation, startup, and pre-functional verifications. Develop and perform material/equipment, installation, startup, and pre- functional checks. N. Attend commissioning meetings. O. Review the final test and balance (TAB) report to verify work is complete. Review the testing and balancing (TAB) report. P. Prepare checklists for and oversee, witness and document the commissioning functional performance tests. Q. Review system trending and logging/72-hour dynamic mode test. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 General Commissioning 019100-8 R. Verify and document Owner’s training requirements have been completed, including, including the plan, agenda, and materials to be used for operator and occupant training, when required. S. Conduct a 10-month commissioning warranty review, when required. T. Conduct seasonal testing, as required. U. Develop the Current Facility Requirements and Operations and Maintenance (CFR and O&M) Plan, when required. V. Develop the Ongoing Commissioning (OCx) Plan, when required. W. Develop Monitoring-Based Commissioning (MBCx) procedures, when required. X. Provide an Executive Summary/Final Commissioning Report (CxR). Y. Coordinate LEED Online uploads/certification management, as required. 1.11 INFORMTIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Section 01 33 00 “Submittal Procedures” for submittal procedure general requirements for commissioning process. B. Commissioning Plan (CxP). Preliminary documentation to be submitted by the CxA to the Owner at project startup: 1. Commissioning plan overview. 2. Project description. 3. Project team contact information. 4. Project team member roles & responsibilities. 5. Commissioning process activity descriptions. 6. Commissioning scope of work. 7. Commissioning schedule. 8. Commissioned equipment. 9. Supporting Cx documentation such as: OPR, BOD, Cx Specifications, etc. 1.12 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Section 01 33 00 “Submittal Procedures” for submittal procedure general requirements for commissioning process. B. Commissioning Report (CxR). Final documentation to be submitted by the CxA to the Owner at project closeout: 1. Prefunctional checklists, installation verifications, startup reports, etc. 2. Functional performance testing & trend log results. 3. Design, submittal, field observation reports, as required. 4. Commissioning issues & benefit log, with comments regarding resolve prior to equipment warranty expiration. 5. Installation, operation & maintenance data, as required. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 General Commissioning 019100-9 6. Seasonal testing results, as required 7. All supporting documentation to successfully complete the commissioning process such as: MEP record documents (as-builts), building occupancy schedules, owner training verification, miscellaneous reports (TAB), BAS trending, etc. 8. Commissioning process executive summary. 9. LEED certification uploads/certification management, as required. 1.13 COMMISSIONING REPORT (CXR) FORMAT AND ORGANIZATION A. Provide all commissioning deliverables and final CxR in a format deemed acceptable by Owner. B. Organize the CxR deliverable into major and minor tabs, to include the following: 1. Major tabs shall include: table of contents, introduction, commissioning process activities required (LEED, ASHRAE, etc.), supporting documentation, final report supplemental appendices. 2. Minor tabs shall include, when applicable: commissioning plan overview, project description, project team contact information, firm information, member responsibilities, roles and responsibilities, process descriptions, scope of work, schedule, commissioned equipment, OPR, BOD, specifications, meetings, issues and benefit log with resolution or plan for resolve, design review, submittal review, field observation reports, startup reports, installation verifications, prefunctional checks, completed functional performance test reports, operations & maintenance information, training verification, seasonal testing, 10-month warranty, executive summary, etc. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 TEST EQUIPMENT, INSTRUMENTATION, AND TOOLS A. The contractor shall provide all materials, labor, instruments, tools, ladders and apparatus necessary to start-up, perform functional performance test and systems conditioning. B. Test equipment and instrumentation required to perform the commissioning process shall remain the property of the contractor unless otherwise indicated. C. Test equipment and instrumentation required to perform the commissioning process shall comply with the following criteria: 1. Maintain test equipment and instrumentation. 2. Use test equipment and instrumentation only for testing or monitoring work for which they are designed for. 2.02 PROPRIETARY TEST EQUIPMENT, INSTRUMENTATION, AND TOOLS A. Proprietary test equipment, instrumentation, and tools are those manufactured or prescribed by tested equipment manufacturer and required for work on its equipment as Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 General Commissioning 019100-10 a condition of equipment warranty, or as otherwise required to service, repair, adjust, calibrate, or perform work on its equipment. 1. Identify proprietary test equipment, instrumentation, and tools required in the test equipment identification list submittal. 2. Proprietary test equipment, instrumentation, and tools shall become the property of Owner at Substantial Completion. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Review and acquire all construction documentation to successfully understand the Owner’s Project Requirements. 3.02 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Perform quality-based sampling and testing demonstrations for the Owner. The CxA and Owner shall determine sampling rates to be used- based on complexity, criticality, and length. Typical sampling methods include: 1. 100% of highly-complex, highly-critical, short submittals will be reviewed. a. Example: Large equipment such as Air Handling Units, Chillers, Critical Facility Management Systems (CFMS), Hot Water Boilers, etc. 2. 100% of all first completed construction checklists, slowly-paced, and one- instance components will be reviewed. 3. 100% of highly-complex, highly-critical final processes will be reviewed. As complexity and criticality increases, sampling rates increase to provide a higher level of assurance. Whereas, low complexity and low criticality repetitive- processes may be reduced to 20%. During repetitive verification, even when the sampling rate is 100% or greater, the approach taken is still one of random sampling. If issues are identified early in the testing process (after 20% testing) and systemic issues have been identified, there is no reason to continue with the remaining 80% of the testing, since it has been demonstrated that the system does not achieve the OPR and resolve is required. 4. In some instances, demonstration of a random sample of other than 100% of the results of a test is specified. When specified, the sampling plan and procedure for the test demonstration shall be determined using American Society for Quality (ASQ) Quality Control Standard Z1.4, “Sampling Procedures and Tables for Inspection by Attributes.” a. General Inspection: Per Owner requirements. b. Special Inspection: Per Owner requirements. c. Acceptance Quality Limit (AQL) of 1.5. B. Report test data and commissioning issue resolutions. C. Schedule personnel to participate in, and perform, commissioning-based activity work/tasks, as required. D. Functional Performance Testing Contractor Review Process: The CxA shall provide the Contractor with preliminary functional performance test procedures used to verify Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 General Commissioning 019100-11 equipment and systems operation after approved Product Data, Shop Drawings, and preliminary Installation, Operation, and Maintenance (IOM) Manuals are received. The Contractor may provide comments back to CxA within 14 days of receipt. The review comments shall address items such as, equipment protection and warranty issues, manufacturers' installation and startup recommendations, operation and maintenance instructions, applicability of the procedure to the specific software, equipment, and systems approved for installation. After the Contractor reviews and comments on the preliminary test procedures, the CxA shall revise and reissue the approved revised test procedures marked "Approved for Testing." Use only approved test procedures and test data forms marked "Approved for Testing" to perform and document tests and test demonstrations. 3.03 COMMISSIONING PROCESS MEETINGS A. The CxA shall conduct one commissioning kickoff meeting. The commissioning kickoff meeting shall include project team introductions, an explanation of the Cx Process, the Cx scope of work, proposed Cx meeting schedules/milestones, Cx flow of documentation clarification, project team member contact information, systems performance testing plan, sample tests for the team, questions, etc. B. The CxA shall conduct commissioning meetings throughout the project as required. The quantity of Cx meetings are as described within the agreed upon signed proposal (Compensation for Basic Services section), purchase order, or other binding agreement. C. The Commissioning process shall require full contractor participation at various times throughout all phases of the project. The commissioning team (Owners, Architects, Engineers, and Contractors) shall provide personnel, as required. 3.04 COMMISSIONING PROCESS SCHEDULING A. The commissioning process shall start as early in the programming, design or construction phases as possible. B. Schedule and coordinate commissioning-process activity milestones within the proposed construction schedule. C. Schedule the start date, duration and/or completion date for the following commissioning-process activities, as required: 1. Prepare the CxP required as part of the commissioning process. Incorporate monitoring-based commissioning (MBCx), and/or current facilities requirements and operations maintenance plan (CFR and O&M Plan), when required. 2. Develop the Cx Specifications. 3. Develop the Cx Schedule. 4. Review and/or document the OPR. 5. Review the Engineering BOD document(s). 6. Review the design documents ad mid-level construction (~ 50% CD). 7. Review the design documents for building envelope requirements. 8. Prepare and maintain a commissioning Issues & Benefits Log to document issues and resolutions as related to the commissioning process. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 General Commissioning 019100-12 9. Conduct periodic observations of work in progress to ensure that all systems and equipment are installed according to OPR, approved BOD, plans and s, and Specifications. 10. Conduct the Commissioning Kick-Off Meeting. 11. Review all submittals for equipment and systems in the commissioning scope of work, when required. 12. Review preliminary Operation & Maintenance (Systems) Manual submittals. 13. Develop, perform and/or verify material/equipment delivery, installation, startup, and/or prefunctional checklists. 14. Attend commissioning meetings. 15. Review the final testing and balancing (TAB) report. 16. Prepare checklists for, oversee, and document the commissioning functional performance tests. 17. Review system trending & logging/72-hr dynamic mode test. 18. Verify and document Owner’s training requirements have been completed. To include the plan, agenda, and materials to be used for operator and occupant training, when required. 19. Conduct a 10-month commissioning warranty review, when required. 20. Conduct seasonal testing, when required. 21. Develop the ongoing commissioning plan, when required. 22. Develop monitoring-based procedures, when required. 23. Provide a Cx Executive Summary Report / final Cx Report. 24. Coordinate LEED certification uploads/certification management. 3.05 COMMISSIONING PROCESS SEQUENCING A. Sequencing of commissioning verification activities for an item of equipment, assembly, or system, shall be performed in the order listed unless otherwise indicated: 1. Construction Checklists: a. Material/equipment checks. b. Installation verification checks. c. Prefunctional checks. d. Equipment startup checks, as appropriate. Some startups may depend on component performance. Such startups may follow component performance tests on which the startup depends. e. Functional Performance Testing (FPTs). B. Before performing functional performance testing, verify that materials, equipment, assemblies and systems are delivered, installed, started, and adjusted to perform according to construction checklists. C. Verify readiness of materials, equipment, assemblies, and systems by performing tests prior to performing functional performance test demonstrations. Notify Architect if acceptable results cannot be achieved due to conditions beyond Contractor's control or responsibility. D. Commence functional performance testing as soon as installation checks for materials, equipment, assemblies, or systems are satisfactorily completed. Tests of a particular Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 General Commissioning 019100-13 system may proceed prior to completion of other systems, provided the incomplete work does not interfere with successful execution of test. 3.06 COMMISSIONING ISSUES RESOLUTION A. All commissioning issues discovered throughout the Cx process are tracked and monitored on the Commissioning Issues & Benefits Log by the CxA. The Issues & Benefits Log includes the following minimum information for each issue: 1. Project Name. 2. Date of discovery. 3. A numerical sequence number for identification and tracking. 4. The system the issue is related to. 5. An issue description 6. A suggested action for resolve of the issue. 7. The action that was taken for resolve. 8. The status of the issue. 9. The date the issue was resolved. B. In some cases, issues may continue to exist beyond the Cx process schedule (possibly 12 months after substantial completion of the MEP systems). These existing issues shall include a suggested action for resolve, the expectation of the project team, and the anticipated resolve date. C. Issues generated during functional performance testing that are not within the range of acceptable results are considered issues and shall be documented on the associated functional performance test form and referenced within the Cx Issues and Benefits Log. 1. Track and report commissioning issues until resolution and retesting are successfully completed. 2. If a test demonstration fails, the team shall determine the cause of failure, direct the timely resolution of the issue with the responsible contractor(s), and then repeat the test demonstration for the CxA. 3. Exception: If an entire class of devices is determined to exhibit an identical issue, they may be reported as a single commissioning issue. (For example, if all return-air damper actuators that are specified to fail to the open position are found to fail to the closed position, they may be reported as a single commissioning issue.) D. All other issues generated throughout the project shall be documented on the Cx Issues and Benefits Log. The CxA shall monitor the project team efforts to resolve the issue and regularly update the Owner with its status. E. Deficiencies found to be unresolvable due to climatic conditions, schedule conflicts, concealment, or unforeseen reasons falling outside of common industry practice shall be identified as such, in an itemized format. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 General Commissioning 019100-14 3.07 COMMISSIONING DESIGN REVIEWS A. The CxA shall perform a commissioning design review at or before mid-level construction documentation (~50% CD) completion. Several design reviews are recommended to be performed at the 30%, 60% & 95% CD phases. B. All construction documentation to date, OPR & BODs, brand standards, design guidelines, LEED scorecards, etc. are required to perform the design review. C. The design review shall include building envelope consideration. D. The commissioning design review shall focus on ensuring clarity, completeness, and adequacy of the OPR. The purpose of the design review is to verify that all Owner concerns discussed in the OPR are addressed within the BOD, and that the completed systems from the design documents can both achieve the OPR and be adequately commissioned. 3.08 COMMISSIONING SUBMITTAL REVIEWS A. The Contractor shall provide the CxA with a copy of all submittals for systems and equipment within the commissioning scope of work prior to the installation of the equipment. B. The CxA shall perform a commissioning submittal review. The submittal review can be staged early during the project to provide greater value and identify potential issues as early as possible, or a final submittal review after all submittals have been approved by the project team. C. The main purpose of the commissioning submittal review is to focus on compliance with the OPR. Beyond that of the design engineer’s equipment-level review, the purpose of the commissioning submittal review is to verify that all equipment and systems discussed in the OPR can meet operational and maintenance requirements. D. The commissioning submittal review does not approve the submittal. The review does not take the place of, or supersede the review of submittals conducted by the Engineer, Architect, or other members of the Design Team. E. Review of submittals by the CxA does not constitute acceptance or rejection of the equipment submitted. 3.09 COMMISSIONING SITE VISITS – FIELD OBSERVATION REPORTS A. The purpose of performing commissioning field observations/site visits are to observe construction progress and verify systems/equipment installations are adequate as early as possible within the construction process. B. The CxA shall perform several commissioning site visits throughout the project. The quantity and frequency of site visits conducted can be random throughout the Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 General Commissioning 019100-15 construction process, or predetermined by the CxA and Owner. Often, the quantity and frequency of site visits that are performed shall differ from project to project. C. The CxA shall provide a Field Observation Report (FOR) for each site visit to the Owner, and/or project team, for review and to plan resolve as required. 3.10 COMMISSIONING CONSTRUCTION CHECKLISTS A. Construction checklists are various documents (spreadsheets, flowcharts, matrices, logs, sketches, etc.) created by the CxA or project team member that are based on project-specific systems and equipment. These checklists are often used to document and monitor a system or piece of equipment’s status, throughout each phase of the Cx process. Construction checklists cannot modify or conflict with the Contract Documents and shall be tailored for each project as needed. B. Material/Equipment Checks: Compare specified characteristics and approved submittals with actual materials as received. Equipment checks are performed by the CxA throughout the construction process. Characteristics to be verified include, but are not limited to: 1. Service connection requirements, including configuration, size, location, and other pertinent characteristics. 2. Included optional features. 3. Verify physical condition of materials and equipment, including agreement with approved submittals, cleanliness, and lack of damage. C. Installation Verification Checks: Compare installation characteristics to approved construction drawings, details, diagrams and manufacturer’s installation requirements. Installation verifications are performed by the CxA throughout the construction process. Characteristics to be verified include, but are not limited to: 1. Relative locations of equipment- using construction documents and approved Shop Drawings. 2. Configurations. 3. Compliance with manufacturer’s written installation instructions. 4. Attachments to structure. 5. Access clearances to allow for maintenance, service, repair, removal and replacement without the need to disassemble or remove other equipment or building elements. Access coordination with other building elements and equipment, including, but not limited to, ceiling and wall access panels., in a manner consistent with OSHA fall-protection regulations and safe work practices 6. Utility connections are of the correct characteristics, as applicable. 7. Correct labeling and identification. D. Prefunctional Checks: Verify the readiness of equipment to be energized. These checks shall include control point verifications, electrical connection verifications, mechanical connection verifications, servicing verifications, visual inspections for current condition, and any additional manufacturer's-recommended startup procedures. Submit Prefunctional checklists shall be submitted to the CxA by the responsible contractor prior to startup and performance testing. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 General Commissioning 019100-16 E. Equipment Startup Checks: Perform and document the initial operation of equipment to prove that it is installed properly and operates as intended according to manufacturer's standard startup procedures, at minimum. Submit start-up forms shall be submitted to the CxA by the responsible contractor prior to startup and performance testing. F. Functional Performance Testing: Tests written by the CxA that define the step-by-step procedures to be used to evaluate the performance of a piece of equipment, or system, under the full range of available operating conditions. These procedures shall be specific to the make, model, design, and application of the equipment and systems being tested. After testing is complete, test documentation become the official records of the test results. Performance tests may include any of the following: 1. Static Tests: As specified elsewhere, including, but not limited to, duct and pipe leakage tests, insulation-resistance tests, and water-penetration tests. 2. Component Performance Tests: Tests evaluate the performance of an input or output of components under a full range of operating conditions. 3. Equipment and Assembly Performance Tests: Test and evaluate performance of equipment and assemblies under a full range of operating conditions and loads. 4. Functional Performance Tests: Test and evaluate performance of systems under the full range of operating conditions and loads. If seasonal testing is necessary, any deferred seasonal testing shall be scheduled/accomplished as weather conditions permit acceptable system loading. 5. Intersystem/Dynamic Performance Tests: Test and evaluate the interface of the different systems under a full range of operating conditions and loads. 3.11 COMMISSIONING DATA TRENDING & LOGGING A. Relevant building system data trend logs shall be initiated and logging prior to the time scheduled for the test demonstration. 1. Trend log data format shall be multiple data series graphs. Where multiple data series are trend logged concurrently, present the data on a common horizontal time axis. Individual data series may be presented on a segmented vertical axis to avoid interference of one data series with another, and to accommodate different axis scale values. Graphs shall be sufficiently clear to interpret data within the accuracy required by the acceptance criteria. 2. Provide the printed trend log data collected during the test or test demonstration to the CxA, or appropriate team member. 3. While the trend log is running, operator intervention that is not directed by the test procedure invalidates the test results. B. System Alarm Logs: Record and print out a log of alarms that occurred since the last log was printed. Evaluate alarms to determine if the previous day's work resulted in any conditions that are not considered "normal operation." 1. Conditions that are not considered "normal operation" shall be noted on the System Alarm Log and reported on the commissioning issue log attached. Resolve as necessary. The intent of this requirement is to discover control system points or sequences left in manual or disabled conditions, equipment left disconnected, set points left with abnormal values, or similar conditions that may have resulted from failure to fully restore systems to normal, automatic control after test completion. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 General Commissioning 019100-17 3.12 COMMISSIONING SYSTEMS MANUAL (O&M, IOM MANUAL) A. The CxA shall verify systems manual scope, format, updates, and delivery during the design, construction and turnover phases. The Systems Manual shall include all information necessary the Owner and Occupants need to understand and properly operate, maintain, and recommission the energy-consuming building systems. B. The Systems Manual scope and format shall be referenced from ASHRAE Guideline 0, as required. The manual shall include system single-line diagrams, record documents (as-builts), original setpoints for applicable commissioned systems, equipment operation & maintenance manuals, and confirmation of training for the owner and occupants. C. The CxA shall verify that relevant Systems Manual sections are used while conducting Owner training. 3.13 COMMISSIONED SYSTEMS OWNER TRAINING VERIFICATION A. The CxA shall verify the Owner development of the systems training requirements, and verify that the scope of the Owner’s requirements for training have been met. B. The training plan scope and format shall be referenced from ASHRAE Guideline 0, as required. The training plan shall include the following: 1. All operating scenario monitoring and adjustments. 2. Emergency and normal operation and procedures. 3. Troubleshooting procedures. 4. Maintenance, inspection and repair procedures. 5. Upkeep of the systems manual/maintenance documentation logs. C. Owner training requirements shall include the list of individuals that receive training, systems requiring training, training level of instruction, and Owner determination if training provided was acceptable. D. Training shall ensure that the building’s operating staff is fully knowledgeable about operating the equipment and systems. 3.14 CURRENT FACILITIES REQUIREMENTS AND OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE PLAN (CFR AND O&M) PLAN A. The Project Team shall provide to the CxA a Current Facilities Requirements and Operations and Maintenance Plan. The commissioning CFR&OM Plan shall consist of, at minimum: 1. A sequence of operation for the building 2. The building occupancy schedule 3. Equipment run-time schedules 4. Setpoints for all HVAC equipment 5. Set lighting levels throughout the building 6. Minimum outside air requirements 7. Any changes in schedules or setpoints for different seasons, days of the week, and times of day Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 General Commissioning 019100-18 8. A systems narrative describing the mechanical and electrical systems and equipment 9. A preventative maintenance plan for building equipment described in the systems narrative 10. A commissioning program that includes periodic commissioning requirements, ongoing commissioning tasks, and continuous tasks for critical facilities. 3.15 ONGOING COMMISSIONING (OCX) PLAN A. The CxA shall issue an ongoing commissioning plan before or as part of the 10-month warranty review. B. The ongoing commissioning plan shall consist of operating procedures, blank test scripts, and a schedule for ongoing Cx activities. C. The ongoing commissioning plan may be executed by an independent CxA or Operating staff in addition to normal preventative maintenance D. At a minimum, the Ongoing Cx Plan shall include the following: 1. Definition of the ongoing commissioning process 2. Defined roles and responsibilities 3. Recommended schedule for recommissioning as-built systems 4. Continuous documentation and updating of tenant space operating plan and current facility requirements throughout the buildings lifetime 5. Blank testing materials, including functional performance tests, as well as an issues log 3.16 MONITORING-BASED COMMISSIONING (MBCX) PLAN A. The Commissioning CxA shall verify MBCx requirements are included in the project Cx Plan during the enhanced commissioning process, when required. B. At a minimum, the MBCx Plan shall include the following: 1. Defined integration of permanent energy monitoring system, real-time energy analysis, and on-going commissioning. 2. Provisions for analysis procedures, including frequency during year one, metering, meter locations, trending point lists, frequency and duration of trend monitoring, hardware, data access. C. The Contractor shall support the monitoring-based commissioning process and activities required. D. MBCx is implemented during functional performance testing after construction but before occupancy, and executed during the 10-month warranty review. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 General Commissioning 019100-19 3.17 10-MONTH BUILDING OPERATION REVIEW (CX WARRANTY REVIEW) A. The CxA shall conduct a 10-month warranty review of building operations after substantial completion to ensure that the building is being operated according to the Owner’s requirements. B. The warranty review shall include the following, as required: 1. Interviews 2. Status of remaining commissioning issues. 3. Discussion of potential building issues 4. Comparison of current operational data to turnover baseline data (trending) 5. Follow-up/deferred-seasonal functional performance testing. END OF SECTION Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02 4119 - 1 SECTION 02 4119 - SELECTIVE DEMOLITION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Demolition and removal of selected portions of building or structure. 2. Demolition and removal of selected site elements. 3. Salvage of existing items to be reused or recycled. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 01 1000 "Summary" for restrictions on the use of the premises, Owner-occupancy requirements, and phasing requirements. 2. Section 01 7300 "Execution" for cutting and patching procedures. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Remove: Detach items from existing construction and legally dispose of them off-site unless indicated to be removed and salvaged or removed and reinstalled. B. Remove and Salvage: Carefully detach from existing construction, in a manner to prevent damage, and deliver to Owner ready for reuse. C. Remove and Reinstall: Detach items from existing construction, prepare for reuse, and reinstall where indicated. D. Existing to Remain: Existing items of construction that are not to be permanently removed and that are not otherwise indicated to be removed, removed and salvaged, or removed and reinstalled. 1.4 MATERIALS OWNERSHIP A. Unless otherwise indicated, demolition waste becomes property of Contractor. B. Historic items, relics, antiques, and similar objects including, but not limited to, cornerstones and their contents, commemorative plaques and tablets, and other items of interest or value to Owner that may be uncovered during demolition remain the property of Owner. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02 4119 - 2 1. Carefully salvage in a manner to prevent damage and promptly return to Owner. 1.5 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Predemolition Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1. Inspect and discuss condition of construction to be selectively demolished. 2. Review structural load limitations of existing structure. 3. Review and finalize selective demolition schedule and verify availability of materials, demolition personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays. 4. Review requirements of work performed by other trades that rely on substrates exposed by selective demolition operations. 5. Review areas where existing construction is to remain and requires protection. 6. <Insert agenda items>. 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For refrigerant recovery technician. B. Proposed Protection Measures: Submit report, including drawings, that indicates the measures proposed for protecting individuals and property , for environmental protection , for dust control and , for noise control. Indicate proposed locations and construction of barriers. C. Schedule of Selective Demolition Activities: Indicate the following: 1. Detailed sequence of selective demolition and removal work, with starting and ending dates for each activity. Ensure Owner's building manager's and other tenants' on-site operations are uninterrupted. 2. Interruption of utility services. Indicate how long utility services will be interrupted. 3. Coordination for shutoff, capping, and continuation of utility services. 4. Use of elevator and stairs. 5. Coordination of Owner's continuing occupancy of portions of existing building and of Owner's partial occupancy of completed Work. D. Inventory: Submit a list of items to be removed and salvaged and deliver to Owner prior to start of demolition. E. Predemolition Photographs or Video: Submit before Work begins. F. Statement of Refrigerant Recovery: Signed by refrigerant recovery technician responsible for recovering refrigerant, stating that all refrigerant that was present was recovered and that recovery was performed according to EPA regulations. Include name and address of technician and date refrigerant was recovered. G. Warranties: Documentation indicated that existing warranties are still in effect after completion of selective demolition. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02 4119 - 3 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Inventory: Submit a list of items that have been removed and salvaged. B. Landfill Records: Indicate receipt and acceptance of hazardous wastes by a landfill facility licensed to accept hazardous wastes. 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Refrigerant Recovery Technician Qualifications: Certified by an EPA-approved certification program. 1.9 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Owner will occupy portions of building immediately adjacent to selective demolition area. Conduct selective demolition so Owner's operations will not be disrupted. B. Conditions existing at time of inspection for bidding purpose will be maintained by Owner as far as practical. 1. Before selective demolition, Owner will remove the following items: a. Furniture, fixtures, and equipment specified by owner. C. Notify Architect of discrepancies between existing conditions and Drawings before proceeding with selective demolition. D. Hazardous Materials: It is not expected that hazardous materials will be encountered in the Work. 1. Hazardous materials will be removed by Owner before start of the Work. 2. If suspected hazardous materials are encountered, do not disturb; immediately notify Architect and Owner. Hazardous materials will be removed by Owner under a separate contract. E. Storage or sale of removed items or materials on-site is not permitted. F. Utility Service: Maintain existing utilities indicated to remain in service and protect them against damage during selective demolition operations. 1. Maintain fire-protection facilities in service during selective demolition operations. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02 4119 - 4 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PEFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with governing EPA notification regulations before beginning selective demolition. Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. B. Standards: Comply with ANSI/ASSE A10.6 and NFPA 241. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that utilities have been disconnected and capped before starting selective demolition operations. B. Review record documents of existing construction provided by Owner. Owner does not guarantee that existing conditions are same as those indicated in record documents. C. Survey existing conditions and correlate with requirements indicated to determine extent of selective demolition required. D. When unanticipated mechanical, electrical, or structural elements that conflict with intended function or design are encountered, investigate and measure the nature and extent of conflict. Promptly submit a written report to Architect. E. Engage a professional engineer to perform an engineering survey of condition of building to determine whether removing any element might result in structural deficiency or unplanned collapse of any portion of structure or adjacent structures during selective building demolition operations. 1. Perform surveys as the Work progresses to detect hazards resulting from selective demolition activities. 2. Steel Tendons: Locate tensioned steel tendons and include recommendations for de-tensioning. F. Survey of Existing Conditions: Record existing conditions by use of measured drawings preconstruction photographs preconstruction videotapes. 1. Comply with requirements specified in Section 01 3233 "Photographic Documentation." 2. Inventory and record the condition of items to be removed and salvaged. Provide photographs or video of conditions that might be misconstrued as damage caused by salvage operations. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02 4119 - 5 3. Before selective demolition or removal of existing building elements that will be reproduced or duplicated in final Work, make permanent record of measurements, materials, and construction details required to make exact reproduction. 3.2 UTILITY SERVICES AND MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS A. Existing Services/Systems to Remain: Maintain services/systems indicated to remain and protect them against damage. 1. Comply with requirements for existing services/systems interruptions specified in Section 01 1000 "Summary." B. Existing Services/Systems to Be Removed, Relocated, or Abandoned: Locate, identify, disconnect, and seal or cap off indicated utility services and mechanical/electrical systems serving areas to be selectively demolished. 1. Arrange to shut off indicated utilities with utility companies. 2. If services/systems are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, provide temporary services/systems that bypass area of selective demolition and that maintain continuity of services/systems to other parts of building. 3. Disconnect, demolish, and remove fire-suppression systems, plumbing, and HVAC systems, equipment, and components indicated to be removed. C. Refrigerant: Remove refrigerant from mechanical equipment to be selectively demolished according to 40 CFR 82 and regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. 3.3 PREPARATION A. Site Access and Temporary Controls: Conduct selective demolition and debris-removal operations to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, walkways, and other adjacent occupied and used facilities. 1. Comply with requirements for access and protection specified in Section 01 5000 "Temporary Facilities and Controls." B. Temporary Facilities: Provide temporary barricades and other protection required to prevent injury to people and damage to adjacent buildings and facilities to remain. 1. Provide protection to ensure safe passage of people around selective demolition area and to and from occupied portions of building. 2. Provide temporary weather protection, during interval between selective demolition of existing construction on exterior surfaces and new construction, to prevent water leakage and damage to structure and interior areas. 3. Protect walls, ceilings, floors, and other existing finish work that are to remain or that are exposed during selective demolition operations. 4. Cover and protect furniture, furnishings, and equipment that have not been removed. 5. Comply with requirements for temporary enclosures, dust control, heating, and cooling specified in Section 01 5000 "Temporary Facilities and Controls." Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02 4119 - 6 C. Temporary Shoring: Provide and maintain shoring, bracing, and structural supports as required to preserve stability and prevent movement, settlement, or collapse of construction and finishes to remain, and to prevent unexpected or uncontrolled movement or collapse of construction being demolished. 1. Strengthen or add new supports when required during progress of selective demolition. 3.4 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION, GENERAL A. General: Demolish and remove existing construction only to the extent required by new construction and as indicated. Use methods required to complete the Work within limitations of governing regulations and as follows: 1. Proceed with selective demolition systematically, from higher to lower level. Complete selective demolition operations above each floor or tier before disturbing supporting members on the next lower level. 2. Neatly cut openings and holes plumb, square, and true to dimensions required. Use cutting methods least likely to damage construction to remain or adjoining construction. Use hand tools or small power tools designed for sawing or grinding, not hammering and chopping, to minimize disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings to remain. 3. Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces to avoid marring existing finished surfaces. 4. Do not use cutting torches until work area is cleared of flammable materials. At concealed spaces, such as duct and pipe interiors, verify condition and contents of hidden space before starting flame-cutting operations. Maintain fire watch and portable fire-suppression devices during flame-cutting operations. 5. Maintain adequate ventilation when using cutting torches. 6. Remove decayed, vermin-infested, or otherwise dangerous or unsuitable materials and promptly dispose of off-site. 7. Remove structural framing members and lower to ground by method suitable to avoid free fall and to prevent ground impact or dust generation. 8. Locate selective demolition equipment and remove debris and materials so as not to impose excessive loads on supporting walls, floors, or framing. 9. Dispose of demolished items and materials promptly. Comply with requirements in Section 01 7419 "Construction Waste Management and Disposal." B. Reuse of Building Elements: Project has been designed to result in end-of-Project rates for reuse of building elements as follows. Do not demolish building elements beyond what is indicated on Drawings without Architect's approval. C. Removed and Salvaged Items: 1. Clean salvaged items. 2. Pack or crate items after cleaning. Identify contents of containers. 3. Store items in a secure area until delivery to Owner. 4. Transport items to Owner's storage area designated by Owner. 5. Protect items from damage during transport and storage. D. Removed and Reinstalled Items: Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02 4119 - 7 1. Clean and repair items to functional condition adequate for intended reuse. 2. Pack or crate items after cleaning and repairing. Identify contents of containers. 3. Protect items from damage during transport and storage. 4. Reinstall items in locations indicated. Comply with installation requirements for new materials and equipment. Provide connections, supports, and miscellaneous materials necessary to make item functional for use indicated. E. Existing Items to Remain: Protect construction indicated to remain against damage and soiling during selective demolition. When permitted by Architect, items may be removed to a suitable, protected storage location during selective demolition and cleaned and reinstalled in their original locations after selective demolition operations are complete. 3.5 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION PROCEDURES FOR SPECIFIC MATERIALS A. Concrete: Demolish in small sections. Using power-driven saw, cut concrete to a depth of at least 3/4 inch at junctures with construction to remain. Dislodge concrete from reinforcement at perimeter of areas being demolished, cut reinforcement, and then remove remainder of concrete. Neatly trim openings to dimensions indicated. B. Concrete: Demolish in sections. Cut concrete full depth at junctures with construction to remain and at regular intervals using power-driven saw, then remove concrete between saw cuts. C. Masonry: Demolish in small sections. Cut masonry at junctures with construction to remain, using power-driven saw, then remove masonry between saw cuts. D. Concrete Slabs-on-Grade: Saw-cut perimeter of area to be demolished, then break up and remove. E. Resilient Floor Coverings: Remove floor coverings and adhesive according to recommendations in RFCI's "Recommended Work Practices for the Removal of Resilient Floor Coverings." F. Roofing: Remove no more existing roofing than what can be covered in one day by new roofing and so that building interior remains watertight and weathertight. See roofing section for new roofing requirements. 1. Remove existing roof membrane, flashings, copings, and roof accessories. 2. Remove existing roofing system down to substrate. 3.6 DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS A. General: Except for items or materials indicated to be recycled, reused, salvaged, reinstalled, or otherwise indicated to remain Owner's property, remove demolished materials from Project site and legally dispose of them in an EPA-approved landfill. 1. Do not allow demolished materials to accumulate on-site. 2. Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces and areas. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02 4119 - 8 3. Remove debris from elevated portions of building by chute, hoist, or other device that will convey debris to grade level in a controlled descent. 4. Comply with requirements specified in Section 01 7419 "Construction Waste Management and Disposal." B. Burning: Do not burn demolished materials. C. Disposal: Transport demolished materials off Owner's property and legally dispose of them. 3.7 CLEANING A. Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by selective demolition operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before selective demolition operations began. 3.8 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION SCHEDULE A. Existing Items to Be Removed and Salvaged: Consult with Owner for Direction B. Existing Items to Be Removed and Reinstalled: Consult with Owner for Direction END OF SECTION Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 JOINT SEALANTS 07 9200 - 1 SECTION 07 9200 - JOINT SEALANTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, Specification Section 00 9000 "Vizient GPO Construction Purchasing", and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Nonstaining silicone joint sealants. 2. Urethane joint sealants. 3. Immersible joint sealants. 4. Mildew-resistant joint sealants. 5. Latex joint sealants. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 07 9219 "Acoustical Joint Sealants" for sealing joints in sound-rated construction. 1.3 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each joint-sealant product. B. Samples for Initial Selection: Manufacturer's color charts consisting of strips of cured sealants showing the full range of colors available for each product exposed to view. C. Samples for Verification: For each kind and color of joint sealant required, provide Samples with joint sealants in 1/2-inch- wide joints formed between two 6-inch- long strips of material matching the appearance of exposed surfaces adjacent to joint sealants. D. Joint-Sealant Schedule: Include the following information: 1. Joint-sealant application, joint location, and designation. 2. Joint-sealant manufacturer and product name. 3. Joint-sealant formulation. 4. Joint-sealant color. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 JOINT SEALANTS 07 9200 - 2 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For qualified testing agency. B. Product Test Reports: For each kind of joint sealant, for tests performed by a qualified testing agency. C. Preconstruction Laboratory Test Reports: From sealant manufacturer, indicating the following: 1. Materials forming joint substrates and joint-sealant backings have been tested for compatibility and adhesion with joint sealants. 2. Interpretation of test results and written recommendations for primers and substrate preparation are needed for adhesion. D. Preconstruction Field-Adhesion-Test Reports: Indicate which sealants and joint preparation methods resulted in optimum adhesion to joint substrates based on testing specified in "Preconstruction Testing" Article. E. Sample Warranties: For special warranties. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: An authorized representative who is trained and approved by manufacturer. B. Product Testing: Test joint sealants using a qualified testing agency. 1. Testing Agency Qualifications: Qualified according to ASTM C 1021 to conduct the testing indicated. C. Mockups: Install sealant in mockups of assemblies specified in other Sections that are indicated to receive joint sealants specified in this Section. Use materials and installation methods specified in this Section. 1.7 PRECONSTRUCTION TESTING A. Preconstruction Laboratory Testing: Submit to joint-sealant manufacturers, for testing indicated below, samples of materials that will contact or affect joint sealants. 1. Adhesion Testing: Use ASTM C 794 to determine whether priming and other specific joint preparation techniques are required to obtain rapid, optimum adhesion of joint sealants to joint substrates. 2. Compatibility Testing: Use ASTM C 1087 to determine sealant compatibility when in contact with glazing and gasket materials. 3. Stain Testing: Use ASTM C 1248 to determine stain potential of sealant when in contact with masonry substrates. 4. Submit manufacturer's recommended number of pieces of each type of material, including joint substrates, joint-sealant backings, and miscellaneous materials. 5. Schedule sufficient time for testing and analyzing results to prevent delaying the Work. 6. For materials failing tests, obtain joint-sealant manufacturer's written instructions for corrective measures, including use of specially formulated primers. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 JOINT SEALANTS 07 9200 - 3 7. Testing will not be required if joint-sealant manufacturers submit data that are based on previous testing, not older than 24 months, of sealant products for adhesion to, staining of, and compatibility with joint substrates and other materials matching those submitted. B. Preconstruction Field-Adhesion Testing: Before installing sealants, field test their adhesion to Project joint substrates as follows: 1. Locate test joints where indicated on Project or, if not indicated, as directed by Architect. 2. Conduct field tests for each kind of sealant and joint substrate. 3. Notify Architect seven days in advance of dates and times when test joints will be erected. 4. Arrange for tests to take place with joint-sealant manufacturer's technical representative present. a. Test Method: Test joint sealants according to Method A, Field-Applied Sealant Joint Hand Pull Tab, in Appendix X1.1 in ASTM C 1193 or Method A, Tail Procedure, in ASTM C 1521. 1) For joints with dissimilar substrates, verify adhesion to each substrate separately; extend cut along one side, verifying adhesion to opposite side. Repeat procedure for opposite side. 5. Report whether sealant failed to adhere to joint substrates or tore cohesively. Include data on pull distance used to test each kind of product and joint substrate. For sealants that fail adhesively, retest until satisfactory adhesion is obtained. 6. Evaluation of Preconstruction Field-Adhesion-Test Results: Sealants not evidencing adhesive failure from testing, in absence of other indications of noncompliance with requirements, will be considered satisfactory. Do not use sealants that fail to adhere to joint substrates during testing. 1.8 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants under the following conditions: 1. When ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside limits permitted by joint-sealant manufacturer or are below 40 deg F. 2. When joint substrates are wet. 3. Where joint widths are less than those allowed by joint-sealant manufacturer for applications indicated. 4. Where contaminants capable of interfering with adhesion have not yet been removed from joint substrates. 1.9 WARRANTY A. Special Installer's Warranty: Installer agrees to repair or replace joint sealants that do not comply with performance and other requirements specified in this Section within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 JOINT SEALANTS 07 9200 - 4 B. Special Manufacturer's Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to furnish joint sealants to repair or replace those joint sealants that do not comply with performance and other requirements specified in this Section within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion. C. Special warranties specified in this article exclude deterioration or failure of joint sealants from the following: 1. Movement of the structure caused by stresses on the sealant exceeding sealant manufacturer's written specifications for sealant elongation and compression. 2. Disintegration of joint substrates from causes exceeding design specifications. 3. Mechanical damage caused by individuals, tools, or other outside agents. 4. Changes in sealant appearance caused by accumulation of dirt or other atmospheric contaminants. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 JOINT SEALANTS, GENERAL A. Compatibility: Provide joint sealants, backings, and other related materials that are compatible with one another and with joint substrates under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by joint-sealant manufacturer, based on testing and field experience. B. VOC Content of Interior Sealants: Sealants and sealant primers used inside the weatherproofing system shall comply with the following: 1. Architectural sealants shall have a VOC content of 250 g/L or less. 2. Sealants and sealant primers for nonporous substrates shall have a VOC content of 250 g/L or less. 3. Sealants and sealant primers for nonporous substrates shall have a VOC content of 775 g/L or less. C. Low-Emitting Interior Sealants: Sealants and sealant primers shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health's (formerly, the California Department of Health Services') "Standard Method for the Testing and Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical Emissions from Indoor Sources Using Environmental Chambers." D. Colors of Exposed Joint Sealants: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. 2.2 SILICONE JOINT SEALANTS A. Silicone, S, NS, 100/50, NT: Single-component, nonsag, plus 100 percent and minus 50 percent movement capability, nontraffic-use, neutral-curing silicone joint sealant; ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 100/50, Use NT. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. GE Construction Sealants; SCS2700 SilPruf LM . Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 JOINT SEALANTS 07 9200 - 5 b. Sika Corporation U.S.; Sikasil WS-290, Sikasil WS-290 FPS. c. Dow Corning Corporation, 790. B. Silicone, S, NS, 50, NT: Single-component, nonsag, plus 50 percent and minus 50 percent movement capability, nontraffic-use, neutral-curing silicone joint sealant; ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 50, Use NT. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Dow Corning Corporation; 791. b. Pecora Corporation; PCS. c. Sika Corporation U.S.; Sikasil WS-295, Sikasil WS-295 FPS. C. Silicone, Acid Curing, S, NS, 25, NT: Single-component, nonsag, plus 25 percent and minus 25 percent movement capability, nontraffic-use, acid-curing silicone joint sealant: ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, Use NT. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Dow Corning Corporation; 999A. 2.3 NONSTAINING SILICONE JOINT SEALANTS A. Silicone, Nonstaining, M, NS, 50, NT: Nonstaining, multicomponent, nonsag, plus 50 percent and minus 50 percent movement capability, nontraffic-use, neutral-curing silicone joint sealant; ASTM C 920, Type M, Grade NS, Class 50, Use NT. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Tremco Incorporated; Spectrem 4-TS. 2.4 URETHANE JOINT SEALANTS A. Urethane, S, NS, 25, NT: Single-component, nonsag, nontraffic-use, plus 25 percent and minus 25 percent movement capability, urethane joint sealant; ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, Use NT. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. BASF Construction Chemicals - Building Systems; Sonalastic TX1. b. Pecora Corporation; Dynatrol I-XL. c. Sika Corporation U.S.; Sikaflex Textured Sealant. d. Tremco Incorporated; Dymonic. B. Urethane, M, NS, 25, T, NT: Multicomponent, nonsag, plus 25 percent and minus 25 percent movement capability, traffic- and nontraffic-use, urethane joint sealant; ASTM C 920, Type M, Grade NS, Class 25, Uses T and NT. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 JOINT SEALANTS 07 9200 - 6 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. LymTal International, Inc.; Iso-Flex 885 SG. b. Sika Corporation U.S.; Sikaflex - 2c NS EZ Mix. C. Urethane, M, P, 50, T, NT: Multicomponent, pourable, plus 50 percent and minus 50 percent movement capability, traffic- and nontraffic-use, urethane joint sealant; ASTM C 920, Type M, Grade P, Class 50, Uses T and NT. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. LymTal International, Inc.; Iso-Flex 888QC. 2.5 IMMERSIBLE JOINT SEALANTS A. Immersible Joint Sealants. Suitable for immersion in liquids; ASTM C 1247, Class 1; tested in deionized water unless otherwise indicated B. Urethane, Immersible, M, NS, 25, T, NT, I: Immersible, multicomponent, nonsag, plus 25 percent and minus 25 percent movement capability, traffic- and nontraffic-use, urethane joint sealant; ASTM C 920, Type M, Grade NS, Class 25, Uses T, NT, and I. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Pecora Corporation; Dynatred. b. Sika Corporation U.S.; Sikaflex 2c NS. C. Urethane, Immersible, M, P, 25, T, NT, I: Immersible, multicomponent, pourable, plus 25 percent and minus 25 percent movement capability, traffic- and nontraffic-use, urethane joint sealant; ASTM C 920, Type M, Grade P, Class 25, Uses T, NT, and I. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. BASF Construction Chemicals - Building Systems; Sonolastic SL 2. b. LymTal International, Inc.; Iso-Flex 880 GB. c. Sika Corporation U.S.; Sikaflex 2c SL. 2.6 MILDEW-RESISTANT JOINT SEALANTS A. Silicone, Mildew Resistant, Acid Curing, S, NS, 25, NT: Mildew-resistant, single-component, nonsag, plus 25 percent and minus 25 percent movement capability, nontraffic-use, acid-curing silicone joint sealant; ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, Use NT. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Dow Corning Corporation; 786-M White. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 JOINT SEALANTS 07 9200 - 7 b. GE Construction Sealants; Momentive Performance Materials Inc.; SCS1700 Sanitary. c. Tremco Incorporated; Tremsil 200. 2.7 BUTYL JOINT SEALANTS A. Butyl-Rubber-Based Joint Sealants: ASTM C 1311. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, a product that is non-curing 100% butyl rubber sealant. 2.8 LATEX JOINT SEALANTS A. Acrylic Latex: Acrylic latex or siliconized acrylic latex, ASTM C 834, Type OP, Grade NF. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. BASF Construction Chemicals - Building Systems; Sonolac. b. Pecora Corporation; AC-20. c. Tremco Incorporated; Tremflex 834. 2.9 JOINT-SEALANT BACKING A. Sealant Backing Material, General: Nonstaining; compatible with joint substrates, sealants, primers, and other joint fillers; and approved for applications indicated by sealant manufacturer based on field experience and laboratory testing. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 2. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product by one of the following: a. BASF Construction Chemicals - Building Systems. b. Construction Foam Products, a division of Nomaco, Inc. 2.10 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Primer: Material recommended by joint-sealant manufacturer where required for adhesion of sealant to joint substrates indicated, as determined from preconstruction joint-sealant-substrate tests and field tests. B. Cleaners for Nonporous Surfaces: Chemical cleaners acceptable to manufacturers of sealants and sealant backing materials, free of oily residues or other substances capable of staining or harming joint substrates and adjacent nonporous surfaces in any way, and formulated to promote optimum adhesion of sealants to joint substrates. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 JOINT SEALANTS 07 9200 - 8 C. Masking Tape: Nonstaining, nonabsorbent material compatible with joint sealants and surfaces adjacent to joints. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine joints indicated to receive joint sealants, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for joint configuration, installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Surface Cleaning of Joints: Clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealants to comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written instructions and the following requirements: 1. Remove all foreign material from joint substrates that could interfere with adhesion of joint sealant, including dust, paints (except for permanent, protective coatings tested and approved for sealant adhesion and compatibility by sealant manufacturer), old joint sealants, oil, grease, waterproofing, water repellents, water, surface dirt, and frost. 2. Clean porous joint substrate surfaces by brushing, grinding, mechanical abrading, or a combination of these methods to produce a clean, sound substrate capable of developing optimum bond with joint sealants. Remove loose particles remaining after cleaning operations above by vacuuming or blowing out joints with oil-free compressed air. Porous joint substrates include the following: a. Concrete. b. Masonry. c. Unglazed surfaces of ceramic tile. d. Exterior insulation and finish systems. 3. Remove laitance and form-release agents from concrete. 4. Clean nonporous joint substrate surfaces with chemical cleaners or other means that do not stain, harm substrates, or leave residues capable of interfering with adhesion of joint sealants. Nonporous joint substrates include the following: a. Metal. b. Glass. c. Porcelain enamel. d. Glazed surfaces of ceramic tile. B. Joint Priming: Prime joint substrates where recommended by joint-sealant manufacturer or as indicated by preconstruction joint-sealant-substrate tests or prior experience. Apply primer to comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written instructions. Confine primers to areas of joint-sealant bond; do not allow spillage or migration onto adjoining surfaces. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 JOINT SEALANTS 07 9200 - 9 C. Masking Tape: Use masking tape where required to prevent contact of sealant or primer with adjoining surfaces that otherwise would be permanently stained or damaged by such contact or by cleaning methods required to remove sealant smears. Remove tape immediately after tooling without disturbing joint seal. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF JOINT SEALANTS A. General: Comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written installation instructions for products and applications indicated, unless more stringent requirements apply. B. Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with recommendations in ASTM C 1193 for use of joint sealants as applicable to materials, applications, and conditions indicated. C. Install sealant backings of kind indicated to support sealants during application and at position required to produce cross-sectional shapes and depths of installed sealants relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. 1. Do not leave gaps between ends of sealant backings. 2. Do not stretch, twist, puncture, or tear sealant backings. 3. Remove absorbent sealant backings that have become wet before sealant application, and replace them with dry materials. D. Install bond-breaker tape behind sealants where sealant backings are not used between sealants and backs of joints. E. Install sealants using proven techniques that comply with the following and at the same time backings are installed: 1. Place sealants so they directly contact and fully wet joint substrates. 2. Completely fill recesses in each joint configuration. 3. Produce uniform, cross-sectional shapes and depths relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. F. Tooling of Nonsag Sealants: Immediately after sealant application and before skinning or curing begins, tool sealants according to requirements specified in subparagraphs below to form smooth, uniform beads of configuration indicated; to eliminate air pockets; and to ensure contact and adhesion of sealant with sides of joint. 1. Remove excess sealant from surfaces adjacent to joints. 2. Use tooling agents that are approved in writing by sealant manufacturer and that do not discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces. 3. Provide concave joint profile per Figure 8A in ASTM C 1193 unless otherwise indicated. 4. Provide flush joint profile at locations indicated on Drawings according to Figure 8B in ASTM C 1193. 5. Provide recessed joint configuration of recess depth and at locations indicated on Drawings according to Figure 8C in ASTM C 1193. a. Use masking tape to protect surfaces adjacent to recessed tooled joints. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 JOINT SEALANTS 07 9200 - 10 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field-Adhesion Testing: Field test joint-sealant adhesion to joint substrates as follows: 1. Extent of Testing: Test completed and cured sealant joints as follows: a. Perform 10 tests for the first 1000 feet of joint length for each kind of sealant and joint substrate. b. Perform one test for each 1000 feet of joint length thereafter or one test per each floor per elevation. 2. Test Method: Test joint sealants according to Method A, Field-Applied Sealant Joint Hand Pull Tab, in Appendix X1 in ASTM C 1193 or Method A, Tail Procedure, in ASTM C 1521. a. For joints with dissimilar substrates, verify adhesion to each substrate separately; extend cut along one side, verifying adhesion to opposite side. Repeat procedure for opposite side. 3. Inspect tested joints and report on the following: a. Whether sealants filled joint cavities and are free of voids. b. Whether sealant dimensions and configurations comply with specified requirements. c. Whether sealants in joints connected to pulled-out portion failed to adhere to joint substrates or tore cohesively. Include data on pull distance used to test each kind of product and joint substrate. Compare these results to determine if adhesion complies with sealant manufacturer's field-adhesion hand-pull test criteria. 4. Record test results in a field-adhesion-test log. Include dates when sealants were installed, names of persons who installed sealants, test dates, test locations, whether joints were primed, adhesion results and percent elongations, sealant material, sealant configuration, and sealant dimensions. 5. Repair sealants pulled from test area by applying new sealants following same procedures used originally to seal joints. Ensure that original sealant surfaces are clean and that new sealant contacts original sealant. B. Evaluation of Field-Adhesion-Test Results: Sealants not evidencing adhesive failure from testing or noncompliance with other indicated requirements will be considered satisfactory. Remove sealants that fail to adhere to joint substrates during testing or to comply with other requirements. Retest failed applications until test results prove sealants comply with indicated requirements. 3.5 CLEANING A. Clean off excess sealant or sealant smears adjacent to joints as the Work progresses by methods and with cleaning materials approved in writing by manufacturers of joint sealants and of products in which joints occur. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 JOINT SEALANTS 07 9200 - 11 3.6 PROTECTION A. Protect joint sealants during and after curing period from contact with contaminating substances and from damage resulting from construction operations or other causes so sealants are without deterioration or damage at time of Substantial Completion. If, despite such protection, damage or deterioration occurs, cut out, remove, and repair damaged or deteriorated joint sealants immediately so installations with repaired areas are indistinguishable from original work. 3.7 JOINT-SEALANT SCHEDULE A. Contractor to provide architect with joint sealant schedule for approval. B. Joint-Sealant Application: Exterior joints in horizontal traffic surfaces <JS-1>. 1. Joint Locations: a. Isolation and contraction joints in cast-in-place concrete slabs. b. Other joints as indicated on Drawings. 2. Joint Sealant: Urethane, M, P, 50, T, NT. 3. Joint-Sealant Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of colors. C. Joint-Sealant Application: Exterior joints in horizontal traffic surfaces subject to water immersion <JS-2>. 1. Joint Locations: a. Joints in pedestrian plazas. b. Other joints as indicated on Drawings. 2. Joint Sealant: Urethane, immersible, M, P, 25, T, NT, I. 3. Joint-Sealant Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of colors. D. Joint-Sealant Application: Exterior joints in vertical surfaces and horizontal nontraffic surfaces <JS-3>. 1. Joint Locations: a. Construction joints in cast-in-place concrete. b. Joints between plant-precast architectural concrete units. c. Control and expansion joints in unit masonry. d. Joints in dimension stone cladding. e. Joints in exterior insulation and finish systems. f. Joints between metal panels. g. Joints between different materials listed above. h. Perimeter joints between materials listed above and frames of doors,windows, and louvers. i. Control and expansion joints in ceilings and other overhead surfaces. j. Other joints as indicated on Drawings. 2. Joint Sealant: Silicone, nonstaining, S, NS, 50, NT. 3. Joint-Sealant Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of colors. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 JOINT SEALANTS 07 9200 - 12 E. Joint-Sealant Application: Interior joints in horizontal traffic surfaces <JS-4>. 1. Joint Locations: a. Isolation joints in cast-in-place concrete slabs. b. Control and expansion joints in stone flooring. c. Control and expansion joints in tile flooring. d. Other joints as indicated on Drawings. 2. Joint Sealant: Urethane, M, NS, 25, T, NT. 3. Joint-Sealant Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of colors. F. Joint-Sealant Application: Interior joints in vertical surfaces and horizontal nontraffic surfaces <JS-5>. 1. Joint Locations: a. Control and expansion joints on exposed interior surfaces of exterior walls. b. Tile control and expansion joints. c. Vertical joints on exposed surfaces of unit masonry or concrete wallsand partitions. d. Other joints as indicated on Drawings. 2. Joint Sealant: Urethane, S, NS, 25, NT. 3. Joint-Sealant Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of colors. G. Joint-Sealant Application: Interior joints in vertical surfaces and horizontal nontraffic surfaces not subject to significant movement <JS-6>. 1. Joint Locations: a. Control joints on exposed interior surfaces of exterior walls. b. Perimeter joints between interior wall surfaces and frames of interior doors, windows, and elevator entrances. c. Other joints as indicated on Drawings. 2. Joint Sealant: Acrylic latex. 3. Joint-Sealant Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of colors. H. Joint-Sealant Application: Mildew-resistant interior joints in vertical surfaces and horizontal nontraffic surfaces <JS-7>. 1. Joint Locations: a. Joints between plumbing fixtures and adjoining walls, floors, and counters. b. Tile control and expansion joints where indicated. c. Other joints as indicated on Drawings. 2. Joint Sealant: Silicone, mildew resistant, acid curing, S, NS, 25, NT. 3. Joint-Sealant Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of colors. I. Joint-Sealant Application: Concealed mastics <JS-8>. 1. Joint Locations: Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 JOINT SEALANTS 07 9200 - 13 a. Aluminum thresholds. b. Sill plates. c. Other joints as indicated on Drawings. 2. Joint Sealant: Butyl-rubber based. 3. Joint-Sealant Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of colors. END OF SECTION 07 9200 Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 ACOUSTICAL JOINT SEALANTS 07 9219 - 1 SECTION 07 9219 - ACOUSTICAL JOINT SEALANTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, Specification Section 00 9000 "Vizient GPO Construction Purchasing", and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes acoustical joint sealants. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 07 9200 "Joint Sealants" for elastomeric, latex, and butyl-rubber-based joint sealants for nonacoustical applications. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each acoustical joint sealant. B. Acoustical-Joint-Sealant Schedule: Include the following information: 1. Joint-sealant application, joint location, and designation. 2. Joint-sealant manufacturer and product name. 3. Joint-sealant formulation. 4. Joint-sealant color. 1.4 WARRANTY A. Special Installer's Warranty: Installer agrees to repair or replace acoustical joint sealants that do not comply with performance and other requirements specified in this Section within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion. B. Special Manufacturer's Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to furnish acoustical joint sealants to repair or replace those joint sealants that do not comply with performance and other requirements specified in this Section within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: 5 years from date of Substantial Completion. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 ACOUSTICAL JOINT SEALANTS 07 9219 - 2 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Provide acoustical joint-sealant products that effectively reduce airborne sound transmission through perimeter joints and openings in building construction, as demonstrated by testing representative assemblies according to ASTM E 90. 2.2 ACOUSTICAL JOINT SEALANTS A. Acoustical Sealant for Exposed and Concealed Joints: Manufacturer's standard nonsag, paintable, nonstaining latex acoustical sealant complying with ASTM C 834. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Accumetric LLC; BOSS 826 Acoustical Sound Sealant. b. GE Construction Sealants; RCS20 Acoustical. c. Grabber Construction Products; Acoustical Sealant GSC. d. Henkel Corporation; OSI Pro-Series SC-175 Acoustical Sound Sealant. e. Pecora Corporation; AC-20 FTR, AIS-919. f. Serious Energy Inc.; Quiet Seal Pro. g. Tremco, Incorporated; Tremco Acoustical Sealant. h. USG Corporation; SHEETROCK Acoustical Sealant. 2. Colors of Exposed Acoustical Joint Sealants: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of colors. 2.3 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Primer: Material recommended by acoustical-joint-sealant manufacturer where required for adhesion of sealant to joint substrates. B. Cleaners for Nonporous Surfaces: Chemical cleaners acceptable to manufacturers of sealants and sealant backing materials, free of oily residues or other substances capable of staining or harming joint substrates and adjacent nonporous surfaces in any way, and formulated to promote optimum adhesion of sealants to joint substrates. C. Masking Tape: Nonstaining, nonabsorbent material compatible with joint sealants and surfaces adjacent to joints. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine joints indicated to receive acoustical joint sealants, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for joint configuration, installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 ACOUSTICAL JOINT SEALANTS 07 9219 - 3 B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Surface Cleaning of Joints: Clean out joints immediately before installing acoustical joint sealants to comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written instructions. B. Joint Priming: Prime joint substrates where recommended by acoustical-joint-sealant manufacturer. Apply primer to comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written instructions. Confine primers to areas of joint-sealant bond; do not allow spillage or migration onto adjoining surfaces. C. Masking Tape: Use masking tape where required to prevent contact of sealant or primer with adjoining surfaces that otherwise would be permanently stained or damaged by such contact or by cleaning methods required to remove sealant smears. Remove tape immediately after tooling without disturbing joint seal. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF ACOUSTICAL JOINT SEALANTS A. Comply with acoustical joint-sealant manufacturer's written installation instructions unless more stringent requirements apply. B. STC-Rated Assemblies: Seal construction at perimeters, behind control joints, and at openings and penetrations with a continuous bead of acoustical joint sealant. Install acoustical joint sealants at both faces of partitions, at perimeters, and through penetrations. Comply with ASTM C 919, ASTM C 1193, and manufacturer's written recommendations for closing off sound-flanking paths around or through assemblies, including sealing partitions to underside of floor slabs above acoustical ceilings. C. Acoustical Ceiling Areas: Apply acoustical joint sealant at perimeter edge moldings of acoustical ceiling areas in a continuous ribbon concealed on back of vertical legs of moldings before they are installed. 3.4 CLEANING A. Clean off excess sealant or sealant smears adjacent to joints as the Work progresses by methods and with cleaning materials approved in writing by manufacturers of acoustical joint sealants and of products in which joints occur. 3.5 PROTECTION A. Protect acoustical joint sealants during and after curing period from contact with contaminating substances and from damage resulting from construction operations or other causes so sealants are without deterioration or damage at time of Substantial Completion. If, despite such protection, damage or deterioration occurs, cut out, remove, and repair damaged or deteriorated acoustical joint sealants immediately so installations with repaired areas are indistinguishable from original work. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 ACOUSTICAL JOINT SEALANTS 07 9219 - 4 END OF SECTION 07 9219 Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING 09 2216 - 1 SECTION 09 2216 - NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, Specification Section 00 9000 "Vizient GPO Construction Purchasing", and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Non-load-bearing steel framing systems for interior partitions. 2. Suspension systems for interior ceilings and soffits. 3. Grid suspension systems for gypsum board ceilings. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 05 4000 "Cold-Formed Metal Framing" for exterior and interior load-bearing and exterior non-load-bearing wall studs; floor joists; and roof rafters and ceiling joists. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Evaluation Reports: For embossed, high-strength steel studs and tracks and firestop tracks, from ICC-ES or other qualified testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: For fire-resistance-rated assemblies that incorporate non-load-bearing steel framing, provide materials and construction identical to those tested in assembly indicated, according to ASTM E 119 by an independent testing agency. B. STC-Rated Assemblies: For STC-rated assemblies, provide materials and construction identical to those tested in assembly indicated on Drawings, according to ASTM E 90 and classified according to ASTM E 413 by an independent testing agency. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING 09 2216 - 2 C. Horizontal Deflection: For wall assemblies, limited to 1/240 of the wall height based on horizontal loading of 5 lbf/sq. ft.. Adhere to manufacturer's requirements of maximum allowable deflection for scheduled wall finishes. 2.2 FRAMING SYSTEMS A. Recycled Content of Steel Products: Postconsumer recycled content plus one-half of preconsumer recycled content not less than 25 percent. B. Framing Members, General: Comply with ASTM C 754 for conditions indicated. 1. Steel Sheet Components: Comply with ASTM C 645 requirements for steel unless otherwise indicated. 2. Protective Coating: ASTM A 653/A 653M, G40, hot-dip galvanized unless otherwise indicated. C. Studs and Tracks: ASTM C 645. 1. Steel Studs and Tracks: a. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1) CEMCO; California Expanded Metal Products Co. 2) MBA Building Supplies. 3) MRI Steel Framing, LLC. 4) Phillips Manufacturing Co. 5) Steel Network, Inc. (The). 6) Telling Industries. b. Minimum Base-Steel Thickness: As required by performance requirements for horizontal deflection. c. Depth: As indicated on Drawings. 2. Embossed, High Strength Steel Studs and Tracks: Roll-formed and embossed with surface deformations to stiffen the framing members so that they are structurally comparable to conventional ASTM C 645 steel studs and tracks. a. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1) CEMCO; California Expanded Metal Products Co. 2) MBA Building Supplies. 3) Phillips Manufacturing Co. 4) Steel Network, Inc. (The). 5) Telling Industries. b. Minimum Base-Steel Thickness: As required by horizontal deflection performance requirements. c. Depth: As indicated on Drawings. D. Slip-Type Head Joints: Where indicated, provide the following: Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING 09 2216 - 3 1. Deflection Track: Steel sheet top track manufactured to prevent cracking of finishes applied to interior partition framing resulting from deflection of structure above; in thickness not less than indicated for studs and in width to accommodate depth of studs. a. Products: provide one of the following: 1) Blazeframe Industries; Bare Slotted Track (BST/BST 2). 2) CEMCO; California Expanded Metal Products Co.; CST Slotted Deflection Track. 3) ClarkDietrich Building Systems; SLP-TRK Slotted Deflection Track. 4) MBA Building Supplies; Slotted Deflecto Track. 5) Metal-Lite; The System. 6) Steel Network, Inc. (The); VertiClip SLD. 7) Telling Industries; Vertical Slip Track. E. Firestop Tracks: Top track manufactured to allow partition heads to expand and contract with movement of structure while maintaining continuity of fire-resistance-rated assembly indicated; in thickness not less than indicated for studs and in width to accommodate depth of studs. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Blazeframe Industries; Intumescent Framing, Fire Stop System. b. ClarkDietrich Building Systems; BlazeFrame. c. Fire Trak Corp; Fire Trak System attached to studs with Fire Trak Posi Klip. d. Metal-Lite; The System. e. Steel Network, Inc. (The) . F. Flat Strap and Backing Plate: Steel sheet for blocking and bracing in length and width indicated. 1. Minimum Base-Steel Thickness: 0.0329 inch. G. Cold-Rolled Channel Bridging: Steel, 0.0538-inch minimum base-steel thickness, with minimum 1/2-inch- wide flanges. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. ClarkDietrich Building Systems. b. MRI Steel Framing, LLC. 2. Depth: As indicated on Drawings. H. Hat-Shaped, Rigid Furring Channels: ASTM C 645. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. ClarkDietrich Building Systems. b. MRI Steel Framing, LLC. 2. Minimum Base-Steel Thickness: 0.0329 inch. 3. Depth: As indicated on Drawings. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING 09 2216 - 4 I. Resilient Furring Channels: 1/2-inch- deep, steel sheet members designed to reduce sound transmission. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. ClarkDietrich Building Systems. b. MRI Steel Framing, LLC. 2. Configuration: Asymmetrical. J. Cold-Rolled Furring Channels: 0.053-inch uncoated-steel thickness, with minimum 1/2-inch- wide flanges. 1. Depth: As indicated on Drawings. 2. Furring Brackets: Adjustable, corrugated-edge-type steel sheet with minimum uncoated-steel thickness of 0.0329 inch. 3. Tie Wire: ASTM A 641/A 641M, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper, 0.062-inch- diameter wire, or double strand of 0.048-inch- diameter wire. 2.3 SUSPENSION SYSTEMS A. Tie Wire: ASTM A 641/A 641M, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper, 0.062-inch- diameter wire, or double strand of 0.048-inch- diameter wire. B. Hanger Attachments to Concrete: 1. Power-Actuated Anchors: Fastener systems with an evaluation report acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, based on ICC-ES AC70. C. Wire Hangers: ASTM A 641/A 641M, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper, 0.16 inch in diameter. D. Flat Hangers: Steel sheet, 1 by 3/16 inch by length indicated. E. Carrying Channels (Main Runners): Cold-rolled, commercial-steel sheet with a base-steel thickness of 0.0538 inch and minimum 1/2-inch- wide flanges. 1. Depth: As indicated on Drawings. F. Furring Channels (Furring Members): 1. Cold-Rolled Channels: 0.0538-inch uncoated-steel thickness, with minimum 1/2-inch- wide flanges, 3/4 inch deep. 2. Steel Studs and Tracks: ASTM C 645. a. Minimum Base-Steel Thickness: As indicated on Drawings. b. Depth: As indicated on Drawings. 3. Embossed, High-Strength Steel Studs and Tracks: ASTM C 645. a. Minimum Base-Steel Thickness: As indicated on Drawings. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING 09 2216 - 5 b. Depth: As indicated on Drawings. 4. Hat-Shaped, Rigid Furring Channels: ASTM C 645, 7/8 inch deep. a. Minimum Base-Steel Thickness: As indicated on Drawings. 5. Resilient Furring Channels: 1/2-inch- deep members designed to reduce sound transmission. a. Configuration: Asymmetrical. G. Grid Suspension System for Gypsum Board Ceilings: ASTM C 645, direct-hung system composed of main beams and cross-furring members that interlock. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Armstrong World Industries, Inc; Drywall Grid Systems. b. Chicago Metallic Corporation; 640/660 Drywall Ceiling Suspension. c. United States Gypsum Company; Drywall Suspension System. 2.4 AUXILIARY MATERIALS A. General: Provide auxiliary materials that comply with referenced installation standards. 1. Fasteners for Steel Framing: Of type, material, size, corrosion resistance, holding power, and other properties required to fasten steel members to substrates. B. Isolation Strip at Exterior Walls: Provide the following: 1. Foam Gasket: Adhesive-backed, closed-cell vinyl foam strips that allow fastener penetration without foam displacement, 1/8 inch thick, in width to suit steel stud size. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas and substrates, with Installer present, and including welded hollow-metal frames, cast-in anchors, and structural framing, for compliance with requirements and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Suspended Assemblies: Coordinate installation of suspension systems with installation of overhead structure to ensure that inserts and other provisions for anchorages to building structure have been installed to receive hangers at spacing required to support the Work and that hangers will develop their full strength. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING 09 2216 - 6 1. Furnish concrete inserts and other devices indicated to other trades for installation in advance of time needed for coordination and construction. B. Coordination with Sprayed Fire-Resistive Materials: 1. Before sprayed fire-resistive materials are applied, attach offset anchor plates or ceiling tracks to surfaces indicated to receive sprayed fire-resistive materials. Where offset anchor plates are required, provide continuous plates fastened to building structure not more than 24 inches o.c. 2. After sprayed fire-resistive materials are applied, remove them only to extent necessary for installation of non-load-bearing steel framing. Do not reduce thickness of fire-resistive materials below that are required for fire-resistance ratings indicated. Protect adjacent fire-resistive materials from damage. 3.3 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Installation Standard: ASTM C 754. 1. Gypsum Plaster Assemblies: Also comply with requirements in ASTM C 841 that apply to framing installation. 2. Portland Cement Plaster Assemblies: Also comply with requirements in ASTM C 1063 that apply to framing installation. 3. Gypsum Veneer Plaster Assemblies: Also comply with requirements in ASTM C 844 that apply to framing installation. 4. Gypsum Board Assemblies: Also comply with requirements in ASTM C 840 that apply to framing installation. B. Install framing and accessories plumb, square, and true to line, with connections securely fastened. C. Install supplementary framing, and blocking to support fixtures, equipment services, heavy trim, grab bars, toilet accessories, furnishings, or similar construction. D. Install bracing at terminations in assemblies. E. Do not bridge building control and expansion joints with non-load-bearing steel framing members. Frame both sides of joints independently. 3.4 INSTALLING FRAMED ASSEMBLIES A. Install framing system components according to spacings indicated, but not greater than spacings required by referenced installation standards for assembly types. 1. Single-Layer Application: As required by horizontal deflection performance requirements unless otherwise indicated. 2. Multilayer Application: As required by horizontal deflection performance requirements unless otherwise indicated. 3. Tile Backing Panels: As required by horizontal deflection performance requirements unless otherwise indicated. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING 09 2216 - 7 B. Where studs are installed directly against exterior masonry walls or dissimilar metals at exterior walls, install isolation strip between studs and exterior wall. C. Install studs so flanges within framing system point in same direction. D. Install tracks at floors and overhead supports. Extend framing full height to structural supports or substrates above suspended ceilings except where partitions are indicated to terminate at suspended ceilings. Continue framing around ducts that penetrate partitions above ceiling. 1. Slip-Type Head Joints: Where framing extends to overhead structural supports, install to produce joints at tops of framing systems that prevent axial loading of finished assemblies. 2. Door Openings: Screw vertical studs at jambs to jamb anchor clips on door frames; install track section (for cripple studs) at head and secure to jamb studs. a. Install two studs at each jamb unless otherwise indicated. b. Install cripple studs at head adjacent to each jamb stud, with a minimum 1/2-inch clearance from jamb stud to allow for installation of control joint in finished assembly. c. Extend jamb studs through suspended ceilings and attach to underside of overhead structure. 3. Other Framed Openings: Frame openings other than door openings the same as required for door openings unless otherwise indicated. Install framing below sills of openings to match framing required above door heads. 4. Fire-Resistance-Rated Partitions: Install framing to comply with fire-resistance-rated assembly indicated and support closures and to make partitions continuous from floor to underside of solid structure. a. Firestop Track: Where indicated, install to maintain continuity of fire-resistance-rated assembly indicated. 5. Sound-Rated Partitions: Install framing to comply with sound-rated assembly indicated. 6. Curved Partitions: a. Bend track to uniform curve and locate straight lengths so they are tangent to arcs. b. Begin and end each arc with a stud, and space intermediate studs equally along arcs. On straight lengths of no fewer than two studs at ends of arcs, place studs 6 inches o.c. E. Direct Furring: 1. Attach to concrete or masonry with stub nails, screws designed for masonry attachment, or powder-driven fasteners spaced 24 inches o.c. F. Installation Tolerance: Install each framing member so fastening surfaces vary not more than 1/8 inch from the plane formed by faces of adjacent framing. 3.5 INSTALLING CEILING SUSPENSION SYSTEMS A. Install suspension system components according to spacings indicated, but not greater than spacings required by referenced installation standards for assembly types. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING 09 2216 - 8 1. Hangers: 48 inches o.c. 2. Carrying Channels (Main Runners): 48 inches o.c. 3. Furring Channels (Furring Members): 16 inches o.c. B. Isolate suspension systems from building structure where they abut or are penetrated by building structure to prevent transfer of loading imposed by structural movement. C. Suspend hangers from building structure as follows: 1. Install hangers plumb and free from contact with insulation or other objects within ceiling plenum that are not part of supporting structural or suspension system. a. Splay hangers only where required to miss obstructions and offset resulting horizontal forces by bracing, countersplaying, or other equally effective means. 2. Where width of ducts and other construction within ceiling plenum produces hanger spacings that interfere with locations of hangers required to support standard suspension system members, install supplemental suspension members and hangers in the form of trapezes or equivalent devices. a. Size supplemental suspension members and hangers to support ceiling loads within performance limits established by referenced installation standards. 3. Wire Hangers: Secure by looping and wire tying, either directly to structures or to inserts, eye screws, or other devices and fasteners that are secure and appropriate for substrate, and in a manner that will not cause hangers to deteriorate or otherwise fail. 4. Flat Hangers: Secure to structure, including intermediate framing members, by attaching to inserts, eye screws, or other devices and fasteners that are secure and appropriate for structure and hanger, and in a manner that will not cause hangers to deteriorate or otherwise fail. 5. Do not attach hangers to steel roof deck. 6. Do not attach hangers to permanent metal forms. Furnish cast-in-place hanger inserts that extend through forms. 7. Do not attach hangers to rolled-in hanger tabs of composite steel floor deck. 8. Do not connect or suspend steel framing from ducts, pipes, or conduit. D. Fire-Resistance-Rated Assemblies: Wire tie furring channels to supports. E. Seismic Bracing: Sway-brace suspension systems with hangers used for support. F. Grid Suspension Systems: Attach perimeter wall track or angle where grid suspension systems meet vertical surfaces. Mechanically join main beam and cross-furring members to each other and butt-cut to fit into wall track. G. Installation Tolerances: Install suspension systems that are level to within 1/8 inch in 12 feet measured lengthwise on each member that will receive finishes and transversely between parallel members that will receive finishes. END OF SECTION 09 2216 Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 GYPSUM BOARD 09 2900 - 1 SECTION 09 2900 - GYPSUM BOARD PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, Specification Section 00 9000 "Vizient GPO Construction Purchasing", and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Interior mold and mildew resistant gypsum board. 2. Interior abuse-resistant gypsum board. 3. Sound Batt Insulation 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Store materials inside under cover and keep them dry and protected against weather, condensation, direct sunlight, construction traffic, and other potential causes of damage. Stack panels flat and supported on risers on a flat platform to prevent sagging. 1.5 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Comply with ASTM C840 requirements or gypsum board manufacturer's written instructions, whichever are more stringent. B. Do not install paper-faced gypsum panels until installation areas are enclosed and conditioned. C. Do not install panels that are wet, moisture damaged, and mold damaged. 1. Indications that panels are wet or moisture damaged include, but are not limited to, discoloration, sagging, or irregular shape. 2. Indications that panels are mold damaged include, but are not limited to, fuzzy or splotchy surface contamination and discoloration. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 GYPSUM BOARD 09 2900 - 2 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Fire-Resistance-Rated Assemblies: For fire-resistance-rated assemblies, provide materials and construction identical to those tested in assembly indicated according to ASTM E119 by an independent testing agency. B. STC-Rated Assemblies: For STC-rated assemblies, provide materials and construction identical to those tested in assembly indicated according to ASTM E90 and classified according to ASTM E413 by an independent testing agency. 2.2 GYPSUM BOARD, GENERAL A. Size: Provide maximum lengths and widths available that will minimize joints in each area and that correspond with support system indicated. 2.3 INTERIOR GYPSUM BOARD A. Gypsum Wallboard: ASTM C1396/C1396M, with moisture- and mold-resistant core and paper surfaces. 1. Basis of Design Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. American Gypsum; M-BLOC Type X (UL Types AGX-1). b. CertainTeed Corp.; M2Tech Type X (UL Type X). c. National Gypsum Company; Gold Bond Brand XP Fire-Shield (UL Type FSW). d. USG Corporation; Sheetrock Mold Tough Firecode Core (UL Type SCX). 2. Thickness: Thickness and Fire Rating as indicated on Wall Types in Drawings. 3. Long Edges: Tapered. B. Gypsum Ceiling Board: ASTM C1396/C1396M. 1. Thickness: Thickness and Fire Rating as indicated on Wall Types in Drawings. 2. Long Edges: Tapered. 2.4 SPECIALTY GYPSUM BOARD A. Radiation Shielding Lead Lined Gypsum Board: ASTM C1396/C1396M, with moisture- and mold-resistant core and paper surfaces. 1. Basis of Design Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Basis of Design or products by one of the following: a. Basis of Design: A&L Shielding. b. Nelco/New England Lead Burning. c. Radiation Protection Products. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 GYPSUM BOARD 09 2900 - 3 d. Ray Bar Engineering. e. Mayco. 2. Thickness: Thickness and Fire Rating as indicated on Wall Types in Drawings. 3. Long Edges: Tapered. 4. Mold Resistance: ASTM D 3273, score of 10 2.5 TRIM ACCESSORIES A. Interior Trim: ASTM C1047. 1. Material: Galvanized or aluminum-coated steel sheet, rolled zinc, plastic, or paper-faced galvanized-steel sheet or. 2. Shapes: a. Cornerbead. b. Bullnose bead. c. LC-Bead: J-shaped; exposed long flange receives joint compound. d. L-Bead: L-shaped; exposed long flange receives joint compound. e. U-Bead: J-shaped; exposed short flange does not receive joint compound. 2.6 JOINT TREATMENT MATERIALS A. General: Comply with ASTM C475/C475M. B. Joint Tape: 1. Interior Gypsum Board: Paper. C. Joint Compound for Interior Gypsum Board: For each coat, use formulation that is compatible with other compounds applied on previous or for successive coats. 1. Prefilling: At open joints, rounded or beveled panel edges, and damaged surface areas, use setting-type taping compound. 2. Embedding and First Coat: For embedding tape and first coat on joints, fasteners, and trim flanges, use setting-type taping compound. a. Use setting-type compound for installing paper-faced metal trim accessories. 3. Fill Coat: For second coat, use setting-type, sandable topping compound. 4. Finish Coat: For third coat, use setting-type, sandable topping compound. 2.7 AUXILIARY MATERIALS A. General: Provide auxiliary materials that comply with referenced installation standards and manufacturer's written instructions. B. Laminating Adhesive: Adhesive or joint compound recommended for directly adhering gypsum panels to continuous substrate. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 GYPSUM BOARD 09 2900 - 4 C. Steel Drill Screws: ASTM C1002 unless otherwise indicated. 1. Use screws complying with ASTM C954 for fastening panels to steel members from 0.033 to 0.112 inch thick. D. Sound-Attenuation Blankets: ASTM C665, Type I (blankets without membrane facing) produced by combining thermosetting resins with mineral fibers manufactured from glass, slag wool, or rock wool. 1. Fire-Resistance-Rated Assemblies: Comply with mineral-fiber requirements of assembly. E. Acoustical Sealant: Manufacturer's standard nonsag, paintable, nonstaining latex sealant complying with ASTM C834. Product effectively reduces airborne sound transmission through perimeter joints and openings in building construction as demonstrated by testing representative assemblies according to ASTM E90. 1. Basis of Design Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Basis of Design or products by one of the following: a. Accumetric LLC. b. Grabber Construction Products. c. Hilti, Inc. d. Pecora Corporation. e. Specified Technologies, Inc. f. USG Corporation. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas and substrates including welded hollow-metal frames and support framing, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Examine panels before installation. Reject panels that are wet, moisture damaged, and mold damaged. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 APPLYING AND FINISHING PANELS, GENERAL A. Comply with ASTM C840. B. Install ceiling panels across framing to minimize the number of abutting end joints and to avoid abutting end joints in central area of each ceiling. Stagger abutting end joints of adjacent panels not less than one framing member. C. Install panels with face side out. Butt panels together for a light contact at edges and ends with not more than 1/16 inch of open space between panels. Do not force into place. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 GYPSUM BOARD 09 2900 - 5 D. Locate edge and end joints over supports, except in ceiling applications where intermediate supports or gypsum board back-blocking is provided behind end joints. Do not place tapered edges against cut edges or ends. Stagger vertical joints on opposite sides of partitions. Do not make joints other than control joints at corners of framed openings. E. Form control and expansion joints with space between edges of adjoining gypsum panels. Install joints according to ASTM C840 at locations indicated on Drawings and as below: 1. Above all interior doors install a vertical wall control joints with aligned with jamb. a. Area of interior walls between control joints not to exceed 900 sqft or 30 feet between joints. Refer to Drawings to confirm where specific locations are required. b. Above both jambs on sliding doors, full glazed openings, or hinged door widths over 42 inches. c. Above hinge jamb only on typical hinged doors of 42 inches or less. d. Above openings with hinge jamb within 24 inches of a wall intersection; install above strike jamb. 2. At interior window frames install vertical wall Provide additional control joints where indicated on Drawings. 3. Align the joint to the outside face of door trim where it overlaps the wall surface. F. Align the joint to the cornerbead of punched openings with inset jambs. G. Cover both faces of support framing with gypsum panels in concealed spaces (above ceilings, etc.), except in chases braced internally. 1. Unless concealed application is indicated or required for sound, fire, air, or smoke ratings, coverage may be accomplished with scraps of not less than 8 sq. ft. in area. 2. Fit gypsum panels around ducts, pipes, and conduits. 3. Where partitions intersect structural members projecting below underside of floor/roof slabs and decks, cut gypsum panels to fit profile formed by structural members; allow 1/4- to 3/8-inch- wide joints to install sealant. H. Isolate perimeter of gypsum board applied to non-load-bearing partitions at structural abutments. Provide 1/4- to 1/2-inch- wide spaces at these locations and trim edges with edge trim where edges of panels are exposed. Seal joints between edges and abutting structural surfaces with acoustical sealant. I. Attachment to Steel Framing: Attach panels so leading edge or end of each panel is attached to open (unsupported) edges of stud flanges first. J. Install sound attenuation blankets before installing gypsum panels unless blankets are readily installed after panels have been installed on one side. 3.3 APPLYING INTERIOR GYPSUM BOARD A. Install interior gypsum board in the following locations: 1. Wallboard Type: Vertical unless otherwise indicated on Wall Types in Drawings.. 2. Type X: as indicated on Wall Types in Drawings.. 3. Ceiling Type: as indicated on Wall Types in Drawings. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 GYPSUM BOARD 09 2900 - 6 4. Mold-Resistant Type: as indicated on Wall Types in Drawings.. 5. Acoustically Enhanced Type: as indicated on Wall Types in Drawings.. B. Single-Layer Application: 1. On ceilings, apply gypsum panels before wall/partition board application to greatest extent possible and at right angles to framing unless otherwise indicated. 2. On partitions/walls, apply gypsum panels vertically (parallel to framing) on metal studs, horizontally (perpendicular to framing) on wood studs unless otherwise indicated or required by fire-resistance-rated assembly, and minimize end joints. a. Stagger abutting end joints not less than one framing member in alternate courses of panels. 3. Fastening Methods: Apply gypsum panels to supports with steel drill screws. C. Multilayer Application: 1. On ceilings, apply gypsum board indicated for base layers before applying base layers on walls/partitions; apply face layers in same sequence. Apply base layers at right angles to framing members and offset face-layer joints one framing member, 16 inches minimum, from parallel base-layer joints, unless otherwise indicated or required by fire-resistance-rated assembly. 2. On partitions/walls, apply gypsum board indicated for base layers and face layers vertically (parallel to framing) with joints of base layers located over stud or furring member and face-layer joints offset at least one stud or furring member with base-layer joints unless otherwise indicated or required by fire-resistance-rated assembly. Stagger joints on opposite sides of partitions. 3. Fastening Methods: Fasten base layers with screws; fasten face layers with adhesive and supplementary fasteners. D. Laminating to Substrate: Where gypsum panels are indicated as directly adhered to a substrate (other than studs, joists, furring members, or base layer of gypsum board), comply with gypsum board manufacturer's written instructions and temporarily brace or fasten gypsum panels until fastening adhesive has set. 3.4 APPLYING EXTERIOR GYPSUM PANELS FOR CEILINGS AND SOFFITS A. Apply panels perpendicular to supports, with end joints staggered and located over supports. 1. Install with 1/4-inch open space where panels abut other construction or structural penetrations. 2. Fasten with corrosion-resistant screws. 3.5 INSTALLING TRIM ACCESSORIES A. Control Joints: Install control joints at locations indicated on Drawings and according to ASTM C840 and in specific locations approved by Architect for visual effect. B. Interior Trim: Install in the following locations: Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 GYPSUM BOARD 09 2900 - 7 1. Cornerbead: Use at outside corners unless otherwise indicated. 2. Bullnose Bead: Use at outside corners. 3. LC-Bead: Use at exposed panel edges. 4. L-Bead: Use where indicated. 5. U-Bead: Use at exposed panel edges. 3.6 FINISHING GYPSUM BOARD A. General: Treat gypsum board joints, interior angles, edge trim, control joints, penetrations, fastener heads, surface defects, and elsewhere as required to prepare gypsum board surfaces for decoration. Promptly remove residual joint compound from adjacent surfaces. B. Prefill open joints, rounded or beveled edges, and damaged surface areas. C. Apply joint tape over gypsum board joints, except for trim products specifically indicated as not intended to receive tape. D. Gypsum Board Finish Levels: Finish panels to levels indicated below and according to ASTM C840: 1. Level 4: At panel surfaces that will be exposed to view unless otherwise indicated. a. Primer and its application to surfaces are specified in Section 099123 "Interior Painting." 3.7 PROTECTION A. Protect adjacent surfaces from drywall compound and promptly remove from floors and other non-drywall surfaces. Repair surfaces stained, marred, or otherwise damaged during drywall application. B. Protect installed products from damage from weather, condensation, direct sunlight, construction, and other causes during remainder of the construction period. C. Remove and replace panels that are wet, moisture damaged, and mold damaged. 1. Indications that panels are wet or moisture damaged include, but are not limited to, discoloration, sagging, or irregular shape. 2. Indications that panels are mold damaged include, but are not limited to, fuzzy or splotchy surface contamination and discoloration. END OF SECTION Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 095113 - 1 SECTION 095113 - ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes acoustical panels and exposed suspension systems for interior ceilings. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Samples: For each exposed product and for each color and texture specified. 1.3 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance data. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ACOUSTICAL PANELS A. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product indicated on Drawings or comparable product by one of the following: 1. Armstrong World Industries, Inc. B. Color: White. C. Light Reflectance (LR): .81. D. Ceiling Attenuation Class (CAC): 35. E. Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC): .50. F. Edge/Joint Detail: Angled Tegular to match existing G. Thickness: ¾”. H. Modular Size: As indicated on Drawing Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 095113 - 2 2.2 METAL SUSPENSION SYSTEM A. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product indicated on Drawings or comparable product by one of the following: 1. Armstrong World Industries, Inc. B. Metal Suspension-System Standard: Manufacturer's standard, direct-hung, metal suspension system and accessories according to ASTM C 635/C 635M. 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Attachment Devices: Size for five times the design load indicated in ASTM C 635/C 635M, Table 1, "Direct Hung," unless otherwise indicated. Comply with seismic design requirements. 2.4 METAL EDGE MOLDINGS AND TRIM A. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product indicated on Drawings or comparable product by one of the following: 1. Armstrong World Industries, Inc. B. Roll-Formed, Sheet-Metal Edge Moldings and Trim: Type and profile indicated or, if not indicated, manufacturer's standard moldings for edges and penetrations that comply with seismic design requirements; formed from sheet metal of same material, finish, and color as that used for exposed flanges of suspension-system runners. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Measure each ceiling area and establish layout of acoustical panels to balance border widths at opposite edges of each ceiling. Avoid using less-than-half-width panels at borders unless otherwise indicated. B. Layout openings for penetrations centered on the penetrating items. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install acoustical panel ceilings according to ASTM C 636/C 636M and manufacturer's written instructions. B. Install edge moldings and trim of type indicated at perimeter of acoustical ceiling area and where necessary to conceal edges of acoustical panels. 1. Apply acoustical sealant in a continuous ribbon concealed on back of vertical legs of moldings before they are installed. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 095113 - 3 2. Do not use exposed fasteners, including pop rivets, on moldings and trim. 3. Arrange directionally patterned acoustical panels as follows: a. As indicated on reflected ceiling plans. END OF SECTION Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES 096513 - 1 SECTION 096513 - RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Thermoplastic-rubber base. 2. Rubber molding accessories. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Samples: For each exposed product and for each color and texture specified, not less than 12 inches long. 1.4 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Furnish not less than 10 linear feet for every 500 linear feet or fraction thereof, of each type, color, pattern, and size of resilient product installed. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store resilient products and installation materials in dry spaces protected from the weather, with ambient temperatures maintained within range recommended by manufacturer, but not less than 50 deg F or more than 90 deg F. 1.6 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Maintain ambient temperatures within range recommended by manufacturer, but not less than 70 deg F or more than 95 deg F, in spaces to receive resilient products during the following periods: 1. 48 hours before installation. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES 096513 - 2 2. During installation. 3. 48 hours after installation. B. After installation and until Substantial Completion, maintain ambient temperatures within range recommended by manufacturer, but not less than 55 deg F or more than 95 deg F. C. Install resilient products after other finishing operations, including painting, have been completed. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 THERMOPLASTIC-RUBBER BASE RB1 A. Basis of Design: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products indicated in Finish Legend on Drawings or comparable product approved by Architect by one of the following: 1. Johnsonite, A Tarkett Company B. Product Standard: ASTM F 1861, Type TP (rubber, thermoplastic). 1. Group: I (solid, homogeneous). 2. Style and Location: a. Profile: As scheduled in the Finish Legend. C. Thickness: 0.125 inch. D. Height: 4 inches unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. E. Lengths: Coils in manufacturer's standard length. F. Colors: As scheduled in the Drawings. 2.2 RUBBER MOLDING ACCESSORY FT1 A. Basis of Design: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products indicated in Finish Legend on Drawings or comparable product approved by Architect by one of the following: 1. Johnsonite, A Tarkett Company B. Profile and Dimensions: As indicated. C. Locations: Provide rubber molding accessories in areas indicated. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES 096513 - 3 2.3 INSTALLATION MATERIALS A. Trowelable Leveling and Patching Compounds: Latex-modified, portland-cement-based or blended hydraulic-cement-based formulation provided or approved by resilient- product manufacturer for applications indicated. B. Adhesives: Water-resistant type recommended by resilient-product manufacturer for resilient products and substrate conditions indicated. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for maximum moisture content and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. 1. Verify that finishes of substrates comply with tolerances and other requirements specified in other Sections and that substrates are free of cracks, ridges, depressions, scale, and foreign deposits that might interfere with adhesion of resilient products. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 1. Installation of resilient products indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Prepare substrates according to manufacturer's written instructions to ensure adhesion of resilient products. B. Fill cracks, holes, and depressions in substrates with trowelable leveling and patching compound; remove bumps and ridges to produce a uniform and smooth substrate. C. Do not install resilient products until materials are the same temperature as space where they are to be installed. 1. At least 48 hours in advance of installation, move resilient products and installation materials into spaces where they will be installed. D. Immediately before installation, sweep and vacuum clean substrates to be covered by resilient products. 3.3 RESILIENT BASE INSTALLATION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for installing resilient base. B. Apply resilient base to walls, columns, pilasters, casework and cabinets in toe spaces, and other permanent fixtures in rooms and areas where base is required. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES 096513 - 4 C. Install resilient base in lengths as long as practical without gaps at seams and with tops of adjacent pieces aligned. D. Tightly adhere resilient base to substrate throughout length of each piece, with base in continuous contact with horizontal and vertical substrates. E. Do not stretch resilient base during installation. F. On masonry surfaces or other similar irregular substrates, fill voids along top edge of resilient base with manufacturer's recommended adhesive filler material. G. Job-Formed Corners: 1. Outside Corners: Use straight pieces of maximum lengths possible and form with returns not less than 3 inches in length. a. Form without producing discoloration (whitening) at bends. 2. Inside Corners: Use straight pieces of maximum lengths possible and form with returns not less than 3 inches in length. a. Miter or cope corners to minimize open joints. 3.4 RESILIENT ACCESSORY INSTALLATION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for installing resilient accessories. B. Resilient Molding Accessories: Butt to adjacent materials and tightly adhere to substrates throughout length of each piece. Install reducer strips at edges of floor covering that would otherwise be exposed. 3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for cleaning and protecting resilient products. B. Perform the following operations immediately after completing resilient-product installation: 1. Remove adhesive and other blemishes from surfaces. 2. Sweep and vacuum horizontal surfaces thoroughly. 3. Damp-mop horizontal surfaces to remove marks and soil. C. Protect resilient products from mars, marks, indentations, and other damage from construction operations and placement of equipment and fixtures during remainder of construction period. D. Cover resilient products subject to wear and foot traffic until Substantial Completion. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES 096513 - 5 END OF SECTION Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 MVT_RESILIENT SHEET FLOORING 096516 - 1 SECTION 096516 - RESILIENT SHEET FLOORING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Substrate preparation minimum requirements 2. Unbacked vinyl sheet flooring. 1.3 PRE-CONSTRUCTION MEETINGS 1. Coordinate with flooring material manufacturer's representative, flooring installers, and flooring adhesive installer prior to any construction. The Owner's Representative and Architect are required to be present. Include but not limited to the following items: a. Review and coordinate all product warranty requirements for all selected products. Document the intended sequence and procedures that will be followed, acceptable to or required to obtain all specified warranties in this Section. Verify all selected products and procedures are compatible with each other. Submit the procedure summary to the Architect for information only. b. Coordinate and identify any conflicts between the manufacturer's written requirements and the requirements listed in ASTM F710. Any conflicts identified will be clarified and the resolution documented in the drawings or specifications. c. Review and coordinate manufacturer specific and specified slab preparation requirements. Document the applicable product standards, the manufacturer specific slab preparation methods, and concrete slab moisture requirements acceptable to or required to obtain all specified warranties in the applicable sections. 1) Review flooring manufacturer's written recommendations for flooring substrate preparation and installation. 2) Verify compatibilities with specified project finish flooring systems. 3) Review all proposed methods and procedures related to concrete slab preparation to confirm the following: a) The under slab vapor barrier material and installation requirements per manufacturer's requirements. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 MVT_RESILIENT SHEET FLOORING 096516 - 2 b) The type, frequency, and locations of tests to be performed are in accordance with manufacturer's requirements. d. Review the steps to be taken to control moisture in the substrate after finishing. e. Provide meeting minutes to all parties for consensus verification. 1.4 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Pre-installation Conference at Project Site: 1. Coordinate with flooring material manufacturer's representative, flooring installers, and flooring adhesive installer. The Owner's Representative and Architect are required to be present. Include but not limited to the following items: a. Review and coordinate all product warranty requirements for all selected products. Document the intended sequence and procedures that will be followed, required to obtain all specified warranties in this Section. b. Review third party test results on the substrate. Take steps required to ensure that no additional moisture is allowed into the slab after testing completion. c. Provide meeting minutes to all parties for consensus verification. 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Results for third party tests listed in Execution. B. Moisture mitigation system information, if determined to be required by the flooring manufacturer. 1.6 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials, from the same product run, that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Resilient Sheet Flooring: Furnish not less than 10 linear feet for every 500 linear feet or fraction thereof, in roll form and in full roll width for each type, color, and pattern of flooring installed. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store resilient sheet flooring and installation materials in dry spaces protected from the weather, with ambient temperatures maintained within range recommended by manufacturer, but not less than 50 deg F or more than 90 deg F. Store rolls upright. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 MVT_RESILIENT SHEET FLOORING 096516 - 3 1.8 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Verify all third-party testing is complete and verify test results comply with manufacturer's warranty requirements before proceeding with the Work. B. Maintain substrate and material storage ambient temperatures within range required by manufacturer, but not less than 70 deg F or more than 85 deg F, in spaces to receive resilient sheet flooring during the following periods: 1. 48 hours before installation. 2. During installation. 3. 48 hours after installation. C. After installation and until Substantial Completion, maintain ambient temperatures within range recommended by manufacturer, but not less than 55 deg F or more than 95 deg F. and ensure no moisture is re-introduced into the slab. D. Close spaces to traffic during resilient sheet flooring installation. E. Close spaces to traffic after resilient sheet flooring installation as required by manufacturer. F. Install resilient sheet flooring after other finishing operations, including painting, have been completed. 1.9 WARRANTY A. General: Comply with manufacturer's warranty specific to each product used related to this scope of Work. B. General Contractor's Warranty: The Contractor shall provide a general warranty for all related Work that shall extend for one (1) year from substantial completion. C. Flooring Manufacturer's Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of resilient sheet flooring system that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period for wear, defect, bond, or conductivity. 1. Warranty Period: Five (5) years from substantial Completion. D. Flooring Installers Warranty: Submit resilient sheet flooring system Installer's warranty signed by Installer, covering the Work of this Section, including all components of resilient sheet flooring system, such as resilient sheet, integral base trim, adhesives, leveling compounds, moisture barrier coatings, concrete preparation, and all compatibility coordination for the following warranty period: 1. Warranty Period: One (1) year from substantial Completion. E. Moisture Barrier Product Warranty: If installed, in the event of a mitigation system failure due to product failure or failure to adhere to installation requirements, the manufacturer and/or the installation company shall be responsible for costs and procedures to restore the end-user's flooring to acceptable service conditions. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 MVT_RESILIENT SHEET FLOORING 096516 - 4 1. Warranty Period: Manufacturer's standard duration or not less than five (5) years commencing on the date of acceptance of the project by the Owner or Notice of Completion, whichever is earliest. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: For resilient sheet flooring, as determined by testing identical products according to ASTM E648 or NFPA 253 by a qualified testing agency. 1. Critical Radiant Flux Classification: Class I, not less than 0.45 W/sq. cm. B. UNBACKED VINYL SHEET FLOORING C. Basis of Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product indicated on the Finish Legend in the Drawings or an approved equivalent product by one of the following: 1. Mannington Commercial 2. Shaw Contract; 3. Mohawk D. Product Standard: ASTM F1913. 2.2 INSTALLATION MATERIALS A. Moisture Mitigation Barrier: low viscosity, deep saturating 100% solids epoxy when required by flooring manufacturers for warranted performance of flooring adhesives and floorings. B. Trowelable Leveling and Patching Compounds: Latex-modified, portland-cement- based, or blended hydraulic-cement-based formulation provided or approved by resilient sheet flooring manufacturer for applications indicated. C. Adhesives: Water-resistant type recommended by flooring and adhesive manufacturers to suit resilient sheet flooring and substrate conditions indicated. 1. Adhesive to be able to perform at a minimum of 99% humidity. 2. Adhesives: 99% RH. 3. Provide adhesives from the flooring manufacturer or approved in the manufacturer's written literature for use with the specific flooring being used. 4. Adhesives VOC content to be 50 g/L or less. D. Seamless-Installation Accessories: 1. Heat-Welding Bead: Manufacturer's solid-strand product for heat welding seams. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 MVT_RESILIENT SHEET FLOORING 096516 - 5 a. Colors: Match flooring. 2. Chemical-Bonding Compound: Manufacturer's product for chemically bonding seams. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for maximum moisture content and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. 1. Verify that finishes of substrates comply with tolerances and other requirements specified in other Sections and that substrates are free of cracks, ridges, depressions, scale, and foreign deposits that might interfere with adhesion of resilient sheet flooring. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Prepare substrates according to resilient sheet flooring manufacturer's written instructions to ensure adhesion of resilient sheet flooring. B. Concrete Substrates: Prepare according to ASTM F710. 1. Verify that substrates are dry and free of curing compounds, sealers, and hardeners. a. Mechanically prepare the floor in accordance with the flooring manufacturer's recommendations and ASTM F710. b. Remove substrate coatings and other substances that are incompatible with adhesives and that contain soap, wax, oil, or silicone, using mechanical methods recommended by resilient sheet flooring manufacturer. Do not use solvents. c. Provide for conditioning of the slab to accelerate the curing and drying of the slab. d. Provide and maintain a stable protected environment for the flooring throughout construction to Occupancy. 2. Substrate to meet the requirements listed in the specified standard or in the manufacturer's written requirements (whichever is more stringent). C. Testing Requirements: 1. Perform tests recommended by the resilient sheet flooring manufacturer. a. Repeat tests until the more stringent requirement is met. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 MVT_RESILIENT SHEET FLOORING 096516 - 6 2. The following testing shall be performed prior to application of flooring materials: a. Alkalinity and Adhesion Testing in accordance with ASTM D4262: 1) Substrate alkalinity to be within range of the pH scale recommended by manufacturer in writing, but not less than 5 or more than 9 pH. b. Moisture Testing: Perform tests so that each test area does not exceed 200 sq. ft. and perform no fewer than three tests in each installation area and with test areas evenly spaced in installation areas. 1) Anhydrous Calcium Chloride Test for moisture-vapor-emission rate ASTM F 1869: a) If moisture vapor emission rate exceeds the requirement, allow substrate to dry further prior to proceeding with application of flooring. 2) Relative Humidity Test: Using in-situ probes, ASTM F 2170: a) Use procedure A or B as selected by Contractor. b) If relative humidity exceeds the requirement, allow substrate to dry further prior to proceeding with application of flooring. 3) Test for substrate Water Absorption (Porosity) of Substrates ASTM F3191: a) If moisture vapor emission rate exceeds the requirement, allow substrate to dry further prior to proceeding with application of flooring. D. Fill cracks, holes, and depressions in substrates with trowelable leveling and patching compound; remove bumps and ridges to produce a uniform and smooth substrate. E. Do not install resilient sheet flooring until floor slab has met or exceeded all testing requirements and all test results have been submitted to and approved by flooring manufacturer. F. Do not install resilient sheet flooring until materials are the same temperature as space where they are to be installed. 1. At least 48 hours in advance of installation, move flooring and installation materials into spaces where they will be installed. G. Immediately before installation, sweep and vacuum clean substrates to be covered by resilient sheet flooring. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 MVT_RESILIENT SHEET FLOORING 096516 - 7 H. Flooring manufacturer's representative shall, review all tests results, and results of mock-up testing to confirm that substrate and ambient conditions meet the requirements of the manufacturer for installation of its flooring products. Do not proceed with flooring application until all requirements of prescribed testing and the flooring system manufacturer have been met. 3.3 RESILIENT SHEET FLOORING INSTALLATION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for installing resilient sheet flooring. B. Unroll resilient sheet flooring and allow it to stabilize before cutting and fitting. C. Lay out resilient sheet flooring as follows: 1. Maintain uniformity of flooring direction. 2. Minimize number of seams; place seams in inconspicuous and low-traffic areas, at least 6 inches away from parallel joints in flooring substrates. 3. Match edges of flooring for color shading at seams. 4. Avoid cross seams. D. Scribe and cut resilient sheet flooring to butt neatly and tightly to vertical surfaces and permanent fixtures including built-in furniture, cabinets, pipes, outlets, and door frames. E. Extend resilient sheet flooring into toe spaces, door reveals, closets, and similar openings. F. Maintain reference markers, holes, and openings that are in place or marked for future cutting by repeating on resilient sheet flooring as marked on substrates. Use chalk or other non-permanent marking device. G. Install resilient sheet flooring on covers for telephone and electrical ducts and similar items in installation areas. Maintain overall continuity of color and pattern between pieces of flooring installed on covers and adjoining flooring. Tightly adhere flooring edges to substrates that abut covers and to cover perimeters. H. Adhere resilient sheet flooring to substrates using a full spread of adhesive applied to substrate to produce a completed installation without open cracks, voids, raising and puckering at joints, telegraphing of adhesive spreader marks, and other surface imperfections. I. Seamless Installation: 1. Heat-Welded Seams: Comply with ASTM F1516. Rout joints and heat weld with welding bead to fuse sections permanently into a seamless flooring installation. Prepare, weld, and finish seams to produce surfaces flush with adjoining flooring surfaces. 2. Chemically Bonded Seams: Bond seams with chemical-bonding compound to fuse sections permanently into a seamless flooring installation. Prepare seams and apply compound to produce tightly fitted seams without gaps, overlays, or excess bonding compound on flooring surfaces. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 MVT_RESILIENT SHEET FLOORING 096516 - 8 3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for cleaning and protecting resilient sheet flooring. B. Perform the following operations immediately after completing resilient sheet flooring installation: 1. Remove adhesive and other blemishes from surfaces. 2. Sweep and vacuum surfaces thoroughly. 3. Damp-mop surfaces to remove marks and soil. C. Protect resilient sheet flooring from mars, marks, indentations, and other damage from construction operations and placement of equipment and fixtures during remainder of construction period. D. Cover resilient sheet flooring until Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 INTERIOR PAINTING 099123 - 1 SECTION 099123 - INTERIOR PAINTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes surface preparation and the application of paint systems on interior substrates. 1. Gypsum board. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Gloss Level 1 (Flat): Not more than 5 units at 60 degrees and 10 units at 85 degrees, according to ASTM D 523. B. Gloss Level 2 (Velvet): Not more than 10 units at 60 degrees and 10 to 35 units at 85 degrees, according to ASTM D 523. C. Gloss Level 3 (Eggshell): 10 to 25 units at 60 degrees and 10 to 35 units at 85 degrees, according to ASTM D 523. D. Gloss Level 4 (Satin): 20 to 35 units at 60 degrees and not less than 35 units at 85 degrees, according to ASTM D 523. E. Gloss Level 5 (Semigloss): 35 to 70 units at 60 degrees, according to ASTM D 523. F. Gloss Level 6 (Gloss): 70 to 85 units at 60 degrees, according to ASTM D 523. G. Gloss Level 7 (High Gloss): More than 85 units at 60 degrees, according to ASTM D 523. H. Areas Subject to Moisture and Food Preparation: Spaces that have permanent plumbing connections and appliances. These include, but are not limited to, toilet rooms, janitor’s closets, locker rooms, shower rooms, training rooms, first aid rooms, concession stands, commissaries, kitchens, and laundries. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. Include preparation requirements and application instructions. 1. Include Printout of current "MPI Approved Products List" for each product category specified, with the proposed product highlighted. 2. Indicate VOC content. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 INTERIOR PAINTING 099123 - 2 :Low-Emitting Material (CDPH) Method v1/1-2010 & V1.2-2017LEED v4.0,4.1 New Construction, Core and Shell, Schools, Healthcare, Hospitality 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Mockups: Apply mockups of each paint system indicated and each color and finish selected to verify preliminary selections made under Sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for materials and execution. 1. Architect will select one surface to represent surfaces and conditions for application of each paint system. a. Vertical and Horizontal Surfaces: Provide samples of at least 100 sq. ft. b. Other Items: Architect will designate items or areas required. 2. Final approval of color selections will be based on mockups. a. If preliminary color selections are not approved, apply additional mockups of additional colors selected by Architect at no added cost to Owner. 3. Approval of mockups does not constitute approval of deviations from the Contract Documents contained in mockups unless Architect specifically approves such deviations in writing. 4. Subject to compliance with requirements, approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in well-ventilated areas with ambient temperatures continuously maintained at not less than 45 deg F. 1. Maintain containers in clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. 2. Remove rags and waste from storage areas daily. 1.6 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Apply paints only when temperature of surfaces to be painted and ambient air temperatures are between 50 and 95 deg F. B. Do not apply paints when relative humidity exceeds 85 percent; at temperatures less than 5 deg F above the dew point; or to damp or wet surfaces. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 INTERIOR PAINTING 099123 - 3 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products indicated in INTERIOR PAINTING SCHEDULE at the end of PART 3, or comparable product by one of the following. Comply with requirements of Section 016000 "Product Requirements" for comparable products. 1. Benjamin Moore & Co. 2. PPG Architectural Finishes, Inc. 3. Sherwin-Williams Company (The). 2.2 PAINT, GENERAL A. Material Compatibility: 1. Materials for use within each paint system shall be compatible with one another and substrates indicated, under conditions of service and application as demonstrated by manufacturer, based on testing and field experience. 2. For each coat in a paint system, products shall be recommended in writing by topcoat manufacturers for use in paint system and on substrate indicated. B. LEED v4 VOC Content: Products shall comply with VOC limits of authorities having jurisdiction and, for interior paints and coatings applied at Project site, the following VOC limits, exclusive of colorants added to a tint base: 1. Flat Paints and Coatings: 50 g/L. 2. Nonflat Paints and Coatings: 100 g/L. 3. Dry-Fog Coatings: 150 g/L. 4. Primers, Sealers, and Undercoaters: 100 g/L. 5. Anticorrosive and Antirust Paints Applied to Ferrous Metals: 250 g/L. 6. Zinc-Rich Industrial Maintenance Primers: 100 g/L. 7. Pretreatment Wash Primers: 420 g/L. 8. Floor Coatings: 100 g/L. 9. Shellacs, Clear: 730 g/L. 10. Shellacs, Pigmented: 550 g/L. C. Colors: As indicated in Finish Legend on Drawings. 1. Thirty percent of surface area will be painted with deep tones. 2.3 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing of Paint Materials: Owner reserves the right to invoke the following procedure: Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 INTERIOR PAINTING 099123 - 4 1. Owner will engage the services of a qualified testing agency to sample paint materials. Contractor will be notified in advance and may be present when samples are taken. If paint materials have already been delivered to Project site, samples may be taken at Project site. Samples will be identified, sealed, and certified by testing agency. 2. Testing agency will perform tests for compliance with product requirements. 3. Owner may direct Contractor to stop applying paints if test results show materials being used do not comply with product requirements. Contractor shall remove noncomplying paint materials from Project site, pay for testing, and repaint surfaces painted with rejected materials. Contractor will be required to remove rejected materials from previously painted surfaces if, on repainting with complying materials, the two paints are incompatible. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Applicator present, for compliance with requirements for maximum moisture content and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Maximum Moisture Content of Substrates: 12 percent when measured with an electronic moisture meter, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Wood: 15 percent. C. Gypsum Board Substrates: Verify that finishing compound is sanded smooth. D. Plaster Substrates: Verify that plaster is fully cured. E. Spray-Textured Ceiling Substrates: Verify that surfaces are dry. F. Verify suitability of substrates, including surface conditions and compatibility, with existing finishes and primers. G. Proceed with coating application only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 1. Application of coating indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations applicable to substrates and paint systems indicated. B. Remove hardware, covers, plates, and similar items already in place that are removable and are not to be painted. If removal is impractical or impossible because of size or weight of item, provide surface-applied protection before surface preparation and painting. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 INTERIOR PAINTING 099123 - 5 1. After completing painting operations, use workers skilled in the trades involved to reinstall items that were removed. Remove surface-applied protection if any. C. Clean substrates of substances that could impair bond of paints, including dust, dirt, oil, grease, and incompatible paints and encapsulants. 1. Remove incompatible primers and reprime substrate with compatible primers or apply tie coat as required to produce paint systems indicated. D. Concrete Substrates: Remove release agents, curing compounds, efflorescence, and chalk. Do not paint surfaces if moisture content or alkalinity of surfaces to be painted exceeds that permitted in manufacturer's written instructions. E. Masonry Substrates: Remove efflorescence and chalk. Do not paint surfaces if moisture content or alkalinity of surfaces or mortar joints exceeds that permitted in manufacturer's written instructions. F. Steel Substrates: Remove oil, grease, dust, dirt, rust, and loose mill scale. Clean using methods recommended in writing by paint manufacturer but not less than the following: 1. Shop Priming Preparation: SSPC-SP 7/NACE No. 4. 2. Field Priming Preparation: SSPC-SP 11. G. Shop-Primed Steel Substrates: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and areas where shop paint is abraded. Paint exposed areas with the same material as used for shop priming to comply with SSPC-PA 1 for touching up shop-primed surfaces. H. Galvanized-Metal Substrates: Remove grease and oil residue from galvanized sheet metal by mechanical methods to produce clean, lightly etched surfaces that promote adhesion of subsequently applied paints. I. Aluminum Substrates: Remove loose surface oxidation. 3.3 APPLICATION A. Apply paints according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Use applicators and techniques suited for paint and substrate indicated. 2. Paint exposed surfaces, except where the Finish Schedule indicates that a surface or material is not to be painted or is to remain natural. If the schedule does not indicate color or finish, match adjacent materials or surfaces. 3. Paint surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture same as similar exposed surfaces. Before final installation, paint surfaces behind permanently fixed equipment or furniture with prime coat only. 4. Paint front and backsides of access panels, removable or hinged covers, and similar hinged items to match exposed surfaces. 5. Do not paint over labels of independent testing agencies or equipment name, identification, performance rating, or nomenclature plates. 6. Primers specified in painting schedules may be omitted on items that are factory primed or factory finished if acceptable to topcoat manufacturers. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 INTERIOR PAINTING 099123 - 6 B. Tint each undercoat a lighter shade to facilitate identification of each coat if multiple coats of same material are to be applied. Tint undercoats to match color of topcoat, but provide sufficient difference in shade of undercoats to distinguish each separate coat. C. If undercoats or other conditions show through topcoat, apply additional coats until cured film has a uniform paint finish, color, and appearance. D. Apply paints to produce surface films without cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, roller tracking, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections. Cut in sharp lines and color breaks. E. Painting Fire Suppression, Plumbing, HVAC, Electrical, Communication, and Electronic Safety and Security Work: 1. Paint the following work where exposed in equipment rooms: a. Equipment, including panelboards and switch gear. b. Uninsulated metal piping. c. Uninsulated plastic piping. d. Pipe hangers and supports. e. Metal conduit. f. Plastic conduit. g. Tanks that do not have factory-applied final finishes. h. Duct, equipment, and pipe insulation having cotton or canvas insulation covering or other paintable jacket material. 2. Paint the following work where exposed in occupied spaces: a. Equipment, including panelboards. b. Uninsulated metal piping. c. Uninsulated plastic piping. d. Pipe hangers and supports. e. Metal conduit. f. Plastic conduit. g. Duct, equipment, and pipe insulation having cotton or canvas insulation covering or other paintable jacket material. h. Other items as directed by Architect. 3. Paint portions of internal surfaces of metal ducts, without liner, behind air inlets and outlets that are visible from occupied spaces. 3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. At end of each workday, remove rubbish, empty cans, rags, and other discarded materials from Project site. B. After completing paint application, clean spattered surfaces. Remove spattered paints by washing, scraping, or other methods. Do not scratch or damage adjacent finished surfaces. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 INTERIOR PAINTING 099123 - 7 C. Protect work of other trades against damage from paint application. Correct damage to work of other trades by cleaning, repairing, replacing, and refinishing, as approved by Architect, and leave in an undamaged condition. D. At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch up and restore damaged or defaced painted surfaces. 3.5 INTERIOR PAINTING SCHEDULE A. Shop-Primed Metal Surfaces, Including Hollow Metal Doors, Frames, and Other Miscellaneous Primed Steel Surfaces: 1. 2 coats zero VOC acrylic, semigloss. a. Benjamin Moore. 1) Shop Acrylic Metal Primer. 2) 2nd Coat: Benjamin Moore Ultra Spec 500 Semi-Gloss 539 (0 g/L). 3) 3rd Coat: Benjamin Moore Ultra Spec 500 Semi-Gloss 539 (0 g/L). b. PPG Paints: 1) Shop Acrylic Metal Primer. 2) 2 coats: Pitt-Tech Plus Acrylic DTM Enamel, 90-1210XI Semi-Gloss series (5.0 – 9.0 wet, 2.0 – 4.0 dry per coat)(MPI#153 & 163). c. Sherwin Williams 1) 2 Coats Pro Industrial Zero VOC Acrylic, Semi-Gloss, B66-650 Series (6 to 12 mils wet, 2.5 to 4 mils dry per coat). (LEEDv4)(CHPS) B. Gypsum Board Substrates: 1. Walls: 2 coats zero VOC latex eggshell over zero VOC interior latex primer. a. Benjamin Moore 1) 1st Coat: Benjamin Moore Ultra Spec 500 Primer N534. 2) 2nd Coat: Benjamin Moore Ultra Spec 500 Eggshell N538. 3) 3rd Coat: Benjamin Moore Ultra Spec 500 Eggshell N538. b. PPG Paints: 1) 1st coat: Speedhide Interior Latex Wall Primer/Sealer, 6-2 series (4.0 wet, 1.0 dry)(MPI#50). 2) 2 coats: Speedhide Zero VOC Latex Eggshell, 6-4310XI series (4.0 wet, 1.5 dry per coat)(MPI#44,44 X-Green,144,144 X- Green)(LEEDv4)(CHPS). c. Sherwin Williams Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 INTERIOR PAINTING 099123 - 8 1) 1 Coat SW ProMar 200 Zero VOC Interior Latex Primer, B28W02600 Series (4 mils wet, 1.5 mils dry). (LEEDv4)(CHPS) 2) 2 Coats SW ProMar 200 Zero VOC Latex Eg-Shel, B20-2600 Series (4 mils wet, 1.6 mils dry per coat). (LEEDv4)(CHPS) 2. Ceilings: 2 coats zero VOC interior latex flat over zero VOC interior latex primer. a. Benjamin Moore 1) 1st Coat: Benjamin Moore Ultra Spec 500 Interior Latex Primer N534, 2) 2nd Coat: Benjamin Moore Waterborne Ceiling Paint Ultra Flat 508 (0 g/L). 3) 3rd Coat: Benjamin Moore Waterborne Ceiling Paint Ultra Flat 508 (0 g/L). b. PPG Paints: 1) 1st coat: Speedhide Interior Latex Wall Primer/Sealer, 6-2 series (4.0 wet, 1.0 dry)(MPI#50) 2) 2 coats: Speedhide Zero VOC Latex Flat, 6-4110XI series (4.0 wet, 1.4 dry per coat)(MPI#53, 53 X-Green, 143, & 143 X- Green)(LEEDv4)(CHPS). c. Sherwin Williams 1) 1 Coat SW ProMar 200 Zero VOC Interior Latex Primer, B28W02600 Series (4 mils wet, 1.5 mils dry). (LEEDv4)(CHPS) 2) 2 Coats SW ProMar 200 Zero VOC Interior Latex Flat, B30-2600 Series (4 mils wet, 1.6 mils dry per coat). (LEEDv4)(CHPS) 3. Epoxy: 2 coats water-based catalyzed eggshell epoxy over zero VOC interior latex primer. Subject to High Abrasion, Hallways or Stairwells or Toilet Rooms or Locker Rooms or Food Preparation: 2 coats eggshell, PreCatalyzed epoxy a. Benjamin Moore 1) 1st Coat: Benjamin Moore Ultra Spec 500 Primer N534. 2) 2nd Coat: Corotech Pre-Catalyzed Waterborne Epoxy Semi-Gloss V341. 3) 3rd Coat: Corotech Pre-Catalyzed Waterborne Epoxy Semi-Gloss V341 b. PPG Paints: 1) 1st coat: Speedhide Interior Latex Wall Primer/Sealer, 6-2 series (4.0 wet, 1.0 dry)(MPI#50)(LEEDv4)(CHPS). 2) 2 coats: Pitt-Glaze Pre-Catalyzed WB Epoxy, 16-510 Semi-Gloss series. (4.0 wet, 1.5 dry per coat)(MPI#153). c. Sherwin Williams Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 INTERIOR PAINTING 099123 - 9 1) 1 Coat SW ProMar 200 Zero VOC Interior Latex Primer, B28W02600 Series (4 mils wet, 1.5 mils dry). (LEEDv4)(CHPS) 2) 2 Coats SW Pro Industrial Pre-Catalyzed Waterbased Epoxy EgShel, K45-1151 Series, at 1.5 mils dry, per coat. (LEEDv4)(CHPS) END OF SECTION Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 WALL AND DOOR PROTECTION 102600 - 1 SECTION 102600 - WALL AND DOOR PROTECTION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Corner guards. 2. Abuse-resistant wall coverings. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include construction details, material descriptions, impact strength, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes. 2. Include fire ratings of units recessed in fire-rated walls and listings for door- protection items attached to fire-rated doors. B. Shop Drawings: For each type of wall and door protection showing locations and extent. 1. Include plans, elevations, sections, and attachment details. C. Samples for Verification: For each type of exposed finish on the following products, prepared on Samples of size indicated below: 1. Corner Guards: 12 inches long. Include example top caps. 2. Abuse-Resistant Wall Covering: 6 by 6 inches square. 1.3 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance Data: For each type of wall and door protection product to include in maintenance manuals. 1. Include recommended methods and frequency of maintenance for maintaining best condition of plastic covers under anticipated traffic and use conditions. Include precautions against using cleaning materials and methods that may be detrimental to finishes and performance. 1.4 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials [,from the same product run,] that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 WALL AND DOOR PROTECTION 102600 - 2 1. Corner-Guard Covers: Full-size plastic covers of maximum length equal to 2 percent of each type, color, and texture of cover installed, but no fewer than two, 48-inch- long units. 2. Mounting and Accessory Components: Amounts proportional to the quantities of extra materials. Package mounting and accessory components with each extra material. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store wall and door protection in original undamaged packages and containers inside well-ventilated area protected from weather, moisture, soiling, extreme temperatures, and humidity. 1. Maintain room temperature within storage area at not less than 70 deg F during the period plastic materials are stored. 2. Keep plastic materials out of direct sunlight. 3. Store plastic wall- and door-protection components for a minimum of 72 hours, or until plastic material attains a minimum room temperature of 70 deg F. a. Store corner-guard covers in a vertical position. b. Store handrail covers in a horizontal position. 1.6 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of wall- and door-protection units that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Structural failures including detachment of components from each other or from the substrates, delamination, and permanent deformation beyond normal use. b. Deterioration of metals, metal finishes, plastics, and other materials beyond normal use. 2. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 CORNER GUARDS A. Surface-Mounted, Plastic-Cover Corner Guards <Insert drawing designation>: Manufacturer's standard [, PVC-free] assembly consisting of snap-on, resilient plastic cover installed over retainer; including mounting hardware; fabricated with 90- or 135- degree turn to match wall condition. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 WALL AND DOOR PROTECTION 102600 - 3 1. Basis of Design: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products indicated in Finish Legend on Drawings or comparable product approved by Architect by one of the following: a. Inpro Corporation 2. Cover: Extruded rigid plastic, minimum 0.078-inch wall thickness; in dimensions and profiles indicated on Drawings. 3. Continuous Retainer: Minimum 0.060-inch- thick, one-piece, extruded aluminum. 4. Retainer Clips: Manufacturer's standard impact-absorbing clips. 5. Top and Bottom Caps: Prefabricated, injection-molded plastic; color matching cover; field adjustable for close alignment with snap-on cover. B. Abuse-Resistant Sheet Wall Covering SWP1: Fabricated from semirigid, plastic sheet wall-covering material. 1. Basis of Design: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products indicated in Finish Legend on Drawings or comparable product approved by Architect by one of the following: a. Inpro Corporation 2. Size: 48 by 96 inches for sheet. 3. Sheet Thickness: 0.060 inch . 4. Height: Wainscot. 5. Trim and Joint Moldings: Extruded rigid plastic that matches wall-covering color. 6. Mounting: Adhesive. 2.2 FABRICATION A. Fabricate wall and door protection according to requirements indicated for design, performance, dimensions, and member sizes, including thicknesses of components. B. Quality: Fabricate components with uniformly tight seams and joints and with exposed edges rolled. Provide surfaces free of wrinkles, chips, dents, uneven coloration, and other imperfections. Fabricate members and fittings to produce flush, smooth, and rigid hairline joints. 2.3 FINISHES A. Protect finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping. B. Appearance of Finished Work: Noticeable variations in same piece are not acceptable. Variations in appearance of adjoining components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 WALL AND DOOR PROTECTION 102600 - 4 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and wall areas, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances[, fire rating,] and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Examine walls to which wall and door protection will be attached for blocking, grounds, and other solid backing that have been installed in the locations required for secure attachment of support fasteners. 1. For wall and door protection attached with adhesive, verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility with existing finishes or primers. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Complete finishing operations, including painting, before installing wall and door protection. B. Before installation, clean substrate to remove dust, debris, and loose particles. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Installation Quality: Install wall and door protection according to manufacturer's written instructions, level, plumb, and true to line without distortions. Do not use materials with chips, cracks, voids, stains, or other defects that might be visible in the finished Work. B. Abuse-Resistant Wall Covering: Install top and edge moldings, corners, and divider bars as required for a complete installation. 3.4 CLEANING A. Immediately after completion of installation, clean plastic covers and accessories using a standard ammonia-based household cleaning agent. B. Remove excess adhesive using methods and materials recommended in writing by manufacturer. END OF SECTION Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 210548 -1 SECTION 210548 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A.Seismic control requirements. 1.Includes requirements for seismic qualification of equipment not specified in this section. B.External seismic snubber assemblies. C.Seismic restraint systems 1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 014533 -Code-Required Special Inspections and Procedures. B.Section 033000 -Cast-in-Place Concrete. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A.Fire Suppression Component: Where referenced in this section in regards to seismic controls, applies to any portion of the fire suppression system subject to seismic evaluation in accordance with applicable codes,including distributed systems (e.g.,piping). B.Seismic Restraint: Structural members or assemblies of members or manufactured elements specifically designed and applied for transmitting seismic forces between components and the seismic force-resisting system of the structure. 1.4 REFERENCE STANDARDS A.ASCE 19 -Structural Applications of Steel Cables for Buildings 2016. B.ASHRAE (HVACA)-ASHRAE Handbook -HVAC Applications Most Recent Edition Cited by Referring Code or Reference Standard. C.FEMA 412 -Installing Seismic Restraints for Mechanical Equipment 2002. D.FEMA 413 -Installing Seismic Restraints for Electrical Equipment 2004. E.FEMA 414 -Installing Seismic Restraints for Duct and Pipe 2004. F.FEMA E-74 -Reducing the Risks of Nonstructural Earthquake Damage 2012. G.FM 1950 -Seismic Sway Braces for Pipe,Tubing and Conduit 2016. H.ICC-ES AC156 -Acceptance Criteria for Seismic Certification by Shake-Table Testing of Nonstructural Components 2010,with Editorial Revision (2015). I.MFMA-4 -Metal Framing Standards Publication 2004. J.NFPA 13 -Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction,Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements. K.SMACNA (SRM)-Seismic Restraint Manual Guidelines for Mechanical Systems 2008. L.UL 203A -Standard for Sway Brace Devices for Sprinkler System Piping Current Edition, Including All Revisions. 1.5 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A.Coordination: 1.Coordinate selection and arrangement of vibration isolation and/or seismic control components with the actual equipment to be installed. 2.Coordinate the work with other trades to provide additional framing and materials required for installation. 3.Coordinate compatibility of support and attachment components with mounting surfaces at the installed locations. 4.Seismic Controls: a.Coordinate the arrangement of seismic restraints with piping,conduit,equipment,and other potential conflicts installed under other sections or by others. Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 210548 -2 b.Coordinate the work with other trades to accommodate relative positioning of essential and nonessential components in consideration of seismic interaction. 5.Notify Architect of any conflicts with or deviations from Contract Documents.Obtain direction before proceeding with work. B.Sequencing: 1.Do not install products on or provide attachment to concrete surfaces until concrete has fully cured in accordance with Section 033000. 1.6 SUBMITTALS A.See Section 013000 -Administrative Requirements,for submittal procedures. B.Design Documents: Prepare and submit all information required for plan review and permitting by authorities having jurisdiction,including but not limited to floor plans,details,and calculations. C.Product Data: Provide manufacturer's standard catalog pages and data sheets for products, including materials,fabrication details,dimensions,and finishes. 1.Seismic Controls: Include seismic load capacities. D.Shop Drawings -Seismic Controls: 1.Include dimensioned plan views and sections indicating proposed fire suppression component locations and distributed system routing,with locations and details of gravity supports and seismic restraints and associated attachments. 2.Identify mounting conditions required for equipment seismic qualification. 3.Identify anchor manufacturer,type,minimum embedment,minimum spacing,minimum member thickness,and minimum edge distance requirements. 4.Indicate proposed arrangement of distributed system trapeze support groupings. 5.Indicate proposed locations for distributed system flexible fittings and/or connections. 6.Indicate locations of seismic separations where applicable. E.Seismic Design Data: 1.Compile information on project-specific characteristics of actual installed fire suppression components necessary for determining seismic design forces required to design appropriate seismic controls. 2.Include structural calculations,stamped or sealed by seismic controls designer, demonstrating suitability of seismic controls for seismic design forces. F.Certification for seismically qualified equipment;identify basis for certification. G.Evaluation Reports: For products specified as requiring evaluation and recognition by a qualified evaluation service,provide current evaluation reports. H.Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate application conditions and limitations of use stipulated by product testing agency. Include instructions for storage,handling,protection,examination, preparation,and installation of product. I.Evidence of qualifications for seismic controls designer. J.Evidence of qualifications for manufacturer. K.Manufacturer’s detailed field testing and inspection procedures. L.Field quality control test reports. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Comply with applicable building code. B.Seismic Controls Designer Qualifications: Registered professional engineer licensed in the State in which the Project is located and with minimum five years experience designing seismic restraints for nonstructural components. 1.Designer may be employed by the manufacturer of the seismic restraint products. C.Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 210548 -3 1.8 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A.Receive,inspect,handle,and store products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 SEISMIC CONTROL REQUIREMENTS A.Design and provide fire suppression component restraints,supports,and attachments suitable for seismic loads determined in accordance with applicable codes,as well as gravity and operating loads and other structural design considerations of the installed location.Consider wind loads for outdoor fire suppression components. B.Seismic Design Criteria: Obtain from project Structural Engineer of Record. C.Component Importance Factor (Ip): Fire suppression components to be assigned a component importance factor (Ip)of 1.5 unless otherwise indicated. D.Seismic Qualification of Equipment: 1.Provide special certification for fire suppression equipment furnished under other sections and assigned a component importance factor (Ip)of 1.5,certifying that equipment will remain operable following a design level earthquake. 2.Seismic qualification to be by shake table testing in accordance with recognized testing standard procedure,such as ICC-ES AC156,acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 3.Notify Architect and obtain direction where mounting restrictions required by conditions of seismic certification conflict with specified requirements. 4.Seismically qualified equipment to be furnished with factory-installed labels referencing certificate of compliance and associated mounting restrictions. E.Seismic Restraints: 1.Provide seismic restraints for fire suppression components except where exempt according to applicable codes and specified seismic design criteria,as approved by authorities having jurisdiction. 2.Seismic Restraint Exemptions,All Seismic Design Categories: a.Fire Suppression Piping Exemptions,All Seismic Design Categories: 1)Lateral sway bracing for piping individually supported within 6 inches of the structure measured between the top of pipe and the point of attachment to the structure,where all conditions for exception specified in NFPA 13 are met. 2)Lateral sway bracing for branch lines smaller than 2-1/2 inches in diameter, where branch line restraint is provided in accordance with NFPA 13. 3.Comply with applicable general recommendations of the following,where not in conflict with applicable codes,seismic design criteria,or other specified requirements: a.ASHRAE (HVACA). b.FEMA 412. c.FEMA 413. d.FEMA 414. e.FEMA E-74. f.SMACNA (SRM). 4.Seismic restraint capacities to be verified by a Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL)or certified by an independent third-party registered professional engineer acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 5.External Seismic Snubber Assemblies: a.Provide quantity and arrangement of external seismic snubber assemblies as required to restrain equipment in all directions (both lateral and vertical). b.Do not use external seismic snubber assemblies that restrain equipment only in one or more lateral directions (but not vertical)except where uplift forces are zero or are addressed by other restraints. 6.Seismic Restraint Systems: a.Arrange restraint elements to avoid obstruction of sprinklers in accordance with NFPA 13. b.Except where otherwise restricted,use of either cable or rigid restraints is permitted. Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 210548 -4 c.Use only cable restraints to restrain vibration-isolated fire suppression components. d.Use only one restraint system type for a given fire suppression component or distributed system (e.g.,piping)run;mixing of cable and rigid restraints on a given component/run is not permitted. e.Size restraint elements,including anchorage,to resist seismic loads as necessary to restrain fire suppression component in all lateral directions;consider bracket geometry in anchor load calculations. f.Use rod stiffener clips to attach bracing to hanger rods as required to prevent rod buckling from vertical (upward)compressive load introduced by cable or rigid restraints loaded in tension,in excess of downward tensile load due to supported fire suppression component weight. g.Select hanger rods and associated anchorage as required to accommodate vertical (downward)tensile load introduced by rigid restraints loaded in compression,in addition to downward tensile load due to supported fire suppression component weight. h.Clevis hangers may only be used for attachment of transverse restraints;do not use for attachment of longitudinal restraints. i.Where seismic restraints are attached to clevis hangers,provide clevis bolt reinforcement accessory to prevent clevis hanger deformation. j.Do not introduce lateral loads on open bar joist chords or the weak axis of beams,or loads in any direction at other than panel points unless approved by project Structural Engineer of Record. k.Manufacturer's certified seismic restraint design may be submitted as an alternative to project-specific design and documentation,subject to approval of authorities having jurisdiction. F.Seismic Attachments: 1.Comply with support and attachment requirements of NFPA 13. 2.Attachments to be bolted,welded,or otherwise positively fastened without consideration of frictional resistance produced by the effects of gravity. 3.Post-Installed Concrete and Masonry Anchors: Evaluated and recognized by ICC Evaluation Service,LLC (ICC-ES)or qualified evaluation service acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction for compliance with applicable building code,and qualified for seismic applications;concrete anchors to be qualified for installation in both cracked and uncracked concrete. 4.Do not use power-actuated fasteners. 5.Do not use friction clips (devices that rely on mechanically applied friction to resist loads). Beam clamps may be used for supporting sustained loads where provided with restraining straps,but not for sway bracing attachments as prohibited by NFPA 13. 6.Comply with anchor minimum embedment,minimum spacing,minimum member thickness,and minimum edge distance requirements. 7.Concrete Housekeeping Pads: a.Increase size of pad as required to comply with anchor requirements. b.Provide pad reinforcement and doweling to ensure integrity of pad and connection and to provide adequate load path from pad to supporting structure. G.Seismic Interactions: 1.Include provisions to prevent seismic impact between fire suppression components and other structural or nonstructural components. 2.Include provisions such that failure of a component,either essential or nonessential,does not cause the failure of an essential component. 3.Comply with minimum clearance requirements between other equipment,distribution systems,and associated supports and fire protection sprinkler system drops and sprigs. H.Seismic Relative Displacement Provisions: 1.Use suitable fittings or flexible connections,in accordance with NFPA 13,to accommodate: Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 210548 -5 a.Relative displacements at connections between components,including distributed systems (e.g.,piping);do not exceed load limits for equipment utility connections. b.Relative displacements between component supports attached to dissimilar parts of structure that may move differently during an earthquake. c.Design displacements at seismic separations. d.Anticipated drifts between floors. 2.Provide clearance around fire suppression system piping extending through walls,floors, platforms,and foundations in accordance with NFPA 13. 2.2 EXTERNAL SEISMIC SNUBBER ASSEMBLIES A.Description: Steel snubbing assemblies designed for external attachment to both equipment and supporting structure that,as part of a complete system,restrain equipment motion in all directions during a seismic event while maintaining vibration isolation during normal operation. B.Seismic Snubbing Elements: 1.Air Gap: Between 0.125 inches and 0.25 inches unless otherwise indicated. 2.Points of Contact: Cushioned with resilient material,minimum 0.25 inch thick;capable of being visually inspected for damage and replaced. 2.3 SEISMIC RESTRAINT SYSTEMS A.Description: System components and accessories specifically designed for field assembly and attachment of seismic restraints. B.Where required by NFPA 13,provide products listed as complying with UL 203A or FM 1950. C.Cable Restraints: 1.Comply with ASCE 19. 2.Cables: Pre-stretched,galvanized steel wire rope with certified break strength. 3.Cable Connections: Use only swaged end fittings.Cable clips and wedge type end fittings are not permitted in accordance with ASCE 19. 4.Use protective thimbles for cable loops where potential for cable damage exists. D.Rigid Restraints: Use MFMA-4 steel channel (strut),steel angle,or steel pipe for structural element;suitable for both compressive and tensile design loads. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A.Verify that field measurements are as shown on the drawings. B.Verify that mounting surfaces are ready to receive vibration isolation and/or seismic control components and associated attachments. C.Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation prior to starting work. 3.2 CODE-REQUIRED SPECIAL INSPECTIONS A.Arrange work to accommodate tests and/or inspections performed by Special Inspection Agency employed by Owner or Architect in accordance with Section 014533 and statement of special inspections as required by applicable building code. B.Frequency of Special Inspections: Where special inspections are designated as continuous or periodic,arrange work accordingly. 1.Continuous Special Inspections: Special Inspection Agency to be present in the area where the work is being performed and observe the work at all times the work is in progress. 2.Periodic Special Inspections: Special Inspection Agency to be present in the area where work is being performed and observe the work part-time or intermittently and at the completion of the work. C.Seismic special inspections include,but are not limited to: 1.Seismically Qualified Equipment: Verification that label,anchorage,and mounting comply with certificate of compliance. Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 210548 -6 2.Verification of required clearances between other equipment,distribution systems,and associated supports and fire protection sprinkler system drops and sprigs for Seismic Design Categories C,D,E,and F;periodic inspection. D.Prior to starting work,Contractor to submit written statement of responsibility to authorities having jurisdiction and to Owner acknowledging awareness of special requirements contained in the statement of special inspections. E.Special Inspection Agency services do not relieve Contractor from performing inspections and testing specified elsewhere. 3.3 INSTALLATION A.Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B.Install anchors and fasteners in accordance with ICC Evaluation Services,LLC (ICC-ES) evaluation report conditions of use where applicable. C.Secure fasteners according to manufacturer's recommended torque settings. D.Install flexible piping connections to provide sufficient slack for vibration isolation and/or seismic relative displacements as indicated or as required. E.Seismic Controls: 1.Provide specified snubbing element air gap;remove any factory-installed spacers,debris, or other obstructions. 2.Use only specified components,anchorage,and hardware evaluated by seismic design. Comply with conditions of seismic certification where applicable. 3.Where mounting hole diameter exceeds bolt diameter by more than 0.125 inch,use epoxy grout,elastomeric grommet,or welded washer to reduce clearance to 0.125 inch or less. 4.Equipment with Sheet Metal Housings: a.Use Belleville washers to distribute stress over a larger surface area of the sheet metal connection interface as approved by manufacturer. b.Attach additional steel as approved by manufacturer where required to transfer loads to structure. c.Where mounting surface is irregular,do not shim housing;reinforce housing with additional steel as approved by manufacturer. 5.Concrete Housekeeping Pads: a.Size in accordance with seismic design to meet anchor requirements. b.Install pad reinforcement and doweling in accordance with seismic design to ensure integrity of pad and associated connection to slab. 6.Seismic Restraint Systems: a.Do not attach seismic restraints and gravity supports to dissimilar parts of structure that may move differently during an earthquake. b.Install restraints within permissible angles in accordance with seismic design. c.Install cable restraints straight between component/run and structural attachment;do not bend around other nonstructural components or structural elements. d.Install cable restraints for vibration-isolated components slightly slack to prevent short-circuiting of isolation. e.Install hanger rod stiffeners where indicated using only specified clamps;do not weld stiffeners to hanger rod. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.See Section 014000 -Quality Requirements,for additional requirements. B.Inspect vibration isolation and/or seismic control components for damage and defects. C.Provide manufacturer representative or authorized technician services to assist with inspection and testing of vibration isolation systems and seismic controls. Submit a detailed copy of manufacturer recommended inspection,testing,and field report procedures. D.Seismic Controls: 1.Verify snubbing element air gaps. Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 210548 -7 E.Correct deficiencies and replace damaged or defective vibration isolation and/or seismic control components. F.Submit detailed reports indicating inspection and testing results and corrective actions taken. END OF SECTION Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 FIRE-SUPPRESSION SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 211300 -1 SECTION 211300 FIRE-SUPPRESSION SPRINKLER SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A.Wet-pipe sprinkler system. B.Dry-pipe sprinkler system. C.Deluge sprinkler system. D.Preaction sprinkler system. E.System design,installation,and certification. F.Fire department connections. 1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS A.FM (AG)-FM Approval Guide current edition. B.ICC-ES AC106 -Acceptance Criteria for Predrilled Fasteners (Screw Anchors)in Masonry Elements 2015. C.ICC-ES AC308 -Acceptance Criteria for Post-Installed Adhesive Anchors in Concrete Elements 2016. D.NFPA 13 -Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction,Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements. E.NFPA 1963 -Standard for Fire Hose Connections 2019. F.UL (DIR)-Online Certifications Directory Current Edition. G.UL 405 -Standard for Safety Fire Department Connection Devices Current Edition,Including All Revisions. 1.3 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A.Preinstallation Meeting: Convene one week before starting work of this section. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A.See Section 013000 -Administrative Requirements,for submittal procedures. B.Product Data: Provide data on sprinklers,valves,and specialties,including manufacturers catalog information. Submit performance ratings,rough-in details,weights,support requirements,and piping connections. C.Shop Drawings: 1.Submit preliminary layout of finished ceiling areas indicating only sprinkler locations coordinated with ceiling installation. 2.Indicate hydraulic calculations,detailed pipe layout,hangers and supports,sprinklers, components,and accessories. Indicate system controls. 3.Submit shop drawings to Authorities Having Jurisdiction for approval. Submit proof of approval to Architect. D.Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that system has been tested and meets or exceeds specified requirements and code requirements. E.Designer's Qualification Statement. F.Manufacturer's Qualification Statement. G.Installer's Qualification Statement. H.Operation and Maintenance Data: Include components of system,servicing requirements, record drawings,inspection data,replacement part numbers and availability,and location and numbers of service depot. I.Maintenance Materials: Furnish the following for Owner's use in maintenance of project. Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 FIRE-SUPPRESSION SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 211300 -2 1.See Section 016000 -Product Requirements,for additional provisions. 2.Extra Sprinklers: Type and size matching those installed in quantity required by referenced NFPA design and installation standard. 3.Sprinkler Wrenches: For each sprinkler type. J.Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of sprinklers and deviations of piping from drawings. Indicate drain and test locations. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Comply with FM (AG)requirements. B.Designer Qualifications: Design system under direct supervision of a Professional Engineer experienced in design of this type of work and licensed in the State in which the Project is located. C.Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. D.Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the work of this sectionwith minimum 3 years experienceand approved by manufacturer. E.Equipment and Components: Provide products that bear FM (AG)label or marking. F.Products Requiring Electrical Connection: Listed and classified by UL (DIR)as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. 1.6 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A.Store products in shipping containers and maintain in place until installation. Provide temporary inlet and outlet caps. Maintain caps in place until installation. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A.Sprinklers,Valves,and Equipment: 1.Tyco Fire Protection Products: www.tyco-fire.com/#sle. 2.Viking Corporation: www.vikinggroupinc.com/#sle. 3.Substitutions: See Section 016000 -Product Requirements. 2.2 SPRINKLER SYSTEM A.Sprinkler System: Provide coverage for entire building. B.Occupancy: Light hazard;comply with NFPA 13. C.Water Supply: Determine volume and pressure from water flow test data. D.Interface system with building control system. E.Provide fire department connections where indicated. F.Storage Cabinet for Spare Sprinklers and Tools: Steel,located adjacent to alarm valve. G.Pipe Hanger Fasteners: Attach hangers to structure using appropriate fasteners,as follows: 1.Concrete Wedge Expansion Anchors: Complying with ICC-ES AC193. 2.Masonry Wedge Expansion Anchors: Complying with ICC-ES AC01. 3.Concrete Screw Type Anchors: Complying with ICC-ES AC193. 4.Masonry Screw Type Anchors: Complying with ICC-ES AC106. 5.Concrete Adhesive Type Anchors: Complying with ICC-ES AC308. 6.Other Types: As required. 2.3 SPRINKLERS A.Suspended Ceiling Type: Concealedpendanttype with matching push onescutcheonplate. 1.Response Type: Quick. 2.Coverage Type: Standard. 3.Finish: Brass. 4.EscutcheonPlate Finish: Chrome plated. 5.Fusible Link: Fusible solder link type temperature rated for specific area hazard. Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 FIRE-SUPPRESSION SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 211300 -3 B.Exposed Area Type: Pendant type with guard. 1.Response Type: Quick. 2.Coverage Type: Standard. 3.Finish: Brass. 4.Fusible Link: Fusible solder link type temperature rated for specific area hazard. C.Sidewall Type: Semi-recessed horizontal sidewall type with matching push on escutcheon plate. 1.Response Type: Quick. 2.Coverage Type: Standard. 3.Finish: Chrome plated. 4.Escutcheon Plate Finish: Chrome plated. 5.Fusible Link: Fusible solder link type temperature rated for specific area hazard. D.Dry Sprinklers: Concealed pendant type with matching push on escutcheon plate. 1.Response Type: Quick. 2.Coverage Type: Standard. 3.Finish: Brass. 4.Cover Plate Finish: Brass. 5.Fusible Link: Fusible solder link type temperature rated for specific area hazard. E.Residential Sprinklers: Concealed upright type with matching push on escutcheon plate. 1.Response Type: Quick. 2.Finish: Brass. 3.Cover Plate Finish: Antique Brass. 4.Fusible Link: Fusible solder link type temperature rated for specific area hazard. F.Storage Sprinklers: Pendant type with guard. 1.Response Type: Standard. 2.Coverage Type: Standard. 3.Fusible Link: Fusible solder link type temperature rated for specific area hazard. G.Guards: Finish to match sprinkler finish. H.Spray Nozzles: Brass with solid cone discharge,30 degrees of arc with blow-off dust cap. 1.Finish: Brass. I.Flexible Drop System: Stainless steel,multiple use,open gate type. 1.Application: Use to properly locate sprinkler heads. 2.Include all supports and bracing. 3.Provide braided type tube as required for the application. 4.Manufacturers: 2.4 PIPING SPECIALTIES A.Wet Pipe Sprinkler Alarm Valve: Check type valve with divided seat ring,rubber-faced clapper to automatically actuate water motor alarm,pressure retard chamber and variable pressure trim with the following additional capabilities and features: 1.Activate electric alarm. 2.Test and drain valve. 3.Replaceable internal components without removing valve from installed position. B.Dry Pipe Sprinkler Alarm Valve: Check type valve with divided seat ring,rubber faced clapper to automatically actuate water motor alarm,accelerator,and with the following additional capabilities and features: 1.Activate electric alarm. 2.Test and drain valve. 3.Externally resettable. 4.Replaceable internal components without removing valve from installed position. C.Flooding Deluge Valve: Gate type valve with rubber faced disc actuated manually with water motor alarm and electric alarm,with alarm testing trim. Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 FIRE-SUPPRESSION SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 211300 -4 D.Preaction Valve: 1.Operated by detection system listed for releasing service and independent of building fire alarm system with provisions for local,manual,and indicated remote releases. 2.Incorporate mechanical latching mechanism incorporating valve clappers independent of system water pressure fluctuations. 3.Provide test detection device for each actuation circuit adjacent to each controlled valve in accordance with NFPA 13. E.Backflow Preventer: Double checkvalve assembly backflow preventer with drain and OS &Y gate valve on each end. F.Test Connections: 1.Inspector's Test Connection for Preaction Systems: a.Provide test connections approximately 6 ft above floor for each or portion of each sprinkler system equipped with an alarm device,located at the most remote part of each system. b.Route test connection to an open-site drain location,excluding janitor sinks, accepting full flow without negative consequences. c.Supply discharge orifice with same size as corresponding sprinkler orifice. d.Limit vertical height of exterior wall penetration to 2 ft above finished grade. 2.Backflow Preventer Test Connection: a.Provide downstream of the backflow prevention assembly,listed hose valves with 2.5 inch National Standard male hose threads with cap and chain. b.Furnish one valve for each 250 gpm of system demand or fraction thereof. c.Provide permanent sign reading "Test Valve"in accordance with Section 220553. G.Water Motor Alarm: Hydraulically operated impeller type alarm with aluminum alloy chrome plated gong and motor housing,nylon bearings,and inlet strainer. H.Electric Alarm: Electrically operated chrome plated gong with pressure alarm switch. I.Water Flow Switch: Vane type switch for mounting horizontal or vertical,with two contacts; rated 10 amp at 125 volt AC and 2.5 amp at 24 volt DC. J.Fire Department Connections: 1.Type: Exposed,projected wall mountmade of corrosion resistant metalcomplying with UL 405. a.Inlets: Two way,2-1/2 inch swivel fittings,internal threaded. Thread size and inlets according to NFPA 1963 or Authority Having Jurisdiction. Brass caps with gaskets, chains,and lugs. b.Rated Working Pressure: 175 psi. c.Finish: Polished brass. d.Signage: Raised or engraved lettering 1 inch minimum indicating system type. 2.5 PREACTION VALVE CONTROL PANEL A.Provide a modular type control panel for electrically operated detection and extinguishing systems for each preaction valve. 1.Factory mount in surface mounted,steel cabinet with hinged doors,and cylinder lock. 2.Provide factory wired assembly containing components and equipment as required to perform specified system operating and supervisory functions. 3.Include isolation switch to allow system testing without activation of the preaction valve. 4.House batteries in separate and lockable,steel cabinet. 5.Finish interior and exterior of cabinet with enamel paint and provide identification plates in accordance with Section 220553. 6.Include trouble lights and trouble alarm. 7.Provide 120 volt AC service transformed through a two-winding,isolation type transformer and rectified to low voltage DC for operation of all system actuating,signal sounding, trouble signal,and fire alarm tripping circuits. Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 FIRE-SUPPRESSION SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 211300 -5 8.Provide UL (DIR)listed as an extinguishing system releasing panel and separate from the building's fire alarm control panel. B.Secondary Power Supply: 1.Provide nickel cadmium,lead calcium,or sealed lead acidrechargeable storage batteries and battery charger. 2.Storage Batteries: a.Provide with sufficient ampere-hour rating to operate under supervisory and trouble conditions,including audible trouble signal devicesunder alarm conditions for an additional 10minutes and as required in accordance with the equipment listing. b.Prevent contact between terminals of adjacent cells,battery terminals,and other metal parts with separate cell construction. 3.Battery Charger: a.Provide solid-state automatic two rate type,capable of recharging completely discharged batteries to fully charged condition in 24 hours or less. b.Locate charger within control panel or battery cabinet. C.Wiring: Refer to Section 260583. 2.6 AIR COMPRESSOR A.Compressor: Single-unit,electric motor driven,motor,motor starter,safety valves,check valves,air maintenance device incorporating electric pressure switch and unloader valve. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A.Install in accordance with referenced NFPA design and installation standard. B.Install equipment in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C.Provide approved double check valve assembly at sprinkler system water source connection. D.Locate fire department connection with sufficient clearance from walls,obstructions,or adjacent siamese connectors to allow full swing of fire department wrench handle. E.Locate outside alarm gong on building wall as indicated. F.Place pipe runs to minimize obstruction to other work. G.Place piping in concealed spaces above finished ceilings. H.Center sprinklers in two directions in ceiling tile and provide piping offsets as required. I.Apply masking tape or paper cover to ensure concealed sprinklers,cover plates,and sprinkler escutcheons do not receive field paint finish. Remove after painting.Replace painted sprinklers. J.Install air compressor on vibration isolators. Refer to Section 220548. K.Flush entire piping system of foreign matter. L.Install guards on sprinklers where indicated. M.Hydrostatically test entire system. N.Require test be witnessed by Fire Marshal. 3.2 INTERFACE WITH OTHER PRODUCTS A.Ensure required devices are installed and connected as required to fire alarm system. END OF SECTION Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 Commissioning of Plumbing System 220800-1 SECTION 220800 - COMMISSIONING OF PLUMBING SYSTEM PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this section. B. Specification Section 01 91 00 “Commissioning” for requirements that apply to incorporate commissioning process activities, allowances, definitions, qualifications, team member responsibilities and submittals. C. Owner’s Project Requirements (OPR). D. Basis of Design (BOD) document(s). 1.02 SUMMARY A. This Section includes plumbing commissioning requirements that apply to the coordination and outcome of the commissioning process, specifically relating to the project domestic water-heating systems and equipment. B. Commissioning work is intended to ensure that selected domestic water heating equipment and systems have been completely and properly evaluated, installed, function together correctly to meet the design intent, and document system performance. C. Relevant contractors involved in the construction process shall be involved in the commissioning process. D. Work Covered by Contract Documents 1. The commissioning scope of work is defined by the Contract Documents and consists of the following corresponding systems and associated equipment: a. Water heating control systems. b. Domestic & potable water-heating systems and equipment. c. Service water-heating systems and equipment. d. Related renewable energy systems, as required. 1.03 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The work included in the plumbing commissioning process involves performing a complete and thorough evaluation of the installation, operation and turnover of equipment, systems, and sub-systems to meet the OPR. The purpose of this effort is to bring the plumbing system(s) to a state of dynamic operation. 1.04 COMMISSIONING TEAM A. Members Appointed by Contractor(s): Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 Commissioning of Plumbing System 220800-2 1. Construction Managers, Contractors, MEP Coordinator, etc. Individuals, each having authority to act on behalf of the entity they represent, explicitly organized to implement the commissioning process through coordinated actions. Additional commissioning team members may consist of, but not be limited to, representatives of each Contractor, including Project Superintendent and Subcontractors, Installers, Suppliers, and specialists deemed appropriate for a particular portion of the commissioning process by the CxA. B. Members Appointed by Owner: 1. CxA(s) under separate contract. 2. Representatives of the facility user, as well as operation and maintenance personnel. 3. Architect and Engineering design professionals 1.05 RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE OWNER A. Support the CxP and Cx activities. B. Provide the OPR documentation to the CxA and each Contractor for information and use. This shall include the most current objectives (LEED version scorecard, Energy Star score, etc.) for the project. C. Identify operating staff and occupant personnel, and schedule them to participate in meetings, training sessions and inspections. D. Develop training requirements for operating staff and occupant personnel. E. Develop the scope and format for the Commissioning Systems Manual. F. Provide any utilities required for the commissioning process. 1.06 RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER A. Support the CxP and Cx activities. B. Complete the plumbing Basis of Design (BOD) documents. C. Complete system operational narratives, as requested. D. Provide approved submittals, as requested. E. Provide current project objectives (LEED version scorecard, Energy Star score, etc.) as requested. 1.07 RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR A. Support the CxP and Cx activities. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 Commissioning of Plumbing System 220800-3 B. Assist the CxA in preparing the construction checklists for all commissioned components, equipment and systems as required. C. Provide all documentation necessary to complete the commissioning process. Including but not limited to: Prefunctional checklists, startup reports, record drawings and sequences, system narratives, settings and schedules, BAS screenshots, system component and performance data, and preventative maintenance schedules and procedures. D. Provide measuring instruments and logging devices to record test data, and provide data acquisition equipment to record data for the complete range of testing for the required test period. E. Attend construction phase controls coordination meetings. F. Attend test, adjust and balancing (TAB) review and coordination meeting. G. Verify equipment, systems, instrumentation, wiring and components are shown correctly on record drawings. Preliminary or in-use as-built drawings must be made available to the Commissioning Team for use prior to the start of functional performance testing. Changes, resulting from functional testing, must be created by the contractor and incorporated into the final record drawings and/or sequences. H. Demonstration and Training: Contractor shall provide orientation, demonstration, and training as required by the specifications. A complete training plan and schedule must be submitted by the Contractor to the CxA four (4) weeks prior to any training. A training agenda and all supporting documentation for each training session must be submitted to the CxA one (1) week prior to the training session. I. Notify the CxA of known systems and equipment deficiencies, in written format. 1.08 RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CXA A. Prepare the CxP required as part of the commissioning process B. Develop the Cx Specifications. C. Develop the Cx Schedule. D. Review and/or document the OPR. E. Review the Engineering BOD documents. F. Review the design documents at mid-level construction (~50% CD). G. Review the design documents for building envelope requirements. H. Prepare and maintain a commissioning Issues & Benefits Log to document issues and resolutions as related to the commissioning process. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 Commissioning of Plumbing System 220800-4 I. Conduct periodic observations of work in progress to ensure that all systems and equipment are installed according to OPR, approved BOD, and current plans & specifications. J. Conduct a Commissioning Kick-Off Meeting. K. Perform a submittal review for equipment and systems within the commissioning scope of work, when required. L. Review preliminary Operation & Maintenance (Systems) Manual submittals. M. Develop and/or review material/equipment installation, startup, and pre-functional verifications. N. Attend commissioning meetings. O. Review the final test and balance (TAB) report to verify work is complete. P. Prepare checklists for and oversee, witness, and document the commissioning functional performance tests. Q. Review system trending and logging/72-hour dynamic mode test. R. Verify and document Owner’s training requirements have been completed, including the plan, agenda, and materials to be used for operator and occupant training, when required. S. Conduct a 10-month commissioning warranty review, when required. T. Conduct seasonal testing, as required. U. Develop the Current Facility Requirements and Operations and Maintenance (CFR and O&M) Plan, when required. V. Develop the Ongoing Commissioning (OCx) Plan, when required. W. Develop Monitoring-Based Commissioning (MBCx) procedures, when required. X. Provide an Executive Summary/Final Commissioning Report (CxR). Y. Coordinate LEED Online uploads/certification management, as required. 1.09 COMMISSIONING DOCUMENTATION A. Provide all progress and status reports, including deficiencies noted to the CxA. B. Provide all change orders, RFIs, or design changes that occurred during the construction phase to the CxA. C. Provide minutes from all meetings to the CxA. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 Commissioning of Plumbing System 220800-5 1.10 COMMISSIONING SUBMITTALS A. Plan for delivery and review of submittals, and completion of commissioning checklists, systems manuals, and other documentation/reports within the project schedule to the CxA. B. Certificates of completion of installation, prestart checks, and startup procedures have been completed and submitted to CxA. C. Certificates of readiness, signed by the contractor, certifying that HVAC systems, assemblies, equipment, components, and associated controls are ready for testing by the CxA. D. All documentation provided to the CxA shall be in electronic format shared via standard file text protocols commonly accessible. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 TEST EQUIPMENT, INSTRUMENTATION, AND TOOLS A. The contractor shall provide all materials, labor, instruments, tools, ladders and apparatus necessary to start-up, perform functional performance test and systems conditioning. B. Test equipment and instrumentation required to perform the commissioning process shall remain the property of the contractor unless otherwise indicated. C. Test equipment and instrumentation required to perform the commissioning process shall comply with the following criteria: 1. Maintain test equipment and instrumentation. 2. Use test equipment and instrumentation only for testing or monitoring work for which they are designed for. 2.02 PROPRIETARY TEST EQUIPMENT, INSTRUMENTATION, AND TOOLS A. Proprietary test equipment, instrumentation, and tools are those manufactured or prescribed by tested equipment manufacturer and required for work on its equipment as a condition of equipment warranty, or as otherwise required to service, repair, adjust, calibrate, or perform work on its equipment. 1. Identify proprietary test equipment, instrumentation, and tools required in the test equipment identification list submittal. 2. Proprietary test equipment, instrumentation, and tools shall become the property of Owner at Substantial Completion. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 Commissioning of Plumbing System 220800-6 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Review construction documentation to successfully understand the Owner’s Project Requirements. 3.02 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Complete all phases of work so the equipment and systems can be started, tested, balanced, and acceptance procedures undertaken. Acceptance procedures are normally intended to begin prior to completion of a system and/or sub-systems, and shall be coordinated with the Division 22 Contractor. Start of acceptance procedures before system completion does not relieve the Contractor from completing those systems per the schedule. B. Provide equipment, materials, and labor as necessary to perform commissioning tasks and respond to items identified during the commissioning process, and to aid in coordination and resolve. C. Provide qualified personnel to participate in commissioning testing, including seasonal and deferred testing, as required after the initial commissioning testing phase. D. The Contractor is responsible for any equipment that is damaged in any way during the commissioning process. The Contractor shall be responsible for all costs associated with the restoration of the equipment to its original condition and for any temporary equipment needed to keep the system in operation. 3.03 COMMISSIONING PROCESS MEETINGS A. A. Contractors shall provide the representative personnel at all commissioning meetings with the authority to act as it relates to their contract scope, schedule, and cost. 3.04 COMMISSIONING PROCESS SCHEDULING A. Before request for contract compliance inspection and system commissioning all equipment, components, and systems shall be started-up, adjusted, calibrated; set, test and check all electric disconnects, fuses, circuit breakers, valves, flows, temperatures and pressures of all systems for proper operation and performance. B. After completion of the start-up and operating performance test, the Contractor shall notify the Owner in writing that the system is ready for commissioning. 3.05 COMMISSIONING PROCESS SEQUENCING A. Sequencing of commissioning verification activities for an item of equipment, assembly or system, shall be performed in the order listed unless otherwise indicated: 1. Construction Checklists: a. Material/equipment checks. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 Commissioning of Plumbing System 220800-7 b. Installation verification checks. c. Prefunctional checks. d. Equipment startup checks, as appropriate. Some startups may depend on component performance. Such startups may follow component performance tests on which the startup depends. e. Functional Performance Testing (FPTs). B. Before performing commissioning testing, verify that materials, equipment, assemblies, and systems are delivered, installed, started, and adjusted to perform according to construction checklists. C. Verify readiness of materials, equipment, assemblies, and systems by performing tests prior to performing test demonstrations (fill, flush, treatment, leak testing, etc.). Notify Architect if acceptable results cannot be achieved due to conditions beyond Contractor's control or responsibility. D. Commence functional performance testing as soon as installation checks for materials, equipment, assemblies, or systems are satisfactorily completed. Tests of a particular system may proceed prior to completion of other systems, provided the incomplete work does not interfere with successful execution of test. 3.06 COMMISSIONING ISSUE RESOLUTION A. All commissioning issues discovered throughout the Cx process are tracked and monitored on the Commissioning Issues & Benefits Log by the CxA. B. The Contractor shall be responsible for the resolution of issues identified during the commissioning process for systems and equipment in the commissioning scope of work. This includes providing the resolution narrative and any other information required for substantiation. C. Systems or equipment which do not meet the OPR, or the requirements of the Contract Documents, shall be repaired, replaced, adjusted, or corrected by the Contractor at no additional cost. D. In some cases, issues may continue to exist beyond the Cx process schedule (possibly, 12 months after substantial completion of the MEP systems). These existing issues shall include a suggested action for resolve, the expectation of the project team, and the anticipated resolve date. 3.07 COMMISSIONING DESIGN REVIEWS A. The Contractor shall support the commissioning design review process and activities to coordinate and resolve any design and constructability issues. B. The CxA shall provide a Design Review Report and track each item within the Issues & Benefits Log for resolve status. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 Commissioning of Plumbing System 220800-8 3.08 COMMISSIONING SUBMITTAL REVIEWS A. The Contractor shall provide the CxA with a copy of all submittals for systems and equipment in the commissioning scope of work prior to the installation of the equipment. B. The CxA shall perform a commissioning submittal review. The submittal review can be staged early during the project to provide greater value and identify potential issues as early as possible, or a final submittal review after all submittals have been approved by the project team. C. The main purpose of the commissioning submittal review is to focus on compliance with the OPR. Beyond that of the design engineer’s equipment-level review, the purpose of the commissioning submittal review is to verify that all equipment and systems discussed in the OPR can meet operational and maintenance requirements. D. The commissioning submittal review does not approve the submittal. The review does not take the place of, or supersede the review of submittals conducted by the Engineer, Architect, or other members of the design team. E. Review of submittals by the CxA does not constitute acceptance or rejection of the equipment submitted. 3.09 COMMISSIONING SITE VISITS – FIELD OBSERVATION REPORTS A. The purpose of performing commissioning field observations/site visits are to observe construction progress and verify systems/equipment installations are adequate as early as possible within the construction process. B. The CxA shall perform several commissioning site visits throughout the project. The quantity and frequency of site visits conducted can be random throughout the construction process, or predetermined by the CxA and Owner. Often, the quantity and frequency of site visits that are performed will differ from project to project. C. The CxA shall provide a Field Observation Report (FOR) for each site visit to the Owner, and/or project team, for review and to plan resolve as required. 3.10 COMMISSIONING CONSTRUCTION CHECKLISTS A. The Contractor shall support the completion of the commissioning construction checklists. B. Equipment startup checklists shall be submitted to the CxA by the responsible contractor prior to functional performance testing. 1. Where possible, the Contractor shall use manufacturer-provided forms. 2. Where manufacturer’s forms are not available, the Contractor shall provide their own forms containing all the manufacturers’ start-up instructions and procedures. 3. Wherever possible, the Contractor shall provide for a representative of the manufacturer to be present to perform or supervise the start-up of equipment. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 Commissioning of Plumbing System 220800-9 C. Prefunctional checklists shall be submitted to the CxA by the responsible contractor prior to functional performance testing. 3.11 TEST AND BALANCE (TAB) WORK VERIFICATION A. The Contractor shall notify the CxA at least 10 days in advance of testing and balancing work, and provide access for the CxA to witness the work. B. The Contractor shall submit the approved TAB report to the CxA for verification, and inclusion in the final commissioning documents. 3.12 FUNCTIONAL PERFORMANCE TESTING A. Detailed testing shall be performed on selected installed equipment and systems to ensure that operation and performance conform to the OPR and Contract Documents. B. The Contractor shall provide all necessary personnel, parts, and equipment necessary to complete functional performance and deferred/seasonal testing, as required. C. All testing shall be overseen and witnessed by the CxA. D. Functional performance testing shall occur after all equipment installation, startups, test, and balancing work has been completed, and before the space has been occupied. E. Contractor shall provide a report to the CxA containing trend data for system parameters selected by the CxA. 3.13 INTERSYSTEM / 72-HOUR DYNAMIC TESTING A. After the completion of the systems functional performance testing, and prior Owner acceptance, the Contractor shall conduct a 72-hour dynamic mode demonstration of the systems. The intent of the 72-hour dynamic test is to verify that the integration of the mechanical and electrical equipment automatically responds as designed to meet the changes that may occur under varying indoor/outdoor conditions, including seasonal variations and occupancy loads. B. A detailed written procedure and sequence of events shall be developed by the Contractor and submitted to the Owner and CxA for review and approval. Procedures and sequence of events shall contain, as a minimum, the following activities: 1. Hours 1-4: Bring all systems on-line to normal operations and parameters. 2. Hours 5-28: Operate all systems under normal parameters and verify proper operation. 3. Hours 29-52: Validation of systems operation through electronic staging & sequencing, modulating the building load, flows and temperature. 4. Hours 69-72: Return of systems to normal operation. C. All applicable plumbing system equipment and associated components are to be included in the dynamic test. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 Commissioning of Plumbing System 220800-10 D. Minor problems can be anticipated and the necessary personnel required to correct problems and adjust systems need to be available to ensure continuation of the dynamic testing process. If major problems are encountered, at the discretion of the CxA, the testing shall be terminated and rescheduled. E. The Contractor shall notify any external organizations, which are not directly involved in the testing, but might be affected due to interface to ensure that alarms do not occur. F. During the demonstration test, all components shall operate in the “hands-off” automatic mode. Changes in operating modes required to simulate load shifting, seasonal changeover, emergency modes, etc. shall be accomplished by manually adjusting setpoints and equipment operating status at the equipment or system controller/BAS to observe capacity control and monitoring. G. The Contractor shall provide a written data-readout detailing each piece of equipment’s setpoint and measured values. 3.14 COMMISSIONING DATA TRENDING & LOGGING A. The Contractor shall begin data collection once the system is controlled automatically (no user overrides) by the controller, as indicated by the OPR and/or plans and specifications. B. Data collection shall include all indicated data points, programming, and occupancy/time clock system trends for future analysis as requested by the Owner. C. Data shall be stored so that in the event of a power outage/equipment failure, previously trended data is retained. 3.15 COMMISSIONING SYSTEMS MANUAL (O&M, IOM MANUAL) A. The Systems Manual shall include all information necessary needed by the Owner and Occupants to understand and properly operate, maintain, and recommission the energy- consuming building systems. B. The CxA shall verify that relevant systems manual sections are provided to the CxA prior to conducting Owner training. C. The Contractor shall provide to the CxA a systems manual consisting of, at minimum: 1. System single-line diagrams. 2. As-built sequences of operations, control drawings, and original setpoints. Screen captures of original settings shall be included wherever possible. 3. Operating instructions of integrated building systems. 4. Recommended schedule for preventative maintenance requirements, by equipment type and frequency, if not already included in the project O&M manuals. 5. Recommended schedule for retesting of systems and equipment in the commissioning scope of work with blank test forms from the original commissioning plan. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 Commissioning of Plumbing System 220800-11 6. Recommended schedule for calibrating sensors and valves. 7. Confirmation of completed training for the Owner and Occupants. 8. Ongoing system optimization procedures. 3.16 COMMISSIONED SYSTEMS OWNER TRAINING VERIFICATION A. Provide documentation of Owner, Operator and/or Occupant training for systems and equipment in the commissioning scope of work to the Commissioning Authority for review. B. Provide a training agenda and materials for all equipment and systems in the commissioning scope of work. C. Training shall be provided by manufacturers’ factory training personnel, or equivalent. D. Training shall consist of both class-based sessions and hand-on periods of instruction. E. Prior to conducting training, the Owner shall provide the following to the Contractor: 1. Proposed dates and times for training to occur. 2. A list of personnel who should receive operational training, by position or name. 3. A list of systems and equipment that require operator training. 4. The level of instruction and expectations required for each system. F. Prior to conducting training, the Contractor shall provide a training plan to the CxA. The training plan shall consist of, at minimum: 1. A schedule of training sessions, or modules. 2. A summary and agenda for each training session. 3. Handouts, drawings, presentations, or other materials to be used in each training session. G. Training sessions shall include the following items: 1. Learning objectives and lesson outline for each training module. 2. General purpose of system, or design intent narrative. This shall be a complete description of the interrelationships of each component within a system and how these components function together within the building, and how they affect other systems. This includes brief descriptions of what normal and emergency operations are, how the system is currently programmed, how to adjust, what types of adjustment can be performed, etc. 3. Use of approved submittals & Installation, Operation & Maintenance (IOM) manuals. 4. Review of control drawings and schematics. 5. Overview of monitoring equipment and software. 6. All operating scenarios, including startup, normal and emergency operation, shutdown, occupied and unoccupied operation, seasonal changeover, manual operation, control setup, programming, troubleshooting, and alarms. 7. Interaction with other systems. 8. Component and system-level adjustments, troubleshooting, repairs. 9. Optimizing methods for energy conservation. 10. Health and safety issues. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 Commissioning of Plumbing System 220800-12 11. Special maintenance and replacement sources. 12. Occupant interaction issues. 13. System response to different operating and emergency conditions. 14. Upkeep of system manual and associated maintenance documentation logs. H. Upon the completion of training, the Contractor shall provide a record of attendance for each training session to the CxA. I. Upon the completion of training, the Owner shall determine whether the training provided by the equipment manufacturer is acceptable. The Owner shall also provide a tracking method to ensure that all required positions or persons receive training. 3.17 CURRENT FACILITIES REQUIREMENTS AND OPERATIONS & MAINTENANCE (CFR AND O&M) PLAN A. The Project Team shall provide to the CxA a CFR and O&M Plan. The commissioning CFR and O&M Plan shall consist of, at minimum: 1. A sequence of operation for the building 2. The building occupancy schedule 3. Equipment run-time schedules 4. Setpoints for all equipment 5. Minimum outside air requirements 6. Any changes in schedules or setpoints for different seasons, days of the week, and times of day 7. A systems narrative describing the mechanical and electrical systems and equipment 8. A preventative maintenance plan for building equipment described in the systems narrative 9. A commissioning program that includes periodic commissioning requirements, ongoing commissioning tasks, and/or continuous tasks for critical facilities. 10. A template maintenance log form to document and track maintenance. 3.18 ONGOING COMMISSIONING (OCX) PLAN A. Provide ongoing commissioning procedures, strategies, test scripts, and schedule in the commissioning scope of work to the CxA for review. B. The CxA shall issue an ongoing commissioning plan before or as part of the 10-month warranty review. C. The ongoing commissioning plan shall consist of operating procedures, blank test scripts, and a schedule for ongoing Cx activities. D. The ongoing commissioning plan may be executed by an independent CxA or Operating staff in addition to normal preventative maintenance. E. At a minimum, the ongoing commissioning plan shall include the following: 1. Definition of the ongoing commissioning process 2. Defined roles and responsibilities Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 Commissioning of Plumbing System 220800-13 3. Recommended schedule for recommissioning as-built systems 4. Continuous documentation and updating of tenant space operating plan and current facility requirements throughout the buildings lifetime 5. Blank testing materials, including functional performance tests, as well as an issues log 3.19 MONITORING-BASED COMMISSIONING (MBCX) PLAN A. The CxA shall verify MBCx requirements are included in the project CxP during the enhanced commissioning process, when required. B. The Contractor shall support the monitoring-based commissioning process and activities required. 1. Defined integration of permanent-energy monitoring system, real-time energy analysis, and ongoing commissioning. 2. Provisions for analysis procedures, including frequency during year one, metering, meter locations, trending point lists, frequency and duration of trend monitoring, hardware, data access. C. MBCx is implemented during functional performance testing after construction but before occupancy, and executed during the 10-month warranty review. 3.20 10-MONTH BUILDING OPERATION REVIEW (CX WARRANTY REVIEW) A. The Contractor shall provide qualified personnel to review the operation of the building or space for warranty review verification within ten (10) months of substantial completion. B. The review shall consist of interviews, status review of remaining Cx issues, discussion of potential building issues, review of maintenance records (operational & baseline data), trouble calls, and a limited series of tests. The Contractor shall perform tests according to procedures provided by the CxA. C. All existing seasonal, deferred, or unresolved issues at the time of this review shall be corrected by the Contractor under manufacturer or contract warranties. END OF SECTION Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 HVAC AIR-DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM CLEANING 230130.51 -1 SECTION 230130.51 HVAC AIR-DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM CLEANING PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A.Cleaning of HVAC duct system,equipment,and related components. B.Testing and inspection agency employed by Owner. 1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 014000 -Quality Requirements: Additional requirements for testing and inspection agencies. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A.HVAC System: For purposes of this section,the surfaces to be cleaned include all interior surfaces of the heating,air-conditioning and ventilation system from the points where the air enters the system to the points where the air is discharged from the system,including the inside of air distribution equipment,coils,and condensate drain pans;see NADCA ACR for more details. 1.4 REFERENCE STANDARDS A.ASTM E84 -Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials 2022. B.NADCA ACR -The NADCA Standard for Assessment,Cleaning,and Restoration of HVAC System 2021. C.UL 181 -Standard for Factory-Made Air Ducts and Air Connectors current edition,including all revisions. D.UL 181A -Closure Systems for Use with Rigid Air Ducts Current Edition,Including All Revisions. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A.See Section 013000 -Administrative Requirements,for submittal procedures. B.Qualifications Statement: Submit qualifications of proposed cleaning contractor for approval. C.Qualifications Statement: Submit qualifications of proposed testing and inspection agency for approval. D.Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS): For all chemical products proposed to be used in the cleaning process;submit directly to Owner. E.Project Closeout Report: Include field quality control reports,evidence of satisfactory cleaning, and documentation of items needing further repair. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Information Available to Contractor: No existing system documentation is available. B.Cleaning Contractor Qualifications: Company specializing in the cleaning and restoration of HVAC systems as specified in this section. 1.Certified by one of the following: a.NADCA,National Air Duct Cleaners Association: www.nadca.com 2.Having minimum of three years documented experience. 3.Employing for this project a supervisor certified as an Air Systems Cleaning Specialist by NADCA. C.Testing and Inspection Agency Qualifications: Experienced in inspection and testing using methods defined in NADCA ACR. Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 HVAC AIR-DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM CLEANING 230130.51 -2 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT A.Vacuum Devices and Other Tools: Exceptionally clean,in good working order,and sealed when brought into the facility. B.Vacuum Devices That Exhaust Air Inside Building,Including Hand-Held and Wet Vacuums: Equipped with HEPA filtration with 99.97 percent collection efficiency for minimum 0.3-micron size particles and DOP test number. C.Vacuum Devices That Exhaust Air Outside Building,Including Truck-and Trailer-Mounted Types: Equipped with particulate collection including adequate filtration to contain debris removed from the HVAC system;exhausted in manner that prevents contaminant re-entry to building;compliant with applicable regulations as to outdoor environmental contamination. 2.2 SURFACE TREATMENTS A.Anti-Microbial Materials: EPA registered specifically for use on non-porous HVAC system surfaces and applied per manufacturer's instructions. B.Surface Coating for Fibrous Glass Materials: Water-based,zero VOC;flame spread index less that 25,smoke developed index less than 450,Class A,when tested in accordance with ASTM E84. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PROJECT CONDITIONS A.Comply with applicable federal,state,and local requirements. B.Perform cleaning,inspection,and remediation in accordance with the recommendations of NADCA "Assessment,Cleaning and Restoration of HVAC Systems"(ACR)and as specified herein. C.Where NADCA ACR uses the terms "recommended","highly recommended",or "ideally"in regard to a certain procedure or activity,do that unless it is clearly inapplicable to the project. D.Obtain Owner's approval of proposed temporary locations for large equipment. E.Designate a decontamination area and obtain Owner's approval. F.When portions of the facility are to remain occupied or in operation during cleaning activities, provide adequate controls or containment to prevent access to spaces being cleaned by unauthorized persons and provide detailed instructions to Owner as to these controls or containment. G.If unforeseen mold or other biological contamination is encountered,notify Architect immediately,identifying areas affected and extent and type of contamination. 3.2 EXAMINATION A.Inspect the system as required to determine appropriate methods,tools,equipment,and protection. B.Start of cleaning work constitutes acceptance of existing conditions. C.When concealed spaces are later made accessible,examine and document interior conditions prior to beginning cleaning. D.Document all instances of mold growth,rodent droppings,other biological hazards,and damaged system components. 3.3 PREPARATION A.When cleaning work might adversely affect life safety systems,including fire and smoke detection,alarm,and control,coordinate scheduling and testing and inspection procedures with authorities having jurisdiction. B.Ensure that electrical components that might be adversely affected by cleaning are de- energized,locked out,and protected prior to beginning work. Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 HVAC AIR-DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM CLEANING 230130.51 -3 C.Air-Volume Control Devices: Mark the original position of dampers and other air-directional mechanical devices inside the HVAC system prior to starting cleaning. D.Access to Concealed Spaces: Use existing service openings and make additional service openings as required to accomplish cleaning and inspection. 1.Do not cut openings in non-HVAC components without obtaining the prior approval of Owner. 2.Make new openings in HVAC components in accordance with NADCA Standard 05;do not compromise the structural integrity of the system. 3.Do not cut service openings into flexible duct;disconnect at ends for cleaning and inspection. E.Ceiling Tile: Lay-in ceiling tile may be removed to gain access to HVAC systems during the cleaning process;protect tile from damage and reinstall upon completion;replace damaged tile. 3.4 CLEANING A.Use any cleaning method recommended by NADCA ACR unless otherwise specified;do not use methods prohibited by NADCA ACR,or that will damage HVAC components or other work, or that will significantly alter the integrity of the system. B.Obtain Owner's approval before using wet cleaning methods;ensure that drainage is adequate before beginning. C.Ducts: Mechanically clean all portions of ducts. D.Hoses,Cables,and Extension Rods: Clean using suitable sanitary damp wipes at the time they are being removed or withdrawn from their normal position. E.Registers,Diffusers,and Grilles: When removing,take care to prevent containment exposure due to accumulated debris. F.Coils: Follow NADCA ACR completely including measuring static pressure drop before and after cleaning;do not remove refrigeration coils from system to clean;report coils that are permanently impacted. G.Collect debris removed during cleaning;ensure that debris is not dispersed outside the HVAC system during the cleaning process. H.Store contaminated tools and equipment in polyethylene bags until cleaned in the designated decontamination area. 3.5 REPAIR A.Repair openings cut in the ventilation system so that they do not significantly alter the airflow or adversely impact the facility's indoor air quality. B.At insulated ducts and components,accomplish repairs in such a manner as to achieve the equivalent thermal value. C.Reseal new openings in accordance with NADCA Standard 05. D.Reseal rigid fiber glass duct systems using closure techniques that comply with UL 181 or UL 181A. E.When new openings are intended to be capable of being re-opened in the future,clearly mark them and report their locations to Owner in project report documents. 3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.Ensure that the following field quality control activities are completed prior to application of any treatments or coatings and prior to returning HVAC system to normal operation. B.Visually inspect all portions of the cleaned components;if not visibly clean as defined in NADCA ACR,re-clean and reinspect. C.Coils: Cleaning must restore the coil pressure drop to within 10 percent of the coil's original installed pressure drop;if original pressure drop is not known,coil will be considered clean if free of foreign matter and chemical residue based on visual inspection. Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 HVAC AIR-DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM CLEANING 230130.51 -4 D.Notify Architect when cleaned components are ready for inspection. E.Notify Owner's testing and inspection agency when cleaned components are ready for inspection. F.Owner reserves the right to verify cleanliness using NADCA ACR Surface Comparison Testing or NADCA Vacuum Test. G.When directed,re-clean components until they pass. H.Contractor shall bear the costs of retesting due to inadequate cleaning. I.Submit evidence that all portions of the system required to be cleaned have been cleaned satisfactorily. 3.7 ANTI-MICROBIAL TREATMENT A.When directed,apply anti-microbial treatment to internal surfaces. B.Apply anti-microbial agent after removal of surface deposits and debris. C.Apply anti-microbial treatments and coatings in strict accordance with the manufacturer's written recommendations and EPA registration listing. D.Spray coatings directly onto interior ductwork surfaces;do not "fog"into air stream. 3.8 ADJUSTING A.After satisfactory completion of field quality control activities,restore adjustable devices to original settings,including,but not limited to,dampers,air directional devices,valves,fuses, and circuit breakers. 3.9 WASTE MANAGEMENT A.Double-bag waste and debris in 6 mil,0.006 inch thick polyethylene plastic bags. B.Dispose of debris off-site in accordance with applicable federal,state and local requirements. END OF SECTION Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230548 -1 SECTION 230548 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A.Vibration isolation requirements. B.Seismic control requirements. 1.Includes requirements for seismic qualification of equipment not specified in this section. C.Vibration-isolated equipment support bases. D.Vibration isolators. E.External seismic snubber assemblies. F.Seismic restraint systems. G.Vibration-isolated and/or seismically engineered roof curbs. 1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 014533 -Code-Required Special Inspections and Procedures. B.Section 033000 -Cast-in-Place Concrete. C.Section 055000 -Metal Fabrications: Materials and requirements for fabricated metal supports. D.Section 210548 -Vibration and Seismic Controls for Fire Suppression Piping and Equipment. E.Section 220548 -Vibration and Seismic Controls for Plumbing Piping and Equipment. F.Section 230529 -Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A.HVAC Component: Where referenced in this section in regards to seismic controls,applies to any portion of the HVAC system subject to seismic evaluation in accordance with applicable codes,including distributed systems (e.g.,ductwork,piping). B.Seismic Restraint: Structural members or assemblies of members or manufactured elements specifically designed and applied for transmitting seismic forces between components and the seismic force-resisting system of the structure. 1.4 REFERENCE STANDARDS A.ASCE 7 -Minimum Design Loads and Associated Criteria for Buildings and Other Structures Most Recent Edition Cited by Referring Code or Reference Standard. B.ASCE 19 -Structural Applications of Steel Cables for Buildings 2016. C.ASHRAE (HVACA)-ASHRAE Handbook -HVAC Applications Most Recent Edition Cited by Referring Code or Reference Standard. D.FEMA 412 -Installing Seismic Restraints for Mechanical Equipment 2002. E.FEMA 413 -Installing Seismic Restraints for Electrical Equipment 2004. F.FEMA 414 -Installing Seismic Restraints for Duct and Pipe 2004. G.FEMA E-74 -Reducing the Risks of Nonstructural Earthquake Damage 2012. H.ICC-ES AC156 -Acceptance Criteria for Seismic Certification by Shake-Table Testing of Nonstructural Components 2010,with Editorial Revision (2015). I.MFMA-4 -Metal Framing Standards Publication 2004. J.SMACNA (SRM)-Seismic Restraint Manual Guidelines for Mechanical Systems 2008. 1.5 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A.Coordination: 1.Coordinate selection and arrangement of vibration isolation and/or seismic control components with the actual equipment to be installed. Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230548 -2 2.Coordinate the work with other trades to provide additional framing and materials required for installation. 3.Coordinate compatibility of support and attachment components with mounting surfaces at the installed locations. 4.Seismic Controls: a.Coordinate the arrangement of seismic restraints with piping,conduit,equipment,and other potential conflicts installed under other sections or by others. b.Coordinate the work with other trades to accommodate relative positioning of essential and nonessential components in consideration of seismic interaction. 5.Notify Architect of any conflicts with or deviations from Contract Documents.Obtain direction before proceeding with work. B.Sequencing: 1.Do not install products on or provide attachment to concrete surfaces until concrete has fully cured in accordance with Section 033000. 1.6 SUBMITTALS A.See Section 013000 -Administrative Requirements,for submittal procedures. B.Design Documents: Prepare and submit all information required for plan review and permitting by authorities having jurisdiction,including but not limited to floor plans,details,and calculations. C.Product Data: Provide manufacturer's standard catalog pages and data sheets for products, including materials,fabrication details,dimensions,and finishes. 1.Vibration Isolators: Include rated load capacities and deflections;include information on color coding or other identification methods for spring element load capacities. 2.Seismic Controls: Include seismic load capacities. D.Shop Drawings -Vibration Isolation Systems: 1.Include dimensioned plan views and sections indicating proposed arrangement of vibration isolators;indicate equipment weights and static deflections. 2.Vibration-Isolated Equipment Support Bases: Include base weights,including concrete fill where applicable;indicate equipment mounting provisions. E.Shop Drawings -Seismic Controls: 1.Include dimensioned plan views and sections indicating proposed HVAC component locations and distributed system routing,with locations and details of gravity supports and seismic restraints and associated attachments. 2.Identify mounting conditions required for equipment seismic qualification. 3.Identify anchor manufacturer,type,minimum embedment,minimum spacing,minimum member thickness,and minimum edge distance requirements. 4.Indicate proposed arrangement of distributed system trapeze support groupings. 5.Indicate proposed locations for distributed system flexible fittings and/or connections. 6.Indicate locations of seismic separations where applicable. 7.Include point load drawings indicating design loads transmitted to structure at each attachment location. F.Seismic Design Data: 1.Compile information on project-specific characteristics of actual installed HVAC components necessary for determining seismic design forces required to design appropriate seismic controls,including but not limited to the following. a.Component operating weight and center of gravity. b.Component elevation in the building in relation to the roof elevation (z/h). c.Component importance factor (Ip). d.For distributed systems,component materials and connection methods. e.Component amplification factor (ap)and component response modification factor (Rp),determined in accordance with ASCE 7 tables. f.Applicability of overstrength factor (for certain anchorage in concrete and masonry). Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230548 -3 2.Include structural calculations,stamped or sealed by seismic controls designer, demonstrating suitability of seismic controls for seismic design forces. G.Certification for seismically qualified equipment;identify basis for certification. H.Evaluation Reports: For products specified as requiring evaluation and recognition by a qualified evaluation service,provide current evaluation reports. I.Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate application conditions and limitations of use stipulated by product testing agency. Include instructions for storage,handling,protection,examination, preparation,and installation of product. J.Evidence of qualifications for seismic controls designer. K.Evidence of qualifications for manufacturer. L.Manufacturer’s detailed field testing and inspection procedures. M.Field quality control test reports. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Comply with applicable building code. B.Maintain at the project site a copy of each referenced document that prescribes execution requirements. C.Seismic Controls Designer Qualifications: Registered professional engineer licensed in the State in which the Project is located and with minimum five years experience designing seismic restraints for nonstructural components. 1.Designer may be employed by the manufacturer of the seismic restraint products. D.Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. 1.8 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A.Receive,inspect,handle,and store products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 VIBRATION ISOLATION REQUIREMENTS A.Design and provide vibration isolation systems to reduce vibration transmission to supporting structure from vibration-producing HVAC equipment and/or HVAC connections to vibration- isolated equipment. B.Comply with applicable general recommendations of ASHRAE (HVACA),where not in conflict with other specified requirements: C.General Requirements: 1.Select vibration isolators to provide required static deflection. 2.Select vibration isolators for uniform deflection based on distributed operating weight of actual installed equipment. 3.Select seismic type vibration isolators to comply with seismic design requirements, including conditions of equipment seismic certification where applicable. 4.Select vibration isolators for outdoor equipment to comply with wind design requirements. 5.Select vibration-isolated equipment support bases and associated vibration isolators to provide minimum 2-inch operating clearance beneath base unless otherwise indicated. D.Equipment Isolation: As indicated on drawings. E.Piping Isolation: 1.Provide vibration isolators for piping supports: a.Located in equipment rooms. b.Located within 50 feet of connected vibration-isolated equipment and pressure- regulating valve (PRV)stations. c.For piping over 2 inch located below or within 50 feet of noise-sensitive areas indicated. 2.Minimum Static Deflection: Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230548 -4 a.First Three Supports Closest to Isolated Equipment: Same as static deflection of equipment;maximum of 2 inch deflection required. b.Remainder of Supports: 0.75 inch deflection unless otherwise indicated. 3.Suspended Piping,Nonseismic Applications: Use resilient material isolator hangers, spring isolator hangers,or combination resilient material/spring isolator hangers. 4.Suspended Piping,Seismic Applications: Use seismic type resilient material isolator hangers,seismic type spring isolator hangers,or seismic type combination resilient material/spring isolator hangers. 5.Floor-Mounted Piping,Nonseismic Applications: Use open (unhoused)spring isolators. 6.Floor-Mounted Piping,Seismic Applications: Use seismic type restrained spring isolators. 7.Use modular seal or approved resilient material where vibration-isolated piping penetrates building elements (e.g.,walls,floors)arranged to prevent vibration transmission to structure. F.Thrust Restraint Applications: 1.Use thrust restraints to resist horizontal motion due to thrust for fan heads,suspended fans,and base-mounted and suspended air handling equipment operating at 2.0 inches wg or greater total static pressure. 2.Minimum Static Deflection: Same as static deflection of equipment. 3.Limit lateral movement to 0.25 inch or less unless otherwise indicated. 2.2 SEISMIC CONTROL REQUIREMENTS A.Design and provide HVAC component restraints,supports,and attachments suitable for seismic loads determined in accordance with applicable codes,as well as gravity and operating loads and other structural design considerations of the installed location. Consider wind loads for outdoor HVAC components. B.Seismic Design Criteria: Obtain from project Structural Engineer of Record. C.Component Importance Factor (Ip): HVAC components to be assigned a component importance factor (Ip)of 1.5 unless otherwise indicated. D.Seismic Qualification of Equipment: 1.Provide special certification for HVAC equipment furnished under other sections and assigned a component importance factor (Ip)of 1.5,certifying that equipment will remain operable following a design level earthquake. 2.Seismic qualification to be by shake table testing in accordance with recognized testing standard procedure,such as ICC-ES AC156,acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 3.Notify Architect and obtain direction where mounting restrictions required by conditions of seismic certification conflict with specified requirements. 4.Seismically qualified equipment to be furnished with factory-installed labels referencing certificate of compliance and associated mounting restrictions. E.Premanufactured Modular HVAC Equipment: Where not otherwise seismically qualified, premanufactured modules 6 feet high and taller furnished under other sections to be designed in accordance with seismic provisions for nonbuilding structures. F.Seismic Restraints: 1.Provide seismic restraints for HVAC components except where exempt according to applicable codes and specified seismic design criteria,as approved by authorities having jurisdiction. 2.Seismic Restraint Exemptions: a.Exemptions for Seismic Design Category C: 1)HVAC components where either of the following apply: (a)The component importance factor (Ip)is 1.0 and the component is positively attached to the structure. (b)The component weighs 20 pounds or less or,in the case of a distributed system,5 pounds per foot or less. 2)HVAC piping with component importance factor (Ip)of 1.5 and nominal pipe size of 2 inch or less,where flexible connections,expansion loops,or other Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230548 -5 assemblies are provided between piping and associated components,and where piping is positively attached to the structure;exemption does not apply to piping constructed of low-deformability materials (e.g.,cast iron,glass, nonductile plastics). b.Exemptions for Seismic Design Category D,E,and F: 1)Discrete HVAC components that are positively attached to the structure where either of the following apply: (a)The component weighs 400 pounds or less,has a center of mass located 4 feet or less above the adjacent floor level,flexible connections are provided between the component and associated ductwork,piping,and conduit,and the component importance factor (Ip)is 1.0. (b)The component weighs 20 pounds or less or,in the case of a distributed system,5 pounds per foot or less. 2)HVAC piping with component importance factor (Ip)of 1.0 and nominal pipe size of 3 inch or less,or with component importance factor (Ip)of 1.5 and nominal pipe size of 1 inch or less,where flexible connections,expansion loops,or other assemblies are provided between piping and associated components,and where piping is positively attached to the structure;exemption does not apply to piping constructed of low-deformability materials (e.g.,cast iron,glass, nonductile plastics). c.Duct System Exemptions,All Seismic Design Categories: 1)Duct systems not designed to carry toxic,highly toxic,or flammable gases and not used for smoke control with component importance factor (Ip)of 1.0,where flexible connections or other assemblies are provided between duct system and associated components,where duct system is positively attached to the structure,and where one of the following apply: (a)Trapeze supported duct with trapeze assemblies using 3/8 inch diameter rod hangers not exceeding 12 inches in length from support point connection to the supporting structure,and the total weight supported by any single trapeze is 100 pounds or less. (b)Trapeze supported duct with trapeze assemblies using 1/2 inch diameter rod hangers not exceeding 12 inches in length from support point connection to the supporting structure,and the total weight supported by any single trapeze is 200 pounds or less. (c)Trapeze supported duct with trapeze assemblies using 1/2 inch diameter rod hangers not exceeding 24 inches in length from support point connection to the supporting structure,and the total weight supported by any single trapeze is 100 pounds or less. (d)Hanger supported duct with individual rod hangers 3/8 inch or 1/2 inch in diameter not exceeding 12 inches in length from support point connection to the supporting structure,and the total weight supported by any single rod is 50 pounds or less. 2)Duct systems not designed to carry toxic,highly toxic,or flammable gases and not used for smoke control,where there are provisions to avoid impact with other ducts or mechanical components or to protect ducts in the event of such impact,and where duct system is positively attached to the structure and has a cross sectional area of less than 6 square feet and weighs 20 pounds per foot or less. d.HVAC Piping Exemptions,All Seismic Design Categories: 1)HVAC piping where flexible connections,expansion loops,or other assemblies are provided between piping and associated components,where piping is positively attached to the structure,and where one of the following apply: (a)Trapeze supported piping weighing less than 10 pounds per foot,where all pipes supported meet size requirements for exemption as single pipes described under specific seismic design category exemptions above. Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230548 -6 (b)Trapeze supported piping with trapeze assemblies using 3/8 inch diameter rod hangers not exceeding 12 inches in length from support point connection to the supporting structure,where all pipes supported have a component importance factor (Ip)of 1.0 and meet size requirements for exemption as single pipes described under specific seismic design category exemptions above,and where the total weight supported by any single trapeze is 100 pounds or less. (c)Trapeze supported piping with trapeze assemblies using 1/2 inch diameter rod hangers not exceeding 12 inches in length from support point connection to the supporting structure,where all pipes supported have a component importance factor (Ip)of 1.0 and meet size requirements for exemption as single pipes described under specific seismic design category exemptions above,and where the total weight supported by any single trapeze is 200 pounds or less. (d)Trapeze supported piping with trapeze assemblies using 1/2 inch diameter rod hangers not exceeding 24 inches in length from support point connection to the supporting structure,where all pipes supported have a component importance factor (Ip)of 1.0 and meet size requirements for exemption as single pipes described under specific seismic design category exemptions above,and where the total weight supported by any single trapeze is 100 pounds or less. (e)Hanger supported piping with individual rod hangers 3/8 inch or 1/2 inch in diameter not exceeding 12 inches in length from support point connection to the supporting structure,where pipe has a component importance factor (Ip)of 1.0 and meets size requirements for exemption as single pipes described under specific seismic design category exemptions above,and where the total weight supported by any single rod is 50 pounds or less. 3.Comply with applicable general recommendations of the following,where not in conflict with applicable codes,seismic design criteria,or other specified requirements: a.ASHRAE (HVACA). b.FEMA 412. c.FEMA 413. d.FEMA 414. e.FEMA E-74. f.SMACNA (SRM). 4.Seismic restraint capacities to be verified by a Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL)or certified by an independent third-party registered professional engineer acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 5.Seismic Type Vibration Isolators: a.Comply with seismic design requirements,including conditions of equipment seismic certification where applicable. 6.External Seismic Snubber Assemblies: a.Provide quantity and arrangement of external seismic snubber assemblies as required to restrain equipment in all directions (both lateral and vertical). b.Do not use external seismic snubber assemblies that restrain equipment only in one or more lateral directions (but not vertical)except where uplift forces are zero or are addressed by other restraints. 7.Seismic Restraint Systems: a.Except where otherwise restricted,use of either cable or rigid restraints is permitted. b.Use only cable restraints to restrain vibration-isolated HVAC components,including distributed systems. c.Use only one restraint system type for a given HVAC component or distributed system (e.g.,ductwork,piping)run;mixing of cable and rigid restraints on a given component/run is not permitted. d.Size restraint elements,including anchorage,to resist seismic loads as necessary to restrain HVAC component in all lateral directions;consider bracket geometry in Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230548 -7 anchor load calculations. e.Use rod stiffener clips to attach bracing to hanger rods as required to prevent rod buckling from vertical (upward)compressive load introduced by cable or rigid restraints loaded in tension,in excess of downward tensile load due to supported HVAC component weight. f.Select hanger rods and associated anchorage as required to accommodate vertical (downward)tensile load introduced by rigid restraints loaded in compression,in addition to downward tensile load due to supported HVAC component weight. g.Clevis hangers may only be used for attachment of transverse restraints;do not use for attachment of longitudinal restraints. h.Where seismic restraints are attached to clevis hangers,provide clevis bolt reinforcement accessory to prevent clevis hanger deformation. i.Do not introduce lateral loads on open bar joist chords or the weak axis of beams,or loads in any direction at other than panel points unless approved by project Structural Engineer of Record. 8.Ductwork Applications: a.Provide independent support and seismic restraint for in-line components (e.g.,fans, heat exchangers,humidifiers)having an operating weight greater than 75 pounds. b.Positively attach appurtenances (e.g.,dampers,louvers,diffusers)with mechanical fasteners. G.Seismic Attachments: 1.Attachments to be bolted,welded,or otherwise positively fastened without consideration of frictional resistance produced by the effects of gravity. 2.Post-Installed Concrete and Masonry Anchors: Evaluated and recognized by ICC Evaluation Service,LLC (ICC-ES)or qualified evaluation service acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction for compliance with applicable building code,and qualified for seismic applications;concrete anchors to be qualified for installation in both cracked and uncracked concrete. 3.Do not use power-actuated fasteners. 4.Do not use friction clips (devices that rely on mechanically applied friction to resist loads). Beam clamps may be used for supporting sustained loads where provided with restraining straps. 5.Comply with anchor minimum embedment,minimum spacing,minimum member thickness,and minimum edge distance requirements. 6.Concrete Housekeeping Pads: a.Increase size of pad as required to comply with anchor requirements. b.Provide pad reinforcement and doweling to ensure integrity of pad and connection and to provide adequate load path from pad to supporting structure. H.Seismic Interactions: 1.Include provisions to prevent seismic impact between HVAC components and other structural or nonstructural components. 2.Include provisions such that failure of a component,either essential or nonessential,does not cause the failure of an essential component. 3.Comply with minimum clearance requirements between HVAC equipment,distribution systems,and associated supports and fire protection sprinkler system drops and sprigs. I.Seismic Relative Displacement Provisions: 1.Use suitable fittings or flexible connections to accommodate: a.Relative displacements at connections between components,including distributed systems (e.g.,ductwork,piping);do not exceed load limits for equipment utility connections. b.Relative displacements between component supports attached to dissimilar parts of structure that may move differently during an earthquake. c.Design displacements at seismic separations. d.Anticipated drifts between floors. 2.Include provisions to prevent interruption of utility service due to seismic displacements. Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230548 -8 2.3 VIBRATION-ISOLATED EQUIPMENT SUPPORT BASES A.Manufacturers: 1.Vibration-Isolated Equipment Support Bases: a.Kinetics Noise Control,Inc: www.kineticsnoise.com/#sle. b.Mason Industries: www.mason-ind.com/#sle. c.Vibration Eliminator Company,Inc: www.veco-nyc.com/#sle. d.Substitutions: See Section 016000 -Product Requirements. B.Vibration-Isolated Structural Steel Bases: 1.Description: Engineered structural steel frames with integral mounting provisions for vibration isolators,sized and configured for mounting of equipment. 2.Centrifugal Fan Applications: Provide adjustable motor slide rails as required. C.Vibration-Isolated Concrete Inertia Bases: 1.Description: Concrete-filled engineered steel forms with integral mounting provisions for vibration isolators,sized and configured for mounting of equipment. 2.Minimum Base Depth: 6 inches. 3.Minimum Base Mass (Including Concrete): 1.5 times weight of supported equipment. 4.Concrete Reinforcement: Welded or tied reinforcing bars running both ways in a single layer. 5.Concrete: Filled on site with minimum 3000 psi concrete in accordance with Section 033000. 6.Centrifugal Fan Applications: Provide adjustable motor slide rails as required. 7.Pump Applications: Size and configure bases for piping elbow supports as required. 2.4 VIBRATION ISOLATORS A.Manufacturers: 1.Vibration Isolators: a.Kinetics Noise Control,Inc: www.kineticsnoise.com/#sle. b.Mason Industries: www.mason-ind.com/#sle. c.Vibration Eliminator Company,Inc: www.veco-nyc.com/#sle. d.Substitutions: See Section 016000 -Product Requirements. B.General Requirements: 1.Resilient Materials for Vibration Isolators: Oil,ozone,and oxidant resistant. 2.Spring Elements for Spring Isolators: a.Color code or otherwise identify springs to indicate load capacity. b.Lateral Stability: Minimum lateral stiffness to vertical stiffness ratio of 0.8. c.Designed to operate in the linear portion of their load versus deflection curve over deflection range of not less than 50 percent above specified deflection. d.Designed to provide additional travel to solid of not less than 50 percent of rated deflection at rated load. e.Selected to provide designed deflection of not less than 75 percent of specified deflection. f.Selected to function without undue stress or overloading. 3.Seismic Snubbing Elements for Seismic Isolators: a.Air Gap: Between 0.125 inches and 0.25 inches unless otherwise indicated. b.Points of Contact: Cushioned with resilient material,minimum 0.25 inch thick; capable of being visually inspected for damage and replaced. C.Vibration Isolators for Nonseismic Applications: 1.Resilient Material Isolator Pads: a.Description: Single or multiple layer pads utilizing elastomeric (e.g.,neoprene, rubber)or fiberglass isolator material. b.Pad Thickness: As required for specified minimum static deflection;minimum 0.25 inch thickness. Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230548 -9 c.Multiple Layer Pads: Provide bonded,galvanized sheet metal separation plate between each layer. 2.Resilient Material Isolator Mounts,Nonseismic: a.Description: Mounting assemblies for bolting equipment to supporting structure utilizing elastomeric (e.g.,neoprene,rubber)or fiberglass isolator material;fail-safe type. 3.Open (Unhoused)Spring Isolators: a.Description: Isolator assembly consisting of single or multiple free-standing,laterally stable steel spring(s)without a housing. b.Bottom Load Plate: Nonskid,molded,elastomeric isolator material or steel with nonskid elastomeric isolator pad with provisions for bolting to supporting structure as required. c.Furnished with integral leveling device for positioning and securing supported equipment. 4.Housed Spring Isolators: a.Description: Isolator assembly consisting of single or multiple free-standing,laterally stable steel spring(s)within a metal housing. b.Furnished with integral elastomeric snubbing elements,nonadjustable type,for limiting equipment movement and preventing metal-to-metal contact between housing elements. c.Bottom Load Plate: Steel with nonskid,elastomeric isolator pad with provisions for bolting to supporting structure as required. d.Furnished with integral leveling device for positioning and securing supported equipment. 5.Restrained Spring Isolators,Nonseismic: a.Description: Isolator assembly consisting of single or multiple free-standing,laterally stable steel spring(s)within a metal housing designed to prevent movement of supported equipment above an adjustable vertical limit stop. b.Bottom Load Plate: Steel with nonskid elastomeric isolator pad with provisions for bolting to supporting structure as required. c.Furnished with integral leveling device for positioning and securing supported equipment. d.Provides constant free and operating height. 6.Resilient Material Isolator Hangers,Nonseismic: a.Description: Isolator assembly designed for installation in hanger rod suspension system utilizing elastomeric (e.g.,neoprene,rubber)or fiberglass isolator material for the lower hanger rod connection. 7.Spring Isolator Hangers,Nonseismic: a.Description: Isolator assembly designed for installation in hanger rod suspension system utilizing single or multiple free-standing,laterally stable steel spring(s)in series with an elastomeric element for the lower hanger rod connection. b.Designed to accommodate misalignment of bottom hanger rod up to 30 degrees (plus/minus 15 degrees)without short-circuiting of isolation. 8.Combination Resilient Material/Spring Isolator Hangers,Nonseismic: a.Description: Isolator assembly designed for installation in hanger rod suspension system utilizing single or multiple free-standing,laterally stable steel spring(s)for the lower hanger rod connection and elastomeric (e.g.,neoprene,rubber)or fiberglass isolator material for the upper hanger rod connection. b.Designed to accommodate misalignment of bottom hanger rod up to 30 degrees (plus/minus 15 degrees)without short-circuiting of isolation. 9.Thrust Restraints: a.Description: Assembly utilizing free-standing,laterally stable steel spring designed for resisting horizontal motion due to thrust (e.g.,air pressure from a fan),and intended for installation in pairs. D.Vibration Isolators for Seismic Applications: Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230548 -10 1.Resilient Material Isolator Mounts,Seismic: a.Description: Mounting assemblies for bolting equipment to supporting structure utilizing elastomeric (e.g.,neoprene,rubber)isolator material;specifically designed and rated for seismic applications with integral snubbing in all directions. 2.Restrained Spring Isolators,Seismic: a.Description: Isolator assembly consisting of single or multiple free-standing,laterally stable steel spring(s)in series with elastomeric (e.g.,neoprene,rubber)isolator material within a metal housing designed to prevent movement of supported equipment above an adjustable vertical limit stop;specifically designed and rated for seismic applications with integral snubbing in all directions. b.Bottom Load Plate: Steel with provisions for bolting to supporting structure as required. c.Furnished with integral leveling device for positioning and securing supported equipment. d.Provides constant free and operating height. 3.Resilient Material Isolator Hangers,Seismic: a.Description: Isolator assembly designed for installation in hanger rod suspension system utilizing elastomeric (e.g.,neoprene,rubber)isolator material for the lower hanger rod connection;specifically designed and rated for seismic applications with vertical limit stop to prevent upward travel of hanger rod and cushion impact. 4.Spring Isolator Hangers,Seismic: a.Description: Isolator assembly designed for installation in hanger rod suspension system utilizing single or multiple free-standing,laterally stable steel spring(s)in series with an elastomeric element for the lower hanger rod connection;specifically designed and rated for seismic applications with vertical limit stop to prevent upward travel of hanger rod and cushion impact. b.Designed to accommodate misalignment of bottom hanger rod up to 30 degrees (plus/minus 15 degrees)without short-circuiting of isolation. 5.Combination Resilient Material/Spring Isolator Hangers,Seismic: a.Description: Isolator assembly designed for installation in hanger rod suspension system utilizing single or multiple free-standing,laterally stable steel spring(s)for the lower hanger rod connection and elastomeric (e.g.,neoprene,rubber)isolator material for the upper hanger rod connection;specifically designed and rated for seismic applications with vertical limit stop to prevent upward travel of hanger rod and cushion impact. b.Designed to accommodate misalignment of bottom hanger rod up to 30 degrees (plus/minus 15 degrees)without short-circuiting of isolation. 2.5 ACOUSTICAL AND VIBRATION ISOLATORS A.Manufacturers: 1.Acoustical and Vibration Isolators: a.Substitutions: See Section 016000 -Product Requirements. B.General Requirements: 1.Acoustical Isolation System: Through-stud isolators,pipe clamps,riser clamp pads, neoprene and felt lining material and associated support brackets. 2.6 EXTERNAL SEISMIC SNUBBER ASSEMBLIES A.Manufacturers: 1.External Seismic Snubber Assemblies: a.Kinetics Noise Control,Inc: www.kineticsnoise.com/#sle. b.Mason Industries: www.mason-ind.com/#sle. c.Vibration Eliminator Company,Inc: www.veco-nyc.com/#sle. d.Substitutions: See Section 016000 -Product Requirements. B.Description: Steel snubbing assemblies designed for external attachment to both equipment and supporting structure that,as part of a complete system,restrain equipment motion in all directions during a seismic event while maintaining vibration isolation during normal operation. Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230548 -11 C.Seismic Snubbing Elements: 1.Air Gap: Between 0.125 inches and 0.25 inches unless otherwise indicated. 2.Points of Contact: Cushioned with resilient material,minimum 0.25 inch thick;capable of being visually inspected for damage and replaced. 2.7 SEISMIC RESTRAINT SYSTEMS A.Manufacturers: 1.Seismic Restraint Systems: a.AFCON,a brand of Anvil International: www.anvilintl.com/#sle. b.Eaton Corporation: www.eaton.com/#sle. c.Kinetics Noise Control,Inc: www.kineticsnoise.com/#sle. d.Mason Industries: www.mason-ind.com/#sle. e.Substitutions: See Section 016000 -Product Requirements. B.Description: System components and accessories specifically designed for field assembly and attachment of seismic restraints. C.Cable Restraints: 1.Comply with ASCE 19. 2.Cables: Pre-stretched,galvanized steel wire rope with certified break strength. 3.Cable Connections: Use only swaged end fittings.Cable clips and wedge type end fittings are not permitted in accordance with ASCE 19. 4.Use protective thimbles for cable loops where potential for cable damage exists. D.Rigid Restraints: Use MFMA-4 steel channel (strut),steel angle,or steel pipe for structural element;suitable for both compressive and tensile design loads. 2.8 VIBRATION-ISOLATED AND/OR SEISMICALLY ENGINEERED ROOF CURBS A.Manufacturers: 1.Vibration-Isolated and/or Seismically Engineered Roof Curbs: a.Kinetics Noise Control,Inc: www.kineticsnoise.com/#sle. b.Mason Industries: www.mason-ind.com/#sle. c.Vibration Eliminator Company,Inc: www.veco-nyc.com/#sle. d.Substitutions: See Section 016000 -Product Requirements. B.Vibration Isolation Curbs: 1.Seismic Curb: a.Location: Between structure and rooftop equipment. b.Construction: Steel. c.Integral vibration isolation to comply with requirements of this section. d.Snubbers consist of minimum 0.25 inch thick resilient pads to avoid metal-to-metal contact without compromising vibration isolating capabilities. e.Weather exposed components consist of corrosion resistant materials. C.Seismic Type Nonisolated Curb and Fabricated Equipment Piers: 1.Location: Between structure and rooftop equipment. 2.Construction: Steel. 3.Weather exposed components consist of corrosion resistant materials. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A.Verify that field measurements are as shown on the drawings. B.Verify that mounting surfaces are ready to receive vibration isolation and/or seismic control components and associated attachments. C.Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation prior to starting work. Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230548 -12 3.2 CODE-REQUIRED SPECIAL INSPECTIONS A.Arrange work to accommodate tests and/or inspections performed by Special Inspection Agency employed by Owner or Architect in accordance with Section 014533 and statement of special inspections as required by applicable building code. B.Frequency of Special Inspections: Where special inspections are designated as continuous or periodic,arrange work accordingly. 1.Continuous Special Inspections: Special Inspection Agency to be present in the area where the work is being performed and observe the work at all times the work is in progress. 2.Periodic Special Inspections: Special Inspection Agency to be present in the area where work is being performed and observe the work part-time or intermittently and at the completion of the work. C.Seismic special inspections include,but are not limited to: 1.Seismically Qualified Equipment: Verification that label,anchorage,and mounting comply with the certificate of compliance. 2.Installation and anchorage of piping systems designed to carry hazardous materials and their associated mechanical units for Seismic Design Categories C,D,E,and F;periodic inspection. 3.Installation and anchorage of ductwork designed to carry hazardous materials for Seismic Design Categories C,D,E and F;periodic inspection. 4.Installation and anchorage of vibration isolation systems for Seismic Design Categories C, D,E,and F where the approved Contract Documents require a nominal clearance of 1/4 inch or less between equipment support frame and seismic restraint;periodic inspection. 5.Verification of required clearances between HVAC equipment,distribution systems,and associated supports and fire protection sprinkler system drops and sprigs for Seismic Design Categories C,D,E,and F;periodic inspection. D.Prior to starting work,Contractor to submit written statement of responsibility to authorities having jurisdiction and to Owner acknowledging awareness of special requirements contained in the statement of special inspections. E.Special Inspection Agency services do not relieve Contractor from performing inspections and testing specified elsewhere. 3.3 INSTALLATION A.Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B.Install anchors and fasteners in accordance with ICC Evaluation Services,LLC (ICC-ES) evaluation report conditions of use where applicable. C.Secure fasteners according to manufacturer's recommended torque settings. D.Install flexible piping connections to provide sufficient slack for vibration isolation and/or seismic relative displacements as indicated or as required. E.Vibration Isolation Systems: 1.Vibration-Isolated Equipment Support Bases: a.Provide specified minimum clearance beneath base. 2.Spring Isolators: a.Position equipment at operating height;provide temporary blocking as required. b.Lift equipment free of isolators prior to lateral repositioning to avoid damage to isolators. c.Level equipment by adjusting isolators gradually in sequence to raise equipment uniformly such that excessive weight or stress is not placed on any single isolator. 3.Isolator Hangers: a.Use precompressed isolator hangers where required to facilitate installation and prevent damage to equipment utility connection provisions. b.Locate isolator hangers at top of hanger rods in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230548 -13 4.Thrust Restraints: a.Adjust restraint movement under normal operating static pressure. 5.Clean debris from beneath vibration-isolated equipment that could cause short-circuiting of isolation. 6.Use elastomeric grommets for attachments where required to prevent short-circuiting of isolation. 7.Adjust isolators to be free of isolation short circuits during normal operation. 8.Do not overtighten fasteners such that resilient material isolator pads are compressed beyond manufacturer's maximum recommended deflection. F.Seismic Controls: 1.Provide specified snubbing element air gap;remove any factory-installed spacers,debris, or other obstructions. 2.Use only specified components,anchorage,and hardware evaluated by seismic design. Comply with conditions of seismic certification where applicable. 3.Where mounting hole diameter exceeds bolt diameter by more than 0.125 inch,use epoxy grout,elastomeric grommet,or welded washer to reduce clearance to 0.125 inch or less. 4.Equipment with Sheet Metal Housings: a.Use Belleville washers to distribute stress over a larger surface area of the sheet metal connection interface as approved by manufacturer. b.Attach additional steel as approved by manufacturer where required to transfer loads to structure. c.Where mounting surface is irregular,do not shim housing;reinforce housing with additional steel as approved by manufacturer. 5.Concrete Housekeeping Pads: a.Size in accordance with seismic design to meet anchor requirements. b.Install pad reinforcement and doweling in accordance with seismic design to ensure integrity of pad and associated connection to slab. 6.Seismic Restraint Systems: a.Do not attach seismic restraints and gravity supports to dissimilar parts of structure that may move differently during an earthquake. b.Install restraints within permissible angles in accordance with seismic design. c.Install cable restraints straight between component/run and structural attachment;do not bend around other nonstructural components or structural elements. d.Install cable restraints for vibration-isolated components slightly slack to prevent short-circuiting of isolation. e.Install hanger rod stiffeners where indicated using only specified clamps;do not weld stiffeners to hanger rod. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.See Section 014000 -Quality Requirements,for additional requirements. B.Inspect vibration isolation and/or seismic control components for damage and defects. C.Vibration Isolation Systems: 1.Verify isolator static deflections. 2.Verify vibration isolation performance during normal operation;investigate sources of isolation short circuits. D.Seismic Controls: 1.Verify snubbing element air gaps. E.Correct deficiencies and replace damaged or defective vibration isolation and/or seismic control components. END OF SECTION Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 TESTING,ADJUSTING,AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593 -1 SECTION 230593 TESTING,ADJUSTING,AND BALANCING FOR HVAC PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A.Testing,adjustment,and balancing of air systems. B.Testing,adjustment,and balancing of hydronic and steamsystems. C.Measurement of final operating condition of HVAC systems. D.Sound measurement of equipment operating conditions. E.Commissioning activities. 1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 019113 -General Commissioning Requirements: Commissioning requirements that apply to all types of work. B.Section 230800 -Commissioning of HVAC. 1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS A.AABC (NSTSB)-AABC National Standards for Total System Balance,7th Edition 2016. B.ASHRAE Std 111 -Measurement,Testing,Adjusting,and Balancing of Building HVAC Systems 2008,with Errata (2019). C.NEBB (TAB)-Procedural Standards for Testing Adjusting and Balancing of Environmental Systems 2015,with Errata (2017). D.SMACNA (TAB)-HVAC Systems Testing,Adjusting and Balancing 2002. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A.See Section 013000 -Administrative Requirements,for submittal procedures. B.Installer Qualifications: Submit name of adjusting and balancing agency and TAB supervisor for approval within 30 days after award of Contract. C.TAB Plan: Submit a written plan indicating the testing,adjusting,and balancing standard to be followed and the specific approach for each system and component. 1.Submit to Architect. 2.Submit to the Commissioning Authority. 3.Submit six weeks prior to starting the testing,adjusting,and balancing work. 4.Include certification that the plan developer has reviewed Contract Documents,the equipment and systems,and the control system with the Architect and other installers to sufficiently understand the design intent for each system. 5.Include at least the following in the plan: a.List of all air flow,water flow,sound level,system capacity and efficiency measurements to be performed and a description of specific test procedures, parameters,formulas to be used. b.Copy of field checkout sheets and logs to be used,listing each piece of equipment to be tested,adjusted and balanced with the data cells to be gathered for each. c.Identification and types of measurement instruments to be used and their most recent calibration date. d.Discussion of what notations and markings will be made on the duct and piping drawings during the process. e.Final test report forms to be used. f.Detailed step-by-step procedures for TAB work for each system and issue,including: 1)Terminal flow calibration (for each terminal type). 2)Diffuser proportioning. 3)Branch/submain proportioning. 4)Total flow calculations. Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 TESTING,ADJUSTING,AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593 -2 5)Rechecking. 6)Diversity issues. g.Details of how TOTAL flow will be determined;for example: 1)Air: Sum of terminal flows via control system calibrated readings or via hood readings of all terminals,supply (SA)and return air (RA)pitot traverse,SA or RA flow stations. 2)Water: Pump curves,circuit setter,flow station,ultrasonic,etc. h.Method of verifying and setting minimum outside air flow rate will be verified and set and for what level (total building,zone,etc.). i.Method of checking building static and exhaust fan and/or relief damper capacity. j.Proposed selection points for sound measurements and sound measurement methods. k.Time schedule for deferred or seasonal TAB work,if specified. l.Exhaust fan balancing and capacity verifications,including any required room pressure differentials. m.Procedures for formal deficiency reports,including scope,frequency and distribution. D.Control System Coordination Reports: Communicate in writing to the controls installer all setpoint and parameter changes made or problems and discrepancies identified during TAB that affect,or could affect,the control system setup and operation. E.Final Report: Indicate deficiencies in systems that would prevent proper testing,adjusting,and balancing of systems and equipment to achieve specified performance. 1.Submit to the the Commissioning Authority within two weeks after completion of testing, adjusting,and balancing. 2.Revise TAB plan to reflect actual procedures and submit as part of final report. 3.Submit draft copies of report for review prior to final acceptance of Project. Provide final copies for Architect and for inclusion in operating and maintenance manuals. 4.Provide reports in soft cover,letter size,3-ringbinder manuals,complete with index page and indexing tabs,with cover identification at front and side. Include set of reduced drawings with air outlets and equipment identified to correspond with data sheets,and indicating thermostat locations. 5.Include actual instrument list,with manufacturer name,serial number,and date of calibration. 6.Form of Test Reports: Where the TAB standard being followed recommends a report format use that;otherwise,follow ASHRAE Std 111. 7.Units of Measure: Report data in I-P (inch-pound)units only. 8.Include the following on the title page of each report: a.Name of Testing,Adjusting,and Balancing Agency. b.Address of Testing,Adjusting,and Balancing Agency. c.Telephone number of Testing,Adjusting,and Balancing Agency. d.Project name. e.Project location. f.Project Architect. g.Project Engineer. h.Project Contractor. i.Project altitude. j.Report date. PART 2 PRODUCTS -NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A.Perform total system balance in accordance with one of the following: 1.AABC (NSTSB),AABC National Standards for Total System Balance. 2.SMACNA (TAB). 3.Maintain at least one copy of the standard to be used at project site at all times. Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 TESTING,ADJUSTING,AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593 -3 B.Begin work after completion of systems to be tested,adjusted,or balanced and complete work prior to Substantial Completion of the project. C.Where HVAC systems and/or components interface with life safety systems,including fire and smoke detection,alarm,and control,coordinate scheduling and testing and inspection procedures with the authorities having jurisdiction. D.TAB Agency Qualifications: 1.Company specializing in the testing,adjusting,and balancing of systems specified in this section. 2.Having minimum of three years documented experience. 3.Certified by one of the following: a.AABC,Associated Air Balance Council: www.aabc.com/#sle;upon completion submit AABC National Performance Guaranty. b.NEBB,National Environmental Balancing Bureau: www.nebb.org/#sle. c.TABB,The Testing,Adjusting,and Balancing Bureau of National Energy Management Institute: www.tabbcertified.org/#sle. E.TAB Supervisor and Technician Qualifications: Certified by same organization as TAB agency. F.Pre-Qualified TAB Agencies: 1.JEDI Balancing,Inc.. 2.Certified Balance,Inc.. 3.. 3.2 EXAMINATION A.Verify that systems are complete and operable before commencing work. Ensure the following conditions: 1.Systems are started and operating in a safe and normal condition. 2.Temperature control systems are installed complete and operable. 3.Proper thermal overload protection is in place for electrical equipment. 4.Final filters are clean and in place. If required,install temporary media in addition to final filters. 5.Duct systems are clean of debris. 6.Fans are rotating correctly. 7.Fire and volume dampers are in place and open. 8.Air coil fins are cleaned and combed. 9.Access doors are closed and duct end caps are in place. 10.Air outlets are installed and connected. 11.Duct system leakage is minimized. 12.Hydronic systems are flushed,filled,and vented. 13.Pumps are rotating correctly. 14.Proper strainer baskets are clean and in place. 15.Service and balance valves are open. B.Submit field reports. Report defects and deficiencies that will or could prevent proper system balance. C.Beginning of work means acceptance of existing conditions. 3.3 PREPARATION A.Hold a pre-balancing meeting at least one week prior to starting TAB work. 1.Require attendance by all installers whose work will be tested,adjusted,or balanced. 3.4 ADJUSTMENT TOLERANCES A.Air Handling Systems: Adjust to within plus or minus 5 percent of design for supply systems and plus or minus 10 percent of design for return and exhaust systems. B.Air Outlets and Inlets: Adjust total to within plus 10 percent and minus 5 percent of design to space. Adjust outlets and inlets in space to within plus or minus 10 percent of design. Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 TESTING,ADJUSTING,AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593 -4 C.Hydronic Systems: Adjust to within plus or minus 10 percent of design. 3.5 RECORDING AND ADJUSTING A.Ensure recorded data represents actual measured or observed conditions. B.Permanently mark settings of valves,dampers,and other adjustment devices allowing settings to be restored. Set and lock memory stops. C.Mark on drawings the locations where traverse and other critical measurements were taken and cross reference the location in the final report. D.After adjustment,take measurements to verify balance has not been disrupted or that such disruption has been rectified. E.Leave systems in proper working order,replacing belt guards,closing access doors,closing doors to electrical switch boxes,and restoring thermostats to specified settings. 3.6 AIR SYSTEM PROCEDURE A.Adjust air handling and distribution systems to provide required or design supply,return,and exhaust air quantities at site altitude. B.Make air quantity measurements in ducts by Pitot tube traverse of entire cross sectional area of duct. C.Measure air quantities at air inlets and outlets. D.Adjust distribution system to obtain uniform space temperatures free from objectionable drafts and noise. E.Use volume control devices to regulate air quantities only to extent that adjustments do not create objectionable air motion or sound levels. Effect volume control by duct internal devices such as dampers and splitters. F.Vary total system air quantities by adjustment of fan speeds. Provide drive changes required. Vary branch air quantities by damper regulation. G.Measure static air pressure conditions on air supply units,including filter and coil pressure drops,and total pressure across the fan. Make allowances for 50 percent loading of filters. H.Adjust outside air automatic dampers,outside air,return air,and exhaust dampers for design conditions. I.Where modulating dampers are provided,take measurements and balance at extreme conditions.Balance variable volume systems at maximum air flow rate,full cooling,and at minimum air flow rate,full heating. J.Measure building static pressure and adjust supply,return,and exhaust air systems to provide required relationship between each to maintain approximately 0.05 inches positive static pressure near the building entries. K.For variable air volume system powered units set volume controller to air flow setting indicated. Confirm connections properly made and confirm proper operation for automatic variable air volume temperature control. L.On fan powered VAV boxes,adjust air flow switches for proper operation. 3.7 WATER SYSTEM PROCEDURE A.Adjust water systems to provide required or design quantities. B.Use calibrated Venturi tubes,orifices,or other metered fittings and pressure gages to determine flow rates for system balance. Where flow metering devices are not installed,base flow balance on temperature difference across various heat transfer elements in the system. C.Adjust systems to provide specified pressure drops and flows through heat transfer elements prior to thermal testing. Perform balancing by measurement of temperature differential in conjunction with air balancing. D.Effect system balance with automatic control valves fully open to heat transfer elements. Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 TESTING,ADJUSTING,AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593 -5 E.Effect adjustment of water distribution systems by means of balancing cocks,valves,and fittings. Do not use service or shut-off valves for balancing unless indexed for balance point. 3.8 COMMISSIONING A.See Sections 019113 -General Commissioning Requirements and 230800 for additional requirements. B.Perform prerequisites prior to starting commissioning activities. C.Fill out Prefunctional Checklists for: 1.Air side systems. 2.Water side systems. D.Furnish to the Commissioning Authority,upon request,any data gathered but not shown in the final TAB report. E.Re-checkminimum outdoor air intake flows and maximum and intermediate total airflow rates for 100 percent of the air handlers plusa random sample equivalent to 100percent of the final TAB report data as directed by Commissioning Authority. 1.Original TAB agency shall execute the re-checks,witnessed by the Commissioning Authority. 2.Use the same test instruments as used in the original TAB work. 3.Failure of more than 10 percent of the re-checked items of a given system shall result in the rejection of the system TAB report;rebalance the system,provide a new system TAB report,and repeat random re-checks. 4.For purposes of re-check,failure is defined as follows: a.Air Flow of Supply and Return: Deviation of more than 10 percent of instrument reading. b.Minimum Outside Air Flow: Deviation of more than 20 percent of instrument reading; for inlet vane or VFD OSA compensation system using linear proportional control, deviation of more than 30 percent at intermediate supply flow. c.Temperatures: Deviation of more than one degree F. d.Air and Water Pressures: Deviation of more than 10 percent of full scale of test instrument reading. e.Sound Pressures: Deviation of more than 3 decibels,with consideration for variations in background noise. 5.For purposes of re-check,a whole system is defined as one in which inaccuracies will have little or no impact on connected systems;for example,the air distribution system served by one air handler or the hydronic chilled water supply system served by a chiller or the condenser water system. F.In the presence of the Commissioning Authority,verify that: 1.Final settings of all valves,splitters,dampers and other adjustment devices have been permanently marked. 2.The air system is being controlled to the lowest possible static pressure while still meeting design loads,less diversity;this shall include a review of TAB methods,established control setpoints,and physical verification of at least one leg from fan to diffuser having all balancing dampers wide open and that during full cooling of all terminal units taking off downstream of the static pressure sensor,the terminal unit on the critical leg has its damper 90 percent or more open. 3.The water system is being controlled to the lowest possible pressure while still meeting design loads,less diversity;this shall include a review of TAB methods,established control setpoints,and physical verification of at least one leg from the pump to the coil having all balancing valves wide open and that during full cooling the cooling coil valve of that leg is 90 percent or more open. 3.9 SCOPE A.Test,adjust,and balance the following: 1.HVAC Pumps. 2.Water Tube Boilers. Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 TESTING,ADJUSTING,AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593 -6 3.Packaged Steel Water Tube Boilers. 4.Packaged Steel Fire Tube Boilers. 5.Forced Air Furnaces. 6.Air Cooled Water Chillers. 7.Centrifugal Water Chillers. 8.Induced Draft Cooling Tower. 9.Blow Through Cooling Tower. 10.Air Cooled Refrigerant Condensers. 11.Packaged Roof Top Heating/Cooling Units. 12.Packaged Terminal Air Conditioning Units. 13.Unit Air Conditioners. 14.Computer Room Air Conditioning Units. 15.Air Coils. 16.Terminal Heat Transfer Units. 17.Air Handling Units. 18.Fans. 19.Air Filters. 20.Air Terminal Units. 21.Air Inlets and Outlets. 3.10 MINIMUM DATA TO BE REPORTED A.Electric Motors: 1.Manufacturer. 2.Model/Frame. 3.HP/BHP. 4.Phase,voltage,amperage;nameplate,actual,no load. 5.RPM. 6.Service factor. 7.Starter size,rating,heater elements. 8.Sheave Make/Size/Bore. B.V-Belt Drives: 1.Identification/location. 2.Required driven RPM. 3.Driven sheave,diameter and RPM. 4.Belt,size and quantity. 5.Motor sheave diameter and RPM. C.Pumps: 1.Identification/number. 2.Manufacturer. 3.Size/model. 4.Impeller. 5.Service. 6.Design flow rate,pressure drop,BHP. 7.Actual flow rate,pressure drop,BHP. 8.Discharge pressure. 9.Suction pressure. 10.Total operating head pressure. 11.Shut off,discharge and suction pressures. 12.Shut off,total head pressure. D.Air Cooled Condensers: 1.Identification/number. 2.Location. 3.Manufacturer. Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 TESTING,ADJUSTING,AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593 -7 4.Model number. 5.Serial number. E.Chillers: 1.Identification/number. 2.Manufacturer. 3.Capacity. 4.Model number. 5.Serial number. 6.Evaporator entering water temperature,design and actual. 7.Evaporator leaving water temperature,design and actual. 8.Evaporator pressure drop,design and actual. 9.Evaporator water flow rate,design and actual. 10.Condenser entering water temperature,design and actual. 11.Condenser pressure drop,design and actual. 12.Condenser water flow rate,design and actual. F.Cooling Tower: 1.Tower identification/number. 2.Manufacturer. 3.Model number. 4.Serial number. 5.Rated capacity. 6.Entering air WB temperature,specified and actual. 7.Leaving air WB temperature,specified and actual. 8.Ambient air DB temperature. 9.Condenser water entering temperature. 10.Condenser water leaving temperature. 11.Condenser water flow rate. 12.Fan RPM. G.Heat Exchangers: 1.Identification/number. 2.Location. 3.Service. 4.Manufacturer. 5.Model number. 6.Serial number. 7.Primary water entering temperature,design and actual. 8.Primary water leaving temperature,design and actual. 9.Primary water flow,design and actual. 10.Primary water pressure drop,design and actual. 11.Secondary water leaving temperature,design and actual. 12.Secondary water flow,design and actual. 13.Secondary water pressure drop,design and actual. H.Cooling Coils: 1.Identification/number. 2.Location. 3.Service. 4.Manufacturer. 5.Air flow,design and actual. 6.Entering air DB temperature,design and actual. 7.Entering air WB temperature,design and actual. 8.Leaving air DB temperature,design and actual. 9.Leaving air WB temperature,design and actual. 10.Water flow,design and actual. Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 TESTING,ADJUSTING,AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593 -8 11.Water pressure drop,design and actual. 12.Entering water temperature,design and actual. 13.Leaving water temperature,design and actual. 14.Saturated suction temperature,design and actual. 15.Air pressure drop,design and actual. I.Heating Coils: 1.Identification/number. 2.Location. 3.Service. 4.Manufacturer. 5.Air flow,design and actual. 6.Water flow,design and actual. 7.Water pressure drop,design and actual. 8.Entering water temperature,design and actual. 9.Leaving water temperature,design and actual. 10.Entering air temperature,design and actual. 11.Leaving air temperature,design and actual. 12.Air pressure drop,design and actual. J.Electric Duct Heaters: 1.Manufacturer. 2.Identification/number. 3.Location. 4.Model number. 5.Design kW. 6.Number of stages. 7.Phase,voltage,amperage. 8.Test voltage (each phase). 9.Test amperage (each phase). 10.Air flow,specified and actual. 11.Temperature rise,specified and actual. K.Air Moving Equipment: 1.Location. 2.Manufacturer. 3.Model number. 4.Serial number. 5.Arrangement/Class/Discharge. 6.Air flow,specified and actual. 7.Return air flow,specified and actual. 8.Outside air flow,specified and actual. 9.Total static pressure (total external),specified and actual. 10.Inlet pressure. 11.Discharge pressure. 12.Sheave Make/Size/Bore. 13.Number of Belts/Make/Size. 14.Fan RPM. L.Exhaust Fans: 1.Location. 2.Manufacturer. 3.Model number. 4.Serial number. 5.Air flow,specified and actual. 6.Total static pressure (total external),specified and actual. 7.Inlet pressure. Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 TESTING,ADJUSTING,AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593 -9 8.Discharge pressure. 9.Sheave Make/Size/Bore. 10.Number of Belts/Make/Size. 11.Fan RPM. M.Duct Traverses: 1.System zone/branch. 2.Duct size. 3.Area. 4.Design velocity. 5.Design air flow. 6.Test velocity. 7.Test air flow. 8.Duct static pressure. 9.Air temperature. 10.Air correction factor. N.Terminal Unit Data: 1.Manufacturer. 2.Type,constant,variable,single,dual duct. 3.Identification/number. 4.Location. 5.Model number. 6.Size. 7.Minimum static pressure. 8.Minimum design air flow. 9.Maximum design air flow. 10.Maximum actual air flow. 11.Inlet static pressure. O.Air Distribution Tests: 1.Air terminal number. 2.Room number/location. 3.Terminal type. 4.Terminal size. 5.Design air flow. 6.Test (final)air flow. 7.Percent of design air flow. P.Sound Level Reports: 1.Location. 2.Octave bands -equipment off. 3.Octave bands -equipment on. END OF SECTION Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 DUCT INSULATION 230713 -1 SECTION 230713 DUCT INSULATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A.Duct insulation. B.Duct liner. C.Insulation jackets. 1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 220553 -Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment. B.Section 230553 -Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment. C.Section 233100 -HVAC Ducts and Casings: Glass fiber ducts. 1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS A.ASTM B209 -Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate 2014. B.ASTM B209M -Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate (Metric)2014. C.ASTM C518 -Standard Test Method for Steady-State Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of the Heat Flow Meter Apparatus 2021. D.ASTM C553 -Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Blanket Thermal Insulation for Commercial and Industrial Applications 2013 (Reapproved 2019). E.ASTM C612 -Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Block and Board Thermal Insulation 2014 (Reapproved 2019). F.ASTM C916 -Standard Specification for Adhesives for Duct Thermal Insulation 2020. G.ASTM C1071 -Standard Specification for Fibrous Glass Duct Lining Insulation (Thermal and Sound Absorbing Material)2019. H.ASTM C1290 -Standard Specification for Flexible Fibrous Glass Blanket Insulation Used to Externally Insulate HVAC Ducts 2016 (Reapproved 2021). I.ASTM E84 -Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials 2022. J.ASTM E96/E96M -Standard Test Methods for Gravimetric Determination of Water Vapor Transmission Rate of Materials 2022. K.ASTM G21 -Standard Practice for Determining Resistance of Synthetic Polymeric Materials to Fungi 2015,with Editorial Revision (2021). L.SMACNA (DCS)-HVAC Duct Construction Standards Metal and Flexible 2021. M.UL 723 -Standard for Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials Current Edition,Including All Revisions. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A.See Section 013000 -Administrative Requirements,for submittal procedures. B.Product Data: Provide product description,thermal characteristics,list of materials and thickness for each service,and locations. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing products of the type specified in this section with not less than three years of documented experience. B.Applicator Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the type of work specified in this section,with minimum three years of experienceand approved by manufacturer. Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 DUCT INSULATION 230713 -2 1.6 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A.Accept materials on site in original factory packaging,labelled with manufacturer's identification, including product density and thickness. B.Protect insulation from weather and construction traffic,dirt,water,chemical,and mechanical damage,by storing in original wrapping. 1.7 FIELD CONDITIONS A.Maintain ambient temperatures and conditions required by manufacturers of adhesives, mastics,and insulation cements. B.Maintain temperature during and after installation for minimum period of 24 hours. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A.Surface Burning Characteristics: Flame spread index/Smoke developed index of 25/50, maximum,when tested in accordance with ASTM E84 or UL 723. 2.2 GLASS FIBER,FLEXIBLE A.Manufacturer: 1.Johns Manville: www.jm.com/#sle. 2.Knauf Insulation;Atmosphere Duct Wrap: www.knaufinsulation.com/#sle. 3.Owens Corning Corporation: www.ocbuildingspec.com/#sle. 4.Substitutions: See Section 016000 -Product Requirements. B.Insulation: ASTM C553;flexible,noncombustible blanket. 1.K value: 0.36 at 75 degrees F,when tested in accordance with ASTM C518. 2.Maximum Service Temperature: 1200 degrees F. 3.Maximum Water Vapor Absorption: 5.0 percent by weight. C.Vapor Barrier Jacket: 1.Kraft paper with glass fiber yarn and bonded to aluminized film. 2.Moisture Vapor Permeability: 0.02 perm inch,when tested in accordance with ASTM E96/E96M. 3.Secure with pressure sensitive tape. D.Vapor Barrier Tape: 1.Kraft paper reinforced with glass fiber yarn and bonded to aluminized film,with pressure sensitive rubber based adhesive. E.Outdoor Vapor Barrier Mastic: 1.Vinyl emulsion type acrylic or mastic,compatible with insulation,black color. F.Tie Wire: Annealed steel,16 gage,0.0508 inch diameter. 2.3 GLASS FIBER,RIGID A.Manufacturer: 1.Johns Manville: www.jm.com/#sle. 2.Knauf Insulation: www.knaufinsulation.com/#sle. 3.Owens Corning Corporation;700 Series FIBERGLAS Insulation: www.ocbuildingspec.com/#sle. 4.Substitutions: See Section 016000 -Product Requirements. B.Insulation: ASTM C612;rigid,noncombustible blanket. 1.K Value: 0.24 at 75 degrees F,when tested in accordance with ASTM C518. 2.Maximum Service Temperature: 450 degrees F. 3.Maximum Water Vapor Absorption: 5.0 percent. 4.Maximum Density: 8.0 lb/cu ft. C.Vapor Barrier Jacket: 1.Kraft paper with glass fiber yarn and bonded to aluminized film. Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 DUCT INSULATION 230713 -3 2.Moisture Vapor Permeability: 0.02 perm inch,when tested in accordance with ASTM E96/E96M. 3.Secure with pressure sensitive tape. D.Vapor Barrier Tape: 1.Kraft paper reinforced with glass fiber yarn and bonded to aluminized film,with pressure sensitive rubber based adhesive. E.Indoor Vapor Barrier Finish: 1.Cloth: Untreated;9 oz/sq yd weight,glass fabric. 2.Vinyl emulsion type acrylic,compatible with insulation,black color. 2.4 JACKETS A.Canvas Jacket: UL listed 6 oz/sq yd plain weave cotton fabric treated with dilute fire retardant lagging adhesive. 1.Lagging Adhesive: a.Compatible with insulation. B.Mineral Fiber (Outdoor)Jacket: Asphalt impregnated and coated sheet,50 lb/square. C.Aluminum Jacket: ASTM B209 (ASTM B209M). 1.Thickness: 0.016 inch sheet. 2.Finish: Embossed. 3.Joining: Longitudinal slip joints and 2 inch laps. 4.Fittings: 0.016 inch thick die shaped fitting covers with factory attached protective liner. 5.Metal Jacket Bands: 3/8 inch wide;0.015 inch thick aluminum. 6.Metal Jacket Bands: 3/8 inch wide;0.010 inch thick stainless steel. 2.5 DUCT LINER A.Manufacturers: 1.Johns Manville: www.jm.com/#sle. 2.Knauf Insulation: www.knaufinsulation.com/#sle. 3.Owens Corning Corporation: www.ocbuildingspec.com/#sle. B.Note: Choose the liner type -Elastomeric Foam or Glass Fiber. C.Glass Fiber Insulation: Non-corrosive,incombustible glass fiber complying with ASTM C1071; flexible blanket,rigid board,and preformed round liner board;impregnated surface and edges coated with poly vinyl acetate polymer,acrylic polymer,or black composite. 1.Fungal Resistance: No growth when tested according to ASTM G21. 2.Apparent Thermal Conductivity: Maximum of 0.31 at 75 degrees F. 3.Service Temperature: Up to 250 degrees F. 4.Rated Velocity on Coated Air Side for Air Erosion: 5,000 fpm,minimum. 5.Minimum Noise Reduction Coefficients: a.1/2 inch Thickness: 0.30. b.1 inch Thickness: 0.45. c.1-1/2 inches Thickness: 0.60. d.2 inch Thickness: 0.70. D.Adhesive: Waterproof,fire-retardant type,ASTM C916. E.Liner Fasteners: Galvanized steel,self-adhesive pad with integral head. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A.Test ductwork for design pressure prior to applying insulation materials. B.Verify that surfaces are clean,foreign material removed,and dry. 3.2 INSTALLATION A.Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B.Insulated Ducts Conveying Air Below Ambient Temperature: Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 DUCT INSULATION 230713 -4 1.Provide insulation with vapor barrier jackets. 2.Finish with tape and vapor barrier jacket. 3.Continue insulation through walls,sleeves,hangers,and other duct penetrations. 4.Insulate entire system,including fittings,joints,flanges,fire dampers,flexible connections, and expansion joints. C.Insulated Ducts Conveying Air Above Ambient Temperature: 1.Provide with or without standard vapor barrier jacket. 2.Insulate fittings and joints. Where service access is required,bevel and seal ends of insulation. D.Ducts Exposed in Mechanical Equipment Rooms or Finished Spaces (below 10 feet above finished floor): Finish with canvas jacket sized for finish painting. E.Exterior Applications: Provide insulation with vapor barrier jacket. Cover with with calked aluminum jacket with seams located on bottom side of horizontal duct section. F.External Duct Insulation Application: 1.Secure insulation with vapor barrier with wires and seal jacket joints with vapor barrier adhesive or tape to match jacket. 2.Secure insulation without vapor barrier with staples,tape,or wires. 3.Install without sag on underside of duct. Use adhesive or mechanical fasteners where necessary to prevent sagging. Lift duct off trapeze hangers and insert spacers. 4.Seal vapor barrier penetrations by mechanical fasteners with vapor barrier adhesive. 5.Stop and point insulation around access doors and damper operators to allow operation without disturbing wrapping. G.Duct and Plenum Liner Application: 1.Adhere insulation with adhesive for 90 percent coverage. 2.Secure insulation with mechanical liner fasteners. Refer to SMACNA (DCS)for spacing. 3.Seal and smooth joints. Seal and coat transverse joints. 4.Seal liner surface penetrations with adhesive. 5.Duct dimensions indicated are net inside dimensions required for air-flow. Increase duct size to allow for insulation thickness. 3.3 SCHEDULES A.Combustion Air Duct: 1.Flexible Glass Fiber Duct Insulation: 1/2"thick flexible glass fiber duct wrap. B.Exhaust Ducts Within 10 ft of Exterior Openings:1/2"thick flexible glass fiber duct wrap. C.Outside Air Intake Ducts:1"thick flexible cellular glass fiber duct wrap. D.Plenums: Lined with fiberglass duct liner with reinforced coating system. Liner to have minimum manufacturer's "as installed"R value of R-6 or greater. E.Supply and Return Ducts (where located in unconditioned spaces;includes crawlspaces both ventilated and unventilated):Wrapped with flexible glass fiber duct wrap or lined with flexible glass duct liner with reinforced coating system as noted on the contract drawings.Insulation to have "as installed"manufacturer's minimum R value of R-6 or greater.No duct liner shall be accepted in supply and return ductwork serving patient care areas. F.Supply and Return Ducts (where located in indirectly conditioned spaces and includes return air plenums with or without exposed roofs above):Lined with 1"flexible glass duct liner with reinforced coating system as noted on the contract drawings.No duct liner shall be accepted in supply and return ductwork serving patient care areas. G.Supply ducts After Terminal Boxes:Where located in unconditioned spaces;includes crawlspaces both ventilated and unventilated:Wrapped with flexible glass fiber duct wrap or lined with flexible glass duct liner with reinforced coating system as noted on the contract drawings.Insulation to have "as installed"manufacturer's minimum R value of R-6 or greater. Where located in indirectly conditioned spaces and includes return air plenums with or without exposed roofs above:Lined with 1"flexible glass duct liner with reinforced coating system as Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 DUCT INSULATION 230713 -5 noted on the contract drawings.No duct liner shall be accepted in supply and return ductwork serving patient care areas. H.Ducts Exposed to Outdoors:Wrapped with flexible glass fiber duct wrap or lined with flexible glass duct liner with reinforced coating system as noted on the contract drawings.Insulation to have "as installed"manufacturer's minimum R value of R-12 or greater.Duct to have aluminum jacket sealed weathertight.No duct liner shall be accepted in supply and return ductwork serving patient care areas. I.Supply and Return Ducts serving patient care areas shall be wrapped with flexible glass fiber duct wrap .Insulation to have "as installed"manufacturer's minimum R value of R-6 or greater. No duct liner shall be accepted in supply and return ductwork serving patient care areas. END OF SECTION Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 230800 Commissioning of HVAC System 230800-1 SECTION 230800 - COMMISSIONING OF HVAC SYSTEM PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this section. B. Specification Section 01 91 00 “Commissioning” for requirements that apply to incorporate commissioning process activities, allowances, definitions, qualifications, team member responsibilities and submittals. C. Owner’s Project Requirements (OPR). D. Basis of Design (BOD) document(s). 1.02 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the mechanical commissioning requirements that apply to the coordination and outcome of the commissioning process, specifically relating to the project mechanical systems and controls equipment. B. Commissioning work is intended to ensure that selected mechanical equipment and systems have been completely and properly evaluated, installed, function together correctly to meet the design intent, and document system performance. C. Relevant contractors involved in the construction process shall be involved in the commissioning process. D. Work Covered by Contract Documents 1. The commissioning scope of work is defined by the Contract Documents and consists of the following corresponding systems and associated equipment: a. Temperature control systems. b. Mechanical & comfort (HVAC) systems and equipment. c. Process heating and cooling systems and equipment. d. Service water heating mechanical equipment. e. Renewable energy systems, as required. 1.03 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The work included in the mechanical commissioning process involves performing a complete and thorough evaluation of the installation, operation and turnover of equipment, systems and sub-systems to meet the OPR. The purpose of this effort is to bring the mechanical system(s) to a state of dynamic operation. 1.04 COMMISSIONING TEAM A. Members Appointed by Contractor(s): Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 230800 Commissioning of HVAC System 230800-2 1. Construction Managers, Contractors, MEP Coordinator, etc. Individuals, each having authority to act on behalf of the entity they represent, explicitly organized to implement the commissioning process through coordinated actions. Additional commissioning team members may consist of, but not be limited to, representatives of each Contractor, including Project Superintendent and Subcontractors, Installers, Suppliers, and specialists deemed appropriate for a particular portion of the commissioning process by the CxA. B. Members Appointed by Owner: 1. CxA(s) under separate contract 2. Representatives of the facility user, as well as operation and maintenance personnel. 3. Architect and Engineering design professionals. 1.05 RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE OWNER A. Support the CxP and Cx activities. B. Provide the OPR documentation to the CxA and each Contractor for information and use. This shall include the most current objectives (LEED version scorecard, Energy Star score, etc.) for the project. C. Identify operating staff and occupant personnel, and schedule them to participate in meetings, training sessions and inspections. D. Develop training requirements for operating staff and occupant personnel. E. Develop the scope and format for the Commissioning Systems Manual. F. Provide any utilities required for the commissioning process. 1.06 RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER A. Support the CxP and Cx activities. B. Complete the mechanical Basis of Design (BOD) document(s). C. Complete system operational narratives, as requested. D. Provide approved submittals, as requested. E. Provide the most current objectives (LEED version scorecard, Energy Star score, etc.) for the project. 1.07 RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR A. Support the CxP and Cx activities. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 230800 Commissioning of HVAC System 230800-3 B. Assist the CxA in preparing the construction checklists for all commissioned components, equipment and systems as required. C. Provide all documentation necessary to complete the commissioning process. Including but not limited to: Prefunctional checklists, startup reports, record drawings and sequences, system narratives, settings and schedules, BAS screenshots, system component and performance data, and preventative maintenance schedules and procedures. D. Provide measuring instruments and logging devices to record test data, and provide data acquisition equipment to record data for the complete range of testing for the required test period. E. Attend construction phase controls coordination meetings. F. Attend test, adjust and balancing (TAB) review and coordination meeting. G. Verify equipment, systems, instrumentation, wiring and components are shown correctly on record drawings. Preliminary or in-use as-built drawings must be made available to the Commissioning Team for use prior to the start of functional performance testing. Changes, resulting from functional testing, must be created by the contractor and incorporated into the final record drawings and/or sequences. H. Demonstration and Training: Contractor shall provide orientation, demonstration, and training as required by the specifications. A complete training plan and schedule must be submitted by the Contractor to the CxA four (4) weeks prior to any training. A training agenda and all supporting documentation for each training session must be submitted to the CxA one (1) week prior to the training session. I. Notify the CxA of known systems and equipment deficiencies, in written format. 1.08 RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE COMMISSIONING AUTHORITY (CXA) A. Prepare the CxP required as part of the commissioning process. B. Develop the Cx Specifications. C. Develop the Cx Schedule. D. Review and/or document the OPR. E. Review the Engineering BOD documents. F. Review the design documents at mid-level construction (~50% CD). G. Review the design documents for building envelope requirements. H. Prepare and maintain a commissioning Issues & Benefits Log to document issues and resolutions as related to the commissioning process. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 230800 Commissioning of HVAC System 230800-4 I. Conduct periodic observations of work in progress to ensure that all systems and equipment are installed according to OPR, approved BOD, and/or current plans & specifications. J. Conduct a Commissioning Kick-Off Meeting. K. Perform a submittal review for equipment and systems within the commissioning scope of work, when required. L. Review preliminary Operation & Maintenance (Systems) Manual submittals. M. Develop and/or review material/equipment installation, startup, and pre-functional verifications. N. Attend commissioning meetings. O. Review the final test and balance (TAB) report to verify work is complete. P. Prepare checklists for and oversee, witness, and document the commissioning functional performance tests. Q. Review system trending and logging/72-hour dynamic mode test. R. Verify and document Owner’s training requirements have been completed, including the plan, agenda, and materials to be used for operator and occupant training, when required. S. Conduct a 10-month commissioning warranty review, when required. T. Conduct seasonal testing, when required. U. Develop the Current Facility Requirements and Operations and Maintenance (CFR and O&M) Plan, when required. V. Develop the Ongoing Commissioning (OCx) Plan, when required. W. Develop Monitoring-Based Commissioning (MBCx) procedures, when required. X. Provide an Executive Summary/Final Commissioning Report (CxR). Y. Coordinate LEED Online uploads/certification management, as required. 1.09 COMMISSIONING DOCUMENTATION A. Provide all progress and status reports, including deficiencies noted to the CxA. B. Provide all change orders, RFIs, or design changes that occurred during the construction phase to the CxA. C. Provide minutes from all meetings to the CxA. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 230800 Commissioning of HVAC System 230800-5 1.10 COMMISSIONING SUBMITTALS A. Plan for delivery and review of submittals, completion of commissioning checklists, systems manuals, and other documentation/reports within the project schedule to the CxA. B. Certificates of completion of installation, prestart checks, and startup procedures have been completed and submitted to the CxA. C. Certificates of readiness, signed by the contractor, certifying that HVAC systems, assemblies, equipment, components, and associated controls are ready for testing by the CxA. D. All documentation provided to the CxA shall be in electronic format shared via standard file text protocols commonly accessible. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 TEST EQUIPMENT, INSTRUMENTATION, AND TOOLS A. The contractor shall provide all materials, labor, instruments, tools, ladders and apparatus necessary to start-up, perform functional performance test and systems conditioning. B. Test equipment and instrumentation required to perform the commissioning process shall remain the property of the contractor unless otherwise indicated. C. Test equipment and instrumentation required to perform the commissioning process shall comply with the following criteria: 1. Maintain test equipment and instrumentation. 2. Use test equipment and instrumentation only for testing or monitoring work for which they are designed for. 2.02 PROPRIETARY TEST EQUIPMENT, INSTRUMENTATION, AND TOOLS A. Proprietary test equipment, instrumentation, and tools are those manufactured or prescribed by tested equipment manufacturer and required for work on its equipment as a condition of equipment warranty, or as otherwise required to service, repair, adjust, calibrate, or perform work on its equipment. 1. Identify proprietary test equipment, instrumentation, and tools required in the test equipment identification list submittal. 2. Proprietary test equipment, instrumentation, and tools shall become the property of Owner at Substantial Completion. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 230800 Commissioning of HVAC System 230800-6 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Review construction documentation to successfully understand the Owner’s Project Requirements. 3.02 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Complete all phases of work so the equipment and systems can be started, tested, balanced, and acceptance procedures undertaken. Acceptance procedures are normally intended to begin prior to completion of a system and/or sub-systems, and shall be coordinated with the Division 23 Contractor. Start of acceptance procedures before system completion does not relieve the Contractor from completing those systems per the schedule. B. Provide equipment, materials, and labor as necessary to perform commissioning tasks and respond to items identified during the commissioning process, and to aid in coordination and resolve. C. Provide qualified personnel to participate in commissioning testing, including seasonal and deferred testing, as required after the initial commissioning testing phase. D. The Contractor is responsible for any equipment that is damaged in any way during the commissioning process. The Contractor shall be responsible for all costs associated with the restoration of the equipment to its original condition and for any temporary equipment needed to keep the system in operation. 3.03 COMMISSIONING PROCESS MEETINGS A. Contractors shall provide the representative personnel at all commissioning meetings with the authority to act as it relates to their contract scope, schedule, and cost. 3.04 COMMISSIONING PROCESS SCHEDULING A. Before request for contract compliance inspection and system commissioning all equipment, components, and systems shall be started-up, adjusted, calibrated; set, test and check all electric disconnects, fuses, circuit breakers, valves, dampers, temperatures and pressures of all systems for proper operation and performance. B. After completion of the start-up and operating performance test, the Contractor shall notify the Owner in writing that the system is ready for commissioning. 3.05 COMMISSIONING PROCESS SEQUENCING A. Sequencing of commissioning verification activities for an item of equipment, assembly or system, shall be performed in the order listed unless otherwise indicated: 1. Construction Checklists: a. material/equipment checks. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 230800 Commissioning of HVAC System 230800-7 b. Installation verification checks. c. Prefunctional checks. d. Equipment startup checks, as appropriate. Some startups may depend on component performance. Such startups may follow component performance tests on which the startup depends. e. Functional Performance Testing (FPTs). B. Before performing functional performance testing, verify that materials, equipment, assemblies, and systems are delivered, installed, started, and adjusted to perform according to construction checklists. C. Verify readiness of materials, equipment, assemblies, and systems by performing tests prior to performing test demonstrations. Notify Architect if acceptable results cannot be achieved due to conditions beyond Contractor's control or responsibility. D. Commence functional performance testing as soon as installation checks for materials, equipment, assemblies, or systems are satisfactorily completed. Tests of a particular system may proceed prior to completion of other systems, provided the incomplete work does not interfere with successful execution of test. 3.06 COMMISSIONING ISSUE RESOLUTION A. All commissioning issues discovered throughout the Cx process are tracked and monitored on the Commissioning Issues & Benefits Log by the CxA. B. The Contractor shall be responsible for the resolution of issues identified during the commissioning process for systems and equipment in the commissioning scope of work. This includes providing the resolution narrative and any other information required for substantiation. C. Systems or equipment which do not meet the OPR, or the requirements of the Contract Documents, shall be repaired, replaced, adjusted, or corrected by the Contractor at no additional cost. D. In some cases, issues may continue to exist beyond the Cx process schedule (possibly, 12 months after substantial completion of the MEP systems). These existing issues shall include a suggested action for resolve, the expectation of the project team, and the anticipated resolve date. 3.07 COMMISSIONING DESIGN REVIEWS A. The Contractor shall support the commissioning design review process and activities to coordinate and resolve any design and constructability issues. B. The CxA shall provide a Design Review Report and track each item within the Issues & Benefits Log for resolve status. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 230800 Commissioning of HVAC System 230800-8 3.08 COMMISSIONING SUBMITTAL REVIEWS A. The Contractor shall provide the CxA with a copy of all submittals for systems and equipment in the commissioning scope of work prior to the installation of the equipment. B. The CxA shall perform a commissioning submittal review. The submittal review can be staged early during the project to provide greater value and identify potential issues as early as possible, or a final submittal review after all submittals have been approved by the project team. C. The main purpose of the commissioning submittal review is to focus on compliance with the OPR. Beyond that of the design engineer’s equipment-level review, the purpose of the commissioning submittal review is to verify that all equipment and systems discussed in the OPR can meet operational and maintenance requirements. D. The commissioning submittal review does not approve the submittal. The review does not take the place of, or supersede the review of submittals conducted by the Engineer, Architect, or other members of the design team. E. Review of submittals by the CxA does not constitute acceptance or rejection of the equipment submitted. 3.09 COMMISSIONING SITE VISITS – FIELD OBSERVATION REPORTS A. The purpose of performing commissioning field observations/site visits are to observe construction progress and verify systems/equipment installations are adequate as early as possible within the construction process. B. The CxA shall perform several commissioning site visits throughout the project. The quantity and frequency of site visits conducted can be random throughout the construction process, or predetermined by the CxA and Owner. Often, the quantity and frequency of site visits that are performed shall differ from project to project. C. The CxA shall provide a Field Observation Report (FOR) for each site visit to the Owner and/or project team for review, and to plan resolve as required. 3.10 COMMISSIONING CONSTRUCTION CHECKLISTS A. The Contractor shall support the completion of the commissioning construction checklists. B. Equipment startup checklists shall be submitted to the CxA by the responsible contractor prior to functional performance testing. 1. Where possible, the Contractor shall use manufacturer-provided forms. 2. Where manufacturer’s forms are not available, the Contractor shall provide their own forms containing all the manufacturers’ start-up instructions and procedures. 3. When possible, the Contractor shall provide for a representative of the manufacturer to be present to perform or supervise the start-up of equipment. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 230800 Commissioning of HVAC System 230800-9 C. Prefunctional checklists shall be submitted to the CxA by the responsible contractor prior to functional performance testing. 3.11 TEST AND BALANCE (TAB) WORK VERIFICATION A. The Contractor shall notify the CxA at least 10 days in advance of testing and balancing work, and provide access for the CxA to witness the work. B. The Contractor shall submit the approved TAB report to the CxA for verification, and inclusion in the final commissioning documents. 3.12 FUNCTIONAL PERFORMANCE TESTING A. Detailed testing shall be performed on selected installed equipment and systems to ensure that operation and performance conform to the OPR and Contract Documents. B. The Contractor shall provide all necessary personnel, parts, and equipment necessary to complete functional performance and deferred/seasonal testing, as required. C. All testing shall be overseen and witnessed by the CxA. D. Functional performance testing shall occur after all equipment installation, startups, test, and balancing work has been completed, and before the space has been occupied. E. Contractor shall provide a report to the CxA containing trend data for system parameters selected by the CxA. 3.13 INTERSYSTEM / 72-HOUR DYNAMIC TESTING A. After the completion of the systems functional performance testing, and prior to Owner acceptance, the Contractor shall conduct a 72-hour dynamic mode demonstration of the systems. The intent of the 72-hour dynamic test is to verify that the integration of the mechanical and electrical equipment automatically respond as designed to meet the changes that may occur under varying indoor/outdoor conditions, including seasonal variations and occupancy loads. B. A detailed written procedure and sequence of events shall be developed by the Contractor and submitted to the Owner and CxA for review and approval. Procedures and sequence of events shall contain, as a minimum, the following activities: 1. Hours 1-4: Bring all systems on-line to normal operations and parameters. 2. Hours 5-28: Operate all systems under normal parameters and verify proper operation. 3. Hours 29-52: Validation of systems operation through electronic staging & sequencing, modulating the building load, flows and temperature. 4. Hours 69-72: Return of systems to normal operation. C. All applicable mechanical & HVAC equipment and associated components are to be included in the dynamic test. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 230800 Commissioning of HVAC System 230800-10 D. Minor problems can be anticipated and the necessary personnel required to correct problems and adjust systems need to be available to ensure continuation of the dynamic testing process. If major problems are encountered, at the discretion of the CxA, the testing shall be terminated and rescheduled. E. The Contractor shall notify any external organizations, which are not directly involved in the testing, but might be affected due to interface to ensure that alarms do not occur. F. During the demonstration test, all components shall operate in the “hands-off” automatic mode. Changes in operating modes required to simulate load shifting, seasonal changeover, emergency modes, etc. shall be accomplished by manually adjusting setpoints and equipment operating status at the equipment or system controller/BAS to observe capacity control and monitoring. G. The Contractor shall provide a written data-readout documentation detailing factory preset setpoints, Owner-directed setpoints, adjustment methods, measured values, time/occupancy schedules, modes of operation, staging sequencing, etc. 3.14 COMMISSIONING DATA TRENDING & LOGGING A. The Contractor shall begin data collection once the system is controlled automatically (no user overrides) by the controller/BAS, as indicated by the OPR and/or plans and specifications. B. Data collection shall include all indicated data points, programming, and occupancy/time clock system trends for future analysis as requested by the Owner. C. Data shall be stored so that in the event of a power outage/equipment failure, previously trended data is retained. 3.15 COMMISSIONING SYSTEMS MANUAL (O&M, IOM MANUAL) A. The Systems Manual shall include all information necessary requested by the Owner and Occupants to understand and properly operate, maintain, and recommission the energy-consuming building systems. B. The CxA shall verify that relevant systems manual sections are provided to the CxA prior to conducting Owner training. C. The Contractor shall provide to the CxA a systems manual consisting of, at minimum: 1. System single-line diagrams. 2. As-built sequences of operations, control drawings, and original setpoints. Screen captures of original settings shall be included wherever possible. 3. Operating instructions of integrated building systems. 4. Recommended schedule for preventative maintenance requirements by equipment type and frequency, if not already included in the project O&M manuals. 5. Recommended schedule for retesting of systems and equipment in the commissioning scope of work with blank test forms. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 230800 Commissioning of HVAC System 230800-11 6. Recommended schedule for calibrating sensors and motors. 7. Confirmation of completed training for the Owner and Occupants. 8. Ongoing system optimization procedures. 3.16 COMMISSIONED SYSTEMS OWNER TRAINING VERIFICATION A. Provide documentation of Owner, Operator and/or Occupant training for systems and equipment in the commissioning scope of work to the CxA for review. B. Provide a training agenda and materials for all equipment and systems in the commissioning scope of work. C. Training shall be provided by manufacturers’ factory training personnel, or equivalent. D. Training shall consist of both class-based sessions and hand-on periods of instruction. E. Prior to conducting training, the Owner shall provide the following to the Contractor: 1. Proposed dates and times for training to occur. 2. A list of personnel who should receive operational training, by position or name. 3. A list of systems and equipment that require operator training. 4. The level of instruction and expectations required for each system. F. Prior to conducting training, the Contractor shall provide a training plan to the CxA. The training plan shall consist of, at minimum: 1. A schedule of training sessions, or modules. 2. A summary and agenda for each training session. 3. Handouts, drawings, presentations, or other materials to be used in each training session. G. Training sessions should include the following items: 1. Learning objective and lesson outline for each training module. 2. General purpose of system, or design intent narrative. This shall be a complete description of the interrelationships of each component within a system and how these components function together within the building, and how they affect other systems. This includes brief descriptions of what normal and emergency operations are, how the system is currently programmed, how to adjust, what types of adjustment can be performed, etc. 3. Use of approved submittals & Installation, Operation & Maintenance (IOM) manuals. 4. Review of control drawings and schematics. 5. Overview of monitoring equipment and software. 6. All operating scenarios, including startup, normal and emergency operation, shutdown, occupied and unoccupied operation, seasonal changeover, manual operation, control setup, programming, troubleshooting, and alarms. 7. Interaction with other systems. 8. Component and system-level adjustments, troubleshooting, repairs. 9. Optimizing methods for energy conservation. 10. Health and safety issues. 11. Special maintenance and replacement sources. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 230800 Commissioning of HVAC System 230800-12 12. Occupant interaction issues. 13. System response to different operating and emergency conditions. 14. Upkeep of system manual and associated maintenance documentation logs. H. Upon the completion of training, the Contractor shall provide a record of attendance for each training session to the CxA. I. Upon the completion of training, the Owner shall determine whether the training provided by the equipment manufacturer is acceptable. The Owner shall also provide a tracking method to ensure that all required positions or persons receive training 3.17 CURRENT FACILITIES REQUIREMENTS AND OPERATIONS & MAINTENANCE (CFR AND O&M) PLAN A. The Project Team shall provide to the CxA a CFR and O&M Plan. The commissioning CFR and O&M Plan shall consist of, at minimum: 1. A sequence of operation for the building 2. The building occupancy schedule 3. Equipment run-time schedules 4. Setpoints for all equipment 5. Minimum outside air requirements 6. Any changes in schedules or setpoints for different seasons, days of the week, and times of day 7. A systems narrative describing the mechanical and electrical systems and equipment 8. A preventative maintenance plan for building equipment described in the systems narrative 9. A commissioning program that includes periodic commissioning requirements, ongoing commissioning tasks, and/or continuous tasks for critical facilities. 10. A template maintenance log form to document and track maintenance. 3.18 ONGOING COMMISSIONING (OCX) PLAN A. Provide ongoing commissioning procedures, strategies, test scripts, and schedule in the commissioning scope of work to the CxA for review. B. The CxA shall issue an ongoing commissioning plan before or as part of the 10-month warranty review. C. The ongoing commissioning plan shall consist of operating procedures, blank test scripts, and a schedule for ongoing Cx activities. D. The ongoing commissioning plan may be executed by an independent CxA or Operating staff in addition to normal preventative maintenance. E. At a minimum, the ongoing commissioning plan shall include the following: F. Definition of the ongoing commissioning process 1. Defined roles and responsibilities Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 230800 Commissioning of HVAC System 230800-13 2. Recommended schedule for recommissioning as-built systems 3. Continuous documentation and updating of tenant space operating plan and current facility requirements throughout the buildings lifetime 4. Blank testing materials, including functional performance tests, as well as an issues log 3.19 MONITORING-BASED COMMISSIONING (MBCX) PLAN A. The CxA shall verify MBCx requirements are included in the project CxP during the enhanced commissioning process, when required. B. At a minimum, the MBCx Plan shall include the following: 1. Defined integration of permanent energy monitoring system, real-time energy analysis, and ongoing commissioning. 2. Provisions for analysis procedures, including frequency during year one, metering, meter locations, trending point lists, frequency and duration of trend monitoring, hardware, data access. C. The Contractor shall support the monitoring-based commissioning process and activities required. D. MBCx is implemented during functional performance testing after construction but before occupancy, and executed during the 10-month warranty review. 3.20 10-MONTH BUILDING OPERATION REVIEW (CX WARRANTY REVIEW) A. The Contractor shall provide qualified personnel to review the operation of the building or space(s) for warranty review verification within ten (10) months of substantial completion. B. The review shall consist of interviews, status review of remaining Cx issues, discussion of potential building issues, review of maintenance records (operational & baseline data), trouble calls, and a limited series of tests. The Contractor shall perform tests according to procedures provided by the CxA. C. All existing seasonal, deferred, or unresolved issues at the time of this review shall be corrected by the Contractor under manufacturer or contract warranties. END OF SECTION Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 Commissioning of Electrical System 260800-1 SECTION 260800 - COMMISSIONING OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEM PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this section. B. Specification Section 01 91 00 “Commissioning” for requirements that apply to incorporate commissioning process activities, allowances, definitions, qualifications, team member responsibilities and submittals. C. Owner’s Project Requirements (OPR). D. Basis of Design (BOD) document(s). 1.02 SUMMARY A. This Section includes electrical commissioning requirements that apply to the coordination and outcome of the commissioning process, specifically relating to the project lighting & daylighting controls, electrical power & distribution systems and emergency power generation and distribution and equipment. B. Commissioning work is intended to ensure that selected electrical equipment and systems have been completely and properly evaluated, installed, function together correctly to meet the design intent, and document system performance. C. Relevant contractors involved in the construction process shall be involved in the commissioning process. D. Work Covered by Contract Documents 1. The commissioning scope of work is defined by the Contract Documents and consists of the following corresponding systems and associated equipment: a. Lighting and daylighting controls. b. Normal and emergency power service and distribution. c. Related renewable energy systems, as required. 1.03 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The work included in the electrical commissioning process involves performing a complete and thorough evaluation of the installation, operation and turnover of equipment, systems and sub-systems to meet the OPR. The purpose of this effort is to bring the lighting and power systems to a state of dynamic operation. 1.04 COMMISSIONING TEAM A. Members Appointed by Contractor(s): Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 Commissioning of Electrical System 260800-2 1. Construction Managers, General Contractors, MEP Coordinator, etc. Individuals, each having authority to act on behalf of the entity they represent, explicitly organized to implement the commissioning process through coordinated actions. Additional commissioning team members may consist of, but not be limited to, representatives of each Contractor, including Project Superintendent and Subcontractors, Installers, Suppliers, and specialists deemed appropriate for a particular portion of the commissioning process by the CxA. B. Members Appointed by Owner: 1. CxA(s) under separate contract. 2. Representatives of the facility user, as well as operation and maintenance personnel. 3. Architect and Engineering design professionals. 1.05 RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE OWNER A. Support the CxP and Cx activities. B. Provide the OPR documentation to the CxA and each Contractor for information and use. This shall include the most current objectives (LEED version scorecard, Energy Star score, etc.) for the project. C. Identify operating staff and occupant personnel, and schedule them to participate in meetings, training sessions and inspections. D. Develop training requirements for operating staff and occupant personnel. E. Develop the scope and format for the Commissioning Systems Manual. F. Provide any utilities required for the commissioning process. 1.06 RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER A. Support the CxP and Cx activities. B. Complete the electrical Basis of Design (BOD) document(s). C. Complete system operational narratives, as requested. D. Provide approved submittals, as requested. E. Provide current project objectives (LEED version scorecard, Energy Star score, etc.) as requested. 1.07 RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR A. Support the CxP and Cx activities. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 Commissioning of Electrical System 260800-3 B. Assist the CxA in preparing the construction checklists for all commissioned components, equipment and systems as required. C. Provide all documentation necessary to complete the commissioning process. Including but not limited to: Prefunctional checklists, startup reports, record drawings and sequences, system narratives, settings and schedules, BAS screenshots, system component and performance data, and preventative maintenance schedules and procedures. D. Provide measuring instruments and logging devices to record test data, and provide data acquisition equipment to record data for the complete range of testing for the required test period. E. Attend construction phase lighting and lighting controls coordination meetings. F. Verify all equipment, systems, instrumentation, wiring and components are shown correctly on record drawings. Preliminary or in-use as-built drawings must be made available to the Commissioning Team for use prior to the start of functional performance testing. Changes, resulting from functional testing, must be created by the contractor and incorporated into the final record drawings and/or sequences. G. Demonstration and Training: Contractor shall provide orientation, demonstration, and training as required by the specifications. A complete training plan and schedule must be submitted by the Contractor to the CxA four (4) weeks prior to any training. A training agenda and all supporting documentation for each training session must be submitted to the CxA one (1) week prior to the training session. H. Notify the CxA of known systems and equipment deficiencies, in written format. 1.08 RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE COMMISSIONING AUTHORITY (CXA) A. Prepare the CxP required as part of the commissioning process B. Develop the Cx Specifications. C. Develop the Cx Schedule. D. Review and/or document the OPR. E. Review the Engineering BOD documents. F. Review the design documents at mid-level construction (~50% CD). G. Review the design documents for building envelope requirements. H. Prepare and maintain a commissioning Issues & Benefits Log to document issues and resolutions as related to the commissioning process. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 Commissioning of Electrical System 260800-4 I. Conduct periodic observations of work in progress to ensure that all systems and equipment are installed according to OPR, approved BOD, and /or current plans & specifications. J. Conduct a Commissioning Kick-Off Meeting. K. Perform a submittal review for equipment and systems within the commissioning scope of work, when required. L. Review preliminary Operation & Maintenance (Systems) Manual submittals. M. Develop and/or review material/equipment installation, startup, and pre-functional verifications. N. Attend commissioning meetings. O. Prepare checklists for and oversee, witness and document the commissioning functional performance tests. P. Review system trending and logging/72-hour dynamic mode test. Q. Verify and document Owner’s training requirements have been completed. To include the plan, agenda, and materials to be used for operator and occupant training, when required. R. Conduct a 10-month commissioning warranty review, when required. S. Conduct seasonal testing, as required. T. Develop the Current Facility Requirements and Operations and Maintenance (CFR and O&M) Plan, when required. U. Develop the Ongoing Commissioning (OCx) Plan, when required. V. Develop Monitoring-Based Commissioning (MBCx) procedures, when required. W. Provide an Executive Summary/Final Commissioning Report (CxR). X. Coordinate LEED Online uploads/certification management, as required. 1.09 COMMISSIONING DOCUMENTATION A. Provide all progress and status reports, including deficiencies noted to the CxA. B. Provide all change orders, RFIs, or design changes that occurred during the construction phase to the CxA. C. Provide minutes from all meetings to the CxA. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 Commissioning of Electrical System 260800-5 1.10 COMMISSIONING SUBMITTALS A. Plan for delivery and review of submittals, completion of commissioning checklists, systems manuals, and other documentation/reports within the project schedule to the CxA. B. Certificates of completion of installation, prestart checks, and startup procedures have been completed and submitted to the CxA. C. Certificates of readiness, signed by the contractor, certifying that HVAC systems, assemblies, equipment, components, and associated controls are ready for testing by the CxA. D. All documentation provided to the CxA shall be in electronic format shared via standard file text protocols commonly accessible. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 TEST EQUIPMENT, INSTRUMENTATION, AND TOOLS A. The contractor shall provide all materials, labor, instruments, tools, ladders and apparatus necessary to start-up, perform functional performance test and systems conditioning. B. Test equipment and instrumentation required to perform the commissioning process shall remain the property of the contractor unless otherwise indicated. C. Test equipment and instrumentation required to perform the commissioning process shall comply with the following criteria: 1. Maintain test equipment and instrumentation. 2. Use test equipment and instrumentation only for testing or monitoring work for which they are designed for. 2.02 PROPRIETARY TEST EQUIPMENT, INSTRUMENTATION, AND TOOLS A. Proprietary test equipment, instrumentation, and tools are those manufactured or prescribed by tested equipment manufacturer and required for work on its equipment as a condition of equipment warranty, or as otherwise required to service, repair, adjust, calibrate, or perform work on its equipment. 1. Identify proprietary test equipment, instrumentation, and tools required in the test equipment identification list submittal. 2. Proprietary test equipment, instrumentation, and tools shall become the property of Owner at Substantial Completion. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 Commissioning of Electrical System 260800-6 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Review all construction documentation to successfully understand the Owner’s Project Requirements. 3.02 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Complete all phases of work so the equipment and systems can be operated, tested, , and acceptance procedures undertaken. Acceptance procedures are normally intended to begin prior to completion of a system and/or sub-systems, and shall be coordinated with the Division 26 Contractor. Start of acceptance procedures before system completion does not relieve the Contractor from completing those systems per the schedule. B. Provide equipment, materials, and labor as necessary to perform commissioning tasks and respond to items identified during the commissioning process, and to aid in coordination and resolve. C. Provide qualified personnel to participate in commissioning testing, including seasonal and deferred testing, as required after the initial commissioning testing phase. D. The Contractor is responsible for any equipment that is damaged in any way during the commissioning process. The Contractor shall be responsible for all costs associated with the restoration of the equipment to its original condition and for any temporary equipment needed to keep the system in operation. 3.03 COMMISSIONING PROCESS MEETINGS A. Contractors shall provide the representative personnel at all commissioning meetings with the authority to act as it relates to their contract scope, schedule, and cost. 3.04 COMMISSIONING PROCESS SCHEDULING A. Before request for contract compliance inspection and system commissioning all equipment, components, and systems shall be started-up, adjusted, calibrated; set, test and check all electric disconnects, fuses, circuit breakers, valves, dampers, temperatures and pressures of all systems for proper operation and performance. B. After completion of the start-up and operating performance test, the Contractor shall notify the Owner in writing that the system is ready for commissioning. 3.05 COMMISSIONING PROCESS SEQUENCING A. Sequencing of commissioning verification activities for an item of equipment, assembly or system, shall be performed in the order listed unless otherwise indicated: 1. Construction Checklists: a. Material/equipment checks. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 Commissioning of Electrical System 260800-7 b. Installation verification checks. c. Prefunctional checks. d. Equipment startup checks, as appropriate. Some startups may depend on component performance. Such startups may follow component performance tests on which the startup depends. e. Functional Performance Testing (FPTs). B. Before performing functional performance testing, verify that materials, equipment, assemblies, and systems are delivered, installed, started, and adjusted to perform according to construction checklists. C. Verify readiness of materials, equipment, assemblies, and systems by performing tests prior to performing test demonstrations. Notify Architect if acceptable results cannot be achieved due to conditions beyond Contractor's control or responsibility. D. Commence functional performance testing as soon as installation checks for materials, equipment, assemblies, or systems are satisfactorily completed. Tests of a particular system may proceed prior to completion of other systems, provided the incomplete work does not interfere with successful execution of test. 3.06 COMMISSIONING ISSUE RESOLUTION A. All commissioning issues discovered throughout the Cx process are tracked and monitored on the Commissioning Issues & Benefits Log by the CxA. B. The Contractor shall be responsible for the resolution of issues identified during the commissioning process for systems and equipment in the commissioning scope of work. This includes providing the resolution narrative and any other information required for substantiation. C. Systems or equipment which do not meet the OPR, or the requirements of the Contract Documents, shall be repaired, replaced, adjusted, or corrected by the Contractor at no additional cost. D. In some cases, issues may continue to exist beyond the Cx process schedule (possibly, 12 months after substantial completion of the MEP systems). These existing issues shall include a suggested action for resolve, the expectation of the project team, and the anticipated resolve date. 3.07 COMMISSIONING DESIGN REVIEWS A. The Contractor shall support the commissioning design review process and activities to coordinate and resolve any design and constructability issues. B. The Commissioning Authority shall provide a Design Review Report and track each item within the Issues & Benefits Log for resolve status. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 Commissioning of Electrical System 260800-8 3.08 COMMISSIONING SUBMITTAL REVIEWS A. The Contractor shall provide the CxA with a copy of all submittals for systems and equipment in the commissioning scope of work prior to the installation of the equipment. B. The CxA shall perform a commissioning submittal review. The submittal review can be staged early during the project to provide greater value and identify potential issues as early as possible, or a final submittal review after all submittals have been approved by the project team. C. The main purpose of the commissioning submittal review is to focus on compliance with the OPR. Beyond that of the design engineer’s equipment-level review, the purpose of the commissioning submittal review is to verify that all equipment and systems discussed in the OPR can meet operational and maintenance requirements. D. The commissioning submittal review does not approve the submittal. The review does not take the place of, or supersede the review of submittals conducted by the Engineer, Architect, or other members of the design team. E. Review of submittals by the CxA does not constitute acceptance or rejection of the equipment submitted. 3.09 COMMISSIONING SITE VISITS – FIELD OBSERVATION REPORTS A. The purpose of performing commissioning field observations/site visits are to observe construction progress and verify systems/equipment installations are adequate as early as possible within the construction process. B. The CxA shall perform several commissioning site visits throughout the project. The quantity and frequency of site visits conducted can be random throughout the construction process, or predetermined by the CxA and Owner. Often, the quantity and frequency of site visits that are performed will differ from project to project. C. The CxA shall provide a Field Observation Report (FOR) for each site visit to the Owner, and/or project team, for review and to plan resolve as required. 3.10 COMMISSIONING CONSTRUCTION CHECKLISTS A. The Contractor shall support the completion of the commissioning construction checklists. B. Equipment startup checklists shall be submitted to the CxA by the responsible contractor prior to functional performance testing. 1. Where possible, the Contractor shall use manufacturer-provided forms. 2. Where manufacturer’s forms are not available, the Contractor shall provide their own forms containing all the manufacturers’ start-up instructions and procedures. 3. Wherever possible, the Contractor shall provide for a representative of the manufacturer to be present to perform or supervise the start-up of equipment. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 Commissioning of Electrical System 260800-9 C. Prefunctional checklists shall be submitted to the CxA by the responsible contractor prior to functional performance testing. 3.11 FUNCTIONAL PERFORMANCE TESTING A. Detailed testing shall be performed on selected installed equipment and systems to ensure that operation and performance conform to the OPR and Contract Documents. B. The Contractor shall provide all necessary personnel, parts, and equipment necessary to complete functional performance and deferred/seasonal testing, as required. C. All testing shall be overseen and witnessed by the CxA. D. Functional performance testing shall occur after all equipment installation, startups, test, and balancing work has been completed, and before the space has been occupied. E. Contractor shall provide a report to the CxA containing trend data for system parameters selected by the CxA. 3.12 INTERSYSTEM / 72-HOUR DYNAMIC TESTING A. After the completion of the systems functional performance testing, but before Owner acceptance, the Contractor shall conduct a 72-hour dynamic mode demonstration of the systems. The intent of the 72-hour dynamic test is to verify that the integration of the mechanical and electrical equipment automatically respond as designed to meet the changes that may occur under varying indoor/outdoor conditions, including seasonal variations and occupancy loads. B. A detailed written procedure and sequence of events shall be developed by the Contractor and submitted to the Owner and CxA for review and approval. Procedures and sequence of events shall contain, as a minimum, the following activities: 1. Hours 1-4: Bring all systems on-line to normal operations and parameters. 2. Hours 5-28: Operate all systems under normal parameters and verify proper operation. 3. Hours 29-52: Validation of systems operation through indoor/outdoor changes in indoor/outdoor lighting levels, setpoints, time schedules, normal/emergency/standby power operation and distribution. 4. Hours 69-72: Return of systems to normal operation. C. All applicable electrical equipment and associated components are to be included in the dynamic test. D. Minor problems can be anticipated and the necessary personnel required to correct problems and adjust systems need to be available to ensure continuation of the dynamic testing process. If major problems are encountered, at the discretion of the Owner and CxA, the testing shall be terminated and rescheduled. E. The Contractor shall notify any external organizations, which are not directly involved in the testing, but might be affected due to interface to ensure that alarms do not occur. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 Commissioning of Electrical System 260800-10 F. During the demonstration test, all components shall operate in the “hands-off” automatic mode. Changes in operating modes required to simulate load shifting, seasonal changeover, emergency modes, etc. shall be accomplished by manually adjusting setpoints and equipment operating status at the equipment or system controller to observe capacity control and monitoring. G. The Contractor shall provide a written documentation to include lighting/daylighting sequences of operation, time/occupancy schedules, modes of operation, factory preset setpoints, Owner-directed setpoints, adjustment methods, corresponding lighting/panel data, normal/emergency power status and power staging upon reapplication, etc. 3.13 COMMISSIONING DATA TRENDING & LOGGING A. The Contractor shall begin data collection once the electrical system is controlled automatically (no user overrides) by the controller, as indicated by the OPR and/or plans and specifications. B. Data collection shall include all indicated data points, programming, and occupancy/time clock system trends for future analysis as requested by the Owner. C. Data shall be stored so that in the event of a power outage/equipment failure, previously trended data is retained. 3.14 COMMISSIONING SYSTEMS MANUAL (O&M, IOM MANUAL) A. The Systems Manual shall include all information necessary the Owner and Occupants need to understand and properly operate, maintain, and recommission the energy- consuming building systems. B. The CxA shall verify that relevant systems manual sections are provided to the CxA prior to conducting Owner training. C. The Contractor shall provide to the CxA a systems manual consisting of, at minimum: 1. System single-line diagrams. 2. As-built sequences of operations, control drawings, and original setpoints. Screen captures of original settings shall be included wherever possible. 3. Operating instructions of integrated building systems. 4. Recommended schedule for preventative maintenance requirements, by equipment type and frequency, if not already included in the project O&M manuals. 5. Recommended schedule for retesting of systems and equipment in the commissioning scope of work with blank test forms. 6. Recommended schedule for calibrating sensors and actuators. 7. Confirmation of completed training for the Owner and Occupants. 8. Ongoing system optimization procedures. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 Commissioning of Electrical System 260800-11 3.15 COMMISSIONED SYSTEMS OWNER TRAINING VERIFICATION A. Provide documentation of Owner, Operator and/or Occupant training for systems and equipment in the commissioning scope of work to the CxA for review. B. Provide a training agenda and materials for all equipment and systems in the commissioning scope of work. C. Training shall be provided by manufacturers’ factory training personnel, or equivalent. D. Training shall consist of both class-based sessions and hand-on periods of instruction. E. Prior to conducting training, the Owner shall provide the following to the Contractor: 1. Proposed dates and times for training to occur. 2. A list of personnel who should receive operational training, by position or name. 3. A list of systems and equipment that require operator training. 4. The level of instruction and expectations required for each system. F. Prior to conducting training, the Contractor shall provide a training plan to the CxA. The training plan shall consist of, at minimum: 1. A schedule of training sessions, or modules. 2. A summary and agenda for each training session. 3. Handouts, drawings, presentations, or other materials to be used in each training session. G. Training sessions shall include the following items: 1. Learning objective and lesson outline for each training module. 2. General purpose of system, or design intent narrative. This shall be a complete description of the interrelationships of each component within a system and how these components function together within the building, and how they affect other systems. This includes brief descriptions of what normal and emergency operations are, how the system is currently programmed, how to adjust, what types of adjustment can be performed, etc. 3. Use of approved submittals & Installation, Operation & Maintenance (IOM) manuals. 4. Review of control drawings and schematics. 5. Overview of monitoring equipment and software. 6. All operating scenarios, including startup, normal and emergency operation, shutdown, occupied and unoccupied operation, seasonal changeover, manual operation, control setup, programming, troubleshooting, and alarms. 7. Interaction with other systems. 8. Component and system-level adjustments, troubleshooting, repairs. 9. Optimizing methods for energy conservation. 10. Health and safety issues. 11. Special maintenance and replacement sources. 12. Occupant interaction issues. 13. System response to different operating and emergency conditions. 14. Upkeep of system manual and associated maintenance documentation logs. Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 Commissioning of Electrical System 260800-12 H. Upon the completion of training, the Contractor shall provide a record of attendance for each training session to the CxA. I. Upon the completion of training, the Owner shall determine whether the training provided by the equipment manufacturer is acceptable. The Owner shall also provide a tracking method to ensure that all required positions or persons receive training. 3.16 CURRENT FACILITIES REQUIREMENTS AND OPERATIONS & MAINTENANCE (CFR AND O&M) PLAN A. The Project Team shall provide to the CxA a CFR and O&M Plan. The commissioning CFR and O&M Plan shall consist of, at minimum: 1. A lighting schedule for the building 2. The building occupancy schedule 3. Equipment run-time schedules 4. Setpoints for all equipment 5. Any changes in schedules or setpoints for different seasons, days of the week, and times of day 6. A systems narrative describing the electrical systems and equipment 7. A preventative maintenance plan for building equipment described in the systems narrative 8. A commissioning program that includes periodic commissioning requirements, ongoing commissioning tasks, and/or continuous tasks for critical facilities. 9. A template maintenance log form to document and track maintenance. 3.17 ONGOING COMMISSIONING (OCX) PLAN A. A. Provide ongoing commissioning procedures, strategies, test scripts, and schedule in the commissioning scope of work to the CxA for review. B. The CxA shall issue an ongoing commissioning plan before or as part of the 10-month warranty review. C. The ongoing commissioning plan shall consist of operating procedures, blank test scripts, and a schedule for ongoing Cx activities. D. The ongoing commissioning plan may be executed by an independent CxA or Operating staff in addition to normal preventative maintenance. E. At a minimum, the ongoing commissioning plan shall include the following: 1. Definition of the ongoing commissioning process 2. Defined roles and responsibilities 3. Recommended schedule for recommissioning as-built systems 4. Continuous documentation and updating of tenant space operating plan and current facility requirements throughout the buildings lifetime 5. Blank testing materials, including functional performance tests, as well as an issues log Grand River Hospital – XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 22459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 Commissioning of Electrical System 260800-13 3.18 MONITORING-BASED COMMISSIONING (MBCX) PLAN A. The CxA shall verify MBCx requirements are included in the project CxP during the enhanced commissioning process, when required. B. At a minimum, the MBCx Plan shall include the following: 1. Defined integration of permanent-energy monitoring system, real-time energy analysis, and ongoing commissioning. 2. Provisions for analysis procedures, including frequency during year one, metering, meter locations, trending point lists, frequency and duration of trend monitoring, hardware, data access. C. The Contractor shall support the monitoring-based commissioning process and activities required. D. MBCx is implemented during functional performance testing after construction but before occupancy, and executed during the 10-month warranty review. 3.19 10-MONTH BUILDING OPERATION REVIEW (CX WARRANTY REVIEW) A. The Contractor shall provide qualified personnel to review the operation of the building or space for warranty review verification within ten (10) months of substantial completion. B. The review shall consist of interviews, status review of remaining Cx issues, discussion of potential building issues, review of maintenance records (operational & baseline data), trouble calls, and a limited series of tests. The Contractor shall perform tests according to procedures provided by the CxA. C. All existing seasonal, deferred, or unresolved issues at the time of this review shall be corrected by the Contractor under manufacturer or contract warranties. END OF SECTION Grand River Hospital - XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 HVAC DUCTS AND CASINGS 233100 -1 SECTION 233100 HVAC DUCTS AND CASINGS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Metal ductwork. B. Nonmetal ductwork. C. Casings and plenums. D. Buried ductwork. E. Laboratory exhaust ductwork. F. Duct cleaning. 1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 230593 - Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC. B. Section 230713 - Duct Insulation: External insulation and duct liner. C. Section 233300 - Air Duct Accessories. D. Section 233600 - Air Terminal Units. E. Section 233700 - Air Outlets and Inlets. 1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASHRAE (FUND) - ASHRAE Handbook - Fundamentals Most Recent Edition Cited by Referring Code or Reference Standard. B. ASTM A1011/A1011M - Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, Hot-Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High-Strength Low-Alloy, High-Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability, and Ultra-High Strength 2018a. C. NFPA 90A - Standard for the Installation of Air-Conditioning and Ventilating Systems 2021. D. SMACNA (DCS) - HVAC Duct Construction Standards Metal and Flexible 2021. E. SMACNA (LEAK) - HVAC Air Duct Leakage Test Manual 2012. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 013000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide data for duct materials, duct liner, and duct connections. C. Shop Drawings: Indicate duct fittings, particulars such as gages, sizes, welds, and configuration prior to start of work for half inch pressure class and highersystems. D. Test Reports: Indicate pressure tests performed. Include date, section tested, test pressure, and leakage rate, following SMACNA (LEAK). E. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special procedures for glass fiber ducts. F. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of ducts and duct fittings. Record changes in fitting location and type. Show additional fittings used. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the type of products specified in this section, with minimum three years of documented experience, and approved by manufacturer. B. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the type of work specified in this section, with minimum threeyears of experience. 1.6 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Do not install duct sealants when temperatures are less than those recommended by sealant manufacturers. Grand River Hospital - XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 HVAC DUCTS AND CASINGS 233100 -2 B. Maintain temperatures within acceptable range during and after installation of duct sealants. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 DUCT ASSEMBLIES A. Regulatory Requirements: Construct ductwork to comply with NFPA 90A standards. B. Ducts: Galvanized steel, unless otherwise indicated. C. Low Pressure Supply (Heating Systems): 1/2 inch w.g.pressure class, galvanized steel. D. Low Pressure Supply (System with Cooling Coils): 1/2 inch w.g. pressure class, galvanized steel. E. Buried Supply or Return: 1/2 inch w.g.pressure classfiber glass reinforced plastic HDPE. F. Medium and High Pressure Supply: 1/2 inch w.g. pressure class, galvanized steel. G. Return and Relief: 1/2 inch w.g. pressure class, galvanized steel. H. General Exhaust: 1/2 inch w.g. pressure class, galvanized steel. I. Kitchen Cooking Hood Exhaust: 1/2 inch w.g.pressure class, un-galvanized steel. 1. Construct of 16 gage, 0.0598 inch sheet steel using continuous external welded joints in rectangular sections. J. Dishwasher Exhaust: 1/2 inch w.g.pressure class, stainless steel. 1. Construct of 18 gage, 0.0500 inch stainless steel using continuous external welded joints in rectangular sections. K. Grease Exhaust: 1/2 inch w.g.pressure class, un-galvanized steel. 1. Construct of ASTM A1011/A1011M 16 gage un-galvanized steel. 2. Construction: a. Liquid tight with continuous external weld for all seams and joints. b. Where ducts are not self draining back to equipment, provide low point drain pocket with copper drain pipe to sanitary sewer. 3. Access Doors: a. Provide for duct cleaning inside horizontal duct at drain pockets, every 10 feet and at each change of direction. b. Use same material and thickness as duct with gaskets and sealants rated 1500 degrees F for grease tight construction. L. Fume Hood & USP 800 Hazardous Buffer Room Exhaust: 1/2 inch w.g. pressure class, stainless steel. M. Outside Air Intake: 1/2 inch w.g. pressure class, galvanized steel. N. Combustion Air: 1/2 inch w.g. pressure class, galvanized steel. O. Transfer Air and Sound Boots: 1/2 inch w.g. pressure class, fibrous glass. 2.2 DUCTWORK FABRICATION A. Fabricate and support in accordance with SMACNA (DCS) and as indicated. B. Provide duct material, gages, reinforcing, and sealing for operating pressures indicated. C. Increase duct sizes gradually, not exceeding 15 degrees divergence wherever possible; maximum 30 degrees divergence upstream of equipment and 45 degrees convergence downstream. D. Fabricate continuously welded round and oval duct fittings in accordance with SMACNA (DCS). 2.3 MANUFACTURED DUCTWORK AND FITTINGS 2.4 CASINGS A. Fabricate casings in accordance with SMACNA (DCS) and construct for operating pressures indicated. Grand River Hospital - XRAY REMODEL Parachute, Colorado Project #: DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 HVAC DUCTS AND CASINGS 233100 -3 B. Mount floor mounted casings on 4 inch high concrete curbs. At floor, rivet panels on 8 inch centers to angles. Where floors are acoustically insulated, provide liner of galvanized 18 gage, 0.0478 inch expanded metal mesh supported at 12 inch centers, turned up 12 inches at sides with sheet metal shields. C. Reinforce door frames with steel angles tied to horizontal and vertical plenum supporting angles. Install hinged access doors where indicated or required for access to equipment for cleaning and inspection. END OF SECTION Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 233300 -1 SECTION 233300 AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A.Air turning devices/extractors. B.Backdraft dampers -metal. C.Backdraft dampers -fabric. D.Combination fire and smoke dampers. E.Duct access doors. F.Fire dampers. G.Flexible duct connectors. H.Smoke dampers. I.Volume control dampers. 1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 233100 -HVAC Ducts and Casings. B.Section 233600 -Air Terminal Units: Pressure regulating damper assemblies. 1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS A.NFPA 90A -Standard for the Installation of Air-Conditioning and Ventilating Systems 2021. B.NFPA 92 -Standard for Smoke Control Systems 2021. C.NFPA 96 -Standard for Ventilation Control and Fire Protection of Commercial Cooking Operations 2021. D.SMACNA (DCS)-HVAC Duct Construction Standards Metal and Flexible 2021. E.UL 33 -Safety Heat Responsive Links for Fire-Protection Service Current Edition,Including All Revisions. F.UL 555 -Standard for Fire Dampers Current Edition,Including All Revisions. G.UL 555C -Standard for Safety Ceiling Dampers Current Edition,Including All Revisions. H.UL 555S -Standard for Smoke Dampers Current Edition,Including All Revisions. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A.See Section 013000 -Administrative Requirements,for submittal procedures. B.Product Data: Provide for shop fabricated assemblies including volume control dampers. Include electrical characteristics and connection requirements. C.Shop Drawings: Indicate for shop fabricated assemblies including volume control dampers, duct access doors,fire dampers,and smoke dampers. D.Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Provide instructions for fire dampers and combination fire and smoke dampers. E.Project Record Drawings: Record actual locations of access doors. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the type of products specified in this section,with minimum three years of documented experience. 1.6 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A.Protect dampers from damage to operating linkages and blades. Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 233300 -2 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 AIR TURNING DEVICES/EXTRACTORS A.Multi-blade device with blades aligned in short dimension;steel or aluminumconstruction;with individually adjustable blades,mounting straps. 2.2 BACKDRAFT DAMPERS -METAL A.Multi-Blade,Parallel Action Gravity Balanced Backdraft Dampers: Galvanized steel,with center pivoted blades of maximum 6 inch width,with felt or flexible vinyl sealed edges,linked together in rattle-free manner with 90 degree stop,steel ball bearings,and plated steel pivot pin; adjustment device to permit setting for varying differential static pressure. 2.3 BACKDRAFT DAMPERS -FABRIC 2.4 COMBINATION FIRE AND SMOKE DAMPERS A.Fabricate in accordance with NFPA 90A,UL 555,UL 555S,and as indicated. B.Provide factory sleeve and collar for each damper. C.Multiple Blade Dampers: Fabricate with 16 gage,0.0598 inch galvanized steel frame and blades,oil-impregnated bronze or stainless steel sleeve bearings and plated steel axles, stainless steel jamb seals,1/8 by 1/2 inch plated steel concealed linkage,stainless steel closure spring,blade stops,and lock,and 1/2 inch actuator shaft. D.Operators: UL listed and labelled spring return electric type suitable for 120 volts,single phase, 60 Hz.Provide end switches to indicate damper position.Locate damper operator on exteriorof duct and link to damper operating shaft. E.Normally Open Smoke Responsive Fire Dampers: Curtain type,closing upon actuation of electro thermal link,flexible stainless steel blade edge seals to provide constant sealing pressure,stainless steel springs with locking devices to ensure positive closure for units mounted horizontally. F.Electro Thermal Link: Fusible link melting at 165 degrees F;120 volts,single phase,60 Hz;UL listed and labeled. 2.5 DUCT ACCESS DOORS A.Fabrication: Rigid and close-fitting of galvanized steel with sealing gaskets and quick fastening locking devices. For insulated ducts,install minimum 1 inch thick insulation with sheet metal cover. 1.Less Than 12 inches Square: Secure with sash locks. 2.Up to 18 inches Square: Provide two hinges and two sash locks. 3.Up to 24 by 48 inches: Three hinges and two compression latches with outside and inside handles. 4.Larger Sizes: Provide an additional hinge. 5.High Temperature Duct Access Doors: a.Comply with NFPA 96. B.Access doors with sheet metal screw fasteners are not acceptable. 2.6 FIRE DAMPERS A.Fabricate in accordance with NFPA 90A and UL 555,and as indicated. B.Ceiling (Radiation)Dampers: Galvanized steel,22 gage,0.0299 inch frame and 16 gage, 0.0598 inch flap,two layers 0.125 inch ceramic fiber on top side and one layer on bottom side for round flaps,with locking clip. 1.Rated for three hour service in compliance with UL 555C. C.Horizontal Dampers: Galvanized steel,22 gage,0.0299 inch frame,stainless steel closure spring,and lightweight,heat retardant non-asbestos fabric blanket. D.Curtain Type Dampers: Galvanized steel with interlocking blades. Provide stainless steel closure springs and latches for horizontal installations. Configure with blades out of air stream except for 1.0 inch pressure class ducts up to 12 inches in height. Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 233300 -3 E.Multiple Blade Dampers: 16 gage,0.0598 inch galvanized steel frame and blades,oil- impregnated bronze or stainless steel sleeve bearings and plated steel axles,1/8 by 1/2 inch plated steel concealed linkage,stainless steel closure spring,blade stops,and lock. F.Fusible Links: UL 33,separate at 160 degrees F with adjustable link straps for combination fire/balancing dampers. 2.7 FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTORS A.Fabricate in accordance with SMACNA (DCS)and as indicated. B.Flexible Duct Connections: Fabric crimped into metal edging strip. 1.Fabric: UL listed fire-retardant neoprene coated woven glass fiber fabric to NFPA 90A, minimum density 30 oz per sq yd. a.Net Fabric Width: Approximately 2 inches wide. 2.Metal: 3 inches wide,24 gage,0.0239 inch thick galvanized steel. C.Leaded Vinyl Sheet: Minimum 0.55 inch thick,0.87 lbs per sq ft,10 dB attenuation in 10 to 10,000 Hz range. D.Maximum Installed Length: 14 inch. 2.8 SMOKE DAMPERS A.Fabricate in accordance with NFPA 90A and UL 555S,and as indicated. B.Dampers: UL Class 1 airfoil bladetype smoke damper,normally openautomatically operated by electricactuator. C.Electro Thermal Link: Fusible link melting at 165 degrees F;120 volts,single phase,60 Hz;UL listed and labeled. 2.9 VOLUME CONTROL DAMPERS A.Fabricate in accordance with SMACNA (DCS)and as indicated. B.Splitter Dampers: 1.Material: Same gage as duct to 24 inches size in either direction,and two gages heavier for sizes over 24 inches. 2.Blade: Fabricate of doublethickness sheet metal to streamline shape,secured with continuous hinge or rod. 3.Operator: Minimum 1/4 inch diameter rod in self aligning,universal joint action,flanged bushing with set screw . C.Single Blade Dampers: 1.Fabricate for duct sizes up to 6 by 30 inch. 2.Blade: 24 gage,0.0239 inch,minimum. D.Multi-Blade Damper: Fabricate of opposed blade pattern with maximum blade sizes 8 by 72 inch. Assemble center and edge crimped blades in prime coated or galvanized channel frame with suitable hardware. 1.Blade: 18 gage,0.0478 inch,minimum. E.End Bearings: Except in round ducts 12 inches and smaller,provide end bearings. On multiple blade dampers,provide oil-impregnated nylon,thermoplastic elastomer,or sintered bronze bearings. F.Quadrants: 1.Provide locking,indicating quadrant regulators on single and multi-blade dampers. 2.On insulated ducts mount quadrant regulators on stand-off mounting brackets,bases,or adapters. 3.Where rod lengths exceed 30 inches provide regulator at both ends. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A.Verify that electric power is available and of the correct characteristics. Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 233300 -4 3.2 INSTALLATION A.Install accessories in accordance with manufacturer's instructions,NFPA 90A,and follow SMACNA (DCS). Refer to Section 233100 for duct construction and pressure class. B.Provide backdraft dampers on exhaust fans or exhaust ducts nearest to outside and where indicated. C.Provide duct access doors for inspection and cleaning before and after filters,coils,fans, automatic dampers,at fire dampers,combination fire and smoke dampers,and elsewhere as indicated.Provide for cleaning kitchen exhaust ducts in accordance with NFPA 96 Provide minimum 8 by 8 inch size for hand access, size for shoulder access,and as indicated. Provide 4 by 4 inch for balancing dampers only. Review locations prior to fabrication. D.Provide fire dampers,combination fire and smoke dampers,and smoke dampers at locations indicated,where ducts and outlets pass through fire rated components,and where required by Authorities Having Jurisdiction. Install with required perimeter mounting angles,sleeves, breakaway duct connections,corrosion resistant springs,bearings,bushings and hinges. E.Install smoke dampers and combination smoke and fire dampers in accordance with NFPA 92. F.Demonstrate re-setting of fire dampers to Owner's representative. G.At fans and motorized equipment associated with ducts,provide flexible duct connections immediately adjacent to the equipment. H.At equipment supported by vibration isolators,provide flexible duct connections immediately adjacent to the equipment. I.For fans developing static pressures of 5.0 inches and over,cover flexible connections with leaded vinyl sheet,held in place with metal straps. J.Provide balancing dampers at points on supply,return,and exhaust systems where branches are taken from larger ducts as required for air balancing. Install minimum 2 duct widths from duct take-off. K.Use splitter dampers only where indicated. L.Provide balancing dampers on high velocity systems where indicated. Refer to Section 233600 -Air Terminal Units. M.Provide balancing dampers on duct take-off to diffusers,grilles,and registers,regardless of whether dampers are specified as part of the diffuser,grille,or register assembly. END OF SECTION Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS 233700 -1 SECTION 233700 AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A.Diffusers: 1.Critical environment diffusers. B.Rectangular ceiling diffusers. 1.Round ceiling diffusers. 2.Slot ceiling diffusers. C.Registers/grilles: 1.Floor-mounted,linear supply register/grilles. 2.Floor-mounted,supply register/grilles. 3.Ceiling-mounted,egg crate exhaust and return register/grilles. 4.Ceiling-mounted,exhaust and return register/grilles. 5.Ceiling-mounted,linear exhaust and return register/grilles. 6.Ceiling-mounted,supply register/grilles. 7.Wall-mounted,supply register/grilles. 8.Wall-mounted,linear register/grilles. D.Wall and ceiling gypsum board access panels with return air grilles. E.Duct-mounted supply and return registers/louvers. F.Fabric air distribution devices. G.Door grilles. H.Louvers: I.Louvered penthouses. J.Roof hoods. K.Goosenecks. L.Gravity ventilators. M.Fire-rated enclosures. 1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 099123 -Interior Painting: Painting of ducts visible behind outlets and inlets. 1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS A.AMCA 511 -Certified Ratings Program Product Rating Manual for Air Control Devices 2021. B.AMCA 550 -Test Method for High Velocity Wind Driven Rain Resistant Louvers 2015,with Editorial Revision (2018). C.ASHRAE Std 70 -Method of Testing the Performance of Air Outlets and Air Inlets 2006 (Reaffirmed 2021). D.ASTM B221 -Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bars,Rods, Wire,Profiles,and Tubes 2021. E.ASTM B221M -Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bars,Rods, Wire,Profiles,and Tubes (Metric)2021. F.ASTM E84 -Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials 2022. G.ISO 14644-1 -Cleanrooms and Associated Controlled Environments -Part 1:Classification of Air Cleanliness by Particle Concentration 2015. H.UL 2518 -Standard for Safety Air Dispersion Systems Current Edition,Including All Revisions. Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS 233700 -2 I.UL 723 -Standard for Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials Current Edition,Including All Revisions. J.NFPA 90A -Standard for the Installation of Air-Conditioning and Ventilating Systems 2021. K.NFPA 90B -Standard for the Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air-Conditioning Systems 2021. L.SMACNA (ASMM)-Architectural Sheet Metal Manual 2012. M.SMACNA (DCS)-HVAC Duct Construction Standards Metal and Flexible 2021. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A.See Section 013000 -Administrative Requirements for submittal procedures. B.Product Data: Provide data for equipment required for this project. Review outlets and inlets as to size,finish,and type of mounting prior to submission. Submit schedule of outlets and inlets showing type,size,location,application,and noise level. C.Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of air outlets and inlets. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Test and rate air outlet and inlet performance in accordance with ASHRAE Std 70. B.Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the type of products specified in this section,with minimum three years of documented experience. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A.Krueger-HVAC: www.krueger-hvac.com/#sle. B.Metalaire,a brand of Metal Industries Inc: www.metalaire.com/#sle. C.Price Industries: www.price-hvac.com/#sle. D.Titus,a brand of Air Distribution Technologies: www.titus-hvac.com/#sle. E.Substitutions: See Section 016000 -Product Requirements. 2.2 ROUND CEILING DIFFUSERS A.Type: Round,adjustable pattern,stamped or spun,multi-core diffuser to discharge air in 360 degree pattern,with sectorizing baffles where indicated. Diffuser collar shall project not more than 1 inch above ceiling.In plaster ceilings,provide plaster ring and ceiling plaque. B.Fabrication: Steel with baked enamel finish. C.Color: As indicated on drawings. D.Accessories: Radial opposed blade damper and multi-louvered equalizing grid with damper adjustable from diffuser face. 2.3 RECTANGULAR CEILING DIFFUSERS A.Type: Provide square and rectangular,adjustable patterndiffuser to discharge air in four way patternwith sectorizing baffles where indicated. B.Connections: Round. C.Frame: Provide surface mount,snap-in,inverted T-bar,and splinetype.In plaster ceilings, provide plaster frame and ceiling frame. D.Fabrication: Steel with baked enamel finish. E.Color: As indicated. F.Accessories: Provide radial opposed blade,butterfly,and combination splittervolume control damper;removable corewith damper adjustable from diffuser face. 2.4 CEILING SLOT DIFFUSERS A.Type: Continuous 1/2 inchwide slot,1slots wide,with adjustable vanes for left,right,or vertical discharge. Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS 233700 -3 B.Fabrication: Aluminum extrusions with factory clear lacquer finish. C.Color: As indicated. D.Frame: 1-1/4 inch margin with countersunk screw mounting and gasket,mitered end border. E.Plenum: Integral,galvanized steel,insulated. 2.5 DUCT-MOUNTED SUPPLY AND RETURN REGISTERS/LOUVERS A.Type: Duct-mounted,rectangular register for round-spiral duct with adjustable pivot-ended blades,end caps,built-in volume damper,and dual cover flanges to lay flush on duct surface regardless of diameter. Performance to match manufacturer's catalog data. B.Material: 22 gage,0.0299 inch. 1.Provide crossing spiral fitting-body of matching duct diameter. C.Color: As indicated on drawings. 2.6 CEILING SUPPLY REGISTERS/GRILLES A.Type: Streamlined and individually adjustable curved blades to discharge air along face of grille,two-waydeflection. B.Frame: 1-1/4 inch margin with countersunk screw mounting and gasket. C.Construction: Made of aluminum extrusions with factory enamel finish. D.Color: As indicated. E.Damper: Integral,gang-operated,opposed blade type with removable key operator,operable from face. 2.7 CEILING EXHAUST AND RETURN REGISTERS/GRILLES A.Type: Streamlined blades,3/4 inch minimum depth,3/4 inch maximum spacing,with blades set at 45 degrees,vertical face. B.Frame: 1-1/4 inch margin with countersunk screw mounting. C.Fabrication: Steel with 20 gage,0.0359 inch minimum frames and 22 gage,0.0299 inch minimum blades,steel and aluminum with 20 gage,0.0359 inch minimum frame,or aluminum extrusions,with factory baked enamel finish. D.Color: As indicated. E.Damper: Integral,gang-operated,opposed blade type with removable key operator,operable from face where not individually connected to exhaust fans. F.Gymnasiums: Provide front pivoted or welded in place blades,securely fastened to be immobile. 2.8 CEILING LINEAR EXHAUST AND RETURN GRILLES A.Type: Streamlined blades with 90 degree one-way deflection,1/8 by 3/4 inch on 1/4 inch centers. B.Frame: 1-1/4 inch margin,extra heavy for floor mounting,with countersunk screw mounting. C.Fabrication: Steel with 20 gage,0.0359 inch minimum frames and 22 gage,0.0299 inch minimum blades,steel and aluminum with 20 gage,0.0359 inch minimum frame,or aluminum extrusions,with factory baked enamel finish. D.Color: As indicated. E.Damper: Integral,gang-operated,opposed blade type with removable key operator,operable from face. 2.9 CEILING EGG CRATE EXHAUST AND RETURN GRILLES A.Type: Egg crate style face consisting of 1/2 by 1/2 by 1 inchgrid core. B.Fabrication: Grid core consists of aluminum with mill aluminum finish. C.Color: As indicated. Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS 233700 -4 D.Frame: 1-1/4 inch margin with countersunk screw mounting. E.Frame: Channel lay-in frame for suspended grid ceilings. F.Accessories: Provide 45 degree angled eggcrate or other similar provisions for visual blocking such as angled louver,90 degree duct elbow,etc.. 2.10 WALL SUPPLY REGISTERS/GRILLES A.Type: Streamlined and individually adjustable blades,3/4 inchminimum depth,3/4 inch maximum spacing with spring or other device to set blades,verticalface,doubledeflection. B.Frame: 1-1/4 inch margin with countersunk screw mounting and gasket. C.Fabrication: Steel with 20 gage,0.0359 inch minimum frames and 22 gage,0.0299 inch minimum blades,steel and aluminum with 20 gage,0.0359 inch minimum frame,or aluminum extrusions,with factory baked enamel finish. D.Color: As indicated. E.Damper: Integral,gang-operated opposed blade type with removable key operator,operable from face. F.Gymnasiums: Provide front pivoted or welded in place blades,securely fastened to be immobile. 2.11 LINEAR WALL REGISTERS/GRILLES A.Type: Streamlined blades with 0 degree deflection,1/8 by 3/4 inch on 1/4 inch centers. B.Frame: 1-1/4 inch margin with countersunk screw mounting and gasket. C.Fabrication: Aluminum extrusions,with factory baked enamel finish. D.Color: As indicated. E.Damper: Integral gang-operated opposed blade damper with removable key operator,operable from face. 2.12 LINEAR FLOOR SUPPLY REGISTERS/GRILLES A.Type: Streamlined blades with 15degree deflection,1/8 by 3/4 inchon 1/4 inchcenters, assembled on expanded tubes mandrel construction. B.Frame: 1-1/4 inch heavy margin frame with countersunk screw mounting,and mounting frame. C.Fabrication: Aluminum extrusions with factory baked enamel finish. D.Color: As indicated. E.Damper: Integral gang-operated opposed blade damper with removable key operator,operable from face. 2.13 CRITICAL ENVIRONMENTS DIFFUSERS A.General Requirements: 1.Diffuser material to comply with ASTM E84,UL 723,UL 2518,NFPA 90A,and NFPA 90B. B.Laminar Flow Diffusers: 1.Construction: Stainless steel. 2.Frame: Provide framing per manufacturer's recommendations. 3.Dimensions: As indicated. 4.Color: As indicated on drawings. 5.Damper: Provide volume control per manufacturer's recommendations. 2.14 FABRIC AIR DISTRIBUTION DEVICES A.Manufacturers: 1.DuctSox Corporation: www.ductsox.com/#sle. 2.Substitutions: See Section 016000 -Product Requirements. B.General Requirements: 1.Diffuser material to comply with ASTM E84,UL 723,UL 2518,NFPA 90A,and NFPA 90B. Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS 233700 -5 2.Fabrics to comply with ISO 14644-1 for ISO Class 4 application (clean room,non- shedding material). 3.Provide fabric air distribution devices made of 100 percent post-consumer recycled content polyester verified by a third party. 4.Fabric air distribution devices must be designed in software which documents,calculates and provides pressure loss,inlet velocity,turbulent condition warnings,throw capability, entrainment,deflection,flow models,sizing,installation methods,sound generated and temperature corrections. 5.Textile material must be documented to have the ability to dissipate static electricity (anti- static properties). C.Continuous Diffusers: 1.Fabric: 100 percent flame retardant polyester treated with an antimicrobial agent from manufacturer. 2.Shape: Round. 3.Frame: Provide framing per manufacturer's recommendations. 4.Dimensions: As indicated. 5.Color: As indicated. 2.15 FLOOR SUPPLY REGISTERS/GRILLES A.Individually adjustable blades,wide stamped border,single or double blade damper with set screw adjustment. B.Fabricate of steel,welded construction,with factory baked enamel finish. 2.16 DOOR GRILLES 2.17 LOUVERS A.Type: 6 inchdeep with blades on 45 degree slopewith center baffle and return bend,heavy channel frame,1/2 inchsquare mesh screen over exhaust and 1/2 inchsquare mesh screen over intake. B.Fabrication: 16 gage,0.0598 inch (1.52 mm)thick galvanized steel thick galvanized steel welded assembly,with factory prime coat finish. C.Color: As indicated on the drawings. D.Mounting: Furnish with exterior angle flangefor installation. 2.18 LOUVERED PENTHOUSES 2.19 ROOF HOODS A.Fabricate air inlet or exhaust hoods in accordance with SMACNA (DCS). B.Fabricate of galvanized steel,minimum 16 gage,0.0598 inch base and 20 gage,0.0359 inch hood,or aluminum,minimum 16 gage,0.0598 inch base and 18 gage,0.0598 inch hood; suitably reinforced;with removable hood;birdscreen with 1/2 inch square mesh for exhaust and 3/4 inch for intake,and factory prime coat finish. C.Fabricate louver penthouses with mitered corners and reinforce with structural angles. D.Mount unit on minimum 12 inch high curb base with insulation between duct and curb. E.Make hood outlet area minimum of twice throat area. 2.20 GOOSENECKS A.Fabricate in accordance with SMACNA (DCS)of minimum 18 gage,0.0598 inch galvanized steel. B.Mount on minimum 12 inch high curb base where size exceeds 9 by 9 inch. 2.21 GRAVITY VENTILATORS A.Hood Intake and Relief Gravity Ventilator: 1.General: Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS 233700 -6 a.Low silhouette for intake applications with natural gravity or negative pressure system(s). b.Performance ratings and factory testing to be in accordance with AMCA 511 and AMCA 550. c.Suitable for non-ducted applications. 2.Hood and Base: a.Material: Galvanized steel. b.Hood Construction: Precision formed,arched panels with interlocking seams. c.Vertical End Panels: Fully locked into hood end panels. d.Curb Cap: Pre-punched mounting holes for installation. 3.Birdscreen: a.Fabricate in accordance with ASTM B221 (ASTM B221M). b.Construction: 1/2 inch Galvanized mesh. c.Horizontally mounted across hood intake area. 4.Hood Support: Galvanized steel construction and fastened so hood can be removed completely from the base or hinged open. 5.Options/Accessories: a.Roof Curbs: 1)Flat Roofs: (a)Welded,straight side curb with flashing flange and wood nailer. (b)Tabbed and riveted curb with 45 degree cant and wood nailer. (c)Welded curb with 45 degree cant and wood nailer. 2)Pitched Roofs: Welded,straight side curb with flashing flange and wood nailer. 3)Material: Galvanized. 4)Insulation Thickness: 1 inch. b.Provide extended base minimum 7 inch extension to base height making overall base 12 inches in height to prevent snow or moisture intake. c.Curb Seal: Rubber seal between fan and roof curb. d.Dampers: 1)Type: Motorized. 2)Factory designed to prevents outside air from entering back into building when fan is off. 3)Balanced for minimal resistance to flow. 4)Galvanized frames with pre-punched mounting holes. e.Factory Finish: Factory primed for field application of final finish. f.Hood Insulation or Coating: Provide 1/2 inch fiberglass insulation lining or anti- condensate coating to prevent condensation and reduce sound levels. g.Insect Screen: 1)Fabricate in accordance with ASTM B221 (ASTM B221M). 2)Construct of fine mesh aluminum. 3)Fitted to top of the throat to prevent entry of insects. 4)Coating: Thermo-setting polyester urethane. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A.Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B.Comply with SMACNA (ASMM)for flashing/counter-flashing of roof penetrations and supports for roof curbs and roof mounted equipment. C.Check location of outlets and inlets and make necessary adjustments in position to comply with architectural features,symmetry,and lighting arrangement. D.Install diffusers to ductwork with air tight connection. E.Provide balancing dampers on duct take-off to diffusers,and grilles and registers,despite whether dampers are specified as part of the diffuser,or grille and register assembly. Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS 233700 -7 F.Paint ductwork visible behind air outlets and inlets matte black. Refer to Section 099123. END OF SECTION Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 260519 -1 SECTION 260519 LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A.Single conductor building wire. B.Nonmetallic-sheathed cable. C.Underground feeder and branch-circuit cable. D.Service entrance cable. E.Armored cable. F.Metal-clad cable. G.Power and control tray cable. H.Manufactured wiring systems. I.Wiring connectors. J.Electrical tape. K.Heat shrink tubing. L.Oxide inhibiting compound. M.Wire pulling lubricant. N.Cable ties. O.Firestop sleeves. 1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 078400 -Firestopping. B.Section 260505 -Selective Demolition for Electrical: Disconnection,removal,and/or extension of existing electrical conductors and cables. C.Section 260519.13 -Undercarpet Electrical Power Cables: Flat conductor cable and fittings for undercarpet power distribution. D.Section 260526 -Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems: Additional requirements for grounding conductors and grounding connectors. E.Section 260536 -Cable Trays for Electrical Systems: Additional installation requirements for cables installed in cable tray systems. F.Section 260553 -Identification for Electrical Systems: Identification products and requirements. G.Section 262100 -Low-Voltage Electrical Service Entrance: Additional requirements for electrical service conductors. H.Section 263100 -Photovoltaic Collectors: Additional wiring requirements for photovoltaic systems. I.Section 284600 -Fire Detection and Alarm: Fire alarm system conductors and cables. J.Section 312316.13 -Trenching: Excavating,bedding,and backfilling. 1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS A.ASTM B3 -Standard Specification for Soft or Annealed Copper Wire 2013 (Reapproved 2018). B.ASTM B8 -Standard Specification for Concentric-Lay-Stranded Copper Conductors,Hard, Medium-Hard,or Soft 2011 (Reapproved 2017). C.ASTM B33 -Standard Specification for Tin-Coated Soft or Annealed Copper Wire for Electrical Purposes 2010,with Editorial Revision (2020). D.ASTM B787/B787M -Standard Specification for 19 Wire Combination Unilay-Stranded Copper Conductors for Subsequent Insulation 2004 (Reapproved 2020). Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 260519 -2 E.ASTM B800 -Standard Specification for 8000 Series Aluminum Alloy Wire for Electrical Purposes -Annealed and Intermediate Tempers 2005 (Reapproved 2021). F.ASTM B801 -Standard Specification for Concentric-Lay-Stranded Conductors of 8000 Series Aluminum Alloy for Subsequent Covering or Insulation 2018. G.ASTM D3005 -Standard Specification for Low-Temperature Resistant Vinyl Chloride Plastic Pressure-Sensitive Electrical Insulating Tape 2017. H.ASTM D4388 -Standard Specification for Nonmetallic Semi-Conducting and Electrically Insulating Rubber Tapes 2020. I.NECA 1 -Standard for Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction 2015. J.NECA 104 -Standard for Installing Aluminum Building Wire and Cable 2012. K.NECA 120 -Standard for Installing Armored Cable (AC)and Type Metal-Clad (MC)Cable 2018. L.NECA 121 -Standard for Installing Nonmetallic-Sheathed Cable (Type NM-B)and Underground Feeder and Branch-Circuit Cable (Type UF)2007. M.NEMA WC 70 -Power Cables Rated 2000 Volts or Less for the Distribution of Electrical Energy 2021. N.NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction,Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements. O.UL 4 -Armored Cable Current Edition,Including All Revisions. P.UL 44 -Thermoset-Insulated Wires and Cables Current Edition,Including All Revisions. Q.UL 83 -Thermoplastic-Insulated Wires and Cables Current Edition,Including All Revisions. R.UL 183 -Manufactured Wiring Systems Current Edition,Including All Revisions. S.UL 486A-486B -Wire Connectors Current Edition,Including All Revisions. T.UL 486C -Splicing Wire Connectors Current Edition,Including All Revisions. U.UL 486D -Sealed Wire Connector Systems Current Edition,Including All Revisions. V.UL 493 -Thermoplastic-Insulated Underground Feeder and Branch-Circuit Cables Current Edition,Including All Revisions. W.UL 510 -Polyvinyl Chloride,Polyethylene,and Rubber Insulating Tape Current Edition, Including All Revisions. X.UL 719 -Nonmetallic-Sheathed Cables Current Edition,Including All Revisions. Y.UL 854 -Service-Entrance Cables Current Edition,Including All Revisions. Z.UL 1277 -Electrical Power and Control Tray Cables with Optional Optical-Fiber Members Current Edition,Including All Revisions. AA.UL 1569 -Metal-Clad Cables Current Edition,Including All Revisions. 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A.Coordination: 1.Coordinate sizes of raceways,boxes,and equipment enclosures installed under other sections with the actual conductors to be installed,including adjustments for conductor sizes increased for voltage drop. 2.Coordinate with electrical equipment installed under other sections to provide terminations suitable for use with the conductors to be installed. 3.Notify Architect of any conflicts with or deviations from Contract Documents. Obtain direction before proceeding with work. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Comply with requirements of NFPA 70. Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 260519 -3 1.6 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A.Receive,inspect,handle,and store conductors and cables in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 CONDUCTOR AND CABLE APPLICATIONS A.Do not use conductors and cables for applications other than as permitted by NFPA 70 and product listing. B.Provide single conductor building wire installed in suitable raceway unless otherwise indicated, permitted,or required. C.Nonmetallic-sheathed cable is not permitted. D.Manufactured wiring systems are permitted only as follows: 1.Where not otherwise restricted,may be used: a.For branch circuits where concealed under raised floors,where concealed above accessible ceilings for lighting,and in open ceiling areas for lighting. 1)Exception: Provide single conductor building wire in raceway for circuit homerun from distribution box to panelboard. 2.In addition to other applicable restrictions,may not be used: a.Where not approved for use by the authority having jurisdiction. b.Where exposed to damage. c.For damp,wet,or corrosive locations. 2.2 CONDUCTOR AND CABLE GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A.Provide products that comply with requirements of NFPA 70. B.Provide products listed,classified,and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended. C.Provide new conductors and cables manufactured not more than one year prior to installation. D.Unless specifically indicated to be excluded,provide all required conduit,boxes,wiring, connectors,etc.as required for a complete operating system. E.Comply with NEMA WC 70. F.Thermoplastic-Insulated Conductors and Cables: Listed and labeled as complying with UL 83. G.Thermoset-Insulated Conductors and Cables: Listed and labeled as complying with UL 44. H.Conductors for Grounding and Bonding: Also comply with Section 260526. I.Conductor Material: 1.Provide copper conductors except where aluminum conductors are specifically indicated. Substitution of aluminum conductors for copper is not permitted. Conductor sizes indicated are based on copper unless specifically indicated as aluminum. Conductors designated with the abbreviation "AL"indicate aluminum. 2.Copper Conductors: Soft drawn annealed,98 percent conductivity,uncoated copper conductors complying with ASTM B3,ASTM B8,or ASTM B787/B787M unless otherwise indicated. 3.Tinned Copper Conductors: Comply with ASTM B33. 4.Aluminum Conductors (only where specifically indicated or permitted for substitution): AA-8000 series aluminum alloy conductors recognized by ASTM B800 and compact stranded in accordance with ASTM B801 unless otherwise indicated. J.Minimum Conductor Size:12 AWG. 1.Branch Circuits: 12 AWG. a.Exceptions: 1)20 A,120 V circuits longer than 75 feet: 10 AWG,for voltage drop. 2)20 A,120 V circuits longer than 150 feet: 8 AWG,for voltage drop. 3)20 A,277 V circuits longer than 150 feet: 10 AWG,for voltage drop. 2.Control Circuits: 14 AWG. Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 260519 -4 K.Where conductor size is not indicated,size to comply with NFPA 70 but not less than applicable minimum size requirements specified. L.Conductor Color Coding: 1.Color code conductors as indicated unless otherwise required by the authority having jurisdiction. Maintain consistent color coding throughout project. 2.Color Coding Method: Integrally colored insulation. 3.Color Code: a.480Y/277 V,3 Phase,4 Wire System: 1)Phase A: Brown. 2)Phase B: Orange. 3)Phase C: Yellow. 4)Neutral/Grounded: Gray. b.208Y/120 V,3 Phase,4 Wire System: 1)Phase A: Black. 2)Phase B: Red. 3)Phase C: Blue. 4)Neutral/Grounded: White. c.240/120 V High-Leg Delta,3 Phase,4 Wire System: 1)Phase A: Black. 2)Phase B (High-Leg): Orange. 3)Phase C: Blue. 4)Neutral/Grounded: White. d.Equipment Ground,All Systems: Green. e.Isolated Ground,All Systems: Green with yellow stripe. f.For modifications or additions to existing wiring systems,comply with existing color code when existing code complies with NFPA 70 and is approved by the authority having jurisdiction. 2.3 SINGLE CONDUCTOR BUILDING WIRE A.Manufacturers: 1.Copper Building Wire: a.Cerro Wire LLC: www.cerrowire.com/#sle. b.Encore Wire Corporation: www.encorewire.com/#sle. c.General Cable Technologies Corporation: www.generalcable.com/#sle. d.Southwire Company: www.southwire.com/#sle. 2.Aluminum Building Wire (only where specifically indicated or permitted for substitution): a.Encore Wire Corporation: www.encorewire.com/#sle. b.Southwire Company: www.southwire.com/#sle. c.Stabiloy,a brand of General Cable Technologies Corporation: www.stabiloy.com/#sle. B.Description: Single conductor insulated wire. C.Conductor Stranding: 1.Feeders and Branch Circuits: a.Size 10 AWG and Smaller: Solid. b.Size 8 AWG and Larger: Stranded. D.Insulation Voltage Rating: 600 V. E.Insulation: 1.Copper Building Wire: Type THHN/THWN or THHN/THWN-2,except as indicated below. a.Size 4 AWG and Larger: Type XHHW-2. b.Installed Underground: Type XHHW-2. 2.4 UNDERGROUND FEEDER AND BRANCH-CIRCUIT CABLE A.Manufacturers: Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 260519 -5 1.Cerro Wire LLC: www.cerrowire.com/#sle. 2.Encore Wire Corporation: www.encorewire.com/#sle. 3.Southwire Company: www.southwire.com/#sle. B.Description: NFPA 70,Type UF multiple-conductor cable listed and labeled as complying with UL 493,Type UF-B. C.Provide equipment grounding conductor unless otherwise indicated. D.Conductor Stranding: 1.Size 10 AWG and Smaller: Solid. 2.Size 8 AWG and Larger: Stranded. E.Insulation Voltage Rating: 600 V. F.Cable Jacket: Listed and labeled as sunlight resistant. 2.5 SERVICE ENTRANCE CABLE A.Manufacturers: 1.Copper Service Entrance Cable: a.Cerro Wire LLC: www.cerrowire.com/#sle. b.Encore Wire Corporation: www.encorewire.com/#sle. c.Southwire Company: www.southwire.com/#sle. 2.Aluminum Service Entrance Cable: a.Encore Wire Corporation: www.encorewire.com/#sle. b.General Cable Technologies Corporation: www.generalcable.com/#sle. c.Southwire Company: www.southwire.com/#sle. d.Stabiloy,a brand of General Cable Technologies Corporation: www.stabiloy.com/#sle. B.Service Entrance Cable for Underground Use: NFPA 70,Type USE single-conductor cable listed and labeled as complying with UL 854,Type USE-2,and with UL 44 Type RHH/RHW-2. C.Conductor Stranding: Stranded. D.Insulation Voltage Rating: 600 V. 2.6 ARMORED CABLE A.Manufacturers: 1.AFC Cable Systems Inc: www.afcweb.com/#sle. 2.Encore Wire Corporation: www.encorewire.com/#sle. 3.Southwire Company: www.southwire.com/#sle. B.Description: NFPA 70,Type AC cable listed and labeled as complying with UL 4,and listed for use in classified firestop systems to be used. C.Conductor Stranding: 1.Size 10 AWG and Smaller: Solid. 2.Size 8 AWG and Larger: Stranded. D.Insulation Voltage Rating: 600 V. E.Insulation: Type THHN,THWN,or THHN/THWN-2. F.Grounding: Combination of interlocking armor and integral bonding wire. 1.Provide additional full-size integral insulated equipment grounding conductor for redundant grounding,suitable for general purpose,non-essential electrical systems in non-hazardous patient care areas of health care facilities. G.Armor: Steel,interlocked tape. 2.7 METAL-CLAD CABLE A.Description: NFPA 70,Type MC cable listed and labeled as complying with UL 1569,and listed for use in classified firestop systems to be used. B.Conductor Stranding: Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 260519 -6 1.Size 10 AWG and Smaller: Solid. 2.Size 8 AWG and Larger: Stranded. C.Insulation Voltage Rating: 600 V. D.Insulation: Type THHN,THHN/THWN,or THHN/THWN-2. E.Grounding: Full-size integral equipment grounding conductor. 1.Provide additional isolated/insulated grounding conductor where indicated or required. F.Armor: Steel,interlocked tape. G.Provide PVC jacket applied over cable armor where indicated or required for environment of installed location. 2.8 POWER AND CONTROL TRAY CABLE A.Manufacturers: 1.Encore Wire Corporation: www.encorewire.com/#sle. 2.General Cable Technologies Corporation: www.generalcable.com/#sle. 3.Okonite: www.okonite.com/#sle. 4.Southwire Company: www.southwire.com/#sle. B.Description: NFPA 70,Type TC cable listed and labeled as complying with UL 1277. C.Conductor Stranding: Stranded. D.Insulation Voltage Rating: 600 V. E.Insulation: Type XHHW or XHHW-2. F.Jacket: PVC or Chlorinated Polyethylene (CPE). 2.9 MANUFACTURED WIRING SYSTEMS A.Manufacturers: 1.AFC Cable Systems Inc: www.afcweb.com/#sle. 2.D&P Custom Lights &Wiring Systems,Inc: www.dandpcustomlights.com/#sle. 3.RELOC Wiring Solutions,a brand of Acuity Brands,Inc: www.relocwiring.com/#sle. 4.Wiremold,a brand of Legrand North America,Inc: www.legrand.us/#sle. B.Description: Manufactured wiring assemblies complying with NFPA 70 Article 604,and listed and labeled as complying with UL 183. C.Provide components necessary to transition between manufactured wiring system and other wiring methods. D.Branch Circuit Cables: 1.Conductor Stranding (Size 10 AWG and Smaller): Solid. 2.Insulation Voltage Rating: 600 V. 3.Insulation: Type THHN. 4.Grounding: Full-size integral equipment grounding conductor. 5.Armor: Steel,interlocked tape. E.Connectors: Keyed and color-coded to prevent interconnection of different voltages. F.Fixture Leads: Type TFN insulation. 2.10 WIRING CONNECTORS A.Description: Wiring connectors appropriate for the application,suitable for use with the conductors to be connected,and listed as complying with UL 486A-486B or UL 486C as applicable. B.Connectors for Grounding and Bonding: Comply with Section 260526. C.Wiring Connectors for Splices and Taps: 1.Copper Conductors Size 8 AWG and Smaller: Use twist-on insulated spring connectors. 2.Copper Conductors Size 6 AWG and Larger: Use mechanical connectors or compression connectors. Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 260519 -7 D.Wiring Connectors for Terminations: 1.Provide terminal lugs for connecting conductors to equipment furnished with terminations designed for terminal lugs. 2.Provide compression adapters for connecting conductors to equipment furnished with mechanical lugs when only compression connectors are specified. 3.Where over-sized conductors are larger than the equipment terminations can accommodate,provide connectors suitable for reducing to appropriate size,but not less than required for the rating of the overcurrent protective device. 4.Copper Conductors Size 8 AWG and Larger: Use mechanical connectors or compression connectors where connectors are required. 5.Aluminum Conductors: Use compression connectorsfor all connections. E.Do not use insulation-piercing or insulation-displacement connectors designed for use with conductors without stripping insulation. F.Twist-on Insulated Spring Connectors: Rated 600 V,221 degrees F for standard applications and 302 degrees F for high temperature applications;pre-filled with sealant and listed as complying with UL 486D for damp and wet locations. G.Mechanical Connectors: Provide bolted type or set-screw type. 1.Manufacturers: a.Burndy LLC: www.burndy.com/#sle. b.Ilsco: www.ilsco.com/#sle. c.Thomas &Betts Corporation: www.tnb.com/#sle. H.Compression Connectors: Provide circumferential type or hex type crimp configuration. 1.Manufacturers: a.Burndy LLC: www.burndy.com/#sle. b.Ilsco: www.ilsco.com/#sle. c.Thomas &Betts Corporation: www.tnb.com/#sle. I.Crimped Terminals: Nylon-insulated,with insulation grip and terminal configuration suitable for connection to be made. 1.Manufacturers: a.Burndy LLC: www.burndy.com/#sle. b.Ilsco: www.ilsco.com/#sle. c.Thomas &Betts Corporation: www.tnb.com/#sle. 2.11 ACCESSORIES A.Electrical Tape: 1.Manufacturers: a.3M: www.3m.com/#sle. b.Plymouth Rubber Europa: www.plymouthrubber.com/#sle. 2.Vinyl Color Coding Electrical Tape: Integrally colored to match color code indicated;listed as complying with UL 510;minimum thickness of 7 mil;resistant to abrasion,corrosion, and sunlight;suitable for continuous temperature environment up to 221 degrees F. 3.Vinyl Insulating Electrical Tape: Complying with ASTM D3005 and listed as complying with UL 510;minimum thickness of 7 mil;resistant to abrasion,corrosion,and sunlight; conformable for application down to 0 degrees F and suitable for continuous temperature environment up to 221 degrees F. 4.Rubber Splicing Electrical Tape: Ethylene Propylene Rubber (EPR)tape,complying with ASTM D4388;minimum thickness of 30 mil;suitable for continuous temperature environment up to 194 degrees F and short-term 266 degrees F overload service. B.Heat Shrink Tubing: Heavy-wall,split-resistant,with factory-applied adhesive;rated 600 V; suitable for direct burial applications;listed as complying with UL 486D. 1.Manufacturers: a.3M: www.3m.com/#sle. b.Burndy LLC: www.burndy.com/#sle. Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 260519 -8 c.Thomas &Betts Corporation: www.tnb.com/#sle. C.Oxide Inhibiting Compound: Listed;suitable for use with the conductors or cables to be installed. 1.Manufacturers: a.Burndy LLC: www.burndy.com/#sle. b.Ideal Industries,Inc: www.idealindustries.com/#sle. c.Ilsco: www.ilsco.com/#sle. D.Wire Pulling Lubricant: Listed;suitable for use with the conductors or cables to be installed and suitable for use at the installation temperature. E.Cable Ties: Material and tensile strength rating suitable for application. F.Sealing Systems for Roof Penetrations: Premanufactured components and accessories as required to preserve integrity of roofing system and maintain roof warranty;suitable for cables and roofing system to be installed;designed to accommodate existing penetrations where applicable. G.Firestop Sleeves: Listed;provide as required to preserve fire resistance rating of building elements. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A.Verify that interior of building has been protected from weather. B.Verify that work likely to damage wire and cable has been completed. C.Verify that raceways,boxes,and equipment enclosures are installed and are properly sized to accommodate conductors and cables in accordance with NFPA 70. D.Verify that field measurements are as indicated. E.Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation prior to starting work. 3.2 PREPARATION A.Clean raceways thoroughly to remove foreign materials before installing conductors and cables. 3.3 INSTALLATION A.Circuiting Requirements: 1.Unless dimensioned,circuit routing indicated is diagrammatic. 2.Arrange circuiting to minimize splices. 3.Maintain separation of Class 1,Class 2,and Class 3 remote-control,signaling,and power- limited circuits in accordance with NFPA 70. 4.Maintain separation of wiring for emergency systems in accordance with NFPA 70. 5.Circuiting Adjustments: Unless otherwise indicated,when branch circuits are indicated as separate,combining them together in a single raceway is not permitted. a.Increase size of conductors as required to account for ampacity derating. b.Size raceways,boxes,etc.to accommodate conductors. 6.Common Neutrals: Unless otherwise indicated,sharing of neutral/grounded conductors among up to three single phase branch circuits of different phases installed in the same raceway is not permitted. Provide dedicated neutral/grounded conductor for each individual branch circuit. B.Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C.Perform work in accordance with NECA 1 (general workmanship). D.Install aluminum conductors in accordance with NECA 104. E.Install underground feeder and branch-circuit cable (Type UF-B)in accordance with NECA 121. F.Install armored cable (Type AC)in accordance with NECA 120. G.Install metal-clad cable (Type MC)in accordance with NECA 120. H.Installation in Raceway: Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 260519 -9 1.Tape ends of conductors and cables to prevent infiltration of moisture and other contaminants. 2.Pull all conductors and cables together into raceway at same time. 3.Do not damage conductors and cables or exceed manufacturer's recommended maximum pulling tension and sidewall pressure. 4.Use suitable wire pulling lubricant where necessary,except when lubricant is not recommended by the manufacturer. I.Paralleled Conductors: Install conductors of the same length and terminate in the same manner. J.Secure and support conductors and cables in accordance with NFPA 70 using suitable supports and methods approved by the authority having jurisdiction. Provide independent support from building structure. Do not provide support from raceways,piping,ductwork,or other systems. K.Terminate cables using suitable fittings. 1.Armored Cable (Type AC): a.Use listed fittings and anti-short,insulating bushings. b.Cut cable armor only using specialized tools to prevent damaging conductors or insulation.Do not use hacksaw or wire cutters to cut armor. 2.Metal-Clad Cable (Type MC): a.Use listed fittings. b.Cut cable armor only using specialized tools to prevent damaging conductors or insulation.Do not use hacksaw or wire cutters to cut armor. L.Install conductors with a minimum of 12 inches of slack at each outlet. M.Neatly train and bundle conductors inside boxes,wireways,panelboards and other equipment enclosures. N.Group or otherwise identify neutral/grounded conductors with associated ungrounded conductors inside enclosures in accordance with NFPA 70. O.Make wiring connections using specified wiring connectors. 1.Make splices and taps only in accessible boxes.Do not pull splices into raceways or make splices in conduit bodies or wiring gutters. 2.Remove appropriate amount of conductor insulation for making connections without cutting,nicking or damaging conductors. 3.Do not remove conductor strands to facilitate insertion into connector. 4.Clean contact surfaces on conductors and connectors to suitable remove corrosion, oxides,and other contaminates.Do not use wire brush on plated connector surfaces. 5.Connections for Aluminum Conductors: Fill connectors with oxide inhibiting compound where not pre-filled by manufacturer. 6.Mechanical Connectors: Secure connections according to manufacturer's recommended torque settings. 7.Compression Connectors: Secure connections using manufacturer's recommended tools and dies. P.Insulate splices and taps that are made with uninsulated connectors using methods suitable for the application,with insulation and mechanical strength at least equivalent to unspliced conductors. Q.Insulate ends of spare conductors using vinyl insulating electrical tape. R.Install firestopping to preserve fire resistance rating of partitions and other elements,using materials and methods specified in Section 078400. S.Unless specifically indicated to be excluded,provide final connections to all equipment and devices,including those furnished by others,as required for a complete operating system. END OF SECTION Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260526 -1 SECTION 260526 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A.Grounding and bonding requirements. B.Conductors for grounding and bonding. C.Connectors for grounding and bonding. D.Ground bars. E.Ground rod electrodes. 1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 260519 -Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables: Additional requirements for conductors for grounding and bonding,including conductor color coding. B.Section 260536 -Cable Trays for Electrical Systems: Additional grounding and bonding requirements for cable tray systems. C.Section 260553 -Identification for Electrical Systems: Identification products and requirements. D.Section 263100 -Photovoltaic Collectors: Additional grounding and bonding requirements for photovoltaic systems. E.Section 264113 -Lightning Protection for Structures. F.Section 265600 -Exterior Lighting: Additional grounding and bonding requirements for pole- mounted luminaires. 1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS A.IEEE 81 -IEEE Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity,Ground Impedance,and Earth Surface Potentials of a Grounding System 2012. B.NECA 1 -Standard for Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction 2015. C.NEMA GR 1 -Grounding Rod Electrodes and Grounding Rod Electrode Couplings 2017. D.NETA ATS -Standard For Acceptance Testing Specifications For Electrical Power Equipment And Systems 2021. E.NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction,Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements. F.NFPA 99 -Health Care Facilities Code 2021,with Amendment. G.NFPA 780 -Standard for the Installation of Lightning Protection Systems 2023. H.UL 467 -Grounding and Bonding Equipment Current Edition,Including All Revisions. 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A.Coordination: 1.Coordinate the work with other trades to provide steel reinforcement complying with specified requirements for concrete-encased electrode. 2.Notify Architect of any conflicts with or deviations from Contract Documents.Obtain direction before proceeding with work. B.Sequencing: 1.Do not install ground rod electrodes until final backfill and compaction is complete. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A.See Section 013000 -Administrative Requirements for submittals procedures. B.Product Data: Provide manufacturer's standard catalog pages and data sheets for grounding and bonding system components. Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260526 -2 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Comply with requirements of NFPA 70. 1.7 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A.Receive,inspect,handle,and store products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 GROUNDING AND BONDING REQUIREMENTS A.Existing Work: Where existing grounding and bonding system components are indicated to be reused,they may be reused only where they are free from corrosion,integrity and continuity are verified,and where acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction. B.Do not use products for applications other than as permitted by NFPA 70 and product listing. C.Unless specifically indicated to be excluded,provide all required components,conductors, connectors,conduit,boxes,fittings,supports,accessories,etc.as necessary for a complete grounding and bonding system. D.Where conductor size is not indicated,size to comply with NFPA 70 but not less than applicable minimum size requirements specified. E.Grounding System Resistance: 1.Achieve specified grounding system resistance under normally dry conditions unless otherwise approved by Architect.Precipitation within the previous 48 hours does not constitute normally dry conditions. 2.Grounding Electrode System: Not greater than 5 ohmsto ground,when tested according to IEEE 81 using "fall-of-potential"method. F.Grounding Electrode System: 1.Provide connection to required and supplemental grounding electrodes indicated to form grounding electrode system. a.Provide continuous grounding electrode conductors without splice or joint. b.Install grounding electrode conductors in raceway where exposed to physical damage.Bond grounding electrode conductor to metallic raceways at each end with bonding jumper. 2.Concrete-Encased Electrode: a.Provide connection to concrete-encased electrode consisting of not less than 20 feet of either steel reinforcing bars or bare copper conductor not smaller than 4 AWG embedded within concrete foundation or footing that is in direct contact with earth in accordance with NFPA 70. 3.Provide additional ground electrode(s)as required to achieve specified grounding electrode system resistance. 4.Ground Bar: Provide ground bar,separate from service equipment enclosure,for common connection point of grounding electrode system bonding jumpers as permitted in NFPA 70.Connect grounding electrode conductor provided for service-supplied system grounding to this ground bar. a.Ground Bar Size: 1/4 by 2 by 12 inches unless otherwise indicated or required. b.Ground Bar Mounting Height: 18 inches above finished floor unless otherwise indicated. G.Separately Derived System Grounding: 1.Separately derived systems include,but are not limited to: a.Transformers (except autotransformers such as buck-boost transformers). b.Uninterruptible power supplies (UPS),when configured as separately derived systems. c.Generators,when neutral is switched in the transfer switch. 2.Provide grounding electrode conductor to connect derived system grounded conductor to nearest effectively grounded metal building frame.Unless otherwise indicated,make connection at neutral (grounded)bus in source enclosure. Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260526 -3 3.Provide bonding jumper to connect derived system grounded conductor to nearest metal building frame and nearest metal water piping in the area served by the derived system, where not already used as a grounding electrode for the derived system.Make connection at same location as grounding electrode conductor connection. 4.Provide system bonding jumper to connect system grounded conductor to equipment ground bus.Make connection at same location as grounding electrode conductor connection.Do not make any other connections between neutral (grounded)conductors and ground on load side of separately derived system disconnect. 5.Where the source and first disconnecting means are in separate enclosures,provide supply-side bonding jumper between source and first disconnecting means. H.Bonding and Equipment Grounding: 1.Provide bonding for equipment grounding conductors,equipment ground busses,metallic equipment enclosures,metallic raceways and boxes,device grounding terminals,and other normally non-current-carrying conductive materials enclosing electrical conductors/equipment or likely to become energized as indicated and in accordance with NFPA 70. 2.Provide insulated equipment grounding conductor in each feeder and branch circuit raceway.Do not use raceways as sole equipment grounding conductor. 3.Where circuit conductor sizes are increased for voltage drop,increase size of equipment grounding conductor proportionally in accordance with NFPA 70. 4.Unless otherwise indicated,connect wiring device grounding terminal to branch circuit equipment grounding conductor and to outlet box with bonding jumper. 5.Terminate branch circuit equipment grounding conductors on solidly bonded equipment ground bus only.Do not terminate on neutral (grounded)or isolated/insulated ground bus. 6.Provide bonding jumper across expansion or expansion/deflection fittings provided to accommodate conduit movement. 7.Provide bonding for metal building frame. 8.Provide bonding and equipment grounding for pools and fountains and associated equipment in accordance with NFPA 70. I.Isolated Ground System: 1.Where isolated ground receptacles or other isolated ground connections are indicated, provide separate isolated/insulated equipment grounding conductors. 2.Connect isolated/insulated equipment grounding conductors only to separate isolated/insulated equipment ground busses. 3.Connect the isolated/insulated equipment grounding conductors to the solidly bonded equipment ground bus only at the service disconnect or separately derived system disconnect.Do not make any other connections between isolated ground system and normal equipment ground system on the load side of this connection. J.Communications Systems Grounding and Bonding: 1.Provide intersystem bonding termination at service equipment or metering equipment enclosure and at disconnecting means for any additional buildings or structures in accordance with NFPA 70. K.Lightning Protection Systems,in Addition to Requirements of Section 264113: 1.Do not use grounding electrode dedicated for lightning protection system for component of building grounding electrode system provided under this section. 2.Provide bonding of building grounding electrode system provided under this section and lightning protection grounding electrode system in accordance with NFPA 70 and NFPA 780. L.Cable Tray Systems: Also comply with Section 260536. M.Photovoltaic Systems: Also comply with Section 263100. N.Pole-Mounted Luminaires: Also comply with Section 265600. 2.2 GROUNDING AND BONDING COMPONENTS A.General Requirements: Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260526 -4 1.Provide products listed,classified,and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended. 2.Provide products listed and labeled as complying with UL 467 where applicable. B.Conductors for Grounding and Bonding,in Addition to Requirements of Section 260526: 1.Use insulated copper conductors unless otherwise indicated. a.Exceptions: 1)Use bare copper conductors where installed underground in direct contact with earth. 2)Use bare copper conductors where directly encased in concrete (not in raceway). C.Connectors for Grounding and Bonding: 1.Description: Connectors appropriate for the application and suitable for the conductors and items to be connected;listed and labeled as complying with UL 467. 2.Unless otherwise indicated,use exothermic welded connections for underground, concealed and other inaccessible connections. 3.Unless otherwise indicated,use mechanical connectors,compression connectors,or exothermic welded connections for accessible connections. D.Ground Bars: 1.Description: Copper rectangular ground bars with mounting brackets and insulators. 2.Size: As indicated. 3.Holes for Connections: As indicated or as required for connections to be made. E.Ground Rod Electrodes: 1.Comply with NEMA GR 1. 2.Material: Copper-bonded (copper-clad)steel. 3.Size: 3/4 inch diameter by 10 feet length,unless otherwise indicated. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A.Verify that work likely to damage grounding and bonding system components has been completed. B.Verify that field measurements are as indicated. C.Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation prior to starting work. 3.2 INSTALLATION A.Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B.Perform work in accordance with NECA 1 (general workmanship). C.Ground Rod Electrodes: Unless otherwise indicated,install ground rod electrodes vertically. Where encountered rock prohibits vertical installation,install at 45 degree angle or bury horizontally in trench at least 30 inches (750 mm)deep in accordance with NFPA 70 or provide ground plates. D.Make grounding and bonding connections using specified connectors. 1.Remove appropriate amount of conductor insulation for making connections without cutting,nicking or damaging conductors.Do not remove conductor strands to facilitate insertion into connector. 2.Remove nonconductive paint,enamel,or similar coating at threads,contact points,and contact surfaces. 3.Exothermic Welds: Make connections using molds and weld material suitable for the items to be connected in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 4.Mechanical Connectors: Secure connections according to manufacturer's recommended torque settings. 5.Compression Connectors: Secure connections using manufacturer's recommended tools and dies. E.Identify grounding and bonding system components in accordance with Section 260553. Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260526 -5 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.See Section 014000 -Quality Requirements,for additional requirements. B.Inspect and test in accordance with NETA ATS except Section 4. C.Perform inspections and tests listed in NETA ATS,Section 7.13. D.Perform ground electrode resistance tests under normally dry conditions.Precipitation within the previous 48 hours does not constitute normally dry conditions. E.Investigate and correct deficiencies where measured ground resistances do not comply with specified requirements. END OF SECTION Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260529 -1 SECTION 260529 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A.Support and attachment requirements and components for equipment,conduit,cable,boxes, and other electrical work. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A.See Section 013000 -Administrative Requirements,for submittal procedures. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Comply with NFPA 70. B.Comply with applicable building code. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 SUPPORT AND ATTACHMENT COMPONENTS A.General Requirements: 1.Provide all required hangers,supports,anchors,fasteners,fittings,accessories,and hardware as necessary for the complete installation of electrical work. 2.Provide products listed,classified,and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended, where applicable. 3.Where support and attachment component types and sizes are not indicated,select in accordance with manufacturer's application criteria as required for the load to be supported.Include consideration for vibration,equipment operation,and shock loads where applicable. 4.Do not use products for applications other than as permitted by NFPA 70 and product listing. 5.Steel Components: Use corrosion resistant materials suitable for the environment where installed. a.Zinc-Plated Steel: Electroplated in accordance with ASTM B633. b.Galvanized Steel: Hot-dip galvanized after fabrication in accordance with ASTM A123/A123M or ASTM A153/A153M. B.Conduit and Cable Supports: Straps,clamps,etc.suitable for the conduit or cable to be supported. 1.Conduit Straps: One-hole or two-hole type;steel or malleable iron. 2.Conduit Clamps: Bolted type unless otherwise indicated. C.Outlet Box Supports: Hangers,brackets,etc.suitable for the boxes to be supported. D.Metal Channel (Strut)Framing Systems: Factory-fabricated continuous-slot metal channel (strut)and associated fittings,accessories,and hardware required for field-assembly of supports. 1.Comply with MFMA-4. E.Hanger Rods: Threaded zinc-plated steel unless otherwise indicated. F.Anchors and Fasteners: 1.Unless otherwise indicated and where not otherwise restricted,use the anchor and fastener types indicated for the specified applications. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A.Verify that field measurements are as indicated. B.Verify that mounting surfaces are ready to receive support and attachment components. C.Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation prior to starting work. Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260529 -2 3.2 INSTALLATION A.Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B.Perform work in accordance with NECA 1 (general workmanship). C.Provide independent support from building structure.Do not provide support from piping, ductwork,or other systems. D.Unless specifically indicated or approved by Architect,do not provide support from suspended ceiling support system or ceiling grid. E.Unless specifically indicated or approved by Architect,do not provide support from roof deck. F.Do not penetrate or otherwise notch or cut structural members without approval of Structural Engineer. G.Equipment Support and Attachment: 1.Use metal fabricated supports or supports assembled from metal channel (strut)to support equipment as required. 2.Use metal channel (strut)secured to studs to support equipment surface-mounted on hollow stud walls when wall strength is not sufficient to resist pull-out. 3.Use metal channel (strut)to support surface-mounted equipment in wet or damp locations to provide space between equipment and mounting surface. 4.Securely fasten floor-mounted equipment.Do not install equipment such that it relies on its own weight for support. H.Secure fasteners according to manufacturer's recommended torque settings. I.Remove temporary supports. END OF SECTION Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 CONDUIT FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533.13 -1 SECTION 260533.13 CONDUIT FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A.Galvanized steel rigid metal conduit (RMC). B.Aluminum rigid metal conduit (RMC). C.Intermediate metal conduit (IMC). D.PVC-coated galvanized steel rigid metal conduit (RMC). E.Flexible metal conduit (FMC). F.Liquidtight flexible metal conduit (LFMC). G.Electrical metallic tubing (EMT). H.Rigid polyvinyl chloride (PVC)conduit. I.Electrical nonmetallic tubing (ENT). J.Liquidtight flexible nonmetallic conduit (LFNC). K.Conduit fittings. L.Accessories. 1.2 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A.Coordination: 1.Coordinate minimum sizes of conduits with the actual conductors to be installed,including adjustments for conductor sizes increased for voltage drop. 2.Coordinate the arrangement of conduits with structural members,ductwork,piping, equipment and other potential conflicts installed under other sections or by others. 3.Verify exact conduit termination locations required for boxes,enclosures,and equipment installed under other sections or by others. 4.Coordinate the work with other trades to provide roof penetrations that preserve the integrity of the roofing system and do not void the roof warranty. 5.Notify Architect of any conflicts with or deviations from Contract Documents.Obtain direction before proceeding with work. B.Sequencing: 1.Do not begin installation of conductors and cables until installation of conduit is complete between outlet,junction and splicing points. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A.See Section 013000 -Administrative Requirements for submittals procedures. B.Product Data: Provide manufacturer's standard catalog pages and data sheets for conduits and fittings. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Comply with requirements of NFPA 70. 1.5 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A.Receive,inspect,handle,and store conduit and fittings in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 CONDUIT APPLICATIONS A.Do not use conduit and associated fittings for applications other than as permitted by NFPA 70 and product listing. Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 CONDUIT FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533.13 -2 B.Unless otherwise indicated and where not otherwise restricted,use the conduit types indicated for the specified applications.Where more than one listed application applies,comply with the most restrictive requirements.Where conduit type for a particular application is not specified, use galvanized steel rigid metal conduit. C.Underground: 1.Under Slab on Grade: Use rigid PVC conduit. 2.Exterior,Direct-Buried: Use PVC-coated galvanized steel rigid metal conduit or rigid PVC conduit. 3.Exterior,Embedded Within Concrete: Use PVC-coated galvanized steel rigid metal conduit or rigid PVC conduit. D.Concealed Within Masonry Walls: Use electrical metallic tubing (EMT). E.Concealed Within Hollow Stud Walls: Use electrical metallic tubing (EMT). F.Interior,Damp or Wet Locations: Use electrical metallic tubing (EMT). G.Exposed,Interior,Not Subject to Physical Damage: Use electrical metallic tubing (EMT). H.Exposed,Interior,Subject to Physical Damage: Use galvanized steel rigid metal conduit or intermediate metal conduit (IMC). I.Hazardous (Classified)Locations: Use galvanized steel rigid metal conduit,intermediate metal conduit (IMC),aluminum rigid metal conduit,or PVC-coated galvanized steel rigid metal conduit. J.Connections to Luminaires Above Accessible Ceilings: Use flexible metal conduit. 1.Maximum Length: 6 feet. K.Connections to Vibrating Equipment: 1.Dry Locations: Use flexible metal conduit. 2.Damp,Wet,or Corrosive Locations: Use liquidtight flexible metal conduit. 3.Maximum Length: 6 feet unless otherwise indicated. 2.2 CONDUIT REQUIREMENTS A.Existing Work: Where existing conduits are indicated to be reused,they may be reused only where they comply with specified requirements,are free from corrosion,and integrity is verified by pulling a mandrel through them. B.Provide all conduit,fittings,supports,and accessories required for a complete raceway system. C.Provide products listed,classified,and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended. D.Minimum Conduit Size,Unless Otherwise Indicated: 1.Branch Circuits: 1/2 inch (16 mm)trade size. 2.Branch Circuit Homeruns: 1/2 inch (16 mm)trade size. 3.Control Circuits: 1/2 inch (16 mm)trade size. 4.Flexible Connections to Luminaires: 3/8 inch (12 mm)trade size. 5.Underground,Interior: 3/4 inch (21 mm)trade size. 6.Underground,Exterior: 1 inch (27 mm)trade size. E.Where conduit size is not indicated,size to comply with NFPA 70 but not less than applicable minimum size requirements specified. 2.3 GALVANIZED STEEL RIGID METAL CONDUIT (RMC) A.Manufacturers: 1.Allied Tube &Conduit: www.alliedeg.com/#sle. 2.Republic Conduit: www.republic-conduit.com/#sle. 3.Wheatland Tube,a Division of Zekelman Industries: www.wheatland.com/#sle. B.Description: NFPA 70,Type RMC galvanized steel rigid metal conduit complying with ANSI C80.1 and listed and labeled as complying with UL 6. C.Fittings: 1.Manufacturers: Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 CONDUIT FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533.13 -3 a.Bridgeport Fittings Inc: www.bptfittings.com/#sle. b.O-Z/Gedney,a brand of Emerson Electric Co: www.emerson.com/#sle. c.Thomas &Betts Corporation: www.tnb.com/#sle. 2.Non-Hazardous Locations: Use fittings complying with NEMA FB 1 and listed and labeled as complying with UL 514B. 3.Hazardous (Classified)Locations: Use fittings listed and labeled as complying with UL 1203 for the classification of the installed location. 4.Material: Use steel or malleable iron. a.Do not use die cast zinc fittings. 5.Connectors and Couplings: Use threaded type fittings only.Threadless set screw and compression (gland)type fittings are not permitted. 2.4 ALUMINUM RIGID METAL CONDUIT (RMC) A.Manufacturers: 1.Allied Tube &Conduit: www.alliedeg.com/#sle. 2.Republic Conduit: www.republic-conduit.com/#sle. 3.Wheatland Tube,a Division of Zekelman Industries: www.wheatland.com/#sle. B.Description: NFPA 70,Type RMC aluminum rigid metal conduit complying with ANSI C80.5 and listed and labeled as complying with UL 6A. C.Fittings: 1.Manufacturers: a.Bridgeport Fittings Inc: www.bptfittings.com/#sle. b.O-Z/Gedney,a brand of Emerson Electric Co: www.emerson.com/#sle. c.Thomas &Betts Corporation: www.tnb.com/#sle. 2.Non-Hazardous Locations: Use fittings complying with NEMA FB 1 and listed and labeled as complying with UL 514B. 3.Hazardous (Classified)Locations: Use fittings listed and labeled as complying with UL 1203 for the classification of the installed location. 4.Material: Use aluminum. 5.Connectors and Couplings: Use threaded type fittings only.Threadless set screw and compression (gland)type fittings are not permitted. 2.5 INTERMEDIATE METAL CONDUIT (IMC) A.Manufacturers: 1.Allied Tube &Conduit: www.alliedeg.com/#sle. 2.Republic Conduit: www.republic-conduit.com/#sle. 3.Wheatland Tube,a Division of Zekelman Industries: www.wheatland.com/#sle. B.Description: NFPA 70,Type IMC galvanized steel intermediate metal conduit complying with ANSI C80.6 and listed and labeled as complying with UL 1242. C.Fittings: 1.Manufacturers: a.Bridgeport Fittings Inc: www.bptfittings.com/#sle. b.O-Z/Gedney,a brand of Emerson Electric Co: www.emerson.com/#sle. c.Thomas &Betts Corporation: www.tnb.com/#sle. 2.Non-Hazardous Locations: Use fittings complying with NEMA FB 1 and listed and labeled as complying with UL 514B. 3.Hazardous (Classified)Locations: Use fittings listed and labeled as complying with UL 1203 for the classification of the installed location. 4.Material: Use steel or malleable iron. a.Do not use die cast zinc fittings. 5.Connectors and Couplings: Use threaded type fittings only.Threadless set screw and compression (gland)type fittings are not permitted. 2.6 PVC-COATED GALVANIZED STEEL RIGID METAL CONDUIT (RMC) A.Manufacturers: Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 CONDUIT FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533.13 -4 1.Thomas &Betts Corporation: www.tnb.com/#sle. 2.Robroy Industries: www.robroy.com/#sle. B.Description: NFPA 70,Type RMC galvanized steel rigid metal conduit with external polyvinyl chloride (PVC)coating complying with NEMA RN 1 and listed and labeled as complying with UL 6. C.Exterior Coating: Polyvinyl chloride (PVC),nominal thickness of 40 mil. D.PVC-Coated Fittings: 1.Manufacturer: Same as manufacturer of PVC-coated conduit to be installed. 2.Non-Hazardous Locations: Use fittings listed and labeled as complying with UL 514B. 3.Hazardous (Classified)Locations: Use fittings listed and labeled as complying with UL 1203 for the classification of the installed location. 4.Material: Use steel or malleable iron. 5.Exterior Coating: Polyvinyl chloride (PVC),minimum thickness of 40 mil. E.PVC-Coated Supports: Furnish with exterior coating of polyvinyl chloride (PVC),minimum thickness of 15 mil. 2.7 FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT (FMC) A.Manufacturers: 1.AFC Cable Systems,Inc: www.afcweb.com/#sle. 2.Electri-Flex Company: www.electriflex.com/#sle. 3.International Metal Hose: www.metalhose.com/#sle. B.Description: NFPA 70,Type FMC standard wall steel flexible metal conduit listed and labeled as complying with UL 1,and listed for use in classified firestop systems to be used. C.Fittings: 1.Manufacturers: a.Bridgeport Fittings Inc: www.bptfittings.com/#sle. b.O-Z/Gedney,a brand of Emerson Electric Co: www.emerson.com/#sle. c.Thomas &Betts Corporation: www.tnb.com/#sle. 2.Description: Fittings complying with NEMA FB 1 and listed and labeled as complying with UL 514B. 3.Material: Use steel or malleable iron. 2.8 LIQUIDTIGHT FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT (LFMC) A.Manufacturers: 1.AFC Cable Systems,Inc: www.afcweb.com/#sle. 2.Electri-Flex Company: www.electriflex.com/#sle. 3.International Metal Hose: www.metalhose.com/#sle. B.Description: NFPA 70,Type LFMC polyvinyl chloride (PVC)jacketed steel flexible metal conduit listed and labeled as complying with UL 360. C.Fittings: 1.Manufacturers: a.Bridgeport Fittings Inc: www.bptfittings.com/#sle. b.O-Z/Gedney,a brand of Emerson Electric Co: www.emerson.com/#sle. c.Thomas &Betts Corporation: www.tnb.com/#sle. 2.Description: Fittings complying with NEMA FB 1 and listed and labeled as complying with UL 514B. 3.Material: Use steel or malleable iron. a.Do not use die cast zinc fittings. 2.9 ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING (EMT) A.Manufacturers: 1.Allied Tube &Conduit: www.alliedeg.com/#sle. 2.Republic Conduit: www.republic-conduit.com/#sle. Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 CONDUIT FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533.13 -5 3.Wheatland Tube,a Division of Zekelman Industries: www.wheatland.com/#sle. B.Description: NFPA 70,Type EMT steel electrical metallic tubing complying with ANSI C80.3 and listed and labeled as complying with UL 797. C.Fittings: 1.Manufacturers: a.Bridgeport Fittings Inc: www.bptfittings.com/#sle. b.O-Z/Gedney,a brand of Emerson Electric Co: www.emerson.com/#sle. c.Thomas &Betts Corporation: www.tnb.com/#sle. 2.Description: Fittings complying with NEMA FB 1 and listed and labeled as complying with UL 514B. 3.Material: Use steel or malleable iron. a.Do not use die cast zinc fittings. 4.Connectors and Couplings: Use compression (gland)or set-screw type. a.Do not use indenter type connectors and couplings. 5.Damp or Wet Locations (where permitted): Use fittings listed for use in wet locations. 2.10 RIGID POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC)CONDUIT A.Manufacturers: 1.Cantex Inc: www.cantexinc.com/#sle. 2.Carlon,a brand of Thomas &Betts Corporation: www.carlon.com/#sle. 3.JM Eagle: www.jmeagle.com/#sle. B.Description: NFPA 70,Type PVC rigid polyvinyl chloride conduit complying with NEMA TC 2 and listed and labeled as complying with UL 651;Schedule 40 unless otherwise indicated, Schedule 80 where subject to physical damage;rated for use with conductors rated 90 degrees C. C.Fittings: 1.Manufacturer: Same as manufacturer of conduit to be connected. 2.Description: Fittings complying with NEMA TC 3 and listed and labeled as complying with UL 651;material to match conduit. 2.11 LIQUIDTIGHT FLEXIBLE NONMETALLIC CONDUIT (LFNC) A.Manufacturers: 1.AFC Cable Systems,Inc: www.afcweb.com/#sle. 2.Electri-Flex Company: www.electriflex.com/#sle. 3.International Metal Hose: www.metalhose.com/#sle. B.Description: NFPA 70,Type LFNC liquidtight flexible nonmetallic conduit listed and labeled as complying with UL 1660. C.Fittings: 1.Manufacturer: Same as manufacturer of conduit to be connected. 2.Description: Fittings complying with NEMA FB 1 and listed and labeled as complying with UL 514B;suitable for the type of conduit to be connected. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A.Verify that field measurements are as indicated. B.Verify that mounting surfaces are ready to receive conduits. C.Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation prior to starting work. 3.2 INSTALLATION A.Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B.Perform work in accordance with NECA 1 (general workmanship). C.Install galvanized steel rigid metal conduit (RMC)in accordance with NECA 101. Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 CONDUIT FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533.13 -6 D.Install aluminum rigid metal conduit (RMC)in accordance with NECA 102. E.Install intermediate metal conduit (IMC)in accordance with NECA 101. F.Install PVC-coated galvanized steel rigid metal conduit (RMC)using only tools approved by the manufacturer. G.Install rigid polyvinyl chloride (PVC)conduit in accordance with NECA 111. H.Install liquidtight flexible nonmetallic conduit (LFNC)in accordance with NECA 111. I.Conduit Support: 1.Secure and support conduits in accordance with NFPA 70 and Section 260529 using suitable supports and methods approved by the authority having jurisdiction. 2.Provide independent support from building structure.Do not provide support from piping, ductwork,or other systems. 3.Installation Above Suspended Ceilings: Do not provide support from ceiling support system.Do not provide support from ceiling grid or allow conduits to lay on ceiling tiles. 4.Use conduit strap to support single surface-mounted conduit. a.Use clamp back spacer with conduit strap for damp and wet locations to provide space between conduit and mounting surface. 5.Use conduit clamp to support single conduit from beam clamp or threaded rod. 6.Use trapeze hangers assembled from threaded rods and metal channel (strut)with accessory conduit clamps to support multiple parallel suspended conduits. 7.Use of wire for support of conduits is not permitted. J.Connections and Terminations: 1.Use approved zinc-rich paint or conduit joint compound on field-cut threads of galvanized steel conduits prior to making connections. 2.Where two threaded conduits must be joined and neither can be rotated,use three-piece couplings or split couplings.Do not use running threads. 3.Use suitable adapters where required to transition from one type of conduit to another. 4.Provide drip loops for liquidtight flexible conduit connections to prevent drainage of liquid into connectors. 5.Terminate threaded conduits in boxes and enclosures using threaded hubs or double lock nuts for dry locations and raintight hubs for wet locations. 6.Provide insulating bushings or insulated throats at all conduit terminations to protect conductors. 7.Secure joints and connections to provide maximum mechanical strength and electrical continuity. K.Penetrations: 1.Do not penetrate or otherwise notch or cut structural members,including footings and grade beams,without approval of Structural Engineer. 2.Make penetrations perpendicular to surfaces unless otherwise indicated. 3.Provide sleeves for penetrations as indicated or as required to facilitate installation.Set sleeves flush with exposed surfaces unless otherwise indicated or required. 4.Conceal bends for conduit risers emerging above ground. 5.Seal interior of conduits entering the building from underground at first accessible point to prevent entry of moisture and gases. 6.Where conduits penetrate waterproof membrane,seal as required to maintain integrity of membrane. 7.Make penetrations for roof-mounted equipment within associated equipment openings and curbs where possible to minimize roofing system penetrations.Where penetrations are necessary,seal as indicated or as required to preserve integrity of roofing system and maintain roof warranty.Include proposed locations of penetrations and methods for sealing with submittals. 8.Install firestopping to preserve fire resistance rating of partitions and other elements,using materials and methods specified in Section 078400. Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 CONDUIT FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533.13 -7 L.Conduit Movement Provisions: Where conduits are subject to movement,provide expansion and expansion/deflection fittingsto prevent damage to enclosed conductors or connected equipment.This includes,but is not limited to: 1.Where conduits cross structural joints intended for expansion,contraction,or deflection. 2.Where calculated in accordance with NFPA 70 for rigid polyvinyl chloride (PVC)conduit installed above ground to compensate for thermal expansion and contraction. 3.Where conduits are subject to earth movement by settlement or frost. M.Condensation Prevention: Where conduits cross barriers between areas of potential substantial temperature differential,provide sealing fitting or approved sealing compound at an accessible point near the penetration to prevent condensation.This includes,but is not limited to: 1.Where conduits pass from outdoors into conditioned interior spaces. 2.Where conduits pass from unconditioned interior spaces into conditioned interior spaces. N.Provide grounding and bonding in accordance with Section 260526. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.See Section 014000 -Quality Requirements,for additional requirements. B.Repair cuts and abrasions in galvanized finishes using zinc-rich paint recommended by manufacturer.Replace components that exhibit signs of corrosion. C.Where coating of PVC-coated galvanized steel rigid metal conduit (RMC)contains cuts or abrasions,repair in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. D.Correct deficiencies and replace damaged or defective conduits. 3.4 PROTECTION A.Immediately after installation of conduit,use suitable manufactured plugs to provide protection from entry of moisture and foreign material and do not remove until ready for installation of conductors. END OF SECTION Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533.16 -1 SECTION 260533.16 BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A.Outlet and device boxes up to 100 cubic inches,including those used as junction and pull boxes. B.Cabinets and enclosures,including junction and pull boxes larger than 100 cubic inches. C.Boxes and enclosures for integrated power,data,and audio/video. D.Boxes for hazardous (classified)locations. E.Floor boxes. F.Underground boxes/enclosures. 1.2 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A.Coordination: 1.Coordinate the work with other trades to avoid placement of ductwork,piping,equipment, or other potential obstructions within the dedicated equipment spaces and working clearances for electrical equipment required by NFPA 70. 2.Coordinate arrangement of electrical equipment with the dimensions and clearance requirements of the actual equipment to be installed. 3.Coordinate minimum sizes of boxes with the actual installed arrangement of conductors, clamps,support fittings,and devices,calculated according to NFPA 70. 4.Coordinate minimum sizes of pull boxes with the actual installed arrangement of connected conduits,calculated according to NFPA 70. 5.Coordinate the placement of boxes with millwork,furniture,devices,equipment,etc. installed under other sections or by others. 6.Coordinate the work with other trades to preserve insulation integrity. 7.Coordinate the work with other trades to provide walls suitable for installation of flush- mounted boxes where indicated. 8.Notify Architect of any conflicts with or deviations from Contract Documents.Obtain direction before proceeding with work. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A.See Section 013000 -Administrative Requirements,for submittal procedures. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Comply with requirements of NFPA 70. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 BOXES A.General Requirements: 1.Do not use boxes and associated accessories for applications other than as permitted by NFPA 70 and product listing. 2.Provide all boxes,fittings,supports,and accessories required for a complete raceway system and to accommodate devices and equipment to be installed. 3.Provide products listed,classified,and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended. 4.Where box size is not indicated,size to comply with NFPA 70 but not less than applicable minimum size requirements specified. 5.Provide grounding terminals within boxes where equipment grounding conductors terminate. B.Outlet and Device Boxes Up to 100 cubic inches,Including Those Used as Junction and Pull Boxes: 1.Use sheet-steel boxes for dry locations unless otherwise indicated or required. Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533.16 -2 2.Use cast iron boxes or cast aluminum boxes for damp or wet locations unless otherwise indicated or required;furnish with compatible weatherproof gasketed covers. 3.Use suitable concrete type boxes where flush-mounted in concrete. 4.Use suitable masonry type boxes where flush-mounted in masonry walls. 5.Use raised covers suitable for the type of wall construction and device configuration where required. 6.Use shallow boxes where required by the type of wall construction. 7.Do not use "through-wall"boxes designed for access from both sides of wall. 8.Sheet-Steel Boxes: Comply with NEMA OS 1,and list and label as complying with UL 514A. 9.Cast Metal Boxes: Comply with NEMA FB 1,and list and label as complying with UL 514A;furnish with threaded hubs. 10.Boxes for Supporting Luminaires and Ceiling Fans: Listed as suitable for the type and weight of load to be supported;furnished with fixture stud to accommodate mounting of luminaire where required. 11.Boxes for Ganged Devices: Use multigang boxes of single-piece construction.Do not use field-connected gangable boxes unless specifically indicated or permitted. 12.Minimum Box Size,Unless Otherwise Indicated: a.Communications Systems Outlets: 4 inch square by 2-1/8 inch (100 by 54 mm)trade size. 13.Wall Plates: Comply with Section 262726. 14.Manufacturers: a.Cooper Crouse-Hinds,a division of Eaton Corporation: www.cooperindustries.com/#sle. b.Hubbell Incorporated;Bell Products: www.hubbell-rtb.com/#sle. c.Hubbell Incorporated;RACO Products: www.hubbell-rtb.com/#sle. d.O-Z/Gedney,a brand of Emerson Electric Co: www.emerson.com/#sle. C.Cabinets and Enclosures,Including Junction and Pull Boxes Larger Than 100 cubic inches: 1.Comply with NEMA 250,and list and label as complying with UL 50 and UL 50E,or UL 508A. 2.NEMA 250 Environment Type,Unless Otherwise Indicated: 3.Junction and Pull Boxes Larger Than 100 cubic inches: a.Provide screw-cover or hinged-cover enclosures unless otherwise indicated. 4.Manufacturers: a.Cooper B-Line,a division of Eaton Corporation: www.cooperindustries.com/#sle. b.Hoffman,a brand of Pentair Technical Products: www.hoffmanonline.com/#sle. c.Hubbell Incorporated;Wiegmann Products: www.hubbell-wiegmann.com/#sle. D.Boxes and Enclosures for Integrated Power,Data,and Audio/Video: Size and configuration as indicated or as required with partitions to separate services;field-connected gangable boxes may be used. 1.Manufacturers: a.Hubbell Incorporated: www.hubbell.com/#sle. E.Boxes for Hazardous (Classified)Locations: Listed and labeled as complying with UL 1203 for the classification of the installed location. 1.Manufacturers: a.Appleton,a brand of Emerson Electric Co: www.emerson.com/#sle. b.Cooper Crouse-Hinds,a division of Eaton Corporation: www.cooperindustries.com/#sle. c.Hubbell Incorporated;Killark Products: www.hubbell-killark.com/#sle. F.Floor Boxes: 1.Description: Floor boxes compatible with floor box service fittings provided in accordance with Section 262726;with partitions to separate multiple services;furnished with all components,adapters,and trims required for complete installation. 2.Use sheet-steel or cast iron floor boxes within slab above grade. Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533.16 -3 3.Metallic Floor Boxes: Fully adjustable (with integral means for leveling adjustment prior to and after concrete pour). 4.Manufacturer: Same as manufacturer of floor box service fittings. G.Underground Boxes/Enclosures: 1.Description: In-ground,open bottom boxes furnished with flush,non-skid covers with legend indicating type of service and stainless steel tamper resistant cover bolts. 2.Size: As indicated on drawings. 3.Depth: As required to extend below frost line to prevent frost upheaval,but not less than 12 inches. 4.Applications: a.Do not use polymer concrete enclosures in areas subject to deliberate vehicular traffic. 5.Polymer Concrete Underground Boxes/Enclosures: Comply with SCTE 77. a.Manufacturers: 1)Hubbell Incorporated;Quazite Products: www.hubbellpowersystems.com/#sle. 2)MacLean Highline: www.macleanhighline.com/#sle. 3)Oldcastle Precast,Inc: www.oldcastleprecast.com/#sle. b.Combination fiberglass/polymer concrete boxes/enclosures are acceptable. c.Product(s): 1)MacLean Highline PHA Series:Straight wall,all-polymer concrete splice box/pull box;available Tier 8,Tier 15,and Tier 22 load ratings. (a)11 by 18 by 12 inches nominal;Model PHA111812 (stackable). 2)MacLean Highline CHA Series: Fiberglass/polymer concrete splice box/pull box; available Tier 8 and Tier 15 load ratings. (a)11 by 18 by 12 inches nominal;Model CHA111812. 3)MacLean Highline CVA Series: Fiberglass/polymer concrete splice vault; available Tier 8,Tier 15,and Tier 22 load ratings. (a)30 by 48 by 18 inches nominal;Model CVA304818. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A.Verify that field measurements are as indicated. B.Verify that mounting surfaces are ready to receive boxes. C.Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation prior to starting work. 3.2 INSTALLATION A.Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B.Install boxes in accordance with NECA 1 (general workmanship)and,where applicable,NECA 130,including mounting heights specified in those standards where mounting heights are not indicated. C.Arrange equipment to provide minimum clearances in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and NFPA 70. D.Box Supports: 1.Secure and support boxes in accordance with NFPA 70 and Section 260529 using suitable supports and methods approved by the authority having jurisdiction. 2.Provide independent support from building structure except for cast metal boxes (other than boxes used for fixture support)supported by threaded conduit connections in accordance with NFPA 70.Do not provide support from piping,ductwork,or other systems. 3.Installation Above Suspended Ceilings: Do not provide support from ceiling grid or ceiling support system. 4.Use far-side support to secure flush-mounted boxes supported from single stud in hollow stud walls.Repair or replace supports for boxes that permit excessive movement. Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533.16 -4 E.Install boxes plumb and level. F.Flush-Mounted Boxes: 1.Install boxes in noncombustible materials such as concrete,tile,gypsum,plaster,etc.so that front edge of box or associated raised cover is not set back from finished surface more than 1/4 inch or does not project beyond finished surface. 2.Install boxes in combustible materials such as wood so that front edge of box or associated raised cover is flush with finished surface. 3.Repair rough openings around boxes in noncombustible materials such as concrete,tile, gypsum,plaster,etc.so that there are no gaps or open spaces greater than 1/8 inch at the edge of the box. G.Install boxes as required to preserve insulation integrity. H.Metallic Floor Boxes: Install box level at the proper elevation to be flush with finished floor. I.Underground Boxes/Enclosures: 1.Install enclosure on gravel base,minimum 6 inches deep. 2.Install additional bracing inside enclosures in accordance with manufacturer's instructions to minimize box sidewall deflections during backfilling.Backfill with cover bolted in place. J.Install permanent barrier between ganged wiring devices when voltage between adjacent devices exceeds 300 V. K.Install firestopping to preserve fire resistance rating of partitions and other elements,using materials and methods specified in Section 078400. L.Close unused box openings. M.Install blank wall plates on junction boxes and on outlet boxes with no devices or equipment installed or designated for future use. N.Provide grounding and bonding in accordance with Section 260526. 3.3 CLEANING A.Clean interior of boxes to remove dirt,debris,plaster and other foreign material. 3.4 PROTECTION A.Immediately after installation,protect boxes from entry of moisture and foreign material until ready for installation of conductors. END OF SECTION Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260548 -1 SECTION 260548 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A.Vibration isolation requirements. B.Seismic control requirements. 1.Includes requirements for seismic qualification of equipment not specified in this section. C.Vibration-isolated equipment support bases. D.Vibration isolators. E.Seismic restraint systems. 1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 014533 -Code-Required Special Inspections and Procedures. B.Section 033000 -Cast-in-Place Concrete. C.Section 260529 -Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A.Electrical Component: Where referenced in this section in regards to seismic controls,applies to any portion of the electrical system subject to seismic evaluation in accordance with applicable codes,including distributed systems (e.g.,conduit,cable tray). B.Seismic Restraint: Structural members or assemblies of members or manufactured elements specifically designed and applied for transmitting seismic forces between components and the seismic force-resisting system of the structure. 1.4 REFERENCE STANDARDS A.ASCE 7 -Minimum Design Loads and Associated Criteria for Buildings and Other Structures Most Recent Edition Cited by Referring Code or Reference Standard. B.ASCE 19 -Structural Applications of Steel Cables for Buildings 2016. C.ASHRAE (HVACA)-ASHRAE Handbook -HVAC Applications Most Recent Edition Cited by Referring Code or Reference Standard. D.ASTM E580/E580M -Standard Practice for Installation of Ceiling Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay-in Panels in Areas Subject to Earthquake Ground Motions 2022. E.FEMA 413 -Installing Seismic Restraints for Electrical Equipment 2004. F.FEMA E-74 -Reducing the Risks of Nonstructural Earthquake Damage 2012. G.ICC (IBC)-International Building Code Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction,Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements. H.ICC-ES AC156 -Acceptance Criteria for Seismic Certification by Shake-Table Testing of Nonstructural Components 2010,with Editorial Revision (2015). I.MFMA-4 -Metal Framing Standards Publication 2004. J.NECA 1 -Standard for Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction 2015. K.NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction,Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements. L.SMACNA (SRM)-Seismic Restraint Manual Guidelines for Mechanical Systems 2008. 1.5 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A.Coordination: 1.Coordinate selection and arrangement of vibration isolation and/or seismic control components with the actual equipment to be installed. Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260548 -2 2.Coordinate the work with other trades to provide additional framing and materials required for installation. 3.Coordinate compatibility of support and attachment components with mounting surfaces at the installed locations. 4.Seismic Controls: a.Coordinate the arrangement of seismic restraints with ductwork,piping,equipment and other potential conflicts installed under other sections or by others. b.Coordinate the work with other trades to accommodate relative positioning of essential and nonessential components in consideration of seismic interaction. 5.Notify Architect of any conflicts with or deviations from Contract Documents.Obtain direction before proceeding with work. B.Sequencing: 1.Do not install products on or provide attachment to concrete surfaces until concrete has fully cured in accordance with Section 033000. 1.6 SUBMITTALS A.See Section 013000 -Administrative Requirements,for submittal procedures. B.Design Documents: Prepare and submit all information required for plan review and permitting by authorities having jurisdiction,including but not limited to floor plans,details,and calculations. C.Product Data: Provide manufacturer's standard catalog pages and data sheets for products, including materials,fabrication details,dimensions,and finishes. 1.Vibration Isolators: Include rated load capacities and deflections;include information on color coding or other identification methods for spring element load capacities. 2.Seismic Controls: Include seismic load capacities. D.Shop Drawings -Vibration Isolation Systems: 1.Include dimensioned plan views and sections indicating proposed arrangement of vibration isolators;indicate equipment weights and static deflections. 2.Vibration-Isolated Equipment Support Bases: Include base weights,including concrete fill where applicable;indicate equipment mounting provisions. E.Shop Drawings -Seismic Controls: 1.Include dimensioned plan views and sections indicating proposed electrical component locations and distributed system routing,with locations and details of gravity supports and seismic restraints and associated attachments. 2.Identify mounting conditions required for equipment seismic qualification. 3.Identify anchor manufacturer,type,minimum embedment,minimum spacing,minimum member thickness,and minimum edge distance requirements. 4.Indicate proposed arrangement of distributed system trapeze support groupings. 5.Indicate proposed locations for distributed system flexible fittings and/or connections. 6.Indicate locations of seismic separations where applicable. F.Seismic Design Data: 1.Compile information on project-specific characteristics of actual installed electrical components necessary for determining seismic design forces required to design appropriate seismic controls,including but not limited to the following. a.Component operating weight and center of gravity. b.Component importance factor (Ip). c.For distributed systems,component materials and connection methods. d.Component amplification factor (ap)and component response modification factor (Rp),determined in accordance with ASCE 7 tables. e.Applicability of overstrength factor (for certain anchorage in concrete and masonry). 2.Include structural calculations,stamped or sealed by seismic controls designer, demonstrating suitability of seismic controls for seismic design forces. Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260548 -3 G.Evaluation Reports: For products specified as requiring evaluation and recognition by a qualified evaluation service,provide current evaluation reports. H.Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate application conditions and limitations of use stipulated by product testing agency. Include instructions for storage,handling,protection,examination, preparation,and installation of product. I.Evidence of qualifications for seismic controls designer. J.Evidence of qualifications for manufacturer. K.Manufacturer’s detailed field testing and inspection procedures. L.Field quality control test reports. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Comply with NFPA 70. B.Comply with applicable building code. C.Seismic Controls Designer Qualifications: Registered professional engineer licensed in the State in which the Project is located and with minimum five years experience designing seismic restraints for nonstructural components. 1.Designer may be employed by the manufacturer of the seismic restraint products. D.Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. 1.8 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A.Receive,inspect,handle,and store products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 VIBRATION ISOLATION REQUIREMENTS A.Design and provide vibration isolation systems to reduce vibration transmission to supporting structure from vibration-producing electrical equipment and/or electrical connections to vibration-isolated equipment. B.Comply with applicable general recommendations of ASHRAE (HVACA),where not in conflict with other specified requirements: C.General Requirements: 1.Select vibration isolators to provide required static deflection. 2.Select vibration isolators for uniform deflection based on distributed operating weight of actual installed equipment. 3.Select seismic type vibration isolators to comply with seismic design requirements, including conditions of equipment seismic certification where applicable. 4.Select vibration isolators for outdoor equipment to comply with wind design requirements. 5.Select vibration-isolated equipment support bases and associated vibration isolators to provide minimum 2-inch operating clearance beneath base unless otherwise indicated. D.Equipment Isolation: 1.Transformers: a.Specified vibration isolators are in addition to any factory-installed internal core and coil assembly vibration isolators unless otherwise indicated. b.Floor-Mounted Transformers,Nonseismic Applications: Use resilent material isolator pads,resilient material isolator mounts,or open (unhoused)spring isolators. c.Floor-Mounted Transformers,Seismic Applications: Use seismic type resilient material isolator mounts or seismic type restrained spring isolators. d.Suspended Transformers,Nonseismic Applications: Use resilient material isolator hangers,spring isolator hangers,or combination resilient material/spring isolator hangers. e.Suspended Transformers,Seismic Applications: Use seismic type resilient material isolator hangers,seismic type spring isolator hangers,or seismic type combination Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260548 -4 resilient material/spring isolator hangers. f.Wall-Mounted Transformers,Nonseismic Applications: Use resilient material isolator mounts. g.Wall-Mounted Transformers,Seismic Applications: Use seismic type resilient material isolator mounts. h.Minimum Static Deflection: 1)TransformersMounted on Grade-Level Slabs: 0.25 inchdeflection unless otherwise indicated. 2)TransformersMounted at Above-Grade Levels: 0.5 inchdeflection unless otherwise indicated. 2.Engine Generators: a.Specified vibration isolators are in addition to any factory-installed internal vibration isolators between generator set and integral base unless otherwise indicated;obtain generator set manufacturer approval of applied vibration isolation. b.Nonseismic Applications,Isolators Not Located Below Sub-Base Fuel Tank: Use housed spring isolators or restrained spring isolators. c.Nonseismic Applications,Isolators Located Below Sub-Base Fuel Tank: Use restrained spring isolators. d.Seismic Applications: Use seismic type restrained spring isolators. e.Provide vibration-isolated concrete inertia bases where indicated. f.Minimum Static Deflection: 1)Generators Mounted on Grade-Level Slabs: 1 inch deflection unless otherwise indicated. 2)Generators Mounted at Above-Grade Levels: 2 inch deflection unless otherwise indicated. E.Conduit Isolation: 1.Use flexible conduit or cable for electrical connections to vibration-isolated equipment, including equipment installed under other sections or by others. a.Minimum Length: 3 feet unless otherwise indicated. 2.Vibration Isolators: a.Provide vibration isolators for conduit supports: 1)Located within 50 feet of connected vibration-isolated equipment where flexible connection to equipment is not possible. 2)For conduits over 2 inch trade size located below or within 50 feet of noise- sensitive areas indicated. b.Minimum Static Deflection: 1)First Three Supports Closest to Isolated Equipment: Same as static deflection of equipment;maximum of 2 inch deflection required. 2)Remainder of Supports: 0.75 inch deflection unless otherwise indicated. c.Suspended Conduits,Nonseismic Applications: Use resilient material isolator hangers,spring isolator hangers,or combination resilient material/spring isolator hangers. d.Suspended Conduits,Seismic Applications: Use seismic type resilient material isolator hangers,seismic type spring isolator hangers,or seismic type combination resilient material/spring isolator hangers. e.Use modular seal or approved resilient material where vibration-isolated conduits penetrate building elements (e.g.,walls,floors)arranged to prevent vibration transmission to structure. 2.2 SEISMIC CONTROL REQUIREMENTS A.Design and provide electrical component restraints,supports,and attachments suitable for seismic loads determined in accordance with applicable codes,as well as gravity and operating loads and other structural design considerations of the installed location.Consider wind loads for outdoor electrical components. B.Seismic Design Criteria: Obtain from project Structural Engineer of Record. Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260548 -5 C.Component Importance Factor (Ip): Electrical components to be assigned a component importance factor (Ip)of 1.5 unless otherwise indicated. D.Seismic Qualification of Equipment: 1.Provide special certification for electrical equipment furnished under other sections and assigned a component importance factor (Ip)of 1.5,certifying that equipment will remain operable following a design level earthquake. 2.Seismic qualification to be by shake table testing in accordance with recognized testing standard procedure,such as ICC-ES AC156,acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 3.Notify Architect and obtain direction where mounting restrictions required by conditions of seismic certification conflict with specified requirements. 4.Seismically qualified equipment to be furnished with factory-installed labels referencing certificate of compliance and associated mounting restrictions. E.Premanufactured Modular Electrical Equipment: Where not otherwise seismically qualified, premanufactured modules 6 feet high and taller furnished under other sections to be designed in accordance with seismic provisions for nonbuilding structures. F.Seismic Restraints: 1.Provide seismic restraints for electrical components except where exempt according to applicable codes and specified seismic design criteria,as approved by authorities having jurisdiction. 2.Seismic Restraint Exemptions: a.Exemptions for Seismic Design Category C: 1)Electrical components where either of the following apply: (a)The component importance factor (Ip)is 1.0 and the component is positively attached to the structure. (b)The component weighs 20 pounds or less or,in the case of a distributed system,5 pounds per foot or less. b.Exemptions for Seismic Design Category D,E,and F: 1)Discrete electrical components that are positively attached to the structure where either of the following apply: (a)The component weighs 400 pounds or less,has a center of mass located 4 feet or less above the adjacent floor level,flexible connections are provided between the component and associated ductwork,piping,and conduit,and the component importance factor (Ip)is 1.0. (b)The component weighs 20 pounds or less or,in the case of a distributed system,5 pounds per foot or less. c.Conduit,Cable Tray,and Raceway Exemptions,All Seismic Design Categories: 1)Raceways with component importance factor (Ip)of 1.0 where flexible connections are provided between cable tray or raceway and associated components,where cable tray or raceway is positively attached to the structure, and where one of the following apply: (a)Trapeze supported conduits,cable trays,or raceways with trapeze assemblies using 3/8 inch diameter rod hangers not exceeding 12 inches in length from support point connection to the supporting structure,and the total weight supported by any single trapeze is 100 pounds or less. (b)Trapeze supported conduits,cable trays,or raceways with trapeze assemblies using 1/2 inch diameter rod hangers not exceeding 12 inches in length from support point connection to the supporting structure,and the total weight supported by any single trapeze is 200 pounds or less. (c)Trapeze supported conduits,cable trays,or raceways with trapeze assemblies using 1/2 inch diameter rod hangers not exceeding 24 inches in length from support point connection to the supporting structure,and the total weight supported by any single trapeze is 100 pounds or less. (d)Hanger supported conduits,cable trays,or raceways with individual rod hangers 3/8 inch or 1/2 inch in diameter not exceeding 12 inches in length from support point connection to the supporting structure,and the total Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260548 -6 weight supported by any single rod is 50 pounds or less. 2)Conduits less than 2-1/2 inch trade size. d.Lighting Exemptions,All Seismic Design Categories: 1)Suspended luminaires where attachments are designed to accommodate 1.4 times the operating weight acting in both the vertical and horizontal directions and connections to structure allow for 360 degree range of motion in the horizontal plane;arrange to prevent impact between luminaires and the structure or other nonstructural components. 2)Lay-in luminaires weighing less than 56 pounds secured to ceiling grid and provided with safety wires in accordance with ASTM E580/E580M. 3.Comply with applicable general recommendations of the following,where not in conflict with applicable codes,seismic design criteria,or other specified requirements: a.ASHRAE (HVACA). b.FEMA 413. c.FEMA E-74. d.SMACNA (SRM). 4.Seismic restraint capacities to be verified by a Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL)or certified by an independent third-party registered professional engineer acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 5.Seismic Type Vibration Isolators: a.Comply with seismic design requirements,including conditions of equipment seismic certification where applicable. 6.External Seismic Snubber Assemblies: a.Provide quantity and arrangement of external seismic snubber assemblies as required to restrain equipment in all directions (both lateral and vertical). b.Do not use external seismic snubber assemblies that restrain equipment only in one or more lateral directions (but not vertical)except where uplift forces are zero or are addressed by other restraints. 7.Seismic Restraint Systems: a.Except where otherwise restricted,use of either cable or rigid restraints is permitted. b.Use only cable restraints to restrain vibration-isolated electrical components, including distributed systems. c.Use only one restraint system type for a given electrical component or distributed system (e.g.,conduit,cable tray)run;mixing of cable and rigid restraints on a given component/run is not permitted. d.Size restraint elements,including anchorage,to resist seismic loads as necessary to restrain electrical component in all lateral directions;consider bracket geometry in anchor load calculations. e.Use rod stiffener clips to attach bracing to hanger rods as required to prevent rod buckling from vertical (upward)compressive load introduced by cable or rigid restraints loaded in tension,in excess of downward tensile load due to supported electrical component weight. f.Select hanger rods and associated anchorage as required to accommodate vertical (downward)tensile load introduced by rigid restraints loaded in compression,in addition to downward tensile load due to supported electrical component weight. g.Clevis hangers may only be used for attachment of transverse restraints;do not use for attachment of longitudinal restraints. h.Where seismic restraints are attached to clevis hangers,provide clevis bolt reinforcement accessory to prevent clevis hanger deformation. i.Do not introduce lateral loads on open bar joist chords or the weak axis of beams,or loads in any direction at other than panel points unless approved by project Structural Engineer of Record. G.Seismic Attachments: 1.Attachments to be bolted,welded,or otherwise positively fastened without consideration of frictional resistance produced by the effects of gravity. Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260548 -7 2.Post-Installed Concrete and Masonry Anchors: Evaluated and recognized by ICC Evaluation Service,LLC (ICC-ES)or qualified evaluation service acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction for compliance with applicable building code,and qualified for seismic applications;concrete anchors to be qualified for installation in both cracked and uncracked concrete. 3.Do not use power-actuated fasteners. 4.Do not use friction clips (devices that rely on mechanically applied friction to resist loads). Beam clamps may be used for supporting sustained loads where provided with restraining straps. 5.Comply with anchor minimum embedment,minimum spacing,minimum member thickness,and minimum edge distance requirements. 6.Concrete Housekeeping Pads: a.Increase size of pad as required to comply with anchor requirements. b.Provide pad reinforcement and doweling to ensure integrity of pad and connection and to provide adequate load path from pad to supporting structure. H.Seismic Interactions: 1.Include provisions to prevent seismic impact between electrical components and other structural or nonstructural components. 2.Include provisions such that failure of a component,either essential or nonessential,does not cause the failure of an essential component. 3.Comply with minimum clearance requirements between electrical equipment,distribution systems,and associated supports and fire protection sprinkler system drops and sprigs. I.Seismic Relative Displacement Provisions: 1.Use suitable fittings or flexible connections to accommodate: a.Relative displacements at connections between components,including distributed systems (e.g.,conduit,cable tray);do not exceed load limits for equipment utility connections. b.Relative displacements between component supports attached to dissimilar parts of structure that may move differently during an earthquake. c.Design displacements at seismic separations. d.Anticipated drifts between floors. 2.Include provisions to prevent interruption of utility service due to seismic displacements. 2.3 VIBRATION-ISOLATED EQUIPMENT SUPPORT BASES A.Manufacturers: 1.Vibration-Isolated Equipment Support Bases: a.Kinetics Noise Control,Inc: www.kineticsnoise.com/#sle. b.Mason Industries: www.mason-ind.com/#sle. c.Vibration Eliminator Company,Inc: www.veco-nyc.com/#sle. 2.Substitutions: See Section 016000 -Product Requirements. B.Vibration-Isolated Structural Steel Bases: 1.Description: Engineered structural steel frames with integral mounting provisions for vibration isolators,sized and configured for mounting of equipment. C.Vibration-Isolated Concrete Inertia Bases: 1.Description: Concrete-filled engineered steel forms with integral mounting provisions for vibration isolators,sized and configured for mounting of equipment. 2.Minimum Base Depth: 6 inches. 3.Minimum Base Mass (Including Concrete): 1.5 times weight of supported equipment. 4.Concrete Reinforcement: Welded or tied reinforcing bars running both ways in a single layer. 5.Concrete: Filled on site with minimum 3000 psi concrete in accordance with Section 033000. 2.4 VIBRATION ISOLATORS A.Manufacturers: Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260548 -8 1.Vibration Isolators: a.Kinetics Noise Control,Inc: www.kineticsnoise.com/#sle. b.Mason Industries: www.mason-ind.com/#sle. c.Vibration Eliminator Company,Inc: www.veco-nyc.com/#sle. 2.Substitutions: See Section 016000 -Product Requirements. B.General Requirements: 1.Resilient Materials for Vibration Isolators: Oil,ozone,and oxidant resistant. 2.Spring Elements for Spring Isolators: a.Color code or otherwise identify springs to indicate load capacity. b.Lateral Stability: Minimum lateral stiffness to vertical stiffness ratio of 0.8. c.Designed to operate in the linear portion of their load versus deflection curve over deflection range of not less than 50 percent above specified deflection. d.Designed to provide additional travel to solid of not less than 50 percent of rated deflection at rated load. e.Selected to provide designed deflection of not less than 75 percent of specified deflection. f.Selected to function without undue stress or overloading. 3.Seismic Snubbing Elements for Seismic Isolators: a.Air Gap: Between 0.125 inches and 0.25 inches unless otherwise indicated. b.Points of Contact: Cushioned with resilient material,minimum 0.25 inch thick; capable of being visually inspected for damage and replaced. C.Vibration Isolators for Nonseismic Applications: 1.Resilient Material Isolator Pads: a.Description: Single or multiple layer pads utilizing elastomeric (e.g.,neoprene, rubber)or fiberglass isolator material. b.Pad Thickness: As required for specified minimum static deflection;minimum 0.25 inch thickness. c.Multiple Layer Pads: Provide bonded,galvanized sheet metal separation plate between each layer. 2.Resilient Material Isolator Mounts,Nonseismic: a.Description: Mounting assemblies for bolting equipment to supporting structure utilizing elastomeric (e.g.,neoprene,rubber)or fiberglass isolator material;fail-safe type. 3.Open (Unhoused)Spring Isolators: a.Description: Isolator assembly consisting of single or multiple free-standing,laterally stable steel spring(s)without a housing. b.Bottom Load Plate: Nonskid,molded,elastomeric isolator material or steel with nonskid elastomeric isolator pad with provisions for bolting to supporting structure as required. c.Furnished with integral leveling device for positioning and securing supported equipment. 4.Housed Spring Isolators: a.Description: Isolator assembly consisting of single or multiple free-standing,laterally stable steel spring(s)within a metal housing. b.Furnished with integral elastomeric snubbing elements,nonadjustable type,for limiting equipment movement and preventing metal-to-metal contact between housing elements. c.Bottom Load Plate: Steel with nonskid,elastomeric isolator pad with provisions for bolting to supporting structure as required. d.Furnished with integral leveling device for positioning and securing supported equipment. 5.Restrained Spring Isolators,Nonseismic: a.Description: Isolator assembly consisting of single or multiple free-standing,laterally stable steel spring(s)within a metal housing designed to prevent movement of supported equipment above an adjustable vertical limit stop. Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260548 -9 b.Bottom Load Plate: Steel with nonskid,elastomeric isolator pad with provisions for bolting to supporting structure as required. c.Furnished with integral leveling device for positioning and securing supported equipment. d.Provides constant free and operating height. 6.Resilient Material Isolator Hangers,Nonseismic: a.Description: Isolator assembly designed for installation in hanger rod suspension system utilizing elastomeric (e.g.,neoprene,rubber)or fiberglass isolator material for the lower hanger rod connection. 7.Spring Isolator Hangers,Nonseismic: a.Description: Isolator assembly designed for installation in hanger rod suspension system utilizing single or multiple free-standing,laterally stable steel spring(s)in series with an elastomeric element for the lower hanger rod connection. b.Designed to accommodate misalignment of bottom hanger rod up to 30 degrees (plus/minus 15 degrees)without short-circuiting of isolation. 8.Combination Resilient Material/Spring Isolator Hangers,Nonseismic: a.Description: Isolator assembly designed for installation in hanger rod suspension system utilizing single or multiple free-standing,laterally stable steel spring(s)for the lower hanger rod connection and elastomeric (e.g.,neoprene,rubber)or fiberglass isolator material for the upper hanger rod connection. b.Designed to accommodate misalignment of bottom hanger rod up to 30 degrees (plus/minus 15 degrees)without short-circuiting of isolation. D.Vibration Isolators for Seismic Applications: 1.Resilient Material Isolator Mounts,Seismic: a.Description: Mounting assemblies for bolting equipment to supporting structure utilizing elastomeric (e.g.,neoprene,rubber)isolator material;specifically designed and rated for seismic applications with integral snubbing in all directions. 2.Restrained Spring Isolators,Seismic: a.Description: Isolator assembly consisting of single or multiple free-standing,laterally stable steel spring(s)in series with elastomeric (e.g.,neoprene,rubber)isolator material within a metal housing designed to prevent movement of supported equipment above an adjustable vertical limit stop;specifically designed and rated for seismic applications with integral snubbing in all directions. b.Bottom Load Plate: Steel with provisions for bolting to supporting structure as required. c.Furnished with integral leveling device for positioning and securing supported equipment. d.Provides constant free and operating height. 3.Resilient Material Isolator Hangers,Seismic: a.Description: Isolator assembly designed for installation in hanger rod suspension system utilizing elastomeric (e.g.,neoprene,rubber)isolator material for the lower hanger rod connection;specifically designed and rated for seismic applications with vertical limit stop to prevent upward travel of hanger rod and cushion impact. 4.Spring Isolator Hangers,Seismic: a.Description: Isolator assembly designed for installation in hanger rod suspension system utilizing single or multiple free-standing,laterally stable steel spring(s)in series with an elastomeric element for the lower hanger rod connection;specifically designed and rated for seismic applications with vertical limit stop to prevent upward travel of hanger rod and cushion impact. b.Designed to accommodate misalignment of bottom hanger rod up to 30 degrees (plus/minus 15 degrees)without short-circuiting of isolation. 5.Combination Resilient Material/Spring Isolator Hangers,Seismic: a.Description: Isolator assembly designed for installation in hanger rod suspension system utilizing single or multiple free-standing,laterally stable steel spring(s)for the lower hanger rod connection and elastomeric (e.g.,neoprene,rubber)isolator material for the upper hanger rod connection;specifically designed and rated for Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260548 -10 seismic applications with vertical limit stop to prevent upward travel of hanger rod and cushion impact. b.Designed to accommodate misalignment of bottom hanger rod up to 30 degrees (plus/minus 15 degrees)without short-circuiting of isolation. 2.5 SEISMIC RESTRAINT SYSTEMS A.Manufacturers: 1.Seismic Restraint Systems: a.AFCON,a brand of Anvil International: www.anvilintl.com/#sle. b.Eaton Corporation: www.eaton.com/#sle. c.Kinetics Noise Control,Inc: www.kineticsnoise.com/#sle. d.Mason Industries: www.mason-ind.com/#sle. 2.Substitutions: See Section 016000 -Product Requirements. B.Description: System components and accessories specifically designed for field assembly and attachment of seismic restraints. C.Cable Restraints: 1.Comply with ASCE 19. 2.Cables: Pre-stretched,galvanized steel wire rope with certified break strength. 3.Cable Connections: Use only swaged end fittings.Cable clips and wedge type end fittings are not permitted in accordance with ASCE 19. 4.Use protective thimbles for cable loops where potential for cable damage exists. D.Rigid Restraints:Use MFMA-4 steel channel (strut),steel angle,or steel pipe for structural element;suitable for both compressive and tensile design loads. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A.Verify that field measurements are as shown on the drawings. B.Verify that mounting surfaces are ready to receive vibration isolation and/or seismic control components and associated attachments. C.Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation prior to starting work. 3.2 CODE-REQUIRED SPECIAL INSPECTIONS A.Arrange work to accommodate tests and/or inspections performed by Special Inspection Agency employed by Owner or Architect in accordance with Section 014533 and statement of special inspections as required by applicable building code. B.Frequency of Special Inspections: Where special inspections are designated as continuous or periodic,arrange work accordingly. 1.Continuous Special Inspections: Special Inspection Agency to be present in the area where the work is being performed and observe the work at all times the work is in progress. 2.Periodic Special Inspections: Special Inspection Agency to be present in the area where work is being performed and observe the work part-time or intermittently and at the completion of the work. C.Seismic special inspections include,but are not limited to: 1.Seismically Qualified Equipment: Verification that label,anchorage,and mounting comply with certificate of compliance. 2.Anchorage of electric equipment for emergency and standby power systems for Seismic Design Categories C,D,E,and F;periodic inspection. 3.Anchorage of electrical equipment other than for emergency and standby power systems for Seismic Design Categories E and F;periodic inspection. 4.Installation and anchorage of vibration isolation systems for Seismic Design Categories C, D,E,and F where Contract Documents require a nominal clearance of 1/4 inch or less between equipment support frame and seismic restraint;periodic inspection. Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260548 -11 5.Verification of required clearances between electrical equipment,distribution systems,and associated supports and fire protection sprinkler system drops and sprigs for Seismic Design Categories C,D,E,and F;periodic inspection. D.Prior to starting work,Contractor to submit written statement of responsibility to authorities having jurisdiction and to Owner acknowledging awareness of special requirements contained in the statement of special inspections. E.Special Inspection Agency services do not relieve Contractor from performing inspections and testing specified elsewhere. 3.3 INSTALLATION A.Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B.Install products in accordance with applicable requirements of NECA 1 (general workmanship). C.Install anchors and fasteners in accordance with ICC Evaluation Services,LLC (ICC-ES) evaluation report conditions of use where applicable. D.Secure fasteners according to manufacturer's recommended torque settings. E.Install flexible conduit and cable connections to provide sufficient slack for vibration isolation and/or seismic relative displacements as indicated or as required. F.Vibration Isolation Systems: 1.Vibration-Isolated Equipment Support Bases: a.Provide specified minimum clearance beneath base. 2.Spring Isolators: a.Position equipment at operating height;provide temporary blocking as required. b.Lift equipment free of isolators prior to lateral repositioning to avoid damage to isolators. c.Level equipment by adjusting isolators gradually in sequence to raise equipment uniformly such that excessive weight or stress is not placed on any single isolator. 3.Isolator Hangers: a.Use precompressed isolator hangers where required to facilitate installation and prevent damage to equipment utility connection provisions. b.Locate isolator hangers at top of hanger rods in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 4.Clean debris from beneath vibration-isolated equipment that could cause short-circuiting of isolation. 5.Use elastomeric grommets for attachments where required to prevent short-circuiting of isolation. 6.Adjust isolators to be free of isolation short circuits during normal operation. 7.Do not overtighten fasteners such that resilient material isolator pads are compressed beyond manufacturer's maximum recommended deflection. G.Seismic Controls: 1.Provide specified snubbing element air gap;remove any factory-installed spacers,debris or other obstructions. 2.Use only specified components,anchorage,and hardware evaluated by seismic design. Comply with conditions of seismic certification where applicable. 3.Where mounting hole diameter exceeds bolt diameter by more than 0.125 inch,use epoxy grout,elastomeric grommet,or welded washer to reduce clearance to 0.125 inch or less. 4.Equipment with Sheet Metal Housings: a.Use Belleville washers to distribute stress over a larger surface area of the sheet metal connection interface as approved by manufacturer. b.Attach additional steel as approved by manufacturer where required to transfer loads to structure. c.Where mounting surface is irregular,do not shim housing;reinforce housing with additional steel as approved by manufacturer. 5.Concrete Housekeeping Pads: Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260548 -12 a.Size in accordance with seismic design to meet anchor requirements. b.Install pad reinforcement and doweling in accordance with seismic design to ensure integrity of pad and associated connection to slab. 6.Seismic Restraint Systems: a.Do not attach seismic restraints and gravity supports to dissimilar parts of structure that may move differently during an earthquake. b.Install restraints within permissible angles in accordance with seismic design. c.Install cable restraints straight between component/run and structural attachment;do not bend around other nonstructural components or structural elements. d.Install cable restraints for vibration-isolated components slightly slack to prevent short-circuiting of isolation. e.Install hanger rod stiffeners where indicated using only specified clamps;do not weld stiffeners to hanger rod. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.See Section 014000 -Quality Requirements,for additional requirements. B.Inspect vibration isolation and/or seismic control components for damage and defects. C.Vibration Isolation Systems: 1.Verify isolator static deflections. 2.Verify required clearance beneath vibration-isolated equipment support bases. 3.Verify vibration isolation performance during normal operation;investigate sources of isolation short circuits. D.Seismic Controls: 1.Verify snubbing element air gaps. E.Correct deficiencies and replace damaged or defective vibration isolation and/or seismic control components. END OF SECTION Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260553 -1 SECTION 260553 IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A.Electrical identification requirements. B.Identification nameplates and labels. C.Wire and cable markers. D.Voltage markers. E.Underground warning tape. F.Warning signs and labels. 1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 260519 -Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables: Color coding for power conductors and cables 600 V and less;vinyl color coding electrical tape. B.Section 262300 -Low-Voltage Switchgear: Factory-installed mimic bus. C.Section 271000 -Structured Cabling: Identification for communications cabling and devices. 1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS A.ANSI Z535.2 -American National Standard for Environmental and Facility Safety Signs 2011 (Reaffirmed 2017). B.ANSI Z535.4 -American National Standard for Product Safety Signs and Labels 2011 (Reaffirmed 2017). C.NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction,Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements. D.NFPA 70E -Standard for Electrical Safety in the Workplace 2021. E.UL 969 -Marking and Labeling Systems Current Edition,Including All Revisions. 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A.Coordination: 1.Verify final designations for equipment,systems,and components to be identified prior to fabrication of identification products. B.Sequencing: 1.Do not conceal items to be identified,in locations such as above suspended ceilings,until identification products have been installed. 2.Do not install identification products until final surface finishes and painting are complete. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A.See Section 013000 -Administrative Requirements for submittals procedures. B.Product Data: Provide manufacturer's standard catalog pages and data sheets for each product. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Comply with requirements of NFPA 70. 1.7 FIELD CONDITIONS A.Do not install adhesive products when ambient temperature is lower than recommended by manufacturer. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 IDENTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS A.Identification for Equipment: Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260553 -2 1.Use identification nameplate to identify each piece of electrical distribution and control equipment and associated sections,compartments,and components. a.Switchgear: 1)Identify ampere rating. 2)Identify voltage and phase. 3)Identify power source and circuit number.Include location when not within sight of equipment. 4)Use identification nameplate to identify load(s)served for each branch device. Do not identify spares and spaces. b.Switchboards: 1)Identify ampere rating. 2)Identify voltage and phase. 3)Identify power source and circuit number.Include location when not within sight of equipment. 4)Use identification nameplate to identify load(s)served for each branch device. Do not identify spares and spaces. c.Panelboards: 1)Identify ampere rating. 2)Identify voltage and phase. 3)Identify power source and circuit number.Include location when not within sight of equipment. 4)Use typewritten circuit directory to identify load(s)served for panelboards with a door.Identify spares and spaces using pencil. 5)For power panelboards without a door,use identification nameplate to identify load(s)served for each branch device.Do not identify spares and spaces. d.Transformers: 1)Identify kVA rating. 2)Identify voltage and phase for primary and secondary. e.Enclosed switches,circuit breakers,and motor controllers: 1)Identify voltage and phase. f.Enclosed Contactors: 1)Identify ampere rating. 2)Identify voltage and phase. g.Centralized Emergency Lighting Inverters: 1)Identify input and output voltage and phase. h.Transfer Switches: 1)Identify voltage and phase. 2)Identify short circuit current rating based on the specific overcurrent protective device type and settings protecting the transfer switch. 2.Service Equipment: a.Use identification nameplate to identify each service disconnecting means. 3.Emergency System Equipment: a.Use identification nameplate or voltage marker to identify emergency system equipment in accordance with NFPA 70. b.Use identification nameplate at each piece of service equipment to identify type and location of on-site emergency power sources. 4.Available Fault Current Documentation: Use identification label to identify the available fault current and date calculations were performed at locations requiring documentation by NFPA 70 including but not limited to the following. a.Service equipment. b.Industrial control panels. c.Motor control centers. d.Elevator control panels. e.Industrial machinery. Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260553 -3 5.Arc Flash Hazard Warning Labels: Use warning labels to identify arc flash hazards for electrical equipment,such as switchboards,panelboards,industrial control panels,meter socket enclosures,and motor control centers that are likely to require examination, adjustment,servicing,or maintenance while energized. a.Minimum Size: 3.5 by 5 inches. b.Legend: Include orange header that reads "WARNING",followed by the word message "Arc Flash and Shock Hazard;Appropriate PPE Required;Do not operate controls or open covers without appropriate personal protection equipment;Failure to comply may result in injury or death;Refer to NFPA 70E for minimum PPE requirements"or approved equivalent. c.Service Equipment: Include the following information in accordance with NFPA 70. 1)Nominal system voltage. 2)Available fault current. 3)Date label applied. B.Identification for Conductors and Cables: 1.Color Coding for Power Conductors 600 V and Less: Comply with Section 260519. 2.Use identification nameplate or identification label to identify color code for ungrounded and grounded power conductors inside door or enclosure at each piece of feeder or branch-circuit distribution equipment when premises has feeders or branch circuits served by more than one nominal voltage system. 2.2 IDENTIFICATION NAMEPLATES AND LABELS A.Identification Nameplates: 1.Manufacturers: a.Brimar Industries,Inc: www.brimar.com/#sle. b.Kolbi Pipe Marker Co: www.kolbipipemarkers.com/#sle. c.Seton Identification Products: www.seton.com/#sle. 2.Materials: a.Indoor Clean,Dry Locations: Use plastic nameplates. 3.Plastic Nameplates: Two-layer or three-layer laminated acrylic or electrically non- conductive phenolic with beveled edges;minimum thickness of 1/16 inch;engraved text. 4.Mounting Holes for Mechanical Fasteners: Two,centered on sides for sizes up to 1 inch high;Four,located at corners for larger sizes. B.Identification Labels: 1.Materials: Use self-adhesive laminated plastic labels;UV,chemical,water,heat,and abrasion resistant. 2.Text: Use factory pre-printed or machine-printed text.Do not use handwritten text unless otherwise indicated. 2.3 WIRE AND CABLE MARKERS A.Manufacturers: 1.Brady Corporation: www.bradyid.com/#sle. 2.HellermannTyton: www.hellermanntyton.com/#sle. 3.Panduit Corp: www.panduit.com/#sle. B.Markers for Conductors and Cables: Use wrap-around self-adhesive vinyl cloth,wrap-around self-adhesive vinyl self-laminating,heat-shrink sleeve,plastic sleeve,plastic clip-on,or vinyl split sleeve type markers suitable for the conductor or cable to be identified. C.Markers for Conductor and Cable Bundles: Use plastic marker tags secured by nylon cable ties. D.Legend: Power source and circuit number or other designation indicated. E.Text: Use factory pre-printed or machine-printed text,all capitalized unless otherwise indicated. F.Minimum Text Height: 1/8 inch. G.Color: Black text on white background unless otherwise indicated. Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260553 -4 2.4 VOLTAGE MARKERS A.Manufacturers: 1.Brady Corporation: www.bradyid.com/#sle. 2.Brimar Industries,Inc: www.brimar.com/#sle. 3.Seton Identification Products: www.seton.com/#sle. B.Minimum Size: 1.Markers for Equipment: 1 1/8 by 4 1/2 inches. C.Legend: D.Color: Black text on orange background unless otherwise indicated. 2.5 WARNING SIGNS AND LABELS A.Manufacturers: 1.Brimar Industries,Inc: www.brimar.com/#sle. 2.Clarion Safety Systems,LLC: www.clarionsafety.com/#sle. 3.Seton Identification Products: www.seton.com/#sle. B.Comply with ANSI Z535.2 or ANSI Z535.4 as applicable. C.Warning Signs: 1.Materials: 2.Minimum Size: 7 by 10 inches unless otherwise indicated. D.Warning Labels: 1.Materials: Use factory pre-printed or machine-printed self-adhesive polyester or self- adhesive vinyl labels;UV,chemical,water,heat,and abrasion resistant;produced using materials recognized to UL 969. 2.Machine-Printed Labels: Use thermal transfer process printing machines and accessories recommended by label manufacturer. 3.Minimum Size: 2 by 4 inches unless otherwise indicated. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A.Clean surfaces to receive adhesive products according to manufacturer's instructions. 3.2 INSTALLATION A.Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B.Install identification products to be plainly visible for examination,adjustment,servicing,and maintenance.Unless otherwise indicated,locate products as follows: 1.Surface-Mounted Equipment: Enclosure front. 2.Flush-Mounted Equipment: Inside of equipment door. 3.Free-Standing Equipment: Enclosure front;also enclosure rear for equipment with rear access. 4.Elevated Equipment: Legible from the floor or working platform. 5.Branch Devices: Adjacent to device. 6.Interior Components: Legible from the point of access. 7.Conductors and Cables: Legible from the point of access. C.Install identification products centered,level,and parallel with lines of item being identified. D.Secure nameplates to exterior surfaces of enclosures using stainless steel screws and to interior surfaces using self-adhesive backing or epoxy cement. E.Install self-adhesive labels and markers to achieve maximum adhesion,with no bubbles or wrinkles and edges properly sealed. F.Mark all handwritten text,where permitted,to be neat and legible. END OF SECTION Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 POWER SYSTEM STUDIES 260573 -1 SECTION 260573 POWER SYSTEM STUDIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A.Short-circuit study. B.Protective device coordination study as may be required for scope of work. C.Criteria for the selection and adjustment of equipment and associated protective devices not specified in this section,as determined by studies to be performed. 1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 260553 -Identification for Electrical Systems: Additional requirements for arc flash hazard warning labels. B.Section 262100 -Low-Voltage Electrical Service Entrance. C.Section 262300 -Low-Voltage Switchgear. D.Section 262413 -Switchboards. E.Section 262416 -Panelboards. F.Section 262513 -Low-Voltage Busways. G.Section 262813 -Fuses. H.Section 262816.13 -Enclosed Circuit Breakers. I.Section 262816.16 -Enclosed Switches. 1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS A.IEEE 141 -IEEE Recommended Practice for Electrical Power Distribution for Industrial Plants 1993 (Reaffirmed 1999). B.IEEE 242 -IEEE Recommended Practice for Protection and Coordination of Industrial and Commercial Power Systems 2001,with Errata (2003). C.IEEE 399 -IEEE Recommended Practice for Industrial and Commercial Power Systems Analysis 1997. D.IEEE 551 -IEEE Recommended Practice for Calculating Short-Circuit Currents in Industrial and Commercial Power Systems 2006. E.IEEE 1584 -IEEE Guide for Performing Arc-Flash Hazard Calculations 2018,with Errata (2019). F.NEMA MG 1 -Motors and Generators 2021. G.NETA ATS -Standard For Acceptance Testing Specifications For Electrical Power Equipment And Systems 2021. H.NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction,Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements. 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A.Coordination: 1.Existing Installations: Coordinate with equipment manufacturer(s)to obtain data necessary for completion of studies. 2.Coordinate the work to provide equipment and associated protective devices complying with criteria for selection and adjustment,as determined by studies to be performed. 3.Notify Architect of any conflicts with or deviations from Contract Documents.Obtain direction before proceeding with work. B.Sequencing: 1.Submit study reports prior to or concurrent with product submittals. Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 POWER SYSTEM STUDIES 260573 -2 2.Do not order equipment until matching study reports and product submittals have both been evaluated by Architect. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A.See Section 013000 -Administrative Requirements,for submittal procedures. B.Study preparer's qualifications. C.Field testing agency's qualifications. D.Study reports,stamped or sealed and signed by study preparer. E.Site-specific arc flash hazard warning labels. F.Field quality control reports. G.Certification that field adjustable protective devices have been set in accordance with requirements of studies. H.Project Record Documents: Revise studies as required to reflect as-built conditions. 1.Include hard copies with operation and maintenance data submittals. 2.Include computer software files used to prepare studies with file name(s)cross-referenced to specific pieces of equipment and systems. 1.6 POWER SYSTEM STUDIES A.Scope of Studies: 1.Perform analysis ofboth new and directly affected existing portions ofelectrical distribution systemas may be required for scope of work. 2.Except where study descriptions below indicate exclusions,analyze system at each bus from primary protective devices of utility source down to each piece of equipment involved,including parts of system affecting calculations being performed (e.g.fault current contribution from motors). 3.Include in analysis alternate sources and operating modes (including known future configurations)to determine worst case conditions. a.Known Operating Modes: 1)Utility as source. 2)Generator as source. B.General Study Requirements: 1.Comply with NFPA 70. 2.Perform studies utilizing computer software complying with specified requirements; manual calculations are not permitted. C.Data Collection: 1.Compile information on project-specific characteristics of actual installed equipment, protective devices,feeders,etc.as necessary to develop single-line diagram of electrical distribution system and associated input data for use in system modeling. a.Utility Source Data: Include primary voltage,maximum and minimum three-phase and line-to-ground fault currents,impedance,X/R ratio,and primary protective device information. 1)Obtain up-to-date information from existing coordination study to be provided by Owner. 2)Utility Company: To be determined by Contractor. b.Generators: Include manufacturer/model,kW and voltage ratings,and impedance. c.Motors: Include manufacturer/model,type (e.g.induction,synchronous),horsepower rating,voltage rating,full load amps,and locked rotor current or NEMA MG 1 code letter designation. d.Transformers: Include primary and secondary voltage ratings,kVA rating,winding configuration,percent impedance,and X/R ratio. e.Protective Devices: 1)Circuit Breakers: Include manufacturer/model,type (e.g.thermal magnetic, electronic trip),frame size,trip rating,voltage rating,interrupting rating,available Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 POWER SYSTEM STUDIES 260573 -3 field-adjustable trip response settings,and features (e.g.zone selective interlocking). 2)Fuses: Include manufacturer/model,type/class (e.g.Class J),size/rating,and speed (e.g.time delay,fast acting). f.Protective Relays: Include manufacturer/model,type,settings,current/potential transformer ratio,and associated protective device. g.Conductors: Include feeder size,material (e.g.copper,aluminum),insulation type, voltage rating,number per phase,raceway type,and actual length. 2.Existing Installations: a.Collect data on existing electrical distribution system necessary for completion of studies,including field verification of available existing data (e.g.construction documents,previous studies).Include actual settings for field-adjustable devices. D.Short-Circuit Study: 1.Comply with IEEE 551 and applicable portions of IEEE 141,IEEE 242,and IEEE 399. 2.For purposes of determining equipment short circuit current ratings,consider conditions that may result in maximum available fault current,including but not limited to: a.Maximum utility fault currents. b.Maximum motor contribution. c.Known operating modes (e.g.utility as source,generator as source,utility/generator in parallel,bus tie breaker open/close positions). 3.For each bus location,calculate the maximum available three-phase bolted symmetrical and asymmetrical fault currents.For grounded systems,also calculate the maximum available line-to-ground bolted fault currents. E.Protective Device Coordination Study: 1.Comply with applicable portions of IEEE 242 and IEEE 399. 2.Analyze alternate scenarios considering known operating modes (e.g.utility as source, generator as source,utility/generator in parallel,bus tie breaker open/close positions). 3.Analyze protective devices and associated settings for suitable margins between time- current curves to achieve full selective coordination while providing adequate protection for equipment and conductors. F.Study Reports: 1.General Requirements: a.Identify date of study and study preparer. b.Identify study methodology and software product(s)used. c.Identify scope of studies,assumptions made,implications of possible alternate scenarios,and any exclusions from studies. d.Identify base used for per unit values. e.Include single-line diagram and associated input data used for studies;identify buses on single-line diagram as referenced in reports,and indicate bus voltage. f.Include conclusions and recommendations. 2.Short-Circuit Study: a.For each scenario,identify at each bus location: 1)Calculated maximum available symmetrical and asymmetrical fault currents (both three-phase and line-to-ground where applicable). 2)Fault point X/R ratio. 3)Associated equipment short circuit current ratings. b.Identify locations where the available fault current exceeds the equipment short circuit current rating,along with recommendations. 3.Protective Device Coordination Study: a.For each scenario,include time-current coordination curves plotted on log-log scale graphs. b.For each graph include (where applicable): 1)Partial single-line diagram identifying the portion of the system illustrated. Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 POWER SYSTEM STUDIES 260573 -4 2)Protective Devices: Time-current curves with applicable tolerance bands for each protective device in series back to the source,plotted up to the maximum available fault current at the associated bus. 3)Conductors: Damage curves. 4)Transformers: Inrush points and damage curves. 5)Generators: Full load current,overload curves,decrement curves,and short circuit withstand points. 6)Motors: Full load current,starting curves,and damage curves. 7)Capacitors: Full load current and damage curves. c.For each protective device,identify fixed and adjustable characteristics with available ranges and recommended settings. 1)Circuit Breakers: Include long time pickup and delay,short time pickup and delay,and instantaneous pickup. 2)Include ground fault pickup and delay. 3)Include fuse ratings. 4)Protective Relays: Include current/potential transformer ratios,tap,time dial, and instantaneous pickup. d.Identify cases where either full selective coordination or adequate protection is not achieved,along with recommendations. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Study Preparer Qualifications: Professional electrical engineer licensed in the State in which the Project is located and with minimum five years experience in the preparation of studies of similar type and complexity using specified computer software. 1.Study preparer may be employed by the manufacturer of the electrical distribution equipment. 2.Study preparer may be employed by field testing agency. B.Field Testing Agency Qualifications: Independent testing organization specializing in testing, analysis,and maintenance of electrical systems with minimum five years experience;NETA Accredited Company. 1.Field Supervisor: Certified electrical testing technician;NETA ETT Level III. C.Computer Software for Study Preparation: Use the latest edition of commercially available software utilizing specified methodologies. 1.Acceptable Software Products: a.EasyPower LLC: www.easypower.com/#sle. b.ETAP/Operation Technology,Inc: www.etap.com/#sle. c.Power Analytics Corporation: www.poweranalytics.com/#sle. d.SKM Systems Analysis,Inc: www.skm.com/#sle. PART 3 EXECUTION 2.1 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.See Section 014000 -Quality Requirements,for additional requirements. B.Provide the services of field testing agency or equipment manufacturer's representative to perform inspection,testing,and adjusting. C.Inspect and test in accordance with NETA ATS,except Section 4. D.Adjust equipment and protective devices for compliance with studies and recommended settings. E.Notify Architect of any conflicts with or deviations from studies.Obtain direction before proceeding. F.Submit detailed reports indicating inspection and testing results,and final adjusted settings. 2.2 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES A.Training: Include as part of the base bid training for Owner's personnel on electrical safety pertaining to arc flash and shock hazards. Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 POWER SYSTEM STUDIES 260573 -5 1.Use site-specific arc flash and shock risk assessment report as training reference, supplemented with additional training materials as required. 2.Location: At project site. END OF SECTION Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 WIRING CONNECTIONS 260583 -1 SECTION 260583 WIRING CONNECTIONS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A.Electrical connections to equipment. 1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 260519 -Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables. B.Section 260533.13 -Conduit for Electrical Systems. C.Section 260533.16 -Boxes for Electrical Systems. D.Section 262726 -Wiring Devices. E.Section 262816.16 -Enclosed Switches. F.Section 262913 -Enclosed Controllers. 1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS A.NEMA WD 1 -General Color Requirements for Wiring Devices 1999 (Reaffirmed 2020). B.NEMA WD 6 -Wiring Devices -Dimensional Specifications 2016. C.NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction,Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements. 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A.Coordination: 1.Obtain and review shop drawings,product data,manufacturer's wiring diagrams,and manufacturer's instructions for equipment furnished under other sections. 2.Determine connection locations and requirements. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A.See Section 013000 -Administrative Requirements,for submittal procedures. B.Product Data: Provide wiring device manufacturer’s catalog information showing dimensions, configurations,and construction. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Comply with requirements of NFPA 70. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A.Cords and Caps: NEMA WD 6;match receptacle configuration at outlet provided for equipment. 1.Colors: Comply with NEMA WD 1. 2.Cord Construction: NFPA 70,Type SO,multiconductor flexible cord with identified equipment grounding conductor,suitable for use in damp locations. 3.Size: Suitable for connected load of equipment,length of cord,and rating of branch circuit overcurrent protection. B.Disconnect Switches: As specified in Section 262816.16 and in individual equipment sections. C.Wiring Devices: As specified in Section 262726. D.Flexible Conduit: As specified in Section 260533.13. E.Wire and Cable: As specified in Section 260519. F.Boxes: As specified in Section 260533.16. 2.2 EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS A. Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 WIRING CONNECTIONS 260583 -2 1.Electrical Connection: Flexible conduit. 2.Electrical Connection: Cord and plug (NEMA 6-20R). 3.Provide field-installed disconnect switch. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A.Verify that equipment is ready for electrical connection,wiring,and energization. 3.2 ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS A.Make electrical connections in accordance with equipment manufacturer's instructions. B.Make conduit connections to equipment using flexible conduit. Use liquidtight flexible conduit with watertight connectors in damp or wet locations. C.Connect heat producing equipment using wire and cable with insulation suitable for temperatures encountered. D.Provide receptacle outlet to accommodate connection with attachment plug. E.Provide cord and cap where field-supplied attachment plug is required. F.Install suitable strain-relief clamps and fittings for cord connections at outlet boxes and equipment connection boxes. G.Install disconnect switches,controllers,control stations,and control devices to complete equipment wiring requirements. H.Install terminal block jumpers to complete equipment wiring requirements. I.Install interconnecting conduit and wiring between devices and equipment to complete equipment wiring requirements. END OF SECTION Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES 260923 -1 SECTION 260923 LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A.Occupancy sensors. B.Outdoor motion sensors. C.Time switches. D.In-wall time switches. E.Outdoor photo controls. F.Daylighting controls. G.Lighting contactors. H.Accessories. 1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 253626 -Integrated Automation Lighting Relays. B.Section 260526 -Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems. C.Section 260529 -Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems D.Section 260533.16 -Boxes for Electrical Systems. E.Section 260553 -Identification for Electrical Systems: Identification products and requirements. F.Section 260918 -Remote Control Switching Devices: Remotely controlled devices for lighting control,including networked lighting controls,programmable relay panels,and remote control switching relays. G.Section 262726 -Wiring Devices: Devices for manual control of lighting,including wall switches,wall dimmers,and fan speed controllers. H.Section 262813 -Fuses. I.Section 262913 -Enclosed Controllers :General purpose contactors. J.Section 265100 -Interior Lighting. K.Section 265561 -Theatrical Lighting:Controls for stage lighting units. L.Section 265600 -Exterior Lighting. 1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS A.47 CFR 15 -Radio Frequency Devices current edition. B.ANSI C136.10 -American National Standard for Roadway and Area Lighting Equipment - Locking-Type Photocontrol Devices and Mating Receptacles -Physical and Electrical Interchangeability and Testing 2017. C.ANSI C136.24 -American National Standard for Roadway and Area Lighting Equipment - Nonlocking (Button)Type Photocontrols 2020. D.NECA 1 -Standard for Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction 2015. E.NECA 130 -Standard for Installing and Maintaining Wiring Devices 2016. F.NEMA 250 -Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum)2020. G.NEMA ICS 2 -Industrial Control and Systems Controllers,Contactors and Overload Relays Rated 600 Volts 2008 (Reaffirmed 2020). H.NEMA ICS 6 -Industrial Control and Systems: Enclosures 1993 (Reaffirmed 2016). I.NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction,Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements. Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES 260923 -2 J.UL 773 -Plug-in,Locking Type Photocontrols for Use with Area Lighting Current Edition, Including All Revisions. K.UL 773A -Nonindustrial Photoelectric Switches for Lighting Control Current Edition,Including All Revisions. L.UL 916 -Energy Management Equipment Current Edition,Including All Revisions. M.UL 917 -Clock-Operated Switches Current Edition,Including All Revisions. N.UL 1472 -Solid-State Dimming Controls Current Edition,Including All Revisions. O.UL 60947-1 -Low-Voltage Switchgear and Controlgear -Part 1:General Rules Current Edition, Including All Revisions. P.UL 60947-4-1 -Low-Voltage Switchgear and Controlgear -Part 4-1:Contactors and Motor- starters -Electromechanical Contactors and Motor-starters Current Edition,Including All Revisions. 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A.Coordination: 1.Coordinate the placement of lighting control devices with millwork,furniture,equipment, etc.installed under other sections or by others. 2.Coordinate the placement of wall switch occupancy sensors with actual installed door swings. 3.Coordinate the placement of occupancy sensors with millwork,furniture,equipment or other potential obstructions to motion detection coverage installed under other sections or by others. 4.Coordinate the placement of photo sensors for daylighting controls with windows, skylights,and luminaires to achieve optimum operation. Coordinate placement with ductwork,piping,equipment,or other potential obstructions to light level measurement installed under other sections or by others. 5.Notify Architect of any conflicts or deviations from Contract Documents to obtain direction prior to proceeding with work. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A.See Section 013000 -Administrative Requirements,for submittal procedures. B.Product Data: Include ratings,configurations,standard wiring diagrams,dimensions,colors, service condition requirements,and installed features. 1.Occupancy Sensors: Include detailed motion detection coverage range diagrams. C.Field Quality Control Reports. D.Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Include application conditions and limitations of use stipulated by product testing agency.Include instructions for storage,handling,protection, examination,preparation,and installation of product. E.Operation and Maintenance Data: Include detailed information on device programming and setup. F.Maintenance Materials: Furnish the following for Owner's use in maintenance of project. 1.See Section 016000 -Product Requirements,for additional provisions. G.Project Record Documents: Record actual installed locations and settings for lighting control devices. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Comply with requirements of NFPA 70. 1.7 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND PROTECTION A.Store products in a clean,dry space in original manufacturer's packaging in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions until ready for installation. Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES 260923 -3 1.8 FIELD CONDITIONS A.Maintain field conditions within manufacturer's required service conditions during and after installation. 1.9 WARRANTY A.See Section 017800 -Closeout Submittals,for additional warranty requirements. B.Provide five year manufacturer warranty for all occupancy sensors. C.Provide two year manufacturer warranty for all daylighting controls. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A.Provide products listed,classified,and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended. B.Unless specifically indicated to be excluded,provide all required conduit,wiring,connectors, hardware,components,accessories,etc.as required for a complete operating system. 2.2 OCCUPANCY SENSORS A.Manufacturers: 1.Hubbell Incorporated: www.hubbell.com/#sle. 2.Lutron Electronics Company,Inc: www.lutron.com/#sle. 3.Sensor Switch Inc: www.sensorswitch.com/#sle. 4.WattStopper: www.wattstopper.com/#sle. B.All Occupancy Sensors: 1.Description: Factory-assembled commercial specification grade devices for indoor use capable of sensing both major motion,such as walking,and minor motion,such as small desktop level movements,according to published coverage areas,for automatic control of load indicated. 2.Sensor Technology: a.Passive Infrared (PIR)Occupancy Sensors: Designed to detect occupancy by sensing movement of thermal energy between zones. b.Ultrasonic Occupancy Sensors: Designed to detect occupancy by sensing frequency shifts in emitted and reflected inaudible sound waves. c.Passive Infrared/Ultrasonic Dual Technology Occupancy Sensors: Designed to detect occupancy using a combination of both passive infrared and ultrasonic technologies. 3.Provide LED to visually indicate motion detection with separate color LEDs for each sensor type in dual technology units. 4.Operation: Unless otherwise indicated,occupancy sensor to turn load on when occupant presence is detected and to turn load off when no occupant presence is detected during an adjustable turn-off delay time interval. 5.Dual Technology Occupancy Sensors: Field configurable turn-on and hold-on activation with settings for activation by either or both sensing technologies. 6.Turn-Off Delay: Field adjustable,with time delay settings up to 30 minutes. 7.Sensitivity: Field adjustable. 8.Adaptive Technology: Field selectable;capable of self-adjusting sensitivity and time delay according to conditions. 9.Compatibility (Non-Dimming Sensors): Suitable for controlling incandescent lighting,low- voltage lighting with electronic and magnetic transformers,fluorescent lighting with electronic and magnetic ballasts,and fractional motor loads,with no minimum load requirements. 10.Load Rating for Line Voltage Occupancy Sensors: As required to control the load indicated on drawings. 11.Where wired sensors are indicated,wireless sensors are acceptable provided that all components and wiring modifications necessary for proper operation are included. 12.Wireless Sensors: Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES 260923 -4 a.RF Range: 30 feet through typical construction materials. b.Electromagnetic Interference/Radio Frequency Interference (EMI/RFI)Limits: Comply with FCC requirements of 47 CFR 15,for Class B application. c.Power: Battery-operated with minimum ten-year battery life. C.Wall Switch Occupancy Sensors: 1.All Wall Switch Occupancy Sensors: a.Description: Occupancy sensors designed for installation in standard wall box at standard wall switch mounting height with a field of view of 180 degrees,integrated manual control capability,and no leakage current to load in off mode. b.Manual-Off Override Control: When used to turn off load while in automatic-on mode, unit to revert back to automatic mode after no occupant presence is detected during the delayed-off time interval. 2.Passive Infrared (PIR)Wall Switch Occupancy Sensors: Capable of detecting motion within an area of 900 square feet. 3.Ultrasonic Wall Switch Occupancy Sensors: Capable of detecting motion within an area of 400 square feet. 4.Passive Infrared/Ultrasonic Dual Technology Wall Switch Occupancy Sensors: Capable of detecting motion within an area of 900 square feet. D.Wall Dimmer Occupancy Sensors: 1.General Requirements: a.Description: Occupancy sensors designed for installation in standard wall box at standard wall switch mounting height with a field of view of 180 degrees,integrated dimming control capability ,and no leakage current to load in off mode. b.Dimmer: Solid-state with continuous full-range even control following square law dimming curve,integral radio frequency interference filtering,power failure preset memory,air gap switch accessible without removing wall plate,and listed as complying with UL 1472;type and rating suitable for load controlled. 2.Passive Infrared (PIR)Wall Dimmer Occupancy Sensors: Capable of detecting motion within an area of 900 square feet. E.Ceiling Mounted Occupancy Sensors: 1.All Ceiling Mounted Occupancy Sensors: a.Description: Low profile occupancy sensors designed for ceiling installation. 2.Passive Infrared (PIR)Ceiling Mounted Occupancy Sensors: a.Standard Range Sensors: Capable of detecting motion within an area of 450 square feet at a mounting height of 9 feet,with a field of view of 360 degrees. b.Extended Range Sensors: Capable of detecting motion within an area of 1,200 square feet at a mounting height of 9 feet,with a field of view of 360 degrees. 3.Ultrasonic Ceiling Mounted Occupancy Sensors: a.Standard Range Sensors: Capable of detecting motion within an area of 500 square feet at a mounting height of 9 feet,with a field of view of 360 degrees. b.Medium Range Sensors: Capable of detecting motion within an area of 1,000 square feet at a mounting height of 9 feet,with a field of view of 360 degrees. c.Extended Range Sensors: Capable of detecting motion within an area of 2,000 square feet at a mounting height of 9 feet. 4.Passive Infrared/Ultrasonic Dual Technology Ceiling Mounted Occupancy Sensors: a.Standard Range Sensors: Capable of detecting motion within an area of 450 square feet at a mounting height of 9 feet,with a field of view of 360 degrees. b.Extended Range Sensors: Capable of detecting motion within an area of 1,200 square feet at a mounting height of 9 feet,with a field of view of 360 degrees. 5.Passive Infrared/Acoustic Dual Technology Ceiling Mounted Occupancy Sensors: a.Standard Range Sensors: Capable of detecting motion within an area of 450 square feet at a mounting height of 9 feet,with a field of view of 360 degrees. b.Extended Range Sensors: Capable of detecting motion within an area of 1,200 square feet at a mounting height of 9 feet. Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES 260923 -5 F.Directional Occupancy Sensors: 1.All Directional Occupancy Sensors: Designed for wall or ceiling mounting,with integral swivel for field adjustment of motion detection coverage. a.Unless otherwise indicated or required to control the load indicated on drawings, provide low voltage units,for use with separate compatible accessory power packs. 2.Passive Infrared (PIR)Directional Occupancy Sensors: a.Standard Range Sensors: Capable of detecting motion within a distance of 40 feet at a mounting height of 10 feet. b.Long Range Sensors: Capable of detecting motion within a distance of 80 feet at a mounting height of 10 feet. c.High Bay Sensors: Capable of detecting motion within a distance of 50 feet at a mounting height of 30 feet. 3.Passive Infrared/Ultrasonic Dual Technology Directional Occupancy Sensors: Capable of detecting motion within a distance of 40 feet at a mounting height of 10 feet. G.Luminaire Mounted Occupancy Sensors: Designed for direct luminaire installation and control, suitable for use with specified luminaires. H.Power Packs for Low Voltage Occupancy Sensors: 1.Description: Plenum rated,self-contained low voltage class 2 transformer and relay compatible with specified low voltage occupancy sensors for switching of line voltage loads. 2.Provide quantity and configuration of power and slave packs with all associated wiring and accessories as required to control the load indicated on drawings. 3.Input Supply Voltage: Dual rated for 120/277 V ac. I.Power Packs for Wireless Occupancy Sensors: 1.Description: Plenum rated,self-contained relay compatible with specified wireless occupancy sensors for switching of line voltage loads. 2.Input Supply Voltage: Dual rated for 120/277 V ac. 3.Load Rating: As required to control the load indicated on drawings. 2.3 OUTDOOR MOTION SENSORS A.Description: Factory-assembled wet location listed device suitable for wall or ceiling/eave mounting,with integral swivel for field adjustment of coverage,capable of detecting motion for automatic control of load indicated. B.Sensor Technology: Passive Infrared (PIR)designed to detect occupancy by sensing movement of thermal energy between zones. C.Operation: Unless otherwise indicated,motion sensor to turn load on when motion is detected and to turn load off when no motion is detected during an adjustable turn-off delay time interval. D.Turn-Off Delay: Field adjustable,with time delay settings available up to 15 minutes. E.Integral Photocell: For dusk to dawn operation. F.Manual Override: Activated by switching power off to unit and then back on. G.Load Rating: 1,000 W incandescent and fluorescent load at 120 V ac. H.Coverage: Capable of detecting motion within a distance of 50 feet at a mounting height of 8 feet,with a field of view of 270 degrees. 2.4 TIME SWITCHES A.Manufacturers: 1.Intermatic,Inc: www.intermatic.com/#sle. 2.Tork,a division of NSI Industries LLC: www.tork.com/#sle. B.Digital Electronic Time Switches: 1.Description: Factory-assembled solid state programmable controller with LCD display, listed and labeled as complying with UL 916 or UL 917. 2.Program Capability: Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES 260923 -6 3.Schedule Capacity: Not less than 16 programmable on/off operations. 4.Provide automatic daylight savings time and leap year compensation. 5.Provide power outage backup to retain programming and maintain clock. 6.Manual override: Capable of overriding current schedule both permanently and temporarily until next scheduled event. 7.Input Supply Voltage: As indicated on the drawings. 8.Provide lockable enclosure;environmental type per NEMA 250 as specified for the following installation locations: C.Electromechanical Time Switches: 1.Description: Factory-assembled controller with motor-operated timing dial mechanism and adjustable trippers for setting on/off operations,listed and labeled as complying with UL 917. 2.Program Capability: a.Astronomic Time Switches: With same schedule for each day of the week and skip- a-day feature to omit selected days with automatic adjustment for seasonal changes in sunrise and sunset times. 3.Schedule Capacity: a.Astronomic Time Switches: Capable of turning load on at sunset and off at either sunrise or selected fixed time. 4.Manual override: Capable of overriding current schedule both permanently and temporarily until next scheduled event. 5.Input Supply Voltage: As indicated on the drawings. 6.Provide lockable enclosure;environmental type per NEMA 250 as specified for the following installation locations: 2.5 OUTDOOR PHOTO CONTROLS A.Stem-Mounted Outdoor Photo Controls: 1.Description: Direct-wired photo control unit with threaded conduit mounting stem and field-adjustable swivel base,listed and labeled as complying with UL 773A. 2.Housing: Weatherproof,impact resistant polycarbonate. 3.Photo Sensor: Cadmium sulfide. 4.Provide external sliding shield for field adjustment of light level activation. 5.Light Level Activation: 1 to 5 footcandles turn-on and 3 to 1 turn-off to turn-on ratio with delayed turn-off. 6.Voltage: As required to control the load indicated on the drawings. 7.Failure Mode: Fails to the on position. 8.Load Rating: As required to control the load indicated on the drawings. B.Locking Receptacle-Mounted Outdoor Photo Controls 1.Description: Plug-in locking type photo control unit complying with ANSI C136.10 for mounting on a compatible receptacle,listed and labeled as complying with UL 773. 2.Housing: Weatherproof,impact resistant UV stabilized polypropylene,color to be selected. 3.Photo Sensor: Cadmium sulfide. 4.Light Level Activation: 1 to 3 footcandles turn-on and 1.5 to 1 turn-off to turn-on ratio with instant turn-on and delayed turn-off. 5.Voltage: As required to control the load indicated on the drawings. 6.Failure Mode: Fails to the on position. 7.Load Rating: As required to control the load indicated on the drawings. 8.Surge Protection: 160 joule metal oxide varistor. C.Button Type Outdoor Photo Controls 1.Description: Direct-wired photo control unit complying with ANSI C136.24 with weatherproof gasketed wall plate where required or indicated,listed and labeled as complying with UL 773A. 2.Housing: Weather resistant polycarbonate. Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES 260923 -7 3.Photo Sensor: Cadmium sulfide. 4.Light Level Activation: 1 to 3 footcandles turn-on and 3 to 1 turn-off to turn-on ratio with delayed turn-off. 5.Voltage: As required to control the load indicated on the drawings. 6.Failure Mode: Fails to the on position. 7.Load Rating: As required to control the load indicated on the drawings. 2.6 DAYLIGHTING CONTROLS A.System Description: Control system consisting of photo sensors and compatible control modules and power packs,contactors,or relays as required for automatic control of load indicated according to available natural light;capable of integrating with occupancy sensors and manual override controls. B.Daylighting Control Photo Sensors: Low voltage class 2 photo sensor units with output signal proportional to the measured light level and provision for zero or offset based signal. 1.Sensor Type: Filtered silicon photo diode. 2.Sensor Range: 3.Where wired sensors are indicated,wireless sensors are acceptable provided that all components and wiring modifications necessary for proper operation are included. 4.Wireless Daylighting Control Photo Sensors: a.RF Range: 30 feet through typical construction materials. b.Electromagnetic Interference/Radio Frequency Interference (EMI/RFI)Limits: Comply with FCC requirements of 47 CFR 15,for Class B application. c.Power: Battery-operated with minimum ten-year battery life. C.Dimming Photo Sensors: Photo sensor units with integral controller compatible with specified dimming ballasts,for direct continuous dimming of up to 50 ballasts. D.Daylighting Control Switching Modules for Low Voltage Sensors: Low voltage class 2 control unit compatible with specified photo sensors,for switching of compatible power packs, contactors,or relays in response to changes in measured light levels according to selected settings. 1.Operation: Unless otherwise indicated,load to be turned on when light level is below selected low set point and load to be turned off when light level is above selected high set point,with a no switching dead band between set points to prevent unwanted cycling. 2.Input Delay: To prevent unwanted cycling due to intermittent light level fluctuations. 3.Control Capability: a.Multi-Zone Switching Modules: Capable of controlling up to three separately programmable channels. E.Daylighting Control Switching Modules for Wireless Sensors: 1.Description: Plenum rated,self-contained relay compatible with specified wireless photo sensors for switching of line voltage loads in response to changes in measured light levels according to selected settings. 2.Operation: Unless otherwise indicated,load to be turned on when light level is below selected low set point and load to be turned off when light level is above selected high set point,with a no switching dead band between set points to prevent unwanted cycling. 3.Input Delay: To prevent unwanted cycling due to intermittent light level fluctuations. 4.Control Capability: Capable of controlling one programmable channel. 5.Input Supply Voltage: Dual rated for 120/277 V ac. 6.Load Rating: As required to control the load indicated on drawings. F.Daylighting Control Dimming Modules for Low Voltage Sensors: Low voltage class 2 control unit compatible with specified photo sensors and with specified dimming ballasts,for both continuous dimming of compatible dimming ballasts and switching of compatible power packs, contactors,or relays in response to changes in measured light levels according to selected settings. 1.Operation: Unless otherwise indicated,specified load to be continuously brightened as not enough daylight becomes available and continuously dimmed as enough daylight Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES 260923 -8 becomes available. 2.Control Capability: Capable of controlling up to three separately programmable channels, with up to 50 ballasts per channel. 3.Dimming and Fade Rates: Adjustable from 5 to 60 seconds. 4.Cut-Off Delay: Selectable and adjustable from 0 to 20 minutes. G.Daylighting Control Dimming Modules for Wireless Sensors: 1.Description: Plenum rated control unit compatible with specified wireless photo sensors and with specified dimming ballasts,for continuous dimming of compatible dimming ballasts in response to changes in measured light levels according to selected settings. 2.Operation: Unless otherwise indicated,specified load to be continuously brightened as not enough daylight becomes available and continuously dimmed as enough daylight becomes available. 3.Load to be turned off when available daylight is sufficient to fully dim the load,after the selected time delay. 4.Control Capability: Capable of controlling up to 32 ballasts with up to two separately programmable daylighting zones. H.Power Packs for Low Voltage Daylighting Control Modules: 1.Description: Plenum rated,self-contained low voltage class 2 transformer and relay compatible with specified low voltage daylighting control modules for switching of line voltage loads.Provide quantity and configuration of power and slave packs with all associated wiring and accessories as required to control the load indicated on drawings. 2.Input Supply Voltage: Dual rated for 120/277 V ac. 2.7 LIGHTING CONTACTORS A.Description: Magnetic lighting contactors complying with NEMA ICS 2,and listed and labeled as complying with UL 60947-1 and UL 60947-4-1;noncombination type unless otherwise indicated;ratings,configurations and features as indicated on the drawings. B.Short Circuit Current Rating: 1.Provide contactors with listed short circuit current rating not less than the available fault current at the installed location as indicated on the drawings. C.Enclosures: 1.Comply with NEMA ICS 6. 2.Environment Type per NEMA 250:Unless otherwise indicated,as specified for the following installation locations: 3.Finish: Manufacturer's standard unless otherwise indicated. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A.Verify that field measurements are as indicated. B.Verify that outlet boxes are installed in proper locations and at proper mounting heights and are properly sized to accommodate devices and conductors in accordance with NFPA 70. C.Verify that openings for outlet boxes are neatly cut and will be completely covered by devices or wall plates. D.Verify that final surface finishes are complete,including painting. E.Verify that branch circuit wiring installation is completed,tested,and ready for connection to lighting control devices. F.Verify that the service voltage and ratings of lighting control devices are appropriate for the service voltage and load requirements at the location to be installed. G.Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation prior to starting work. 3.2 INSTALLATION A.Install lighting control devices in accordance with NECA 1 (general workmanship)and,where applicable,NECA 130,including mounting heights specified in those standards unless Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES 260923 -9 otherwise indicated. B.Coordinate locations of outlet boxes provided under Section 260533.16 as required for installation of lighting control devices provided under this section. C.Install lighting control devices in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. D.Unless otherwise indicated,connect lighting control device grounding terminal or conductor to branch circuit equipment grounding conductor and to outlet box with bonding jumper. E.Install lighting control devices plumb and level,and held securely in place. F.Where required and not furnished with lighting control device,provide wall plate in accordance with Section 262726. G.Provide required supports in accordance with Section 260529. H.Where applicable,install lighting control devices and associated wall plates to fit completely flush to mounting surface with no gaps and rough opening completely covered without strain on wall plate.Repair or reinstall improperly installed outlet boxes or improperly sized rough openings.Do not use oversized wall plates in lieu of meeting this requirement. I.Occupancy Sensor Locations: 1.Locate ultrasonic and dual technology passive infrared/ultrasonic occupancy sensors a minimum of 4 feet from air supply ducts or other sources of heavy air flow and as per manufacturer's recommendations,in order to minimize false triggers. J.Outdoor Photo Control Locations: 1.Where possible,locate outdoor photo controls with photo sensor facing north.If north facing photo sensor is not possible,install with photo sensor facing east,west,or down. 2.Locate outdoor photo controls so that photo sensors do not face artificial light sources, including light sources controlled by the photo control itself. K.Install outdoor photo controls so that connections are weatherproof.Do not install photo controls with conduit stem facing up in order to prevent infiltration of water into the photo control. L.Daylighting Control Photo Sensor Locations: 1.Unless otherwise indicated,locate photo sensors for closed loop systems to accurately measure the light level controlled at the designated task location,while minimizing the measured amount of direct light from natural or artificial sources such as windows or pendant luminaires. 2.Unless otherwise indicated,locate photo sensors for open loop systems to accurately measure the level of daylight coming into the space,while minimizing the measured amount of lighting from artificial sources. M.Lamp Burn-In: Operate lamps at full output for minimum of 100 hours or prescribed period per manufacturer's recommendations prior to use with any dimming controls.Replace lamps that fail prematurely due to improper lamp burn-in. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.See Section 014000 -Quality Requirements,for additional requirements. B.Inspect each lighting control device for damage and defects. C.Test occupancy sensors to verify proper operation,including time delays and ambient light thresholds where applicable.Verify optimal coverage for entire room or area.Record test results in written report to be included with submittals. D.Test time switches to verify proper operation. E.Test outdoor photo controls to verify proper operation,including time delays where applicable. F.Test daylighting controls to verify proper operation,including light level measurements and time delays where applicable.Record test results in written report to be included with submittals. G.Correct wiring deficiencies and replace damaged or defective lighting control devices. Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES 260923 -10 3.4 ADJUSTING A.Adjust devices and wall plates to be flush and level. B.Adjust occupancy sensor settings to minimize undesired activations while optimizing energy savings,and to achieve desired function as indicated or as directed by Architect. C.Adjust position of directional occupancy sensors and outdoor motion sensors to achieve optimal coverage as required. D.Where indicated or as directed by Architect,install factory masking material or adjust integral blinders on passive infrared (PIR)and dual technology occupancy sensor lenses to block undesired motion detection. E.Adjust time switch settings to achieve desired operation schedule as indicated or as directed by Architect.Record settings in written report to be included with submittals. F.Adjust external sliding shields on outdoor photo controls under optimum lighting conditions to achieve desired turn-on and turn-off activation as indicated or as directed by Architect. G.Adjust daylighting controls under optimum lighting conditions after all room finishes,furniture, and window treatments have been installed to achieve desired operation as indicated or as directed by Architect.Record settings in written report to be included with submittals.Readjust controls calibrated prior to installation of final room finishes,furniture,and window treatments that do not function properly as determined by Architect. 3.5 CLEANING A.Clean exposed surfaces to remove dirt,paint,or other foreign material and restore to match original factory finish. 3.6 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES A.See Section 017900 -Demonstration and Training,for additional requirements. B.Demonstration: Demonstrate proper operation of lighting control devices to Architect,and correct deficiencies or make adjustments as directed. C.Training: Train Owner's personnel on operation,adjustment,programming,and maintenance of lighting control devices. 1.Use operation and maintenance manual as training reference,supplemented with additional training materials as required. END OF SECTION Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 LOW-VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS 262200 -1 SECTION 262200 LOW-VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A.General purpose transformers. B.K-factor transformers rated for nonlinear loads. C.Buck-boost transformers. D.Shielded transformers. 1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 033000 -Cast-in-Place Concrete:Concrete equipment pads. B.Section 260526 -Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems. C.Section 260529 -Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems. D.Section 260533.13 -Conduit for Electrical Systems: Flexible conduit connections. E.Section 260548 -Vibration and Seismic Controls for Electrical Systems. F.Section 260553 -Identification for Electrical Systems:Identification products and requirements. G.Section 260916 -Electric Controls and Relays:Industrial control transformers. H.Section 262416 -Panelboards. I.Section 262713 -Electricity Metering: Instrument transformers for electrical metering. 1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS A.10 CFR 431,Subpart K -Energy Efficiency Program for Certain Commercial and Industrial Equipment -Distribution Transformers Current Edition. B.IEEE C57.94 -IEEE Recommended Practice for Installation,Application,Operation,and Maintenance of Dry-Type Distribution and Power Transformers 2015. C.IEEE C57.96 -IEEE Standard Guide for Loading Dry-Type Distribution and Power Transformers 2013. D.NECA 1 -Standard for Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction 2015. E.NECA 409 -Standard for Installing and Maintaining Dry-Type Transformers 2015. F.NEMA ST 20 -Dry Type Transformers for General Applications 2014. G.NEMA 250 -Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum)2020. H.NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction,Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements. I.UL 506 -Standard for Specialty Transformers Current Edition,Including All Revisions. J.UL 1561 -Standard for Dry-Type General Purpose and Power Transformers Current Edition, Including All Revisions. 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A.Coordination: 1.Coordinate the work with other trades to avoid placement of ductwork,piping,equipment, or other potential obstructions within the dedicated equipment spaces and working clearances required by NFPA 70. 2.Coordinate arrangement of electrical equipment with the dimensions and clearance requirements of the actual equipment to be installed. 3.Coordinate the work with placement of supports,anchors,etc.required for mounting. 4.Verify with manufacturer that conductor terminations are suitable for use with the conductors to be installed. Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 LOW-VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS 262200 -2 5.Notify Architect of any conflicts with or deviations from Contract Documents.Obtain direction before proceeding with work. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A.See Section 013000 -Administrative Requirements,for submittal procedures. B.Product Data: Include voltage,kVA,impedance,tap configurations,insulation system class and rated temperature rise,efficiency,sound level,enclosure ratings,outline and support point dimensions,weight,required clearances,service condition requirements,and installed features. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Comply with requirements of NFPA 70. 1.7 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A.Store in a clean,dry space. Maintain factory wrapping or provide an additional heavy canvas or heavy plastic cover to protect units from dirt,water,construction debris,and traffic. B.Handle in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. Lift only with lugs provided for the purpose. Handle carefully to avoid damage to transformer internal components,enclosure, and finish. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A.ABB/GE: www.geindustrial.com/#sle. B.Eaton Corporation: www.eaton.com/#sle. C.Schneider Electric;Square D Products: www.schneider-electric.us/#sle. D.Siemens Industry,Inc: www.usa.siemens.com/#sle. 2.2 TRANSFORMERS -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A.Description: Factory-assembled,dry type transformers for 60 Hz operation designed and manufactured in accordance with NEMA ST 20 and listed,classified,and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended. B.Unless noted otherwise,transformer ratings indicated are for continuous loading according to IEEE C57.96 under the following service conditions: 1.Altitude: Less than 3,300 feet. 2.Ambient Temperature: a.Greater than 10 kVA: Not exceeding 104 degrees F. b.Less than 10 kVA: Not exceeding 77 degrees F. C.Core: High grade,non-aging silicon steel with high magnetic permeability and low hysteresis and eddy current losses.Keep magnetic flux densities substantially below saturation point, even at 10 percent primary overvoltage.Tightly clamp core laminations to prevent plate movement and maintain consistent pressure throughout core length. D.Impregnate core and coil assembly with non-hydroscopic thermo-setting varnish to effectively seal out moisture and other contaminants. E.Basic Impulse Level: 10 kV. F.Ground core and coil assembly to enclosure by means of a visible flexible copper grounding strap. G.Isolate core and coil from enclosure using vibration-absorbing mounts. H.Nameplate: Include transformer connection data,ratings,wiring diagrams,and overload capacity based on rated winding temperature rise. 2.3 GENERAL PURPOSE TRANSFORMERS A.Description: Self-cooled,two winding transformers listed and labeled as complying with UL 506 or UL 1561;ratings as indicated on the drawings. B.Insulation System and Allowable Average Winding Temperature Rise: Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 LOW-VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS 262200 -3 1.Less than 15 kVA: Class 180 degrees C insulation system with 115 degrees C average winding temperature rise. 2.15 kVA and Larger: Class 220 degrees C insulation system with 150 degrees C average winding temperature rise. C.Coil Conductors: Continuous copperwindings with terminations brazed or welded. D.Winding Taps: 1.Less than 3 kVA: None. 2.3 kVA through 15 kVA: Two 5 percent full capacity primary taps below rated voltage. 3.15 kVA through 300 kVA: Two 2.5 percent full capacity primary taps above and four 2.5 percent full capacity primary taps below rated voltage. 4.500 kVA and Larger: Two 2.5 percent full capacity primary taps above and two 2.5 percent full capacity primary taps below rated voltage. E.Energy Efficiency: Comply with 10 CFR 431,Subpart K. F.Sound Levels: Standard sound levels complying with NEMA ST 20 G.Mounting Provisions: 1.Less than 15 kVA: Suitable for wall mounting. 2.15 kVA through 75 kVA: Suitable for wall,floor,or trapeze mounting. 3.Larger than 75 kVA: Suitable for floor mounting. H.Transformer Enclosure: Comply with NEMA ST 20. 1.Environment Type per NEMA 250:Unless otherwise indicated,as specified for the following installation locations: 2.Construction: Steel. a.Less than 15 kVA: Totally enclosed,non-ventilated. b.15 kVA and Larger: Ventilated. 3.Finish: Manufacturer's standard grey,suitable for outdoor installations. 4.Provide lifting eyes or brackets. 2.4 K-FACTOR TRANSFORMERS RATED FOR NONLINEAR LOADS A.Description: Self-cooled,two winding transformers listed and labeled as complying with UL 1561,and designed to supply nonlinear loads to the degree designated by the UL defined K- factor;ratings as indicated on the drawings. B.K-factor Rating: K-4,or higher. C.Insulation System and Allowable Average Winding Temperature Rise: Class 220 degrees C insulation system with 150 degrees C average winding temperature rise. D.Coil Conductors: Continuous copperwindings with terminations brazed or welded.Individually insulate secondary conductors and arrange to minimize hysteresis and eddy current losses at harmonic frequencies.Size secondary neutral conductor at twice the secondary phase conductor ampacity. E.Winding Taps: Two 2.5 percent full capacity primary taps above and four 2.5 percent full capacity primary taps below rated voltage. F.Neutral Bus: Sized to accommodate twice the rated secondary current. G.Energy Efficiency: Comply with 10 CFR 431,Subpart K. H.Sound Levels: Standard sound levels complying with NEMA ST 20 I.Mounting Provisions: 1.Up to 75 kVA: Suitable for wall,floor,or trapeze mounting. 2.Larger than 75 kVA: Suitable for floor mounting. J.Transformer Enclosure: Comply with NEMA ST 20. 1.Environment Type per NEMA 250: Unless otherwise indicated,as specified for the following installation locations: 2.Construction: Steel,ventilated. 3.Finish: Manufacturer's standard grey,suitable for outdoor installations. Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 LOW-VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS 262200 -4 4.Provide lifting eyes or brackets. 2.5 BUCK-BOOST TRANSFORMERS A.Description: Self-cooled,four winding,buck-boost transformers listed and labeled as complying with UL 506 or UL 1561,and suitable for field connection as an autotransformer;ratings as indicated on the drawings. B.Insulation System and Allowable Average Winding Temperature Rise: 1.Less than 0.25 kVA: Class 105 degree C insulation system with 55 degrees C rise. 2.0.25 kVA and Larger: Class 180 degree C insulation system with 115 degree C rise. C.Coil Conductors: Continuous windings. D.Lugs: Suitable for terminating conductors sized for full rated load ampacity of transformer when operating in buck-boost configuration indicated. E.Mounting Provisions: Suitable for wall mounting. F.Transformer Enclosure: Comply with NEMA ST 20. 1.Environment Type per NEMA 250: Type 3R. 2.Construction: Steel,totally enclosed,non-ventilated. 3.Finish: Manufacturer's standard grey,suitable for outdoor installations. 2.6 SHIELDED TRANSFORMERS A.Description: Self-cooled,two winding,shielded isolation transformers listed and labeled as complying with UL 506 or UL 1561;ratings as indicated on the drawings. B.Insulation System and Allowable Average Winding Temperature Rise: 1.Less than 15 kVA: Class 180 degrees C insulation system with 115 degrees C average winding temperature rise. 2.15 kVA and Larger: Class 220 degrees C insulation system with 150 degrees C average winding temperature rise. C.Coil Conductors: Continuous copperwindings with terminations brazed or welded. D.Winding Taps: 1.Less than 3 kVA: None. 2.3 kVA through 15 kVA: Two 5 percent full capacity primary taps below rated voltage. 3.15 kVA through 300 kVA: Two 2.5 percent full capacity primary taps above and four 2.5 percent full capacity primary taps below rated voltage. 4.500 kVA and Larger: Two 2.5 percent full capacity primary taps above and two 2.5 percent full capacity primary taps below rated voltage. E.Energy Efficiency: Comply with 10 CFR 431,Subpart K. F.Sound Levels: Standard sound levels complying with NEMA ST 20 G.Winding Shield: Electrostatic,with separate insulated grounding connection. H.Mounting Provisions: 1.Less than 15 kVA: Suitable for wall mounting. 2.15 kVA through 75 kVA: Suitable for wall,floor,or trapeze mounting. 3.Larger than 75 kVA: Suitable for floor mounting. I.Transformer Enclosure: Comply with NEMA ST 20. 1.Environment Type per NEMA 250: Unless otherwise indicated,as specified for the following installation locations: 2.Construction: Steel. a.Less than 15 kVA: Totally enclosed,non-ventilated. b.15 kVA and Larger: Ventilated. 3.Finish:Manufacturer's standard grey,suitable for outdoor installations. 4.Provide lifting eyes or brackets. Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 LOW-VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS 262200 -5 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A.Verify that field measurements are as indicated. B.Verify that suitable support frames and anchors are installed where required and that mounting surfaces are ready to receive transformers. C.Perform pre-installation tests and inspections on transformers per manufacturer's instructions and as specified in NECA 409.Correct deficiencies prior to installation. D.Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation prior to starting work. 3.2 INSTALLATION A.Perform work in accordance with NECA 1 (general workmanship). B.Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C.Install transformers in accordance with NECA 409 and IEEE C57.94. D.Use flexible conduit,under the provisions of Section 260533.13,2 feet minimum length,for connections to transformer case. Make conduit connections to side panel of enclosure. E.Arrange equipment to provide minimum clearances as specified on transformer nameplate and in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and NFPA 70. F.Install transformers plumb and level. G.Transformer Support: 1.Provide required support and attachment in accordance with Section 260529,where not furnished by transformer manufacturer. 2.Use integral transformer flanges,accessory brackets furnished by manufacturer,or field- fabricated supports to support wall-mounted transformers. 3.Unless otherwise indicated,mount floor-mounted transformers on properly sized 3 inch high concrete pad constructed in accordance with Section 033000. 4.Use trapeze hangers assembled from threaded rods and metal channel (strut)to support suspended transformers.Provide independent support from building structure.Do not provide support from piping,ductwork,or other systems. H.Provide grounding and bonding in accordance with Section 260526. I.Remove shipping braces and adjust bolts that attach the core and coil mounting bracket to the enclosure according to manufacturer's recommendations in order to reduce audible noise transmission. J.Where not factory-installed,install lugs sized as required for termination of conductors as indicated. 3.3 CLEANING A.Clean dirt and debris from transformer components according to manufacturer's instructions. B.Repair scratched or marred exterior surfaces to match original factory finish. END OF SECTION Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 SWITCHBOARDS 262413 -1 SECTION 262413 SWITCHBOARDS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A.Low-voltage (600 V and less)switchboards and associated accessories for service and distribution applications. B.Overcurrent protective devices for switchboards. 1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 033000 -Cast-in-Place Concrete: Concrete equipment pads. B.Section 260526 -Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems. C.Section 260529 -Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems. D.Section 260548 -Vibration and Seismic Controls for Electrical Systems. 1.Includes requirements for the seismic qualification of equipment specified in this section. E.Section 260553 -Identification for Electrical Systems: Identification products and requirements. F.Section 260573 -Power System Studies: Additional criteria for the selection and adjustment of equipment and associated protective devices specified in this section. G.Section 262100 -Low-Voltage Electrical Service Entrance. H.Section 262300 -Low-Voltage Switchgear. I.Section 262419 -Motor-Control Centers. J.Section 262813 -Fuses:Fuses for fusible switches. K.Section 264300 -Surge Protective Devices. 1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS A.FS W-C-375 -Circuit Breakers,Molded Case;Branch Circuit and Service 2013e (Amended 2017). B.IEEE C57.13 -IEEE Standard Requirements for Instrument Transformers 2016. C.NECA 1 -Standard for Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction 2015. D.NECA 400 -Standard for Installing and Maintaining Switchboards 2007. E.NEMA 250 -Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum)2020. F.NEMA KS 1 -Heavy Duty Enclosed and Dead-Front Switches (600 Volts Maximum)2013. G.NEMA PB 2 -Deadfront Distribution Switchboards 2011. H.NEMA PB 2.1 -General Instructions for Proper Handling,Installation,Operation,and Maintenance of Deadfront Distribution Switchboards Rated 600 Volts or Less 2013. I.NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction,Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements. J.UL 98 -Enclosed and Dead-Front Switches Current Edition,Including All Revisions. K.UL 489 -Molded-Case Circuit Breakers,Molded-Case Switches and Circuit Breaker Enclosures Current Edition,Including All Revisions. L.UL 869A -Reference Standard for Service Equipment Current Edition,Including All Revisions. M.UL 891 -Switchboards Current Edition,Including All Revisions. N.UL 1053 -Ground-Fault Sensing and Relaying Equipment Current Edition,Including All Revisions. 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A.Coordination: Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 SWITCHBOARDS 262413 -2 1.Coordinate the work with other trades to avoid placement of ductwork,piping,equipment, or other potential obstructions within the dedicated equipment spaces and working clearances required by NFPA 70. 2.Coordinate arrangement of electrical equipment with the dimensions and clearance requirements of the actual equipment to be installed. 3.Verify with manufacturer that conductor terminations are suitable for use with the conductors to be installed. 4.Coordinate with manufacturer to provide shipping splits suitable for the dimensional constraints of the installation. 5.Notify Architect of any conflicts with or deviations from Contract Documents.Obtain direction before proceeding with work. B.Service Entrance Switchboards: 1.Coordinate with Utility Company to provide switchboards with suitable provisions for electrical service and utility metering,where applicable. 2.Coordinate with Owner to arrange for Utility Company required access to equipment for installation and maintenance. 3.Obtain Utility Company approval of switchboard prior to fabrication. 4.Arrange for inspections necessary to obtain Utility Company approval of installation. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A.See Section 013000 -Administrative Requirements,for submittal procedures. B.Product Data: Provide manufacturer's standard catalog pages and data sheets for switchboards,enclosures,overcurrent protective devices,and other installed components and accessories. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Comply with requirements of NFPA 70. 1.7 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A.Receive,inspect,handle,and store switchboards in accordance with manufacturer's instructions,NECA 400,and NEMA PB 2.1. B.Store in a clean,dry space having a uniform temperature to prevent condensation (including outdoor switchboards,which are not weatherproof until completely and properly installed). Where necessary,provide temporary enclosure space heaters or temporary power for permanent factory-installed space heaters. C.Maintain factory wrapping or provide an additional heavy canvas or heavy plastic cover to protect units from dirt,water,construction debris,and traffic. D.Handle carefully to avoid damage to switchboard internal components,enclosure,and finish. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A.Switchboards: 1.ABB/GE: www.geindustrial.com/#sle. 2.Eaton Corporation: www.eaton.com/#sle. 3.Schneider Electric;Square D Products: www.schneider-electric.us/#sle. 4.Siemens Industry,Inc: www.usa.siemens.com/#sle. 2.2 SWITCHBOARDS A.Provide switchboards consisting of all required components,control power transformers, instrumentation and control wiring,accessories,etc.as necessary for a complete operating system. B.Provide products listed,classified,and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended. C.Description: Dead-front switchboard assemblies complying with NEMA PB 2,and listed and labeled as complying with UL 891;ratings,configurations and features as indicated on the drawings. Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 SWITCHBOARDS 262413 -3 D.Service Entrance Switchboards: 1.Listed and labeled as suitable for use as service equipment according to UL 869A. 2.For solidly-grounded wye systems,provide factory-installed main bonding jumper between neutral and ground busses,and removable neutral disconnecting link for testing purposes. 3.Comply with Utility Company requirements for electrical service. E.Service Conditions: 1.Provide switchboards and associated components suitable for operation under the following service conditions without derating: a.Altitude: Less than 6,600 feet. b.Ambient Temperature: 1)Switchboards Containing Molded Case or Insulated Case Circuit Breakers: Between 23 degrees F and 104 degrees F. 2)Switchboards Containing Fusible Switches: Between -22 degrees F and 104 degrees F. 2.Provide switchboards and associated components suitable for operation at indicated ratings under the service conditions at the installed location. F.Short Circuit Current Rating: 1.Provide switchboards with listed short circuit current rating not less than the available fault current at the installed location as indicated on the drawings. G.Main Devices: Configure for top or bottom incoming feed as indicated or as required for the installation. Provide separate pull section and/or top-mounted pullbox as indicated or as required to facilitate installation of incoming feed. H.Bussing: Sized in accordance with UL 891 temperature rise requirements. 1.Through bus (horizontal cross bus)to be fully rated through full length of switchboard (non-tapered).Tapered bus is not permitted. 2.Provide solidly bonded equipment ground bus through full length of switchboard,with a suitable lug for each feeder and branch circuit equipment grounding conductor. 3.Phase and Neutral Bus Material: Aluminum. 4.Ground Bus Material: Aluminum. I.Conductor Terminations: Suitable for use with the conductors to be installed. 1.Line Conductor Terminations: a.Main and Neutral Lug Material: Aluminum,suitable for terminating aluminum or copper conductors. b.Main and Neutral Lug Type: Mechanical. 2.Load Conductor Terminations: a.Lug Material: Aluminum,suitable for terminating aluminum or copper conductors. b.Lug Type: J.Enclosures: 1.Environment Type per NEMA 250:Unless otherwise indicated,as specified for the following installation locations: 2.Finish: Manufacturer's standard unless otherwise indicated. K.Future Provisions: 1.Prepare designated spaces for future installation of devices including bussing,connectors, mounting hardware and all other required provisions. L.Surge Protective Devices: Where factory-installed,internally mounted surge protective devices are provided in accordance with Section 264300,list switchboards as a complete assembly including surge protective device. M.Ground Fault Protection: Where ground-fault protection is indicated,provide system listed and labeled as complying with UL 1053. N.Arc Flash Energy-Reducing Maintenance Switching: For circuit breakers rated 1200 A or higher,provide a local accessory switch with status indicator light that permits selection of a maintenance mode with alternate electronic trip unit settings for reduced fault clearing time. Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 SWITCHBOARDS 262413 -4 O.Instrument Transformers: 1.Comply with IEEE C57.13. 2.Select suitable ratio,burden,and accuracy as required for connected devices. 3.Current Transformers: Connect secondaries to shorting terminal blocks. 4.Potential Transformers: Include primary and secondary fuses with disconnecting means. 2.3 OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES A.Fusible Devices: 1.Fusible Switches: a.Description: Quick-make,quick-break,dead-front fusible switch units complying with NEMA KS 1,and listed and labeled as complying with UL 98;ratings,configurations, and features as indicated on the drawings. b.Fuse Clips: As required to accept indicated fuses. c.Provide externally operable handle with means for locking in the OFF position. Provide means for locking switch cover in the closed position.Provide safety interlock to prevent opening the cover with the switch in the ON position with capability of overriding interlock for testing purposes. B.Circuit Breakers: 1.Interrupting Capacity: a.Provide circuit breakers with interrupting capacity as required to provide the short circuit current rating indicated,but not less than specified minimum requirements. b.Fully Rated Systems: Provide circuit breakers with interrupting capacity not less than the short circuit current rating indicated. 2.Molded Case Circuit Breakers: a.Description: Quick-make,quick-break,over center toggle,trip-free,trip-indicating circuit breakers;listed and labeled as complying with UL 489,and complying with FS W-C-375 where applicable;ratings,configurations,and features as indicated on the drawings. b.Electronic Trip Circuit Breakers: Furnish solid state,microprocessor-based,true rms sensing trip units. c.Provide the following features and accessories where indicated or where required to complete installation: 1)Shunt Trip: Provide coil voltage as required for connection to indicated trip actuator. 3.Insulated Case Circuit Breakers: a.Description: Quick-make,quick-break,trip-free circuit breakers with two-step stored energy closing mechanism;standard 80 percent rated unless otherwise indicated; listed and labeled as complying with UL 489;ratings,configurations,and features as indicated on the drawings. b.Trip Units: Solid state,microprocessor-based,true rms sensing. 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A.See Section 014000 -Quality Requirements,for additional requirements. B.Factory test switchboards according to NEMA PB 2,including the following production (routine) tests on each switchboard assembly or component: 1.Dielectric tests. 2.Mechanical operation tests. 3.Grounding of instrument transformer cases test. 4.Electrical operation and control wiring tests,including polarity and sequence tests. 5.Ground-fault sensing equipment test. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A.Verify that field measurements are as indicated. Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 SWITCHBOARDS 262413 -5 B.Verify that the ratings and configurations of the switchboards and associated components are consistent with the indicated requirements. C.Verify that mounting surfaces are ready to receive switchboards. D.Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation prior to starting work. 3.2 INSTALLATION A.Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B.Install switchboards in accordance with NECA 1 (general workmanship),NECA 400,and NEMA PB 2.1. C.Arrange equipment to provide required clearances and maintenance access,including accommodations for any drawout devices. D.Where switchboard is indicated to be mounted with inaccessible side against wall,provide minimum clearance of 1/2 inch between switchboard and wall. E.Provide required support and attachment in accordance with Section 260529. F.Install switchboards plumb and level. G.Unless otherwise indicated,mount switchboards on properly sized 4 inch high concrete pad constructed in accordance with Section 033000. H.Provide grounding and bonding in accordance with Section 260526. I.Install all field-installed devices,components,and accessories. J.Provide fuses complying with Section 262813 for fusible switches as indicated. K.Where accessories are not self-powered,provide control power source as indicated or as required to complete installation. L.Set field-adjustable ground fault protection pickup and time delay settings as indicated. M.Provide filler plates to cover unused spaces in switchboards. 3.3 ADJUSTING A.Adjust tightness of mechanical and electrical connections to manufacturer's recommended torque settings. B.Adjust alignment of switchboard covers and doors. 3.4 CLEANING A.Clean dirt and debris from switchboard enclosures and components according to manufacturer's instructions. B.Repair scratched or marred surfaces to match original factory finish. 3.5 PROTECTION A.Protect installed switchboards from subsequent construction operations. END OF SECTION Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 PANELBOARDS 262416 -1 SECTION 262416 PANELBOARDS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A.Power distribution panelboards. B.Lighting and appliance panelboards. C.Load centers. D.Overcurrent protective devices for panelboards. 1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 260526 -Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems. B.Section 260529 -Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems. C.Section 260548 -Vibration and Seismic Controls for Electrical Systems. 1.Includes requirements for the seismic qualification of equipment specified in this section. D.Section 260553 -Identification for Electrical Systems: Identification products and requirements. E.Section 262200 -Low-Voltage Transformers: Small power centers with integral primary breaker,transformer,and panelboard. F.Section 262813 -Fuses: Fuses for fusible switches and spare fuse cabinets. G.Section 264300 -Surge Protective Devices. 1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS A.FS W-C-375 -Circuit Breakers,Molded Case;Branch Circuit and Service 2013e (Amended 2017). B.NECA 1 -Standard for Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction 2015. C.NECA 407 -Standard for Installing and Maintaining Panelboards 2015. D.NEMA 250 -Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum)2020. E.NEMA PB 1 -Panelboards 2011. F.NEMA PB 1.1 -General Instructions for Proper Installation,Operation and Maintenance of Panelboards Rated 600 Volts or Less 2013. G.NETA ATS -Standard For Acceptance Testing Specifications For Electrical Power Equipment And Systems 2021. H.NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction,Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements. I.UL 50 -Enclosures for Electrical Equipment,Non-Environmental Considerations Current Edition,Including All Revisions. J.UL 50E -Enclosures for Electrical Equipment,Environmental Considerations Current Edition, Including All Revisions. K.UL 67 -Panelboards Current Edition,Including All Revisions. L.UL 489 -Molded-Case Circuit Breakers,Molded-Case Switches and Circuit Breaker Enclosures Current Edition,Including All Revisions. M.UL 943 -Ground-Fault Circuit-Interrupters Current Edition,Including All Revisions. N.UL 1699 -Arc-Fault Circuit-Interrupters Current Edition,Including All Revisions. 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A.Coordination: 1.Coordinate the work with other trades to avoid placement of ductwork,piping,equipment, or other potential obstructions within the dedicated equipment spaces and working Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 PANELBOARDS 262416 -2 clearances for electrical equipment required by NFPA 70. 2.Coordinate arrangement of electrical equipment with the dimensions and clearance requirements of the actual equipment to be installed. 3.Coordinate the work with other trades to provide walls suitable for installation of flush- mounted panelboards where indicated. 4.Verify with manufacturer that conductor terminations are suitable for use with the conductors to be installed. 5.Notify Architect of any conflicts with or deviations from Contract Documents.Obtain direction before proceeding with work. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A.See Section 013000 -Administrative Requirements,for submittal procedures. B.Product Data: Provide manufacturer's standard catalog pages and data sheets for panelboards,enclosures,overcurrent protective devices,and other installed components and accessories. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Comply with requirements of NFPA 70. 1.7 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A.Receive,inspect,handle,and store panelboards in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and NECA 407. B.Store in a clean,dry space. Maintain factory wrapping or provide an additional heavy canvas or heavy plastic cover to protect units from dirt,water,construction debris,and traffic. C.Handle carefully in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions to avoid damage to panelboard internal components,enclosure,and finish. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A.ABB/GE: www.geindustrial.com/#sle. B.Eaton Corporation: www.eaton.com/#sle. C.Schneider Electric;Square D Products: www.schneider-electric.us/#sle. D.Siemens Industry,Inc: www.usa.siemens.com/#sle. 2.2 PANELBOARDS -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A.Provide products listed,classified,and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended. B.Unless otherwise indicated,provide products suitable for continuous operation. C.Short Circuit Current Rating: 1.Provide panelboards with listed short circuit current rating not less than the available fault current at the installed location as indicated on the drawings. D.Mains: Configure for top or bottom incoming feed as indicated or as required for the installation. E.Branch Overcurrent Protective Devices: Replaceable without disturbing adjacent devices. F.Bussing: Sized in accordance with UL 67 temperature rise requirements. 1.Provide solidly bonded equipment ground bus in each panelboard,with a suitable lug for each feeder and branch circuit equipment grounding conductor. G.Conductor Terminations: Suitable for use with the conductors to be installed. H.Enclosures: Comply with NEMA 250,and list and label as complying with UL 50 and UL 50E. 1.Environment Type per NEMA 250:Unless otherwise indicated,as specified for the following installation locations: 2.Boxes: Galvanized steel unless otherwise indicated. a.Provide wiring gutters sized to accommodate the conductors to be installed. 3.Fronts: Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 PANELBOARDS 262416 -3 a.Fronts for Surface-Mounted Enclosures: Same dimensions as boxes. b.Fronts for Flush-Mounted Enclosures: Overlap boxes on all sides to conceal rough opening. 4.Lockable Doors: All locks keyed alike unless otherwise indicated. I.Future Provisions: Prepare all unused spaces for future installation of devices including bussing,connectors,mounting hardware and all other required provisions. 2.3 POWER DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDS A.Description: Panelboards complying with NEMA PB 1,power and feeder distribution type, circuit breaker type,and listed and labeled as complying with UL 67;ratings,configurations and features as indicated on the drawings. B.Conductor Terminations: 1.Main and Neutral Lug Material: Aluminum,suitable for terminating aluminum or copper conductors. 2.Main and Neutral Lug Type: Mechanical. C.Bussing: 1.Phase and Neutral Bus Material: Aluminum. 2.Ground Bus Material: Aluminum. D.Circuit Breakers: 1.Provide bolt-on type or plug-in type secured with locking mechanical restraints. E.Enclosures: 1.Provide surface-mounted enclosures unless otherwise indicated. 2.Fronts: Provide door-in-door trim with hinged cover for access to load terminals and wiring gutters,and separate lockable hinged door with concealed hinges for access to overcurrent protective device handles without exposing live parts. 3.Provide clear plastic circuit directory holder mounted on inside of door. 2.4 LIGHTING AND APPLIANCE PANELBOARDS A.Description: Panelboards complying with NEMA PB 1,lighting and appliance branch circuit type,circuit breaker type,and listed and labeled as complying with UL 67;ratings, configurations and features as indicated on the drawings. B.Conductor Terminations: 1.Main and Neutral Lug Material: Aluminum,suitable for terminating aluminum or copper conductors. 2.Main and Neutral Lug Type: Mechanical. C.Bussing: 1.Phase Bus Connections: Arranged for sequential phasing of overcurrent protective devices. 2.Phase and Neutral Bus Material: Aluminum. 3.Ground Bus Material: Aluminum. D.Circuit Breakers: Thermal magnetic bolt-on type unless otherwise indicated. E.Enclosures: 1.Provide surface-mounted or flush-mounted enclosures as indicated. 2.Fronts: Provide door-in-door trim with hinged cover for access to load terminals and wiring gutters,and separate lockable hinged door with concealed hinges for access to overcurrent protective device handles without exposing live parts. 3.Provide clear plastic circuit directory holder mounted on inside of door. 2.5 LOAD CENTERS A.Description: Circuit breaker type load centers listed and labeled as complying with UL 67; ratings,configurations,and features as indicated on the drawings. B.Bussing: Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 PANELBOARDS 262416 -4 1.Phase Bus Connections: Arranged for sequential phasing of overcurrent protective devices. 2.Bus Material: Aluminum or copper. C.Circuit Breakers: Thermal magnetic plug-in type. D.Enclosures: 1.Provide flush-mounted enclosures unless otherwise indicated. 2.Provide circuit directory label on inside of door or individual circuit labels adjacent to circuit breakers. 2.6 OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES A.Molded Case Circuit Breakers: 1.Description: Quick-make,quick-break,over center toggle,trip-free,trip-indicating circuit breakers listed and labeled as complying with UL 489,and complying with FS W-C-375 where applicable;ratings,configurations,and features as indicated on the drawings. 2.Interrupting Capacity: a.Provide circuit breakers with interrupting capacity as required to provide the short circuit current rating indicated,but not less than: b.Fully Rated Systems: Provide circuit breakers with interrupting capacity not less than the short circuit current rating indicated. 3.Conductor Terminations: a.Lug Material: Aluminum,suitable for terminating aluminum or copper conductors. 4.Thermal Magnetic Circuit Breakers: For each pole,furnish thermal inverse time tripping element for overload protection and magnetic instantaneous tripping element for short circuit protection. 5.Multi-Pole Circuit Breakers: Furnish with common trip for all poles. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A.Verify that field measurements are as indicated. B.Verify that the ratings and configurations of the panelboards and associated components are consistent with the indicated requirements. C.Verify that mounting surfaces are ready to receive panelboards. D.Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation prior to starting work. 3.2 INSTALLATION A.Perform work in accordance with NECA 1 (general workmanship). B.Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C.Install panelboards in accordance with NECA 407 and NEMA PB 1.1. D.Arrange equipment to provide minimum clearances in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and NFPA 70. E.Provide required support and attachment in accordance with Section 260529. F.Install panelboards plumb. G.Install flush-mounted panelboards so that trims fit completely flush to wall with no gaps and rough opening completely covered. H.Mount panelboards such that the highest position of any operating handle for circuit breakers or switches does not exceed 79 inches above the floor or working platform. I.Provide minimum of six spare 1 inch trade size conduits out of each flush-mounted panelboard stubbed into accessible space above ceiling and below floor. J.Provide grounding and bonding in accordance with Section 260526. K.Install all field-installed branch devices,components,and accessories. L.Provide filler plates to cover unused spaces in panelboards. Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 PANELBOARDS 262416 -5 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.See Section 014000 -Quality Requirements,for additional requirements. B.Inspect and test in accordance with NETA ATS,except Section 4. C.Molded Case Circuit Breakers: Perform inspections and tests listed in NETA ATS,Section 7.6.1.1 for all main circuit breakers and circuit breakers larger than [_____]amperes.Tests listed as optional are not required. D.Correct deficiencies and replace damaged or defective panelboards or associated components. 3.4 ADJUSTING A.Adjust tightness of mechanical and electrical connections to manufacturer's recommended torque settings. B.Adjust alignment of panelboard fronts. 3.5 CLEANING A.Clean dirt and debris from panelboard enclosures and components according to manufacturer's instructions. B.Repair scratched or marred exterior surfaces to match original factory finish. END OF SECTION Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 WIRING DEVICES 262726 -1 SECTION 262726 WIRING DEVICES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A.Wall switches. B.Wall dimmers. C.Fan speed controllers. D.Receptacles. E.Wall plates. F.Floor box service fittings. G.Poke-through assemblies. H.Access floor boxes. 1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 096900 -Access Flooring. B.Section 260519 -Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables: Manufactured wiring systems for use with access floor boxes with compatible pre-wired connectors. C.Section 260526 -Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems. D.Section 260533.16 -Boxes for Electrical Systems. E.Section 260533.23 -Surface Raceways for Electrical Systems: Surface raceway systems, including multioutlet assemblies. F.Section 260553 -Identification for Electrical Systems: Identification products and requirements. G.Section 260583 -Wiring Connections: Cords and plugs for equipment. H.Section 260923 -Lighting Control Devices: Devices for automatic control of lighting,including occupancy sensors,in-wall time switches,and in-wall interval timers. I.Section 262723 -Indoor Service Poles. 1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS A.FS W-C-596 -Connector,Electrical,Power,General Specification for 2014h,with Amendments (2017). B.FS W-S-896 -Switches,Toggle (Toggle and Lock),Flush-mounted (General Specification) 2014g,with Amendment (2017). C.NECA 1 -Standard for Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction 2015. D.NECA 130 -Standard for Installing and Maintaining Wiring Devices 2016. E.NEMA WD 1 -General Color Requirements for Wiring Devices 1999 (Reaffirmed 2020). F.NEMA WD 6 -Wiring Devices -Dimensional Specifications 2016. G.NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction,Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements. H.UL 20 -General-Use Snap Switches Current Edition,Including All Revisions. I.UL 498 -Attachment Plugs and Receptacles Current Edition,Including All Revisions. J.UL 514D -Cover Plates for Flush-Mounted Wiring Devices Current Edition,Including All Revisions. K.UL 943 -Ground-Fault Circuit-Interrupters Current Edition,Including All Revisions. L.UL 1310 -Class 2 Power Units Current Edition,Including All Revisions. M.UL 1449 -Standard for Surge Protective Devices Current Edition,Including All Revisions. Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 WIRING DEVICES 262726 -2 N.UL 1472 -Solid-State Dimming Controls Current Edition,Including All Revisions. O.UL 1917 -Solid-State Fan Speed Controls Current Edition,Including All Revisions. 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A.Coordination: 1.Coordinate the placement of outlet boxes with millwork,furniture,equipment,etc.installed under other sections or by others. 2.Coordinate wiring device ratings and configurations with the electrical requirements of actual equipment to be installed. 3.Coordinate the installation and preparation of uneven surfaces,such as split face block,to provide suitable surface for installation of wiring devices. 4.Coordinate the core drilling of holes for poke-through assemblies with the work covered under other sections. 5.Notify Architect of any conflicts or deviations from Contract Documents to obtain direction prior to proceeding with work. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A.See Section 013000 -Administrative Requirements,for submittal procedures. B.Product Data: Provide manufacturer's catalog information showing dimensions,colors,and configurations. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Comply with requirements of NFPA 70. B.Products: Listed,classified,and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 WIRING DEVICE APPLICATIONS A.Provide wiring devices suitable for intended use and with ratings adequate for load served. B.For single receptacles installed on an individual branch circuit,provide receptacle with ampere rating not less than that of the branch circuit. C.Provide weather resistant GFCI receptacles with specified weatherproof covers for receptacles installed outdoors or in damp or wet locations. D.Provide tamper resistant receptacles for receptacles installed in dwelling units. E.Provide GFCI protection for receptacles installed within 6 feet of sinks. F.Provide GFCI protection for receptacles installed in kitchens. G.Provide GFCI protection for receptacles serving electric drinking fountains. H.Unless noted otherwise,do not use combination switch/receptacle devices. I.For flush floor service fittings,use tile rings for installations in tile floors. J.For flush floor service fittings,use carpet flanges for installations in carpeted floors. 2.2 WIRING DEVICE FINISHES A.Provide wiring device finishes as described below unless otherwise indicated. B.Isolated Ground Convenience Receptacles: Orange. C.Wiring Devices Connected to Emergency Power: Red with red nylon wall plate. 2.3 WALL SWITCHES A.Manufacturers: 1.Hubbell Incorporated: www.hubbell.com/#sle. 2.Leviton Manufacturing Company,Inc: www.leviton.com/#sle. 3.Pass &Seymour,a brand of Legrand North America,Inc: www.legrand.us/#sle. B.Wall Switches -General Requirements: AC only,quiet operating,general-use snap switches with silver alloy contacts,complying with NEMA WD 1 and NEMA WD 6,and listed as Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 WIRING DEVICES 262726 -3 complying with UL 20 and where applicable,FS W-S-896;types as indicated on the drawings. 1.Wiring Provisions: Terminal screws for side wiring and screw actuated binding clamp for back wiring with separate ground terminal screw. C.Standard Wall Switches: Industrial specification grade,20 A,120/277 V with standard toggle type switch actuator and maintained contacts;single pole single throw,double pole single throw,three way,or four way as indicated on the drawings. 2.4 WALL DIMMERS A.Manufacturers: 1.Leviton Manufacturing Company,Inc: www.leviton.com/#sle. 2.Lutron Electronics Company,Inc: www.lutron.com/#sle. 3.Pass &Seymour,a brand of Legrand North America,Inc: www.legrand.us/#sle. B.Wall Dimmers -General Requirements: Solid-state with continuous full-range even control following square law dimming curve,integral radio frequency interference filtering,power failure preset memory,air gap switch accessible without removing wall plate,complying with NEMA WD 1 and NEMA WD 6,and listed as complying with UL 1472;types and ratings suitable for load controlled as indicated on the drawings. C.Control: Slide control type with separate on/off switch. 2.5 FAN SPEED CONTROLLERS A.Manufacturers: 1.Leviton Manufacturing Company,Inc: www.leviton.com/#sle. 2.Lutron Electronics Company,Inc: www.lutron.com/#sle. 3.Pass &Seymour,a brand of Legrand North America,Inc: www.legrand.us/#sle. B.Description: 120 V AC,solid-state,full-range variable speed,slide control type with separate on/off switch,with integral radio frequency interference filtering,fan noise elimination circuitry, power failure preset memory,complying with NEMA WD 1 and NEMA WD 6,and listed as complying with UL 1917. 1.Current Rating: 1.5 A unless otherwise indicated or required to control the load indicated on the drawings. 2.6 RECEPTACLES A.Manufacturers: 1.Hubbell Incorporated: www.hubbell.com/#sle. 2.Leviton Manufacturing Company,Inc: www.leviton.com/#sle. 3.Lutron Electronics Company,Inc: www.lutron.com/#sle. 4.Pass &Seymour,a brand of Legrand North America,Inc: www.legrand.us/#sle. B.Receptacles -General Requirements: Self-grounding,complying with NEMA WD 1 and NEMA WD 6,and listed as complying with UL 498,and where applicable,FS W-C-596;types as indicated on the drawings. 1.Wiring Provisions: Terminal screws for side wiring or screw actuated binding clamp for back wiring with separate ground terminal screw. 2.NEMA configurations specified are according to NEMA WD 6. C.Convenience Receptacles: 1.Standard Convenience Receptacles: Industrial specification grade,20A,125V,NEMA 5-20R;single or duplex as indicatedon the drawings. 2.Isolated Ground Convenience Receptacles: Industrial specification grade,20A,125V, NEMA 5-20R,with ground contacts isolated from mounting strap;isolated ground triangle mark on device face;single or duplex as indicatedon the drawings. 3.Weather Resistant Convenience Receptacles: Industrial specification grade,20A,125V, NEMA 5-20R,listed and labeled as weather resistant type complying with UL 498 Supplement SE suitable for installation in damp or wet locations;single or duplex as indicatedon the drawings. 4.Tamper Resistant Convenience Receptacles: Industrial specification grade,20A,125V, NEMA 5-20R,listed and labeled as tamper resistant type;single or duplex as indicatedon Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 WIRING DEVICES 262726 -4 the drawings. D.GFCI Receptacles: 1.GFCI Receptacles -General Requirements: Self-testing,with feed-through protection and light to indicate ground fault tripped condition and loss of protection;listed as complying with UL 943,class A. 2.Weather Resistant GFCI Receptacles: Industrial specification grade,duplex,20A,125V, NEMA 5-20R,rectangular decorator style,listed and labeled as weather resistant type complying with UL 498 Supplement SE suitable for installation in damp or wet locations. 3.Tamper Resistant GFCI Receptacles: Industrial specification grade,duplex,20A,125V, NEMA 5-20R,rectangular decorator style,listed and labeled as tamper resistant type. E.USB Charging Devices: 1.USB Charging Devices -General Requirements: Listed as complying with UL 1310. 2.7 WALL PLATES A.Manufacturers: 1.Hubbell Incorporated: www.hubbell-wiring.com/#sle. 2.Leviton Manufacturing Company,Inc: www.leviton.com/#sle. 3.Lutron Electronics Company,Inc: www.lutron.com/#sle. 4.Pass &Seymour,a brand of Legrand North America,Inc: www.legrand.us/#sle. B.Wall Plates: Comply with UL 514D. 1.Configuration: One piece cover as required for quantity and types of corresponding wiring devices. 2.Size: Standard. 3.Screws: Metal with slotted heads finished to match wall plate finish. C.Nylon Wall Plates: Smooth finish,high-impact thermoplastic. D.Stainless Steel Wall Plates: Brushed satin finish,Type 302 stainless steel. E.Weatherproof Covers for WetLocations: Gasketed,cast aluminum,with hinged lockable cover and corrosion-resistant screws;listed as suitable for use in wet locations while in use with attachment plugs connected and identified as extra-duty type. 2.8 FLOOR BOX SERVICE FITTINGS A.Manufacturers: 1.Hubbell Incorporated: www.hubbell.com/#sle. 2.Thomas &Betts Corporation: www.tnb.com/#sle. 3.Wiremold,a brand of Legrand North America,Inc: www.legrand.us/#sle. B.Description: Service fittings compatible with floor boxes provided under Section 260533.16 with components,adapters,and trims required for complete installation. 2.9 POKE-THROUGH ASSEMBLIES A.Manufacturers: 1.Hubbell Incorporated: www.hubbell.com/#sle. 2.Thomas &Betts Corporation: www.tnb.com/#sle. 3.Wiremold,a brand of Legrand North America,Inc: www.legrand.us/#sle. B.Description: Assembly comprising floor service fitting,poke-through component,fire stops and smoke barriers,and junction box for conduit termination;fire rating listed to match fire rating of floor and suitable for floor thickness where installed. 2.10 ACCESS FLOOR BOXES A.Manufacturers -Access Floor Boxes: 1.Hubbell Incorporated: www.hubbell-wiring.com/#sle. 2.Thomas &Betts Corporation: www.tnb.com/#sle. 3.Wiremold,a brand of Legrand North America,Inc: www.legrand.us/#sle. B.Description: Metallic multi-service box suitable for mounting in access floor system. Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 WIRING DEVICES 262726 -5 C.Configuration: PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A.Verify that field measurements are as indicated. B.Verify that outlet boxes are installed in proper locations and at proper mounting heights and are properly sized to accommodate devices and conductors in accordance with NFPA 70. C.Verify that wall openings are neatly cut and will be completely covered by wall plates. D.Verify that final surface finishes are complete,including painting. E.Verify that branch circuit wiring installation is completed,tested,and ready for connection to wiring devices. F.Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation prior to starting work. 3.2 PREPARATION A.Provide extension rings to bring outlet boxes flush with finished surface. B.Clean dirt,debris,plaster,and other foreign materials from outlet boxes. 3.3 INSTALLATION A.Perform work in accordance with NECA 1 (general workmanship)and,where applicable,NECA 130,including mounting heights specified in those standards unless otherwise indicated. B.Coordinate locations of outlet boxes provided under Section 260533.16 as required for installation of wiring devices provided under this section. C.Install wiring devices in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. D.Install permanent barrier between ganged wiring devices when voltage between adjacent devices exceeds 300 V. E.Where required,connect wiring devices using pigtails not less than 6 inches long.Do not connect more than one conductor to wiring device terminals. F.Connect wiring devices by wrapping conductor clockwise 3/4 turn around screw terminal and tightening to proper torque specified by the manufacturer.Where present,do not use push-in pressure terminals that do not rely on screw-actuated binding. G.Unless otherwise indicated,connect wiring device grounding terminal to branch circuit equipment grounding conductor and to outlet box with bonding jumper. H.For isolated ground receptacles,connect wiring device grounding terminal only to identified branch circuit isolated equipment grounding conductor.Do not connect grounding terminal to outlet box or normal branch circuit equipment grounding conductor. I.Install wiring devices plumb and level with mounting yoke held rigidly in place. J.Install wall switches with OFF position down. K.Install wall dimmers to achieve full rating specified and indicated after derating for ganging as instructed by manufacturer. L.Do not share neutral conductor on branch circuits utilizing wall dimmers. M.Install vertically mounted receptacles with grounding pole on top and horizontally mounted receptacles with grounding pole on left. N.Install wall plates to fit completely flush to wall with no gaps and rough opening completely covered without strain on wall plate.Repair or reinstall improperly installed outlet boxes or improperly sized rough openings.Do not use oversized wall plates in lieu of meeting this requirement. O.Install blank wall plates on junction boxes and on outlet boxes with no wiring devices installed or designated for future use. P.Install poke-through closure plugs in each unused core holes to maintain fire rating of floor. Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 WIRING DEVICES 262726 -6 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.See Section 014000 -Quality Requirements,for additional requirements. B.Inspect each wiring device for damage and defects. C.Operate each wall switch,wall dimmer,and fan speed controller with circuit energized to verify proper operation. D.Test each receptacle to verify operation and proper polarity. E.Test each GFCI receptacle for proper tripping operation according to manufacturer's instructions. F.Correct wiring deficiencies and replace damaged or defective wiring devices. 3.5 ADJUSTING A.Adjust devices and wall plates to be flush and level. 3.6 CLEANING A.Clean exposed surfaces to remove dirt,paint,or other foreign material and restore to match original factory finish. END OF SECTION Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 FUSES 262813 -1 SECTION 262813 FUSES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A.Fuses. 1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 260553 -Identification for Electrical Systems: Identification products and requirements. B.Section 262413 -Switchboards: Fusible switches. C.Section 262416 -Panelboards: Fusible switches. D.Section 262816.16 -Enclosed Switches: Fusible switches. E.Section 263100 -Photovoltaic Collectors: Additional requirements for photovoltaic fuses. 1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS A.NEMA FU 1 -Low Voltage Cartridge Fuses 2012. B.NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction,Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements. C.UL 248-1 -Low-Voltage Fuses -Part 1:General Requirements Current Edition,Including All Revisions. D.UL 248-8 -Low-Voltage Fuses -Part 8:Class J Fuses Current Edition,Including All Revisions. E.UL 248-10 -Low-Voltage Fuses -Part 10:Class L Fuses Current Edition,Including All Revisions. F.UL 248-12 -Low-Voltage Fuses -Part 12:Class R Fuses Current Edition,Including All Revisions. G.UL 248-15 -Low-Voltage Fuses -Part 15:Class T Fuses Current Edition,Including All Revisions. 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A.Coordination: 1.Coordinate fuse clips furnished in equipment provided under other sections for compatibility with indicated fuses. 2.Coordinate fuse requirements according to manufacturer's recommendations and nameplate data for actual equipment to be installed. 3.Notify Architect of any conflicts with or deviations from Contract Documents.Obtain direction before proceeding with work. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A.See Section 013000 -Administrative Requirements,for submittal procedures. B.Product Data: Provide manufacturer's standard data sheets including voltage and current ratings,interrupting ratings,time-current curves,and current limitation curves. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Comply with requirements of NFPA 70. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A.Bussmann,a division of Eaton Corporation: www.cooperindustries.com/#sle. B.Littelfuse,Inc: www.littelfuse.com/#sle. C.Mersen: ep-us.mersen.com/#sle. Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 FUSES 262813 -2 2.2 APPLICATIONS A.Service Entrance: 1.Fusible Switches up to 600 Amperes: Class RK1,time-delay. 2.Fusible Switches Larger Than 600 Amperes: Class L,time-delay. B.Feeders: 1.Fusible Switches up to 600 Amperes: Class RK1,time-delay. 2.Fusible Switches Larger Than 600 Amperes: Class L,time-delay. C.General Purpose Branch Circuits: Class RK1,time-delay. D.Individual Motor Branch Circuits: Class RK1,time-delay. 2.3 FUSES A.Provide products listed,classified,and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended. B.Unless specifically indicated to be excluded,provide fuses for all fusible equipment as required for a complete operating system. C.Provide fuses of the same type,rating,and manufacturer within the same switch. D.Comply with UL 248-1. E.Unless otherwise indicated,provide cartridge type fuses complying with NEMA FU 1,Class and ratings as indicated. F.Voltage Rating: Suitable for circuit voltage. G.Class R Fuses: Comply with UL 248-12. 1.Class RK1,Fast-Acting,Non-Time-Delay Fuses: 2.Class RK5,Time-Delay Fuses: 3.Class RK5,Fast-Acting,Non-Time-Delay Fuses: H.Class J Fuses: Comply with UL 248-8. 1.Class J,Fast-Acting,Non-Time-Delay Fuses: I.Class L Fuses: Comply with UL 248-10. J.Class T Fuses: Comply with UL 248-15. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A.Verify that fuse ratings are consistent with circuit voltage and manufacturer's recommendations and nameplate data for equipment. B.Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation prior to starting work. 3.2 INSTALLATION A.Do not install fuses until circuits are ready to be energized. B.Install fuses with label oriented such that manufacturer,type,and size are easily read. END OF SECTION Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 ENCLOSED CIRCUIT BREAKERS 262816.13 -1 SECTION 262816.13 ENCLOSED CIRCUIT BREAKERS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A.Enclosed circuit breakers. 1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 260526 -Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems. B.Section 260529 -Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems. C.Section 260553 -Identification for Electrical Systems: Identification products and requirements. D.Section 260573 -Power System Studies: Additional criteria for the selection and adjustment of equipment and associated protective devices specified in this section. 1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS A.FS W-C-375 -Circuit Breakers,Molded Case;Branch Circuit and Service 2013e (Amended 2017). B.NECA 1 -Standard for Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction 2015. C.NEMA 250 -Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum)2020. D.NETA ATS -Standard For Acceptance Testing Specifications For Electrical Power Equipment And Systems 2021. E.NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction,Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements. F.UL 50 -Enclosures for Electrical Equipment,Non-Environmental Considerations Current Edition,Including All Revisions. G.UL 50E -Enclosures for Electrical Equipment,Environmental Considerations Current Edition, Including All Revisions. H.UL 489 -Molded-Case Circuit Breakers,Molded-Case Switches and Circuit Breaker Enclosures Current Edition,Including All Revisions. 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A.Coordination: 1.Coordinate work with other trades. Avoid placement of ductwork,piping,equipment,or other potential obstructions within dedicated equipment spaces and within working clearances for electrical equipment required by NFPA 70. 2.Coordinate arrangement of electrical equipment with the dimensions and clearance requirements of the actual equipment to be installed. 3.Verify with manufacturer that conductor terminations are suitable for use with the conductors to be installed. 4.Notify Architect of any conflicts with or deviations from Contract Documents.Obtain direction before proceeding with work. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A.See Section 013000 -Administrative Requirements,for submittal procedures. B.Product Data: Provide manufacturer's standard catalog pages and data sheets for circuit breakers,enclosures,and other installed components and accessories. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Comply with requirements of NFPA 70. 1.7 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A.Store in a clean,dry space. Maintain factory wrapping or provide an additional heavy canvas or heavy plastic cover to protect units from dirt,water,construction debris,and traffic. Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 ENCLOSED CIRCUIT BREAKERS 262816.13 -2 B.Handle carefully in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions to avoid damage to enclosed circuit breaker internal components,enclosure,and finish. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A.ABB/GE: www.geindustrial.com/#sle. B.Eaton Corporation: www.eaton.com/#sle. C.Schneider Electric;Square D Products: www.schneider-electric.us/#sle. D.Siemens Industry,Inc: www.usa.siemens.com/#sle. 2.2 ENCLOSED CIRCUIT BREAKERS A.Description: Units consisting of molded case circuit breakers individually mounted in enclosures. B.Provide products listed,classified,and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended. C.Unless otherwise indicated,provide products suitable for continuous operation under the following service conditions: 1.Altitude: Less than 6,600 feet. 2.Ambient Temperature: Between 23 degrees F and 104 degrees F. D.Short Circuit Current Rating: 1.Provide enclosed circuit breakers with listed short circuit current rating not less than the available fault current at the installed location indicated on the drawings. E.Conductor Terminations: Suitable for use with the conductors to be installed. F.Provide solidly bonded equipment ground bus in each enclosed circuit breaker,with a suitable lug for terminating each equipment grounding conductor. G.Enclosures: Comply with NEMA 250,and list and label as complying with UL 50 and UL 50E. 1.Environment Type per NEMA 250:Unless otherwise indicated,as specified for the following installation locations: H.Provide externally operable handle with means for locking in the OFF position. 2.3 MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS A.Description: Quick-make,quick-break,over center toggle,trip-free,trip-indicating circuit breakers listed and labeled as complying with UL 489,and complying with FS W-C-375 where applicable;ratings,configurations,and features as indicated on the drawings. B.Interrupting Capacity: 1.Provide circuit breakers with interrupting capacity as required to provide the short circuit current rating indicated,but not less than: 2.Fully Rated Systems: Provide circuit breakers with interrupting capacity not less than the short circuit current rating indicated. C.Conductor Terminations: 1.Provide mechanical lugs unless otherwise indicated. 2.Lug Material: Aluminum,suitable for terminating aluminum or copper conductors. D.Multi-Pole Circuit Breakers: Furnish with common trip for all poles. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A.Verify that field measurements are as indicated. B.Verify that the ratings of the enclosed circuit breakers are consistent with the indicated requirements. C.Verify that mounting surfaces are ready to receive enclosed circuit breakers. D.Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation prior to starting work. Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 ENCLOSED CIRCUIT BREAKERS 262816.13 -3 3.2 INSTALLATION A.Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B.Perform work in accordance with NECA 1 (general workmanship). C.Arrange equipment to provide minimum clearances in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and NFPA 70. D.Provide required support and attachment in accordance with Section 260529. E.Install enclosed circuit breakers plumb. F.Except where indicated to be mounted adjacent to the equipment they supply,mount enclosed circuit breakers such that the highest position of the operating handle does not exceed 79 inches above the floor or working platform. G.Provide grounding and bonding in accordance with Section 260526. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.See Section 014000 -Quality Requirements,for additional requirements. B.Inspect and test in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and NETA ATS,except Section 4. C.Perform inspections and tests listed in NETA ATS,Section 7.6.1.1for circuit breakers used for service entrance and for circuit breakers larger than 800 amperes.Tests listed as optional are not required. D.Correct deficiencies and replace damaged or defective enclosed circuit breakers. 3.4 ADJUSTING A.Adjust tightness of mechanical and electrical connections to manufacturer's recommended torque settings. 3.5 CLEANING A.Clean dirt and debris from circuit breaker enclosures and components according to manufacturer's instructions. B.Repair scratched or marred exterior surfaces to match original factory finish. END OF SECTION Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 ENCLOSED SWITCHES 262816.16 -1 SECTION 262816.16 ENCLOSED SWITCHES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A.Enclosed safety switches. 1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 260526 -Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems. B.Section 260529 -Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems. C.Section 260553 -Identification for Electrical Systems: Identification products and requirements. D.Section 262813 -Fuses. E.Section 263600 -Transfer Switches: Automatic and non-automatic switches listed for use as transfer switch equipment. 1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS A.NECA 1 -Standard for Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction 2015. B.NEMA 250 -Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum)2020. C.NEMA KS 1 -Heavy Duty Enclosed and Dead-Front Switches (600 Volts Maximum)2013. D.NETA ATS -Standard For Acceptance Testing Specifications For Electrical Power Equipment And Systems 2021. E.NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction,Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements. F.UL 50 -Enclosures for Electrical Equipment,Non-Environmental Considerations Current Edition,Including All Revisions. G.UL 50E -Enclosures for Electrical Equipment,Environmental Considerations Current Edition, Including All Revisions. H.UL 98 -Enclosed and Dead-Front Switches Current Edition,Including All Revisions. 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A.Coordination: 1.Coordinate the work with other trades. Avoid placement of ductwork,piping,equipment, or other potential obstructions within the dedicated equipment spaces and within working clearances for electrical equipment required by NFPA 70. 2.Coordinate arrangement of electrical equipment with the dimensions and clearance requirements of the actual equipment to be installed. 3.Verify with manufacturer that conductor terminations are suitable for use with the conductors to be installed. 4.Notify Architect of any conflicts with or deviations from Contract Documents.Obtain direction before proceeding with work. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A.See Section 013000 -Administrative Requirements,for submittal procedures. B.Product Data: Provide manufacturer's standard catalog pages and data sheets for enclosed switches and other installed components and accessories. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Comply with requirements of NFPA 70. 1.7 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A.Store in a clean,dry space. Maintain factory wrapping or provide an additional heavy canvas or heavy plastic cover to protect units from dirt,water,construction debris,and traffic. Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 ENCLOSED SWITCHES 262816.16 -2 B.Handle carefully in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions to avoid damage to enclosed switch internal components,enclosure,and finish. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A.ABB/GE: www.geindustrial.com/#sle. B.Eaton Corporation: www.eaton.com/#sle. C.Schneider Electric;Square D Products: www.schneider-electric.us/#sle. D.Siemens Industry,Inc: www.usa.siemens.com/#sle. 2.2 ENCLOSED SAFETY SWITCHES A.Description: Quick-make,quick-break enclosed safety switches listed and labeled as complying with UL 98;heavy duty;ratings,configurations,and features as indicated on the drawings. B.Provide products listed,classified,and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended. C.Unless otherwise indicated,provide products suitable for continuous operation under the following service conditions: 1.Altitude: Less than 6,600 feet. 2.Ambient Temperature:Between -22 degrees F and 104 degrees F. D.Horsepower Rating: Suitable for connected load. E.Voltage Rating: Suitable for circuit voltage. F.Short Circuit Current Rating: 1.Provide enclosed safety switches,when protected by the fuses or supply side overcurrent protective devices to be installed,with listed short circuit current rating not less than the available fault current at the installed location as indicated on the drawings. G.Provide with switch blade contact position that is visible when the cover is open. H.Conductor Terminations: Suitable for use with the conductors to be installed. I.Provide solidly bonded equipment ground bus in each enclosed safety switch,with a suitable lug for terminating each equipment grounding conductor. J.Enclosures: Comply with NEMA 250,and list and label as complying with UL 50 and UL 50E. 1.Environment Type per NEMA 250:Unless otherwise indicated,as specified for the following installation locations: K.Provide safety interlock to prevent opening the cover with the switch in the ON position with capability of overriding interlock for testing purposes. L.Heavy Duty Switches: 1.Comply with NEMA KS 1. 2.Conductor Terminations: a.Lug Material: Aluminum,suitable for terminating aluminum or copper conductors. 3.Provide externally operable handle with means for locking in the OFF position,capable of accepting three padlocks. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A.Verify that field measurements are as indicated. B.Verify that the ratings of the enclosed switches are consistent with the indicated requirements. C.Verify that mounting surfaces are ready to receive enclosed safety switches. D.Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation prior to starting work. 3.2 INSTALLATION A.Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 ENCLOSED SWITCHES 262816.16 -3 B.Perform work in accordance with NECA 1 (general workmanship). C.Arrange equipment to provide minimum clearances in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and NFPA 70. D.Provide required support and attachment in accordance with Section 260529. E.Install enclosed switches plumb. F.Except where indicated to be mounted adjacent to the equipment they supply,mount enclosed switches such that the highest position of the operating handle does not exceed 79 inches above the floor or working platform. G.Provide grounding and bonding in accordance with Section 260526. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.See Section 014000 -Quality Requirements,for additional requirements. B.Inspect and test in accordance with NETA ATS,except Section 4. C.Perform inspections and tests listed in NETA ATS,Section 7.5.1.1. D.Correct deficiencies and replace damaged or defective enclosed safety switches or associated components. 3.4 ADJUSTING A.Adjust tightness of mechanical and electrical connections to manufacturer's recommended torque settings. 3.5 CLEANING A.Clean dirt and debris from switch enclosures and components according to manufacturer's instructions. B.Repair scratched or marred exterior surfaces to match original factory finish. END OF SECTION Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES 264300 -1 SECTION 264300 SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A.Surge protective devices for service entrance locations. B.Surge protective devices for distribution locations. C.Surge protective devices for branch panelboard locations. 1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 260526 -Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems. B.Section 262300 -Low-Voltage Switchgear. C.Section 262413 -Switchboards. D.Section 262416 -Panelboards. E.Section 262419 -Motor-Control Centers. 1.3 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS A.SPD: Surge Protective Device. 1.4 REFERENCE STANDARDS A.NECA 1 -Standard for Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction 2015. B.NEMA 250 -Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum)2020. C.NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction,Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements. D.UL 1449 -Standard for Surge Protective Devices Current Edition,Including All Revisions. 1.5 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A.Coordination: Coordinate size and location of overcurrent device compatible with the actual surge protective device and location to be installed.Notify Architect of any conflicts or deviations from Contract Documents to obtain direction prior to ordering equipment. 1.6 SUBMITTALS A.See Section 013000 -Administrative Requirements,for submittal procedures. B.Product Data: Include detailed component information,voltage,surge current ratings,repetitive surge current capacity,voltage protection rating (VPR)for all protection modes,maximum continuous operating voltage (MCOV),nominal discharge current (I-n),short circuit current rating (SCCR),connection means including any required external overcurrent protection, enclosure ratings,outline and support point dimensions,weight,service condition requirements, and installed features. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Comply with requirements of NFPA 70. B.Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. 1.8 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND PROTECTION A.Store in a clean,dry space in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. 1.9 FIELD CONDITIONS A.Maintain field conditions within manufacturer's required service conditions during and after installation. 1.10 WARRANTY A.See Section 017800 -Closeout Submittals,for additional warranty requirements. Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES 264300 -2 B.Manufacturer's Warranty: Provide minimum five year warranty covering repair or replacement of surge protective devices showing evidence of failure due to defective materials or workmanship. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A.Field-installed,Externally Mounted Surge Protective Devices: 1.ABB/GE: www.geindustrial.com/#sle. 2.Advanced Protection Technologies,Inc (APT): www.aptsurge.com/#sle. 3.Current Technology;a brand of Thomas &Betts Power Solutions: www.tnbpowersolutions.com/#sle. 4.Schneider Electric;Square D Brand Surgelogic Products: www.surgelogic.com/#sle. 5.Surge Suppression,LLC (SSI): www.surgesuppression.com/#sle. B.Factory-installed,Internally Mounted Surge Protective Devices: 1.Same as manufacturer of equipment containing surge protective device,to provide a complete listed assembly including SPD. 2.2 SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A.Description: Factory-assembled surge protective devices (SPDs)for 60 Hz service;listed, classified,and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended;system voltage as indicated on the drawings. B.Unless otherwise indicated,provide field-installed,externally-mounted or factory-installed, internally-mouonted SPDs. C.List and label as complying with UL 1449,Type 1 when connected on line side of service disconnect overcurrent device and Type 1 or 2 when connected on load side of service disconnect overcurrent device. D.Protected Modes: E.UL 1449 Voltage Protection Ratings (VPRs): 1.208Y/120V System Voltage: Not more than 1,000 V for L-N,L-G,and N-G modes and 1,200 V for L-L mode. 2.240/120V System Voltage: Not more than 1,000 V for L-N,L-G,and N-G modes and 1,200 V for L-L mode. 3.480Y/277V System Voltage: Not more than 1,500 V for L-N,L-G,and N-G modes and 2,000 V for L-L mode. 4.480V Delta System Voltage: Not more than 1,800 V for L-G mode and 3,000 V for L-L mode. F.UL 1449 Maximum Continuous Operating Voltage (MCOV): Not less than 115%of nominal system voltage. G.Enclosure Environment Type per NEMA 250: Unless otherwise indicated,as specified for the following installation locations: 1.Indoor clean,dry locations: Type 1. 2.Outdoor locations: Type 3R. H.Equipment Containing Factory-installed,Internally Mounted SPDs: Listed and labeled as a complete assembly including SPD. 1.Switchgear: See Section 262300. 2.Switchboards: See Section 262413. 3.Panelboards: See Section 262416. 4.Motor Control Centers: See Section 262419. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A.Verify that field measurements are as indicated. Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES 264300 -3 B.Verify that the service voltage and configuration marked on the SPD are consistent with the service voltage and configuration at the location to be installed. C.Verify system grounding and bonding is in accordance with Section 260526,including bonding of neutral and ground for service entrance and separately derived systems where applicable. Do not energize SPD until deficiencies have been corrected. D.Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation prior to starting work. 3.2 INSTALLATION A.Perform work in accordance with NECA 1 (general workmanship). B.Arrange equipment to provide minimum clearances in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and NFPA 70. C.Do not energize SPD until bonding of neutral and ground for service entrance and separately derived systems is complete in accordance with Section 260526 where applicable.Replace SPDs damaged by improper or missing neutral-ground bond. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.See Section 014000 -Quality Requirements,for additional requirements. 3.4 CLEANING A.Repair scratched or marred exterior surfaces to match original factory finish. END OF SECTION Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 INTERIOR LIGHTING 265100 -1 SECTION 265100 INTERIOR LIGHTING PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A.Interior luminaires. B.Emergency lighting units. C.Exit signs. D.Ballasts and drivers. E.Lamps. F.Accessories. 1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 260529 -Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems. B.Section 260533.16 -Boxes for Electrical Systems. C.Section 260548 -Vibration and Seismic Controls for Electrical Systems. D.Section 260553 -Identification for Electrical Systems: Identification products and requirements. E.Section 260918 -Remote Control Switching Devices: Remote controls for lighting,including network lighting controls,programmable relay panels,and remote control switching relays. F.Section 260923 -Lighting Control Devices: Automatic controls for lighting including occupancy sensors,outdoor motion sensors,time switches,outdoor photo controls,and daylighting controls. G.Section 262726 -Wiring Devices: Manual wall switches and wall dimmers. H.Section 265561 -Theatrical Lighting:Stage lighting units and associated controls. I.Section 265600 -Exterior Lighting. 1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS A.IES LM-79 -Approved Method:Optical and Electrical Measurements of Solid-State Lighting Products 2019. B.IES LM-80 -Approved Method:Measuring Maintenance of Light Output Characteristics of Solid-State Light Sources 2021. C.NECA 1 -Standard for Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction 2015. D.NECA/IESNA 500 -Standard for Installing Indoor Lighting Systems 2006. E.NECA/IESNA 502 -Standard for Installing Industrial Lighting Systems 1999 (Reaffirmed 2006). F.NEMA LE 4 -Recessed Luminaires,Ceiling Compatibility 2012 (Reaffirmed 2018). G.NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction,Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements. H.NFPA 101 -Life Safety Code Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements. I.UL 924 -Emergency Lighting and Power Equipment Current Edition,Including All Revisions. J.UL 1598 -Luminaires Current Edition,Including All Revisions. K.UL 8750 -Light Emitting Diode (LED)Equipment for Use in Lighting Products Current Edition, Including All Revisions. 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A.Coordination: 1.Coordinate the installation of luminaires with mounting surfaces installed under other sections or by others.Coordinate the work with placement of supports,anchors,etc. Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 INTERIOR LIGHTING 265100 -2 required for mounting.Coordinate compatibility of luminaires and associated trims with mounting surfaces at installed locations. 2.Coordinate the placement of luminaires with structural members,ductwork,piping, equipment,diffusers,fire suppression system components,and other potential conflicts installed under other sections or by others. 3.Coordinate the placement of exit signs with furniture,equipment,signage or other potential obstructions to visibility installed under other sections or by others. 4.Notify Architect of any conflicts or deviations from Contract Documents to obtain direction prior to proceeding with work. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A.See Section 013000 -Administrative Requirements,for submittal procedures. B.Product Data: Provide manufacturer's standard catalog pages and data sheets including detailed information on luminaire construction,dimensions,ratings,finishes,mounting requirements,listings,service conditions,photometric performance,installed accessories,and ceiling compatibility;include model number nomenclature clearly marked with all proposed features. 1.LED Luminaires: a.Include estimated useful life,calculated based on IES LM-80 test data. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Comply with requirements of NFPA 70. 1.7 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND PROTECTION A.Receive,handle,and store products according to NECA/IESNA 500 (commercial lighting), NECA/IESNA 502 (industrial lighting),and manufacturer's written instructions. B.Keep products in original manufacturer's packaging and protect from damage until ready for installation. 1.8 FIELD CONDITIONS A.Maintain field conditions within manufacturer's required service conditions during and after installation. 1.9 WARRANTY A.See Section 017800 -Closeout Submittals,for additional warranty requirements. B.Provide three year manufacturer warranty for LED luminaires,including drivers. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 LUMINAIRE TYPES A.Furnish products as indicated in luminaire schedule included on the drawings. 2.2 LUMINAIRES A.Provide products that comply with requirements of NFPA 70. B.Provide products that are listed and labeled as complying with UL 1598,where applicable. C.Provide products listed,classified,and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended. D.Unless otherwise indicated,provide complete luminaires including lamp(s)and all sockets, ballasts,reflectors,lenses,housings and other components required to position,energize and protect the lamp and distribute the light. E.Unless specifically indicated to be excluded,provide all required conduit,boxes,wiring, connectors,hardware,supports,trims,accessories,etc.as necessary for a complete operating system. F.Provide products suitable to withstand normal handling,installation,and service without any damage,distortion,corrosion,fading,discoloring,etc. G.LED Luminaires: 1.Components: UL 8750 recognized or listed as applicable. Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 INTERIOR LIGHTING 265100 -3 2.Tested in accordance with IES LM-79 and IES LM-80. 3.LED Estimated Useful Life: Minimum of 50,000 hours at 70 percent lumen maintenance, calculated based on IES LM-80 test data. H.LED Tape Lighting Systems: Provide all power supplies,drivers,cables,connectors,channels, covers,mounting accessories,and interfaces as necessary to complete installation. 1.LED Tape -General Requirements: a.Listed. b.Designed for field cutting in accordance with listing. 2.3 EMERGENCY LIGHTING UNITS A.Manufacturers: 1.Acuity Brands,Inc: www.acuitybrands.com/#sle. 2.Cooper Lighting,a division of Cooper Industries: www.cooperindustries.com/#sle. 3.Hubbell Lighting,Inc: www.hubbelllighting.com/#sle. B.Description: Emergency lighting units complying with NFPA 101 and all applicable state and local codes,and listed and labeled as complying with UL 924. C.Operation: Upon interruption of normal power source or brownout condition exceeding 20 percent voltage drop from nominal,solid-state control automatically switches connected lamps to integral battery power for minimum of 90 minutes of rated emergency illumination,and automatically recharges battery upon restoration of normal power source. D.Battery: 1.Size battery to supply all connected lamps,including emergency remote heads where indicated. E.Diagnostics: Provide power status indicator light and accessible integral test switch to manually activate emergency operation. F.Provide low-voltage disconnect to prevent battery damage from deep discharge. 2.4 EXIT SIGNS A.Manufacturers -Powered and Self-Luminous Signs: 1.Acuity Brands,Inc: www.acuitybrands.com/#sle. 2.Cooper Lighting,a division of Cooper Industries: www.cooperindustries.com/#sle. 3.Hubbell Lighting,Inc: www.hubbelllighting.com/#sle. 4.Philips Lighting North America Corporation;www.lightingproducts.philips.com/#sle. B.Description: Exit signs complying with NFPA 101 and applicable state and local codes,and listed and labeled as complying with UL 924. 1.Number of Faces: Single-or double-face as indicated or as required for installed location. 2.Directional Arrows: As indicated or as required for installed location. 2.5 BALLASTS AND DRIVERS A.Ballasts/Drivers -General Requirements: 1.Provide ballasts containing no polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs). 2.Minimum Efficiency/Efficacy: Provide ballasts complying with all current applicable federal and state ballast efficiency/efficacy standards. B.Dimmable LED Drivers: 1.Dimming Range: Continuous dimming from 100 percent to five percent relative light output unless dimming capability to lower level is indicated,without flicker. 2.Control Compatibility: Fully compatible with the dimming controls to be installed. a.Wall Dimmers: See Section 262726. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A.Verify that field measurements are as indicated. Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 INTERIOR LIGHTING 265100 -4 B.Verify that outlet boxes are installed in proper locations and at proper mounting heights and are properly sized to accommodate conductors in accordance with NFPA 70. C.Verify that suitable support frames are installed where required. D.Verify that branch circuit wiring installation is completed,tested,and ready for connection to luminaires. E.Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation prior to starting work. 3.2 INSTALLATION A.Coordinate locations of outlet boxes provided under Section 260533.16 as required for installation of luminaires provided under this section. B.Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C.Install luminaires securely,in a neat and workmanlike manner,as specified in NECA 500 (commercial lighting)and NECA 502 (industrial lighting). D.Provide required support and attachment in accordance with Section 260529. E.Install luminaires plumb and square and aligned with building lines and with adjacent luminaires. F.Recessed Luminaires: 1.Install trims tight to mounting surface with no visible light leakage. 2.Non-IC Rated Luminaires: Maintain required separation from insulation and combustible materials according to listing. 3.Luminaires Recessed in Fire-Rated Ceilings: Install using accessories and firestopping materials to meet regulatory requirements for fire rating. G.Suspended Luminaires: 1.Install using the suspension method indicated,with support lengths and accessories as required for specified mounting height. 2.Provide minimum of two supports for each luminaire equal to or exceeding 4 feet nominal length,with no more than 4 feet between supports. H.Install accessories furnished with each luminaire. I.Bond products and metal accessories to branch circuit equipment grounding conductor. J.Emergency Lighting Units: K.Exit Signs: 1.Unless otherwise indicated,connect unit to unswitched power from same circuit feeding normal lighting in same room or area.Bypass local switches,contactors,or other lighting controls. L.Install lamps in each luminaire. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.See Section 014000 -Quality Requirements,for additional requirements. B.Inspect each product for damage and defects. C.Operate each luminaire after installation and connection to verify proper operation. D.Test self-powered exit signs,emergency lighting units,and fluorescent emergency power supply units to verify proper operation upon loss of normal power supply. E.Correct wiring deficiencies and repair or replace damaged or defective products.Repair or replace excessively noisy ballasts as determined by Architect. 3.4 ADJUSTING A.Aim and position adjustable luminaires to achieve desired illumination as indicated or as directed by Architect.Secure locking fittings in place. B.Aim and position adjustable emergency lighting unit lamps to achieve optimum illumination of egress path as required or as directed by Architect or authority having jurisdiction. Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 INTERIOR LIGHTING 265100 -5 C.Exit Signs with Field-Selectable Directional Arrows: Set as indicated or as required to properly designate egress path as directed by Architect or authority having jurisdiction. 3.5 CLEANING A.Clean surfaces according to NECA 500 (commercial lighting),NECA 502 (industrial lighting), and manufacturer's instructions to remove dirt,fingerprints,paint,or other foreign material and restore finishes to match original factory finish. 3.6 PROTECTION A.Protect installed luminaires from subsequent construction operations. END OF SECTION Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 LUMINAIRES 265140 -1 SECTION 265140 LUMINAIRES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A.Luminaires. B.LED drivers. C.Power interfaces. 1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 260533.16 -Boxes for Electrical Systems. B.Section 260553 -Identification for Electrical Systems: Identification products and requirements. 1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS A.47 CFR 15 -Radio Frequency Devices current edition. B.ANSI C82.11 -American National Standard for Lamp Ballasts -High Frequency Fluorescent Lamp Ballasts 2017. C.ANSI/ESD S20.20 -For the Development of an Electrostatic Discharge Control Program for – Protection of Electrical and Electronic Parts,Assemblies and Equipment (Excluding Electrically Initiated Explosive Devices)2021. D.CSA C22.2 No.223 -Power Supplies with Extra-Low-Voltage Class 2 Outputs 2015 (Reaffirmed 2020). E.IEC 61000-4-2 -Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC)-Part 4-2:Testing and Measurement Techniques -Electrostatic Discharge Immunity Test 2008. F.IEEE 1789 -IEEE Recommended Practices for Modulating Current in High-Brightness LEDs for Mitigating Health Risks to Viewers 2015. G.IEEE C62.41.2 -IEEE Recommended Practice on Characterization of Surges in Low-Voltage (1000 V and less)AC Power Circuits 2002 (Corrigendum 2012). H.NECA 1 -Standard for Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction 2015. I.NECA/IESNA 500 -Standard for Installing Indoor Lighting Systems 2006. J.NEMA 410 -Performance Testing for Lighting Controls and Switching Devices with Electronic Drivers and Disharge Ballasts 2020. K.NEMA LE 4 -Recessed Luminaires,Ceiling Compatibility 2012 (Reaffirmed 2018). L.NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction,Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements. M.NFPA 101 -Life Safety Code Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements. N.UL 924 -Emergency Lighting and Power Equipment Current Edition,Including All Revisions. O.UL 1310 -Class 2 Power Units Current Edition,Including All Revisions. P.UL 1598 -Luminaires Current Edition,Including All Revisions. Q.UL 1598C -Light-Emitting Diode (LED)Retrofit Luminaire Conversion Kits Current Edition, Including All Revisions. R.UL 2043 -Fire Test for Heat and Visible Smoke Release for Discrete Products and Their Accessories Installed in Air-Handling Spaces Current Edition,Including All Revisions. S.UL 8750 -Light Emitting Diode (LED)Equipment for Use in Lighting Products Current Edition, Including All Revisions. 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A.Coordination: Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 LUMINAIRES 265140 -2 1.Coordinate the installation of luminaires with mounting surfaces installed under other sections or by others.Coordinate the work with placement of supports,anchors,etc. required for mounting.Coordinate compatibility of luminaires and associated trims with mounting surfaces at installed locations. 2.Coordinate the placement of luminaires with structural members,ductwork,piping, equipment,diffusers,fire suppression system components,and other potential conflicts installed under other sections or by others. 3.Coordinate the work to provide ballasts/drivers compatible with the lighting controls to be installed. 4.Notify Architect of any conflicts or deviations from the contract documents to obtain direction prior to proceeding with work. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A.See Section 013000 -Administrative Requirements,for submittal procedures. B.Shop Drawings: C.Product Data: Provide manufacturer's standard catalog pages and data sheets including detailed information on construction,dimensions,ratings,finishes,mounting requirements, listings,service conditions,and installed accessories;include model number nomenclature clearly marked with all proposed features. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Conform to requirements of NFPA 70. 1.7 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND PROTECTION A.Receive,handle,and store products according to NECA/IESNA 500 and manufacturer's written instructions. B.Keep products in original manufacturer's packaging and protect from damage until ready for installation. 1.8 WARRANTY A.See Section 017800 -Closeout Submittals,for additional warranty requirements. B.Ballasts/Drivers: 1.Without Qualified Manufacturer System On-Site Start-Up: Three years 100 percent parts coverage,no manufacturer labor coverage. 2.With Qualified Manufacturer System On-Site Start-Up: Five years 100 percent parts coverage,no manufacturer labor coverage. C.LED Luminaires: Five years 100 percent parts coverage,no manufacturer labor coverage. D.Fluorescent Luminaires: 1.Without Qualified Manufacturer System On-Site Start-Up: Three years 100 percent parts coverage,no manufacturer labor coverage. 2.With Qualified Manufacturer System On-Site Start-Up: Five years 100 percent parts coverage,no manufacturer labor coverage. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A.Dimming Ballasts and Drivers: 1.Where possible provide ballasts/drivers produced by a single manufacturer. Manufacturer Limitations: Where possible,provide ballasts/drivers produced by a single manufacturer. 2.2 LUMINAIRE TYPES A.Furnish products as indicated in luminaire schedule included on the drawings. 2.3 LUMINAIRE GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A.Provide products that comply with requirements of NFPA 70. Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 LUMINAIRES 265140 -3 B.Provide products that are listed and labeled as complying with UL 1598,where applicable. C.Provide products listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc.as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. D.Unless otherwise indicated,provide complete luminaires including lamp(s)and all sockets, ballasts,reflectors,lenses,housings and other components required to position,energize and protect the lamp and distribute the light. E.Unless specifically indicated to be excluded,provide all required conduit,boxes,wiring, connectors,hardware,supports,trims,accessories,etc.as necessary for a complete operating system. F.Provide products suitable to withstand normal handling,installation,and service without any damage,distortion,corrosion,fading,discoloring,etc. G.Recessed Luminaires: 1.Ceiling Compatibility: Comply with NEMA LE 4. 2.Luminaires Recessed in Insulated Ceilings: Listed and labeled as IC-rated,suitable for direct contact with insulation and combustible materials. H.Fluorescent Luminaires: 1.Provide ballast disconnecting means complying with NFPA 70 where required. I.LED Luminaire Components: UL 8750 recognized or listed as applicable. J.Emergency Power Supply Units: Suitable for use with indicated luminaires,complying with NFPA 101 and all applicable state and local codes,and listed and labeled as complying with UL 924. 2.4 LED DRIVERS A.General Requirements: 1.Operate for at least 50,000 hours at maximum case temperature and 90 percent non- condensing relative humidity. 2.Provide thermal protection by automatically reducing power output to protect LED driver and LED light engine/fixture from damage due to over-temperature conditions that exceed the LED driver's maximum operating temperature at the calibration point (tc). 3.Provide integral recording of operating hours and maximum operating temperature to aid in troubleshooting and warranty claims. 4.Designed and tested to withstand electrostatic discharges incurred during manufacturing, installation,or field troubleshooting without impairment of performance when tested according to IEC 61000-4-2. 5.Manufactured in a facility that employs ESD reduction practices in compliance with ANSI/ESD S20.20. 6.UL 8750 recognized or listed as applicable. 7.UL Type TL rated or UL Class P listed where possible to allow for easier fixture evaluation and listing of different driver series. 8.Suitable for field replacement as applicable;listed in accordance with UL 1598C or UL 8750,Class P as indicated. 9.Designed and tested to withstand Category A surges of 4,000 V according to IEEE C62.41.2 without impairment of performance. 10.Class A sound rating;inaudible in a 27 dBA ambient. 11.Demonstrate no visible change in light output with a variation of plus or minus 10 percent change in line-voltage input. 12.LED drivers of the same family/series to track evenly across multiple fixtures at all light levels. 13.Offer programmable output currents in 10 mA or smaller increments within designed driver operating ranges for custom fixture length and lumen output configurations,while meeting a low-end dimming range of 100 to 0.1 percent,100 to 1 percent or 100 to 5 percent as applicable. Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 LUMINAIRES 265140 -4 14.Meet NEMA 410 inrush requirements for mitigating inrush currents with solid state lighting sources. 15.Employ integral fault protection up to 277 V to prevent LED driver damage or failure in the event of incorrect application of line-voltage to communication link inputs. 16.LED driver may be remote located up to 100 feet from LED light engine depending on power outputs required and wire gauge utilized by installer. B.Digital Control : 1.Employ power failure memory;LED driver to automatically return to the previous state/light level upon restoration of utility power. 2.Operate from input voltage of 120 V through 277 V at 50/60 Hz. 3.Automatically go to 100 percent light output upon loss of control link voltage and lock out system commands until digital control link voltage is restored.Manufacturer to offer UL 924 compliance. 4.Each driver responds independently per system maximum: a.Up to 32 occupant sensors. b.Up to 16 daylight sensors. 5.Responds to digital load shed command.(Example: If light output is at 30 percent and a load shed command of 10 percent is received,the driver automatically sets the maximum light output at 90 percent and lowers current light output by three percent to 27 percent). 6.Digital low-voltage control wiring capable of being wired as either Class 1 or Class 2. C.Product(s): 1.Digital Control,0.1 Percent Dimming with Soft-On and Fade-to-Black Low End Performance; a.Dimming Range: 100 to 0.1 percent measured output current. b.Features smooth fade-to-on and fade-to-blacklow end dimming performance for an incandescent-like dimming experience. c.Typically dissipates 0.25 W standby power at 120 V and 0.40 W standby power at 277 V. d.Complies with FCC requirements of 47 CFR 15,for commercial applications at 120-277 V and residential applications at 120 V. e.Total Harmonic Distortion (THD): Less than 20 percent at maximum power;complies with ANSI C82.11. f.Class 2 output designed to withstand hot swap of LED loads;meets UL 1310 and CSA C22.2 No.223. g.Driver outputs to be short circuit protected,open circuit protected,and overload protected. h.Constant Voltage Drivers: 1)Support for cove and under-cabinet fixtures at 24 V. (a)Support LED arrays from 2 W to 96 W. (b)Pulse Width Modulation (PWM)dimming frequency meets IEEE 1789. (c)Meets solid state requirements for power factor,transient protection, standby power consumption,start time,and operating frequency in Energy Star for Luminaires Version 2.0. (d)UL listed. 2.5 POWER INTERFACES A.Provide power interfaces as indicated or as required to control the loads as indicated. B.General Requirements: 1.Phase independent of control input. 2.Rated for use in air-handling spaces as defined in UL 2043. 3.Utilize air gap off to disconnect the load from line supply. 4.Diagnostics and Service: Replacing power interface does not require re-programming of system or processor. C.Product(s): Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 LUMINAIRES 265140 -5 1.Phase-Adaptive Power Module: Provides interface for phase control input to provide full 16 A circuit output of forward/reverse phase control for compatible loads. 2.Switching Power Module: Provides interface for phase control or switched input to provide full 16 A circuit output of switching for compatible non-dim loads. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A.Verify that field measurements are as shown on the drawings. B.Verify that outlet boxes are installed in proper locations and at proper mounting heights and are properly sized to accommodate conductors in accordance with NFPA 70. C.Verify that suitable support frames are installed where required. D.Verify that branch circuit wiring installation is completed,tested,and ready for connection to luminaires. E.Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation prior to starting work. 3.2 INSTALLATION A.Coordinate locations of outlet boxes provided under Section 260533.16 as required for installation of luminaires provided under this section. B.Install products according to manufacturer's instructions. C.Perform work in a neat and workmanlike manner in accordance with NECA 1. D.Install luminaires in accordance with NECA/IESNA 500 (commercial lighting). E.Install luminaires plumb and square and aligned with building lines and with adjacent luminaires. F.Suspended Ceiling Mounted Luminaires: 1.Do not use ceiling tiles to bear weight of luminaires. 2.Do not use ceiling support system to bear weight of luminaires unless ceiling support system is certified as suitable to do so. 3.See appropriate Division 9 section where suspended grid ceiling is specified for additional requirements. G.Recessed Luminaires: 1.Install trims tight to mounting surface with no visible light leakage. 2.Non-IC Rated Luminaires: Maintain required separation from insulation and combustible materials according to listing. 3.Luminaires Recessed in Fire-Rated Ceilings: Install using accessories and firestopping materials to meet regulatory requirements for fire rating. H.Suspended Luminaires: 1.Install using the suspension method indicated,with support lengths and accessories as required for specified mounting height. 2.Install canopies tight to mounting surface. I.Wall-Mounted Luminaires: Unless otherwise indicated,specified mounting heights are to center of luminaire. J.Install accessories furnished with each luminaire. K.Bond products and metal accessories to branch circuit equipment grounding conductor. L.Install lamps in each luminaire. M.Lamp Burn-In: Operate lamps at full output for prescribed period per manufacturer's recommendations prior to use with any dimming controls.Replace lamps that fail prematurely due to improper lamp burn-in. 3.3 ADJUSTING A.Aim and position adjustable luminaires to achieve desired illumination as indicated or as directed by Architect.Secure locking fittings in place. Grand River Hospital -XRAY REMODEL Parachute,Colorado Project #:DPA 21459.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 09/09/2022 LUMINAIRES 265140 -6 3.4 CLEANING A.Clean surfaces according to NECA/IESNA 500 and manufacturer's instructions to remove dirt, fingerprints,paint,or other foreign material and restore finishes to match original factory finish. 3.5 PROTECTION A.Protect installed luminaires from subsequent construction operations. END OF SECTION